Tk Source Code

Changes On Branch canvas_image
Login

Many hyperlinks are disabled.
Use anonymous login to enable hyperlinks.

Changes In Branch canvas_image Excluding Merge-Ins

This is equivalent to a diff from 9d1db47d to 39bf9540

2018-03-04
21:45
Merge branch tip-489 following acceptation of this TIP through TCT vote. check-in: afa7b579 user: fvogel tags: trunk
2018-02-21
20:58
Fix error in testing argument numbers in 'canvas image' command. Thanks to RenĂ© Zaumseil. Closed-Leaf check-in: 39bf9540 user: fvogel tags: canvas_image, tip-489
2018-02-10
15:36
Fix formatting in man canvas for the image command check-in: 1633e545 user: fvogel tags: canvas_image, tip-489
2017-11-19
20:50
Fix [73ba07efcd]: Use correct property type when handling MULTIPLE conversion requests. Patch from 'dpb' check-in: 23591c7d user: fvogel tags: core-8-6-branch
2017-11-14
07:05
Don't include the NULL from SAVE_TARGETS request in the expected result. The ICCCM specification doesn't tell what value the clipboard manager should return. Closed-Leaf check-in: 9d1db47d user: fvogel tags: bug-73ba07efcd
2017-11-13
20:39
Use -cleanup with test select-10.6 check-in: a087ba73 user: fvogel tags: bug-73ba07efcd

Changes to .fossil-settings/crlf-glob.

1
2
3
4
5
win/buildall.vc.bat
win/makefile.vc
win/mkd.bat
win/rmd.bat
win/rules.vc
<
<
|
|
<


1
2



win/*.bat
win/*.vc

Changes to .fossil-settings/crnl-glob.

1
2
3
4
5
win/buildall.vc.bat
win/makefile.vc
win/mkd.bat
win/rmd.bat
win/rules.vc
<
<
|
|
<


1
2



win/*.bat
win/*.vc

Changes to .fossil-settings/ignore-glob.

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23


24

*/config.log
*/config.status
*/tkConfig.sh
*/wish*
*/tktest*
*/versions.vc
doc/man.macros
win/Debug_VC*
win/Release_VC*


unix/tk.pc








|
|
>
>

>
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
*/config.log
*/config.status
*/tkConfig.sh
*/wish*
*/tktest*
*/versions.vc
doc/man.macros
win/Debug*
win/Release*
win/nmhlp-out.txt
win/nmakehlp.out
unix/tk.pc
html/*

Changes to README.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
README:  Tk
    This is the Tk 8.6.7 source distribution.
	http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/
    You can get any source release of Tk from the URL above.

1. Introduction
---------------

This directory contains the sources and documentation for Tk, an X11

|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
README:  Tk
    This is the Tk 8.6.8 source distribution.
	http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/
    You can get any source release of Tk from the URL above.

1. Introduction
---------------

This directory contains the sources and documentation for Tk, an X11

Changes to changes.

1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
canvases) so that it correctly prints all of the characters in the
ISO Latin-1 character set.

2/19/94 (bug fix) Modified tkBind.c to save and restore the interpreter's
result across the execution of binding scripts.  Otherwise if an event
triggers in the middle of some other script (e.g. a destroy event during
window creation, because there was an error in the creation command),
the intepreter's result gets lost.

2/19/94 (bug fix) Fixed bug in dealing with results of sent command
that could cause them to get lost in some situations.

2/21/94 (bug fix) Don't let user close a dialog window created by
tk_dialog, since this would cause tk_dialog to hang:  force the user
to select one of the dialog's buttons.







|







1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
canvases) so that it correctly prints all of the characters in the
ISO Latin-1 character set.

2/19/94 (bug fix) Modified tkBind.c to save and restore the interpreter's
result across the execution of binding scripts.  Otherwise if an event
triggers in the middle of some other script (e.g. a destroy event during
window creation, because there was an error in the creation command),
the interpreter's result gets lost.

2/19/94 (bug fix) Fixed bug in dealing with results of sent command
that could cause them to get lost in some situations.

2/21/94 (bug fix) Don't let user close a dialog window created by
tk_dialog, since this would cause tk_dialog to hang:  force the user
to select one of the dialog's buttons.
7366
7367
7368
7369
7370
7371
7372
7373
7374
7375
7376
7377
7378
7379
7380

2017-02-22 (bug)[c492c9] disabled combobox arrow appearance (danckaert)

2017-03-06 (bug)[6b3644] Fix -alpha for 16-bit color PNG (LemonMan)

2017-03-11 (bug)[775273] artifacts on Ubuntu 16.10+ (nemethi)

2n017-03-26 (TIP 464) Win multimedia keys support (fassel,vogel)

2017-03-29 (bug)[28a3c3] test BTree memleaks plugged (anonymous)

2017-04-06 (bug)[db8c54] Stop freed mem access in warp pointer callback (porter)

2017-04-07 (bugs) Fix calculation of ttk::notebook tab widths (vogel)








|







7366
7367
7368
7369
7370
7371
7372
7373
7374
7375
7376
7377
7378
7379
7380

2017-02-22 (bug)[c492c9] disabled combobox arrow appearance (danckaert)

2017-03-06 (bug)[6b3644] Fix -alpha for 16-bit color PNG (LemonMan)

2017-03-11 (bug)[775273] artifacts on Ubuntu 16.10+ (nemethi)

2017-03-26 (TIP 464) Win multimedia keys support (fassel,vogel)

2017-03-29 (bug)[28a3c3] test BTree memleaks plugged (anonymous)

2017-04-06 (bug)[db8c54] Stop freed mem access in warp pointer callback (porter)

2017-04-07 (bugs) Fix calculation of ttk::notebook tab widths (vogel)

7411
7412
7413
7414
7415
7416
7417
















































































2017-08-03 (bug)[9eab54] Fix -initialdir for OSX file dialogs (gollwitzer)

2017-08-08 (bug)[28d0b8] Follow ICCCM advice on X selection protocol (donchenko)

2017-08-08 (bug)[4966ca] Scidb race in notebook tab selection (cramer)

--- Released 8.6.7, August 9, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tk/ for details























































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
7411
7412
7413
7414
7415
7416
7417
7418
7419
7420
7421
7422
7423
7424
7425
7426
7427
7428
7429
7430
7431
7432
7433
7434
7435
7436
7437
7438
7439
7440
7441
7442
7443
7444
7445
7446
7447
7448
7449
7450
7451
7452
7453
7454
7455
7456
7457
7458
7459
7460
7461
7462
7463
7464
7465
7466
7467
7468
7469
7470
7471
7472
7473
7474
7475
7476
7477
7478
7479
7480
7481
7482
7483
7484
7485
7486
7487
7488
7489
7490
7491
7492
7493
7494
7495
7496
7497
2017-08-03 (bug)[9eab54] Fix -initialdir for OSX file dialogs (gollwitzer)

2017-08-08 (bug)[28d0b8] Follow ICCCM advice on X selection protocol (donchenko)

2017-08-08 (bug)[4966ca] Scidb race in notebook tab selection (cramer)

--- Released 8.6.7, August 9, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tk/ for details

2017-08-24 (bug)[f1a3ca] Memory leak in [text] B-tree (edhume3)

2017-08-24 (bug)[ee40fd] Report [console] init errors (the)

2017-08-24 (bug)[3295446] Improve history visibility in [console] (goth)

2017-08-24 (bug) canvas closed polylines fully honor -joinstyle (vogel)

2017-08-24 (bug)[cc42cc] out of mem crash in tests imgPhoto-18.* (vogel)

2017-09-16 (bug)[3406785] fix coords rounding when drawing canvas items (vogel)

2017-09-24 (bug)[8277e1] linux fontchooser sync with available fonts (vogel)

2017-09-24 (bug)[5239fd] Segfault copying a photo image to itself (bachmann)

2017-09-24 (bug)[514ff6] canvas rotated text overlap detection (vogel)

2017-09-24 (bug)[1e0db2] canvas rchars artifacts (bruchie,vogel)

2017-10-07 (bug)[d9fdfa] display of Long non-wrapped lines in text (cramer)

2017-10-07 (bug)[dd9667] text anchor not set (vogel)

2017-10-11 (bugs) memleaks and other changes for macOS 10.13 support (culler)

2017-10-11 (bug)[111de2] macOS colorspace improvement (walzer,culler)

2017-10-13 (bug) macOS scrolling issues (culler)

2017-10-15 (bug) clipping regions in scrolling and drawing on macOS (culler)

2017-10-15 (bug) macOS redraw artifacts (culler)

2017-10-22 (bug)[bb6b40] ::tk::AmpMenuArgs and 'entryconf' (vogel)

2017-10-22 (bug)[55b95f] Crash [scale] with a bignum value (vogel)

2017-10-28 (bug)[ce62c8] text-37.1 fails (vogel)

2017-11-03 (bug)[0ef1c5] OS X - tests menu-22.[345] hang (vogel)

2017-11-04 (bug)[c8c52b] repair OBOE in menu.test on macOS (vogel)

2017-11-11 (feature) Implement [wm_iconphoto] on macOS (walzer)

2017-11-11 (bug) display of embedded toplevels (culler)

2017-11-19 (bug)[73ba07] Correct property type for MULTIPLE conversion (dpb)

2017-11-20 (bug) Memory leak in tkImgPhoto.c. (werner)

2017-11-21 (bug) Defeat zombie toplevels (culler)

2017-11-25 (bug) macOS resposive menu bar for command line apps (culler)

2017-11-25 (bug)[1c659e] support png from mac screenshots (vogel)

2017-11-25 (bug)[de4af1] macOS file selector "all types" setting (culler)

2017-11-26 (bug) [wm withdraw] on Window and Dock menus (walzer)

2017-11-27 (feature) Drop support for macOS 10.5 (culler)

2017-11-30 (bug)[164c1b] Fixes [raise] on macOS (culler)

2017-11-30 (bug)[13d63d] macOS support of menu -postcommand (culler)

2017-12-05 (bug) enable custom icon display on macOS (walzer)

2017-12-05 (bug)[1088805,0feb63] macOS bind failures (culler)

2017-12-05 (bug)[3382424] Suppress noisy messages on macOS (culler)

2017-12-08 (new)[TIP 477] nmake build system reform (nadkarni)

2017-12-18 (bug)[b77626] Make [tk busy -cursor] silent no-op on macOS (vogel)

--- Released 8.6.8, December 22, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tk/ for details

Changes to doc/bind.n.

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBbind\fI tag\fR ?\fIsequence\fR? ?\fB+\fR??\fIscript\fR?
.BE
.SH "INTRODUCTION"
.PP
The \fBbind\fR command associates Tcl scripts with X events.
If all three arguments are specified, \fBbind\fR will
arrange for \fIscript\fR (a Tcl script) to be evaluated whenever

the event(s) given by \fIsequence\fR occur in the window(s)
identified by \fItag\fR.
If \fIscript\fR is prefixed with a
.QW + ,
then it is appended to
any existing binding for \fIsequence\fR;  otherwise \fIscript\fR replaces
any existing binding.
If \fIscript\fR is an empty string then the current binding for
\fIsequence\fR is destroyed, leaving \fIsequence\fR unbound.







|
>
|
|







15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBbind\fI tag\fR ?\fIsequence\fR? ?\fB+\fR??\fIscript\fR?
.BE
.SH "INTRODUCTION"
.PP
The \fBbind\fR command associates Tcl scripts with X events.
If all three arguments are specified, \fBbind\fR will
arrange for \fIscript\fR (a Tcl script called the
.QW "binding script")
to be evaluated whenever the event(s) given by \fIsequence\fR
occur in the window(s) identified by \fItag\fR.
If \fIscript\fR is prefixed with a
.QW + ,
then it is appended to
any existing binding for \fIsequence\fR;  otherwise \fIscript\fR replaces
any existing binding.
If \fIscript\fR is an empty string then the current binding for
\fIsequence\fR is destroyed, leaving \fIsequence\fR unbound.
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390

391
392
393
394
395
396
397
to print out the keysym name for a particular key.
If a keysym \fIdetail\fR is given, then the
\fItype\fR field may be omitted;  it will default to \fBKeyPress\fR.
For example, \fB<Control\-comma>\fR is equivalent to
\fB<Control\-KeyPress\-comma>\fR.
.SH "BINDING SCRIPTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS"
.PP
The \fIscript\fR argument to \fBbind\fR is a Tcl script,

which will be executed whenever the given event sequence occurs.
\fICommand\fR will be executed in the same interpreter that the
\fBbind\fR command was executed in, and it will run at global
level (only global variables will be accessible).
If \fIscript\fR contains
any \fB%\fR characters, then the script will not be
executed directly.  Instead, a new script will be







|
>







384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
to print out the keysym name for a particular key.
If a keysym \fIdetail\fR is given, then the
\fItype\fR field may be omitted;  it will default to \fBKeyPress\fR.
For example, \fB<Control\-comma>\fR is equivalent to
\fB<Control\-KeyPress\-comma>\fR.
.SH "BINDING SCRIPTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS"
.PP
The \fIscript\fR argument to \fBbind\fR is a Tcl script, called the
.QW "binding script",
which will be executed whenever the given event sequence occurs.
\fICommand\fR will be executed in the same interpreter that the
\fBbind\fR command was executed in, and it will run at global
level (only global variables will be accessible).
If \fIscript\fR contains
any \fB%\fR characters, then the script will not be
executed directly.  Instead, a new script will be
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609


610
611
612
613
614






615
616
617
618
619
620
621
an \fBall\fR binding.
The \fBbindtags\fR command may be used to change this order for
a particular window or to associate additional binding tags with
the window.
.PP
The \fBcontinue\fR and \fBbreak\fR commands may be used inside a
binding script to control the processing of matching scripts.
If \fBcontinue\fR is invoked, then the current binding script


is terminated but Tk will continue processing binding scripts
associated with other \fItag\fR's.
If the \fBbreak\fR command is invoked within a binding script,
then that script terminates and no other scripts will be invoked
for the event.






.PP
If more than one binding matches a particular event and they
have the same \fItag\fR, then the most specific binding
is chosen and its script is evaluated.
The following tests are applied, in order, to determine which of
several matching sequences is more specific:
.RS







|
>
>
|
|



>
>
>
>
>
>







604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
an \fBall\fR binding.
The \fBbindtags\fR command may be used to change this order for
a particular window or to associate additional binding tags with
the window.
.PP
The \fBcontinue\fR and \fBbreak\fR commands may be used inside a
binding script to control the processing of matching scripts.
If \fBcontinue\fR is invoked within a binding script, then this
binding script, including all other
.QW +
appended scripts, is terminated but Tk will continue processing
binding scripts associated with other \fItag\fR's.
If the \fBbreak\fR command is invoked within a binding script,
then that script terminates and no other scripts will be invoked
for the event.
.PP
Within a script called from the binding script, \fBreturn\fR
\fB-code ok\fR may be used to continue processing (including
.QW +
appended scripts), or \fBreturn\fR \fB-code break\fR may be used to
stop processing all other binding scripts.
.PP
If more than one binding matches a particular event and they
have the same \fItag\fR, then the most specific binding
is chosen and its script is evaluated.
The following tests are applied, in order, to determine which of
several matching sequences is more specific:
.RS

Changes to doc/busy.n.

24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48

49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH busy n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
busy \- confine pointer and keyboard events to a window sub-tree
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBtk busy\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.sp
\fBtk busy hold\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.sp
\fBtk busy configure \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
.sp
\fBtk busy forget\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIwindow \fR?...
.sp
\fBtk busy current\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
.sp
\fBtk busy status \fIwindow\fR
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBtk busy\fR command provides a simple means to block keyboard, button,
and pointer events from Tk widgets, while overriding the widget's cursor with

a configurable busy cursor.
.SH INTRODUCTION
.PP
There are many times in applications where you want to temporarily restrict
what actions the user can take. For example, an application could have a
.QW Run
button that when pressed causes some processing to occur. However, while the
application is busy processing, you probably don't want the user to be







|















|
|
>
|







24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH busy n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
busy \- confine pointer events to a window sub-tree
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBtk busy\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.sp
\fBtk busy hold\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.sp
\fBtk busy configure \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
.sp
\fBtk busy forget\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIwindow \fR?...
.sp
\fBtk busy current\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
.sp
\fBtk busy status \fIwindow\fR
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBtk busy\fR command provides a simple means to block pointer events from
Tk widgets, while overriding the widget's cursor with a configurable busy
cursor. Note this command does not prevent keyboard events from being sent to
the widgets made busy.
.SH INTRODUCTION
.PP
There are many times in applications where you want to temporarily restrict
what actions the user can take. For example, an application could have a
.QW Run
button that when pressed causes some processing to occur. However, while the
application is busy processing, you probably don't want the user to be
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
The \fBtk busy\fR command lets you make Tk widgets busy. This means that user
interactions such as button clicks, moving the mouse, typing at the keyboard,
etc.\0are ignored by the widget. You can set a special cursor (like a watch)
that overrides the widget's normal cursor, providing feedback that the
application (widget) is temporarily busy.
.PP
When a widget is made busy, the widget and all of its descendants will ignore
events. It's easy to make an entire panel of widgets busy. You can simply make
the toplevel widget (such as
.QW . )
busy. This is easier and far much more efficient than recursively traversing
the widget hierarchy, disabling each widget and re-configuring its cursor.
.PP
Often, the \fBtk busy\fR command can be used instead of Tk's \fBgrab\fR
command. Unlike \fBgrab\fR which restricts all user interactions to one
widget, with the \fBtk busy\fR command you can have more than one widget







|
|







65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
The \fBtk busy\fR command lets you make Tk widgets busy. This means that user
interactions such as button clicks, moving the mouse, typing at the keyboard,
etc.\0are ignored by the widget. You can set a special cursor (like a watch)
that overrides the widget's normal cursor, providing feedback that the
application (widget) is temporarily busy.
.PP
When a widget is made busy, the widget and all of its descendants will ignore
pointer events. It's easy to make an entire panel of widgets busy. You can
simply make the toplevel widget (such as
.QW . )
busy. This is easier and far much more efficient than recursively traversing
the widget hierarchy, disabling each widget and re-configuring its cursor.
.PP
Often, the \fBtk busy\fR command can be used instead of Tk's \fBgrab\fR
command. Unlike \fBgrab\fR which restricts all user interactions to one
widget, with the \fBtk busy\fR command you can have more than one widget
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243

244
245

246
247


248
249
250


251
252
253
254
255
256

257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
.PP
Mapping and unmapping busy windows generates Enter/Leave events for all
widgets they cover. Please note this if you are tracking Enter/Leave events in
widgets.
.SS "KEYBOARD EVENTS"
.PP
When a widget is made busy, the widget is prevented from gaining the keyboard
focus by the busy window. But if the widget already had focus, it still may

received keyboard events. To prevent this, you must move focus to another
window.

.PP
.CS


\fBtk busy\fR hold .frame
label .dummy
focus .dummy


update
.CE
.PP
The above example moves the focus from .frame immediately after invoking the
\fBhold\fR so that no keyboard events will be sent to \fB.frame\fR or any of
its descendants.

.SH PORTABILITY
.PP
Note that the \fBtk busy\fR command does not currently have any effect on OSX
when Tk is built using Aqua support.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
grab(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
busy, keyboard events, pointer events, window
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







|
>
|
|
>


>
>

|
|
>
>





|
>











237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
.PP
Mapping and unmapping busy windows generates Enter/Leave events for all
widgets they cover. Please note this if you are tracking Enter/Leave events in
widgets.
.SS "KEYBOARD EVENTS"
.PP
When a widget is made busy, the widget is prevented from gaining the keyboard
focus by a user clicking on it by the busy window. But if the widget already had
focus, it still may receive keyboard events. The widget can also still receive
focus through keyboard traversal. To prevent this, you must move
focus to another window and make sure the focus can not go back to the widgets
made busy (e.g. but restricting focus to a cancel button).
.PP
.CS
pack [frame .frame]
pack [text .frame.text]
\fBtk busy\fR hold .frame
pack [button .cancel -text "Cancel" -command exit]
focus .cancel
bind .cancel <Tab> {break}
bind .cancel <Shift-Tab> {break}
update
.CE
.PP
The above example moves the focus from .frame immediately after invoking the
\fBhold\fR so that no keyboard events will be sent to \fB.frame\fR or any of
its descendants. It also makes sure it's not possible to leave button
\fB.cancel\fR using the keyboard.
.SH PORTABILITY
.PP
Note that the \fBtk busy\fR command does not currently have any effect on OSX
when Tk is built using Aqua support.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
grab(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
busy, keyboard events, pointer events, window
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/canvas.n.

653
654
655
656
657
658
659














660
661
662
663
664
665
666
See \fBINDICES\fR above for a description of the
legal forms for \fIindex\fR.
Note: the insertion cursor is only displayed in an item if
that item currently has the keyboard focus (see the \fBfocus\fR widget
command, above), but the cursor position may
be set even when the item does not have the focus.
This command returns an empty string.














.TP
\fIpathName \fBimove \fItagOrId index x y\fR
.VS 8.6
This command causes the \fIindex\fR'th coordinate of each of the items
indicated by \fItagOrId\fR to be relocated to the location (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR).
Each item interprets \fIindex\fR independently according to the rules
described in \fBINDICES\fR above. Out of the standard set of items, only line







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
See \fBINDICES\fR above for a description of the
legal forms for \fIindex\fR.
Note: the insertion cursor is only displayed in an item if
that item currently has the keyboard focus (see the \fBfocus\fR widget
command, above), but the cursor position may
be set even when the item does not have the focus.
This command returns an empty string.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBimage \fIimagename\fR ?\fIsubsample\fR? ?\fIzoom\fR?
.
Draw the canvas into the Tk photo image named \fIimagename\fR. If a \fB-scrollregion\fR
has been defined then this will be the boundaries of the canvas region drawn and the
final size of the photo image. Otherwise the widget width and height with an origin
of 0,0 will be the size of the canvas region drawn and the final size of the photo
image. Optionally an integer \fIsubsample\fR factor may be given and the photo image
will be reduced in size. In addition to the \fIsubsample\fR an integer \fIzoom\fR
factor can also be given and the photo image will be enlarged. The image background
will be filled with the canvas background colour. The canvas widget does not need to
be mapped for this widget command to work, but at least one of it's ancestors must be
mapped.
This command returns an empty string.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBimove \fItagOrId index x y\fR
.VS 8.6
This command causes the \fIindex\fR'th coordinate of each of the items
indicated by \fItagOrId\fR to be relocated to the location (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR).
Each item interprets \fIindex\fR independently according to the rules
described in \fBINDICES\fR above. Out of the standard set of items, only line

Changes to doc/grid.n.

156
157
158
159
160
161
162

163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
This space is added outside the slave(s) border.
.TP
\fB\-row \fIn\fR
.
Insert the slave so that it occupies the \fIn\fRth row in the grid.
Row numbers start with 0.  If this option is not supplied, then the
slave is arranged on the same row as the previous slave specified on this

call to \fBgrid\fR, or the first unoccupied row if this is the first slave.
.TP
\fB\-rowspan \fIn\fR
.
Insert the slave so that it occupies \fIn\fR rows in the grid.
The default is one row.  If the next \fBgrid\fR command contains
\fB^\fR characters instead of \fIslaves\fR that line up with the columns
of this \fIslave\fR, then the \fBrowspan\fR of this \fIslave\fR is







>
|







156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
This space is added outside the slave(s) border.
.TP
\fB\-row \fIn\fR
.
Insert the slave so that it occupies the \fIn\fRth row in the grid.
Row numbers start with 0.  If this option is not supplied, then the
slave is arranged on the same row as the previous slave specified on this
call to \fBgrid\fR, or the next row after the highest occupied row
if this is the first slave.
.TP
\fB\-rowspan \fIn\fR
.
Insert the slave so that it occupies \fIn\fR rows in the grid.
The default is one row.  If the next \fBgrid\fR command contains
\fB^\fR characters instead of \fIslaves\fR that line up with the columns
of this \fIslave\fR, then the \fBrowspan\fR of this \fIslave\fR is

Changes to doc/radiobutton.n.

37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73










74
75
76
77
78
79
80
If this option is not specified, the button's desired height is computed
from the size of the image or bitmap or text being displayed in it.
.OP \-indicatoron indicatorOn IndicatorOn
Specifies whether or not the indicator should be drawn.  Must be a
proper boolean value.  If false, the \fB\-relief\fR option is
ignored and the widget's relief is always sunken if the widget is
selected and raised otherwise.
.OP \-selectcolor selectColor Background
Specifies a background color to use when the button is selected.
If \fB\-indicatoron\fR is true then the color applies to the indicator.
Under Windows, this color is used as the background for the indicator
regardless of the select state.
If \fB\-indicatoron\fR is false, this color is used as the background
for the entire widget, in place of \fB\-background\fR or \fB\-activeBackground\fR,
whenever the widget is selected.
If specified as an empty string then no special color is used for
displaying when the widget is selected.
.OP \-offrelief offRelief OffRelief
Specifies the relief for the checkbutton when the indicator is not drawn and
the checkbutton is off.  The default value is
.QW raised .
By setting this option to
.QW flat
and setting \fB\-indicatoron\fR to false and \fB\-overrelief\fR to
.QW raised ,
the effect is achieved
of having a flat button that raises on mouse-over and which is
depressed when activated.  This is the behavior typically exhibited by
the Align-Left, Align-Right, and Center radiobuttons on the toolbar of a
word-processor, for example.
.OP \-overrelief overRelief OverRelief
Specifies an alternative relief for the radiobutton, to be used when the
mouse cursor is over the widget.  This option can be used to make
toolbar buttons, by configuring \fB\-relief flat \-overrelief
raised\fR.  If the value of this option is the empty string, then no
alternative relief is used when the mouse cursor is over the radiobutton.
The empty string is the default value.










.OP \-selectimage selectImage SelectImage
Specifies an image to display (in place of the \fB\-image\fR option)
when the radiobutton is selected.
This option is ignored unless the \fB\-image\fR option has been
specified.
.OP \-state state State
Specifies one of three states for the radiobutton:  \fBnormal\fR, \fBactive\fR,







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<




















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







37
38
39
40
41
42
43










44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
If this option is not specified, the button's desired height is computed
from the size of the image or bitmap or text being displayed in it.
.OP \-indicatoron indicatorOn IndicatorOn
Specifies whether or not the indicator should be drawn.  Must be a
proper boolean value.  If false, the \fB\-relief\fR option is
ignored and the widget's relief is always sunken if the widget is
selected and raised otherwise.










.OP \-offrelief offRelief OffRelief
Specifies the relief for the checkbutton when the indicator is not drawn and
the checkbutton is off.  The default value is
.QW raised .
By setting this option to
.QW flat
and setting \fB\-indicatoron\fR to false and \fB\-overrelief\fR to
.QW raised ,
the effect is achieved
of having a flat button that raises on mouse-over and which is
depressed when activated.  This is the behavior typically exhibited by
the Align-Left, Align-Right, and Center radiobuttons on the toolbar of a
word-processor, for example.
.OP \-overrelief overRelief OverRelief
Specifies an alternative relief for the radiobutton, to be used when the
mouse cursor is over the widget.  This option can be used to make
toolbar buttons, by configuring \fB\-relief flat \-overrelief
raised\fR.  If the value of this option is the empty string, then no
alternative relief is used when the mouse cursor is over the radiobutton.
The empty string is the default value.
.OP \-selectcolor selectColor Background
Specifies a background color to use when the button is selected.
If \fB\-indicatoron\fR is true then the color applies to the indicator.
Under Windows, this color is used as the background for the indicator
regardless of the select state.
If \fB\-indicatoron\fR is false, this color is used as the background
for the entire widget, in place of \fB\-background\fR or \fB\-activeBackground\fR,
whenever the widget is selected.
If specified as an empty string then no special color is used for
displaying when the widget is selected.
.OP \-selectimage selectImage SelectImage
Specifies an image to display (in place of the \fB\-image\fR option)
when the radiobutton is selected.
This option is ignored unless the \fB\-image\fR option has been
specified.
.OP \-state state State
Specifies one of three states for the radiobutton:  \fBnormal\fR, \fBactive\fR,

Changes to doc/raise.n.

27
28
29
30
31
32
33



34
35
36
37
38
39
40
\fIwindow\fR into the stacking order just above \fIaboveThis\fR
(or the ancestor of \fIaboveThis\fR that is a sibling of \fIwindow\fR);
this could end up either raising or lowering \fIwindow\fR.
.PP
All \fBtoplevel\fR windows may be restacked with respect to each
other, whatever their relative path names, but the window manager is
not obligated to strictly honor requests to restack.



.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
Make a button appear to be in a sibling frame that was created after
it. This is is often necessary when building GUIs in the style where
you create your activity widgets first before laying them out on the
display:
.CS







>
>
>







27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
\fIwindow\fR into the stacking order just above \fIaboveThis\fR
(or the ancestor of \fIaboveThis\fR that is a sibling of \fIwindow\fR);
this could end up either raising or lowering \fIwindow\fR.
.PP
All \fBtoplevel\fR windows may be restacked with respect to each
other, whatever their relative path names, but the window manager is
not obligated to strictly honor requests to restack.
.PP
On macOS raising an iconified \fBtoplevel\fR window causes it to be
deiconified.
.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
Make a button appear to be in a sibling frame that was created after
it. This is is often necessary when building GUIs in the style where
you create your activity widgets first before laying them out on the
display:
.CS

Changes to doc/scale.n.

87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
.OP \-variable variable Variable
Specifies the name of a global variable to link to the scale.  Whenever the
value of the variable changes, the scale will update to reflect this
value.
Whenever the scale is manipulated interactively, the variable
will be modified to reflect the scale's new value.
.OP \-width width Width
Specifies the desired narrow dimension of the trough in screen units
(i.e. any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR).
For vertical scales this is the trough's width;  for horizontal scales
this is the trough's height.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBscale\fR command creates a new window (given by the
\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a scale widget.
Additional
options, described above, may be specified on the command line







|

|
|







87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
.OP \-variable variable Variable
Specifies the name of a global variable to link to the scale.  Whenever the
value of the variable changes, the scale will update to reflect this
value.
Whenever the scale is manipulated interactively, the variable
will be modified to reflect the scale's new value.
.OP \-width width Width
Specifies the desired narrow dimension of the scale in screen units
(i.e. any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR).
For vertical scales this is the scale's width;  for horizontal scales
this is the scale's height.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBscale\fR command creates a new window (given by the
\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a scale widget.
Additional
options, described above, may be specified on the command line

Changes to doc/selection.n.

136
137
138
139
140
141
142




















143
144
145
146
147
148
149
the new owner of \fIselection\fR on \fIwindow\fR's display, returning
an empty string as result. The existing owner, if any, is notified
that it has lost the selection.
If \fIcommand\fR is specified, it is a Tcl script to execute when
some other window claims ownership of the selection away from
\fIwindow\fR.  \fISelection\fR defaults to PRIMARY.
.RE




















.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
On X11 platforms, one of the standard selections available is the
\fBSECONDARY\fR selection. Hardly anything uses it, but here is how to read
it using Tk:
.PP
.CS







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
the new owner of \fIselection\fR on \fIwindow\fR's display, returning
an empty string as result. The existing owner, if any, is notified
that it has lost the selection.
If \fIcommand\fR is specified, it is a Tcl script to execute when
some other window claims ownership of the selection away from
\fIwindow\fR.  \fISelection\fR defaults to PRIMARY.
.RE
.SH WIDGET FACILITIES
.PP
The \fBtext\fR, \fBentry\fR, \fBttk::entry\fR, \fBlistbox\fR, \fBspinbox\fR and \fBttk::spinbox\fR widgets have the option \fB\-exportselection\fR.  If a widget has this option set to boolean \fBtrue\fR, then (in an unsafe interpreter) a selection made in the widget is automatically written to the \fBPRIMARY\fR selection.
.PP
A GUI event, for example \fB<<PasteSelection>>\fR, can copy the \fBPRIMARY\fR selection to certain widgets.  This copy is implemented by a widget binding to the event.  The binding script makes appropriate calls to the \fBselection\fR command.
.PP
.SH PORTABILITY ISSUES
.PP
On X11, the \fBPRIMARY\fR selection is a system-wide feature of the X server, allowing communication between different processes that are X11 clients.
.PP
On Windows, the \fBPRIMARY\fR selection is not provided by the system, but only by Tk, and so it is shared only between windows of a master interpreter and its unsafe slave interpreters.  It is not shared between interpreters in different processes or different threads.  Each master interpreter has a separate \fBPRIMARY\fR selection that is shared only with its unsafe slaves.
.PP
.SH SECURITY
.PP
A safe interpreter cannot read from the \fBPRIMARY\fR selection because its \fBselection\fR command is hidden.  For this reason the \fBPRIMARY\fR selection cannot be written to the Tk widgets of a safe interpreter.
.PP
A Tk widget can have its option \fB\-exportselection\fR set to boolean \fBtrue\fR, but in a safe interpreter this option has no effect: writing from the widget to the \fBPRIMARY\fR selection is disabled.
.PP
These are security features.  A safe interpreter may run untrusted code, and it is a security risk if this untrusted code can read or write the \fBPRIMARY\fR selection used by other interpreters.
.PP
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
On X11 platforms, one of the standard selections available is the
\fBSECONDARY\fR selection. Hardly anything uses it, but here is how to read
it using Tk:
.PP
.CS

Changes to doc/text.n.

533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
option is only used when wrapping is enabled. If a text line wraps, the right
margin for each line on the display is determined by the first non-elided
character of that display line.
.TP
\fB\-rmargincolor \fIcolor\fR
.
\fIColor\fR specifies the background color to use in regions that do not
contain characters because they are indented by \fB\-rmargin1\fR. It may
have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetColor\fR. If \fIcolor\fR has not
been specified, or if it is specified as an empty string, then the color
used is specified by the \fB-background\fR tag option (or, if this is also
unspecified, by the \fB-background\fR widget option).
.TP
\fB\-selectbackground \fIcolor\fR
\fIColor\fR specifies the background color to use when displaying selected







|







533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
option is only used when wrapping is enabled. If a text line wraps, the right
margin for each line on the display is determined by the first non-elided
character of that display line.
.TP
\fB\-rmargincolor \fIcolor\fR
.
\fIColor\fR specifies the background color to use in regions that do not
contain characters because they are indented by \fB\-rmargin\fR. It may
have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetColor\fR. If \fIcolor\fR has not
been specified, or if it is specified as an empty string, then the color
used is specified by the \fB-background\fR tag option (or, if this is also
unspecified, by the \fB-background\fR widget option).
.TP
\fB\-selectbackground \fIcolor\fR
\fIColor\fR specifies the background color to use when displaying selected

Changes to doc/ttk_button.n.

35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
\fBdisabled\fR means that it is not defaultable.
The default is \fBnormal\fR.
.RS
.PP
Depending on the theme, the default button may be displayed
with an extra highlight ring, or with a different border color.
.RE
.OP \-width width Width
If greater than zero, specifies how much space, in character widths,
to allocate for the text label.
If less than zero, specifies a minimum width.
If zero or unspecified, the natural width of the text label is used.
Note that some themes may specify a non-zero \fB\-width\fR
in the style.
.\" Not documented -- may go away
.\" .OP \-padding padding Padding
.\" .OP \-foreground foreground Foreground
.\" .OP \-font font Font
.\" .OP \-anchor anchor Anchor
.\" .OP \-relief relief Relief
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
In addition to the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR
commands, buttons support the following additional widget commands:
.TP
\fIpathName \fBinvoke\fR
Invokes the command associated with the button.
.SH "STANDARD STYLES"
.PP
\fBTtk::button\fR widgets support the \fBToolbutton\fR style in all standard
themes, which is useful for creating widgets for toolbars.
.SH "COMPATIBILITY OPTIONS"
.OP \-state state State
May be set to \fBnormal\fR or \fBdisabled\fR to control the
\fBdisabled\fR state bit. This is a
.QW write-only
option: setting it changes the widget state, but the \fBstate\fR
widget command does not affect the state option.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), button(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, button, default, command
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







<
<
<
<
<
<
<


















<
<
<
<
<
<
<







35
36
37
38
39
40
41







42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59







60
61
62
63
64
65
66
\fBdisabled\fR means that it is not defaultable.
The default is \fBnormal\fR.
.RS
.PP
Depending on the theme, the default button may be displayed
with an extra highlight ring, or with a different border color.
.RE







.\" Not documented -- may go away
.\" .OP \-padding padding Padding
.\" .OP \-foreground foreground Foreground
.\" .OP \-font font Font
.\" .OP \-anchor anchor Anchor
.\" .OP \-relief relief Relief
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
In addition to the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR
commands, buttons support the following additional widget commands:
.TP
\fIpathName \fBinvoke\fR
Invokes the command associated with the button.
.SH "STANDARD STYLES"
.PP
\fBTtk::button\fR widgets support the \fBToolbutton\fR style in all standard
themes, which is useful for creating widgets for toolbars.







.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), button(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, button, default, command
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_label.n.

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::label\fR widget displays a textual label and/or image.
The label may be linked to a Tcl variable
to automatically change the displayed text.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-compound	\-cursor
\-image	\-padding	\-style	\-takefocus
\-text	\-textvariable	\-underline
\-width
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-anchor anchor Anchor
Specifies how the information in the widget is positioned
relative to the inner margins.  Legal values are







|







15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::label\fR widget displays a textual label and/or image.
The label may be linked to a Tcl variable
to automatically change the displayed text.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-compound	\-cursor
\-image	\-padding	\-state	\-style	\-takefocus
\-text	\-textvariable	\-underline
\-width
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-anchor anchor Anchor
Specifies how the information in the widget is positioned
relative to the inner margins.  Legal values are

Changes to doc/ttk_panedwindow.n.

102
103
104
105
106
107
108








109
110
111
112
113
114
115
Sash positions are further constrained to be between 0
and the total size of the widget.
.\" Full story: "total size" is either the -height (resp -width),
.\" or the actual window height (resp actual window width),
.\" depending on which changed most recently.
Returns the new position of sash number \fIindex\fR.
.\" Full story: new position may be different than the requested position.








.SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS"
.PP
The panedwindow widget generates an \fB<<EnteredChild>>\fR virtual event on
LeaveNotify/NotifyInferior events, because Tk does not execute binding scripts
for <Leave> events when the pointer crosses from a parent to a child. The
panedwindow widget needs to know when that happens.
.SH "SEE ALSO"







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
Sash positions are further constrained to be between 0
and the total size of the widget.
.\" Full story: "total size" is either the -height (resp -width),
.\" or the actual window height (resp actual window width),
.\" depending on which changed most recently.
Returns the new position of sash number \fIindex\fR.
.\" Full story: new position may be different than the requested position.
.PP
The panedwindow widget also supports the following generic \fBttk::widget\fR
widget subcommands (see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR for details):
.DS
.ta 5.5c 11c
\fBcget\fR	\fBconfigure\fR
\fBinstate\fR	\fBstate\fR
.DE
.SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS"
.PP
The panedwindow widget generates an \fB<<EnteredChild>>\fR virtual event on
LeaveNotify/NotifyInferior events, because Tk does not execute binding scripts
for <Leave> events when the pointer crosses from a parent to a child. The
panedwindow widget needs to know when that happens.
.SH "SEE ALSO"

Changes to doc/ttk_progressbar.n.

20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37












38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
\fIindeterminate\fR mode provides an animated display to let the user know
that something is happening.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-takefocus
\-style
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-orient orient Orient
One of \fBhorizontal\fR or \fBvertical\fR.
Specifies the orientation of the progress bar.
.OP \-length length Length
Specifies the length of the long axis of the progress bar
(width if horizontal, height if vertical).
.OP \-mode mode Mode
One of \fBdeterminate\fR or \fBindeterminate\fR.
.OP \-maximum maximum Maximum
A floating point number specifying the maximum \fB\-value\fR.
Defaults to 100.












.OP \-value value Value
The current value of the progress bar.
In \fIdeterminate\fR mode, this represents the amount of work completed.
In \fIindeterminate\fR mode, it is interpreted modulo \fB\-maximum\fR;
that is, the progress bar completes one
.QW cycle
when the \fB\-value\fR increases by \fB\-maximum\fR.
.OP \-variable variable Variable
The name of a global Tcl variable which is linked to the \fB\-value\fR.
If specified, the \fB\-value\fR of the progress bar is
automatically set to the value of the variable whenever
the latter is modified.
.OP \-phase phase Phase
Read-only option.
The widget periodically increments the value of this option
whenever the \fB\-value\fR is greater than 0 and,
in \fIdeterminate\fR mode, less than \fB\-maximum\fR.
This option may be used by the current theme
to provide additional animation effects.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcget \fIoption\fR
Returns the current value of the specified \fIoption\fR; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?







<
<
<



<
<



>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>












<
<
<
<
<
<
<







20
21
22
23
24
25
26



27
28
29


30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56







57
58
59
60
61
62
63
\fIindeterminate\fR mode provides an animated display to let the user know
that something is happening.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-takefocus
\-style
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"



.OP \-length length Length
Specifies the length of the long axis of the progress bar
(width if horizontal, height if vertical).


.OP \-maximum maximum Maximum
A floating point number specifying the maximum \fB\-value\fR.
Defaults to 100.
.OP \-mode mode Mode
One of \fBdeterminate\fR or \fBindeterminate\fR.
.OP \-orient orient Orient
One of \fBhorizontal\fR or \fBvertical\fR.
Specifies the orientation of the progress bar.
.OP \-phase phase Phase
Read-only option.
The widget periodically increments the value of this option
whenever the \fB\-value\fR is greater than 0 and,
in \fIdeterminate\fR mode, less than \fB\-maximum\fR.
This option may be used by the current theme
to provide additional animation effects.
.OP \-value value Value
The current value of the progress bar.
In \fIdeterminate\fR mode, this represents the amount of work completed.
In \fIindeterminate\fR mode, it is interpreted modulo \fB\-maximum\fR;
that is, the progress bar completes one
.QW cycle
when the \fB\-value\fR increases by \fB\-maximum\fR.
.OP \-variable variable Variable
The name of a global Tcl variable which is linked to the \fB\-value\fR.
If specified, the \fB\-value\fR of the progress bar is
automatically set to the value of the variable whenever
the latter is modified.







.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcget \fIoption\fR
Returns the current value of the specified \fIoption\fR; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?

Changes to doc/ttk_separator.n.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

32
33
34
35
36
37
38
\fBttk::separator\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::separator\fR widget displays a horizontal or vertical separator
bar.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-state
\-style	\-takefocus
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-orient orient Orient
One of \fBhorizontal\fR or \fBvertical\fR.
Specifies the orientation of the separator.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Separator widgets support the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR
methods.  No other widget methods are used.

.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, separator
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







|











>







13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
\fBttk::separator\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::separator\fR widget displays a horizontal or vertical separator
bar.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor
\-style	\-takefocus
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-orient orient Orient
One of \fBhorizontal\fR or \fBvertical\fR.
Specifies the orientation of the separator.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Separator widgets support the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR
methods.  No other widget methods are used.
.PP
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, separator
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_sizegrip.n.

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::sizegrip\fR widget (also known as a \fIgrow box\fR)
allows the user to resize the containing toplevel window
by pressing and dragging the grip.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-state
\-style	\-takefocus
.SE
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Sizegrip widgets support the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR
methods.  No other widget methods are used.







|







14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::sizegrip\fR widget (also known as a \fIgrow box\fR)
allows the user to resize the containing toplevel window
by pressing and dragging the grip.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor
\-style	\-takefocus
.SE
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Sizegrip widgets support the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR
methods.  No other widget methods are used.

Changes to doc/ttk_spinbox.n.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30







31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42




43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
A \fBttk::spinbox\fR widget is a \fBttk::entry\fR widget with built-in
up and down buttons that are used to either modify a numeric value or
to select among a set of values. The widget implements all the features
of the \fBttk::entry\fR widget including support of the
\fB\-textvariable\fR option to link the value displayed by the widget
to a Tcl variable.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-style
\-takefocus	\-xscrollcommand
.SE
.SO ttk_entry
\-validate	\-validatecommand
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"







.OP \-from from From
A floating\-point value specifying the lowest value for the spinbox. This is
used in conjunction with \fB\-to\fR and \fB\-increment\fR to set a numerical
range.
.OP \-to to To
A floating\-point value specifying the highest permissible value for the
widget. See also \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-increment\fR.
range.
.OP \-increment increment Increment
A floating\-point value specifying the change in value to be applied each
time one of the widget spin buttons is pressed. The up button applies a
positive increment, the down button applies a negative increment.




.OP \-values values Values
This must be a Tcl list of values. If this option is set then this will
override any range set using the \fB\-from\fR, \fB\-to\fR and
\fB\-increment\fR options. The widget will instead use the values
specified beginning with the first value.
.OP \-wrap wrap Wrap
Must be a proper boolean value.  If on, the spinbox will wrap around the
values of data in the widget.
.OP \-format format Format
Specifies an alternate format to use when setting the string value
when using the \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-to\fR range.
This must be a format specifier of the form \fB%<pad>.<pad>f\fR,
as it will format a floating-point number.
.OP \-command command Command
Specifies a Tcl command to be invoked whenever a spinbutton is invoked.
.SH "INDICES"
.PP
See the \fBttk::entry\fR manual for information about indexing characters.
.SH "VALIDATION"
.PP
See the \fBttk::entry\fR manual for information about using the
\fB\-validate\fR and \fB\-validatecommand\fR options.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
The following subcommands are possible for spinbox widgets in addition to
the commands described for the \fBttk::entry\fR widget:
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcurrent \fIindex\fR
.TP
\fIpathName \fBget\fR
Returns the spinbox's current value.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBset \fIvalue\fR
Set the spinbox string to \fIvalue\fR. If a \fB\-format\fR option has
been configured then this format will be applied. If formatting fails
or is not set or the \fB\-values\fR option has been used then the value







|






>
>
>
>
>
>
>




<
<
<
<




>
>
>
>








<
<
<
<
<
<
<












<
<







17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41




42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57







58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69


70
71
72
73
74
75
76
A \fBttk::spinbox\fR widget is a \fBttk::entry\fR widget with built-in
up and down buttons that are used to either modify a numeric value or
to select among a set of values. The widget implements all the features
of the \fBttk::entry\fR widget including support of the
\fB\-textvariable\fR option to link the value displayed by the widget
to a Tcl variable.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-state	\-style
\-takefocus	\-xscrollcommand
.SE
.SO ttk_entry
\-validate	\-validatecommand
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-command command Command
Specifies a Tcl command to be invoked whenever a spinbutton is invoked.
.OP \-format format Format
Specifies an alternate format to use when setting the string value
when using the \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-to\fR range.
This must be a format specifier of the form \fB%<pad>.<pad>f\fR,
as it will format a floating-point number.
.OP \-from from From
A floating\-point value specifying the lowest value for the spinbox. This is
used in conjunction with \fB\-to\fR and \fB\-increment\fR to set a numerical
range.




.OP \-increment increment Increment
A floating\-point value specifying the change in value to be applied each
time one of the widget spin buttons is pressed. The up button applies a
positive increment, the down button applies a negative increment.
.OP \-to to To
A floating\-point value specifying the highest permissible value for the
widget. See also \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-increment\fR.
range.
.OP \-values values Values
This must be a Tcl list of values. If this option is set then this will
override any range set using the \fB\-from\fR, \fB\-to\fR and
\fB\-increment\fR options. The widget will instead use the values
specified beginning with the first value.
.OP \-wrap wrap Wrap
Must be a proper boolean value.  If on, the spinbox will wrap around the
values of data in the widget.







.SH "INDICES"
.PP
See the \fBttk::entry\fR manual for information about indexing characters.
.SH "VALIDATION"
.PP
See the \fBttk::entry\fR manual for information about using the
\fB\-validate\fR and \fB\-validatecommand\fR options.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
The following subcommands are possible for spinbox widgets in addition to
the commands described for the \fBttk::entry\fR widget:
.TP


\fIpathName \fBget\fR
Returns the spinbox's current value.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBset \fIvalue\fR
Set the spinbox string to \fIvalue\fR. If a \fB\-format\fR option has
been configured then this format will be applied. If formatting fails
or is not set or the \fB\-values\fR option has been used then the value

Changes to doc/ttk_widget.n.

121
122
123
124
125
126
127



128
129
130
131
132
133
134
The underlined character is used for mnemonic activation.
.OP \-width width Width
If greater than zero, specifies how much space, in character widths,
to allocate for the text label.
If less than zero, specifies a minimum width.
If zero or unspecified, the natural width of the text label is used.
.SH "COMPATIBILITY OPTIONS"



.OP \-state state State
May be set to \fBnormal\fR or \fBdisabled\fR
to control the \fBdisabled\fR state bit.
This is a write-only option:
setting it changes the widget state,
but the \fBstate\fR widget command
does not affect the \fB\-state\fR option.







>
>
>







121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
The underlined character is used for mnemonic activation.
.OP \-width width Width
If greater than zero, specifies how much space, in character widths,
to allocate for the text label.
If less than zero, specifies a minimum width.
If zero or unspecified, the natural width of the text label is used.
.SH "COMPATIBILITY OPTIONS"
This option is only available for themed widgets that have
.QW corresponding
traditional Tk widgets.
.OP \-state state State
May be set to \fBnormal\fR or \fBdisabled\fR
to control the \fBdisabled\fR state bit.
This is a write-only option:
setting it changes the widget state,
but the \fBstate\fR widget command
does not affect the \fB\-state\fR option.

Changes to doc/wm.n.

484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491






492
493
494
495
496
497
498
vice versa.
.PP
On X, the images are arranged into the _NET_WM_ICON X property, which
most modern window managers support.  A \fBwm iconbitmap\fR may exist
simultaneously.  It is recommended to use not more than 2 icons, placing
the larger icon first.
.PP
On Macintosh, this currently does nothing.






.RE
.TP
\fBwm iconposition \fIwindow\fR ?\fIx y\fR?
.
If \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are specified, they are passed to the window
manager as a hint about where to position the icon for \fIwindow\fR.
In this case an empty string is returned.  If \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are







|
>
>
>
>
>
>







484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
vice versa.
.PP
On X, the images are arranged into the _NET_WM_ICON X property, which
most modern window managers support.  A \fBwm iconbitmap\fR may exist
simultaneously.  It is recommended to use not more than 2 icons, placing
the larger icon first.
.PP
On Macintosh, the first image called is loaded into an OSX-native icon
format, and becomes the application icon in dialogs, the Dock, and
other contexts. At the
script level the command will accept only the first image passed in the
parameters as support for multiple sizes/resolutions on macOS is outside Tk's
scope. Developers should use the largest icon they can support
(preferably 512 pixels) to ensure smooth rendering on the Mac. 
.RE
.TP
\fBwm iconposition \fIwindow\fR ?\fIx y\fR?
.
If \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are specified, they are passed to the window
manager as a hint about where to position the icon for \fIwindow\fR.
In this case an empty string is returned.  If \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are

Changes to generic/tk.h.

71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
 * You may also need to update some of these files when the numbers change for
 * the version of Tcl that this release of Tk is compiled against.
 */

#define TK_MAJOR_VERSION	8
#define TK_MINOR_VERSION	6
#define TK_RELEASE_LEVEL	TCL_FINAL_RELEASE
#define TK_RELEASE_SERIAL	7

#define TK_VERSION		"8.6"
#define TK_PATCH_LEVEL		"8.6.7"

/*
 * A special definition used to allow this header file to be included from
 * windows or mac resource files so that they can obtain version information.
 * RC_INVOKED is defined by default by the windows RC tool and manually set
 * for macintosh.
 *







|


|







71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
 * You may also need to update some of these files when the numbers change for
 * the version of Tcl that this release of Tk is compiled against.
 */

#define TK_MAJOR_VERSION	8
#define TK_MINOR_VERSION	6
#define TK_RELEASE_LEVEL	TCL_FINAL_RELEASE
#define TK_RELEASE_SERIAL	8

#define TK_VERSION		"8.6"
#define TK_PATCH_LEVEL		"8.6.8"

/*
 * A special definition used to allow this header file to be included from
 * windows or mac resource files so that they can obtain version information.
 * RC_INVOKED is defined by default by the windows RC tool and manually set
 * for macintosh.
 *

Changes to generic/tkBind.c.

1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742

1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750

		if ((state & modMask) != modMask) {
		    goto nextSequence;
		}
	    }
	    if (psPtr->flags & PAT_NEARBY) {
		XEvent *firstPtr = &bindPtr->eventRing[bindPtr->curEvent];
		int timeDiff;


		timeDiff = (Time) firstPtr->xkey.time - eventPtr->xkey.time;
		if ((firstPtr->xkey.x_root
			    < (eventPtr->xkey.x_root - NEARBY_PIXELS))
			|| (firstPtr->xkey.x_root
			    > (eventPtr->xkey.x_root + NEARBY_PIXELS))
			|| (firstPtr->xkey.y_root
			    < (eventPtr->xkey.y_root - NEARBY_PIXELS))
			|| (firstPtr->xkey.y_root







|

>
|







1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751

		if ((state & modMask) != modMask) {
		    goto nextSequence;
		}
	    }
	    if (psPtr->flags & PAT_NEARBY) {
		XEvent *firstPtr = &bindPtr->eventRing[bindPtr->curEvent];
		long timeDiff;

		timeDiff = ((long)firstPtr->xkey.time -
			    (long)eventPtr->xkey.time);
		if ((firstPtr->xkey.x_root
			    < (eventPtr->xkey.x_root - NEARBY_PIXELS))
			|| (firstPtr->xkey.x_root
			    > (eventPtr->xkey.x_root + NEARBY_PIXELS))
			|| (firstPtr->xkey.y_root
			    < (eventPtr->xkey.y_root - NEARBY_PIXELS))
			|| (firstPtr->xkey.y_root
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_TIME:
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {
		event.general.xkey.time = (Time) number;
	    } else if (flags & PROP) {
		event.general.xproperty.time = (Time) number;
	    } else {
		goto badopt;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_WIDTH:
	    if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp,tkwin,valuePtr,&number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;







|

|







3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_TIME:
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {
		event.general.xkey.time = number;
	    } else if (flags & PROP) {
		event.general.xproperty.time = number;
	    } else {
		goto badopt;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_WIDTH:
	    if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp,tkwin,valuePtr,&number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
    /*
     * We only allow warping if the window is mapped.
     */

    if ((warp != 0) && Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
	TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(event.general.xmotion.display);

Tk_Window warpWindow = Tk_IdToWindow(dispPtr->display,
		event.general.xmotion.window);

	if (!(dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP)) {
	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DoWarp, dispPtr);
	    dispPtr->flags |= TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP;
	}








|







3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
    /*
     * We only allow warping if the window is mapped.
     */

    if ((warp != 0) && Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
	TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(event.general.xmotion.display);

	Tk_Window warpWindow = Tk_IdToWindow(dispPtr->display,
		event.general.xmotion.window);

	if (!(dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP)) {
	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DoWarp, dispPtr);
	    dispPtr->flags |= TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP;
	}

Changes to generic/tkBusy.c.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkBusy.h"
#include "default.h"

/*
 * Things about the busy system that may be configured. Note that currently on
 * OSX/Aqua, that's nothing at all.
 */

static const Tk_OptionSpec busyOptionSpecs[] = {
#ifndef MAC_OSX_TK
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_BUSY_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Busy, cursor),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
#endif
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 * Forward declarations of functions defined in this file.
 */








|
|



<



<







13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

25
26
27

28
29
30
31
32
33
34
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkBusy.h"
#include "default.h"

/*
 * Things about the busy system that may be configured. Note that on some
 * platforms this may or may not have an effect.
 */

static const Tk_OptionSpec busyOptionSpecs[] = {

    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_BUSY_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Busy, cursor),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},

    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 * Forward declarations of functions defined in this file.
 */

Changes to generic/tkButton.c.

1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611













1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    register TkButton *butPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;














    /*
     * If the variable is being unset, then just re-establish the trace unless
     * the whole interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    register TkButton *butPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (butPtr->selVarNamePtr == NULL) {
	if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
	    Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    ButtonVarProc, clientData);
	}
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * If the variable is being unset, then just re-establish the trace unless
     * the whole interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705













1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
static char *
ButtonTextVarProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about button. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Not used. */
    const char *name2,		/* Not used. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    TkButton *butPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;

    if (butPtr->flags & BUTTON_DELETED) {
	return NULL;
    }














    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
	if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {







|
|









>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
static char *
ButtonTextVarProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about button. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    TkButton *butPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;

    if (butPtr->flags & BUTTON_DELETED) {
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (butPtr->textVarNamePtr == NULL) {
	if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
	    Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    ButtonTextVarProc, clientData);
	}
 	return NULL;
     }
 
    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
	if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {

Changes to generic/tkCanvas.c.

264
265
266
267
268
269
270

271
272
273
274
275
276
277
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const *argv);
static void		CanvasWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData);
static int		ConfigureCanvas(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    TkCanvas *canvasPtr, int argc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const *argv, int flags);
static void		DestroyCanvas(char *memPtr);

static void		DisplayCanvas(ClientData clientData);
static void		DoItem(Tcl_Obj *accumObj,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Tk_Uid tag);
static void		EventuallyRedrawItem(TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr);
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
static int		FindItems(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkCanvas *canvasPtr,







>







264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const *argv);
static void		CanvasWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData);
static int		ConfigureCanvas(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    TkCanvas *canvasPtr, int argc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const *argv, int flags);
static void		DestroyCanvas(char *memPtr);
static int              DrawCanvas(Tcl_Interp *interp, ClientData clientData, Tk_PhotoHandle photohandle, int subsample, int zoom);
static void		DisplayCanvas(ClientData clientData);
static void		DoItem(Tcl_Obj *accumObj,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Tk_Uid tag);
static void		EventuallyRedrawItem(TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr);
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
static int		FindItems(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
801
802
803
804
805
806
807

808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819

820
821
822
823
824
825
826

    int index;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
	"addtag",	"bbox",		"bind",		"canvasx",
	"canvasy",	"cget",		"configure",	"coords",
	"create",	"dchars",	"delete",	"dtag",
	"find",		"focus",	"gettags",	"icursor",

	"imove",	"index",	"insert",	"itemcget",
	"itemconfigure",
	"lower",	"move",		"moveto",	"postscript",
	"raise",	"rchars",	"scale",	"scan",
	"select",	"type",		"xview",	"yview",
	NULL
    };
    enum options {
	CANV_ADDTAG,	CANV_BBOX,	CANV_BIND,	CANV_CANVASX,
	CANV_CANVASY,	CANV_CGET,	CANV_CONFIGURE,	CANV_COORDS,
	CANV_CREATE,	CANV_DCHARS,	CANV_DELETE,	CANV_DTAG,
	CANV_FIND,	CANV_FOCUS,	CANV_GETTAGS,	CANV_ICURSOR,

	CANV_IMOVE,	CANV_INDEX,	CANV_INSERT,	CANV_ITEMCGET,
	CANV_ITEMCONFIGURE,
	CANV_LOWER,	CANV_MOVE,	CANV_MOVETO,	CANV_POSTSCRIPT,
	CANV_RAISE,	CANV_RCHARS,	CANV_SCALE,	CANV_SCAN,
	CANV_SELECT,	CANV_TYPE,	CANV_XVIEW,	CANV_YVIEW
    };








>












>







802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829

    int index;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
	"addtag",	"bbox",		"bind",		"canvasx",
	"canvasy",	"cget",		"configure",	"coords",
	"create",	"dchars",	"delete",	"dtag",
	"find",		"focus",	"gettags",	"icursor",
        "image",
	"imove",	"index",	"insert",	"itemcget",
	"itemconfigure",
	"lower",	"move",		"moveto",	"postscript",
	"raise",	"rchars",	"scale",	"scan",
	"select",	"type",		"xview",	"yview",
	NULL
    };
    enum options {
	CANV_ADDTAG,	CANV_BBOX,	CANV_BIND,	CANV_CANVASX,
	CANV_CANVASY,	CANV_CGET,	CANV_CONFIGURE,	CANV_COORDS,
	CANV_CREATE,	CANV_DCHARS,	CANV_DELETE,	CANV_DTAG,
	CANV_FIND,	CANV_FOCUS,	CANV_GETTAGS,	CANV_ICURSOR,
        CANV_IMAGE,
	CANV_IMOVE,	CANV_INDEX,	CANV_INSERT,	CANV_ITEMCGET,
	CANV_ITEMCONFIGURE,
	CANV_LOWER,	CANV_MOVE,	CANV_MOVETO,	CANV_POSTSCRIPT,
	CANV_RAISE,	CANV_RCHARS,	CANV_SCALE,	CANV_SCAN,
	CANV_SELECT,	CANV_TYPE,	CANV_XVIEW,	CANV_YVIEW
    };

1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
	 * modifications in the loop.
	 */

	tmpObj = Tcl_NewListObj(2, objv+4);

	FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto doneImove) {
	    int index;
	    int x1,x2,y1,y2;
	    int dontRedraw1,dontRedraw2;

	    /*
	     * The TK_MOVABLE_POINTS flag should only be set for types that
	     * support the same semantics of index, dChars and insert methods
	     * as lines and canvases.
	     */








|
|







1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
	 * modifications in the loop.
	 */

	tmpObj = Tcl_NewListObj(2, objv+4);

	FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto doneImove) {
	    int index;
	    int x1, x2, y1, y2;
	    int dontRedraw1, dontRedraw2;

	    /*
	     * The TK_MOVABLE_POINTS flag should only be set for types that
	     * support the same semantics of index, dChars and insert methods
	     * as lines and canvases.
	     */

1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
	     */

	    x1 = itemPtr->x1; y1 = itemPtr->y1;
	    x2 = itemPtr->x2; y2 = itemPtr->y2;

	    itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
	    ItemDelChars(canvasPtr, itemPtr, index, index);
	    dontRedraw1=itemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;

	    itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
	    ItemInsert(canvasPtr, itemPtr, index, tmpObj);
	    dontRedraw2=itemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;

	    if (!(dontRedraw1 && dontRedraw2)) {
		Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
			x1, y1, x2, y2);
		EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
	    }
	    itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;







|



|







1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
	     */

	    x1 = itemPtr->x1; y1 = itemPtr->y1;
	    x2 = itemPtr->x2; y2 = itemPtr->y2;

	    itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
	    ItemDelChars(canvasPtr, itemPtr, index, index);
	    dontRedraw1 = itemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;

	    itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
	    ItemInsert(canvasPtr, itemPtr, index, tmpObj);
	    dontRedraw2 = itemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;

	    if (!(dontRedraw1 && dontRedraw2)) {
		Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
			x1, y1, x2, y2);
		EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
	    }
	    itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
	EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
	canvasPtr->flags |= REPICK_NEEDED;
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(itemPtr->id));
	break;
    }
    case CANV_DCHARS: {
	int first, last;
	int x1,x2,y1,y2;

	if ((objc != 4) && (objc != 5)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId first ?last?");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done) {







|







1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
	EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
	canvasPtr->flags |= REPICK_NEEDED;
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(itemPtr->id));
	break;
    }
    case CANV_DCHARS: {
	int first, last;
	int x1, x2, y1, y2;

	if ((objc != 4) && (objc != 5)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId first ?last?");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done) {
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
	    } else {
		last = first;
	    }

	    /*
	     * Redraw both item's old and new areas: it's possible that a
	     * delete could result in a new area larger than the old area.
	     * Except if the insertProc sets the TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW flag,
	     * nothing more needs to be done.
	     */

	    x1 = itemPtr->x1; y1 = itemPtr->y1;
	    x2 = itemPtr->x2; y2 = itemPtr->y2;
	    itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
	    ItemDelChars(canvasPtr, itemPtr, first, last);







|







1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
	    } else {
		last = first;
	    }

	    /*
	     * Redraw both item's old and new areas: it's possible that a
	     * delete could result in a new area larger than the old area.
	     * Except if the dCharsProc sets the TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW flag,
	     * nothing more needs to be done.
	     */

	    x1 = itemPtr->x1; y1 = itemPtr->y1;
	    x2 = itemPtr->x2; y2 = itemPtr->y2;
	    itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
	    ItemDelChars(canvasPtr, itemPtr, first, last);
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
	    goto done;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
	break;
    }
    case CANV_INSERT: {
	int beforeThis;
	int x1,x2,y1,y2;

	if (objc != 5) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId beforeThis string");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done) {







|







1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
	    goto done;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
	break;
    }
    case CANV_INSERT: {
	int beforeThis;
	int x1, x2, y1, y2;

	if (objc != 5) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId beforeThis string");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done) {
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803

1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
	    }
	}
	RELINK_ITEMS(objv[2], prevPtr);
	break;
    }
    case CANV_RCHARS: {
	int first, last;
	int x1,x2,y1,y2;


	if (objc != 6) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId first last string");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done) {







|
>







1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
	    }
	}
	RELINK_ITEMS(objv[2], prevPtr);
	break;
    }
    case CANV_RCHARS: {
	int first, last;
	int x1, x2, y1, y2;
	int dontRedraw1, dontRedraw2;

	if (objc != 6) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId first last string");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done) {
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833

1834


1835
1836
1837

1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
	     * replace could result in a new area larger than the old area.
	     * Except if the dCharsProc or insertProc sets the
	     * TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW flag, nothing more needs to be done.
	     */

	    x1 = itemPtr->x1; y1 = itemPtr->y1;
	    x2 = itemPtr->x2; y2 = itemPtr->y2;

	    itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;



	    ItemDelChars(canvasPtr, itemPtr, first, last);
	    ItemInsert(canvasPtr, itemPtr, first, objv[5]);


	    if (!(itemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW)) {
		Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
			x1, y1, x2, y2);
		EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
	    }
	    itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
	}
	break;







>
|
>
>

|

>

|







1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
	     * replace could result in a new area larger than the old area.
	     * Except if the dCharsProc or insertProc sets the
	     * TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW flag, nothing more needs to be done.
	     */

	    x1 = itemPtr->x1; y1 = itemPtr->y1;
	    x2 = itemPtr->x2; y2 = itemPtr->y2;

            itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
	    ItemDelChars(canvasPtr, itemPtr, first, last);
	    dontRedraw1 = itemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;

            itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
	    ItemInsert(canvasPtr, itemPtr, first, objv[5]);
	    dontRedraw2 = itemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;

            if (!(dontRedraw1 && dontRedraw2)) {
		Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
			x1, y1, x2, y2);
		EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
	    }
	    itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
	}
	break;
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128








































2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
			* (Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin) - 2*canvasPtr->inset));
	    }
	    break;
	}
	CanvasSetOrigin(canvasPtr, canvasPtr->xOrigin, newY);
	break;
    }








































    }

  done:
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
    TagSearchDestroy(searchPtr);
#endif /* not USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
    Tcl_Release(canvasPtr);







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
			* (Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin) - 2*canvasPtr->inset));
	    }
	    break;
	}
	CanvasSetOrigin(canvasPtr, canvasPtr->xOrigin, newY);
	break;
    }
    case CANV_IMAGE: {
        Tk_PhotoHandle photohandle;
        int subsample = 1, zoom = 1;

        if (objc < 3 || objc > 5) {
            Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "imagename ?subsample? ?zoom?");
            result = TCL_ERROR;
            goto done;
        }

        if ((photohandle = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]) )) == 0) {
            result = TCL_ERROR;
            goto done;
        }

        /*
         * If we are given a subsample or a zoom then grab them.
         */

        if (objc >= 4 && Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &subsample) != TCL_OK) {
            result = TCL_ERROR;
            goto done;
        }
        if (objc >= 5 && Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &zoom) != TCL_OK) {
            result = TCL_ERROR;
            goto done;
        }

        /*
         * Set the image size to zero, which allows the DrawCanvas() function
         * to expand the image automatically when it copies the pixmap into it.
         */

        if (Tk_PhotoSetSize(interp, photohandle, 0, 0) != TCL_OK) {
            result = TCL_ERROR;
            goto done;
        }

        result = DrawCanvas(interp, clientData, photohandle, subsample, zoom);
    }
    }

  done:
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
    TagSearchDestroy(searchPtr);
#endif /* not USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
    Tcl_Release(canvasPtr);
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413














































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
    canvasPtr->flags |= REPICK_NEEDED;
    Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
	    canvasPtr->xOrigin, canvasPtr->yOrigin,
	    canvasPtr->xOrigin + Tk_Width(canvasPtr->tkwin),
	    canvasPtr->yOrigin + Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin));
}















































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DisplayCanvas --
 *
 *	This function redraws the contents of a canvas window. It is invoked
 *	as a do-when-idle handler, so it only runs when there's nothing else







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
    canvasPtr->flags |= REPICK_NEEDED;
    Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
	    canvasPtr->xOrigin, canvasPtr->yOrigin,
	    canvasPtr->xOrigin + Tk_Width(canvasPtr->tkwin),
	    canvasPtr->yOrigin + Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin));
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DecomposeMaskToShiftAndBits --
 *
 *      Given a 32 bit pixel mask, we find the position of the lowest bit and the
 *      width of the mask bits.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
*       None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
static void
DecomposeMaskToShiftAndBits(
    unsigned long mask,     /* The pixel mask to examine */
    int *shift,             /* Where to put the shift count (position of lowest bit) */
    int *bits)              /* Where to put the bit count (width of the pixel mask) */
{
    int i;
    
    *shift = 0;
    *bits = 0;
    
    /*
     * Find the lowest '1' bit in the mask.
     */

    for (i = 0; i < 32; ++i) {
        if (mask & 1 << i)
            break;
    }
    if (i < 32) {
        *shift = i;
        
        /*
        * Now find the next '0' bit and the width of the mask.
        */
 
        for ( ; i < 32; ++i) {
            if ((mask & 1 << i) == 0)
                break;
            else
                ++*bits;
        }
        
        /*
        * Limit to the top 8 bits if the mask was wider than 8.
        */

        if (*bits > 8) {
            *shift += *bits - 8;
            *bits = 8;
        }
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DrawCanvas --
 *
 *      This function draws the contents of a canvas into the given Photo image.
 *      This function is called from the widget "image" subcommand.
 *      The canvas does not need to be mapped (one of it's ancestors must be)
 *      in order for this function to work. 
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      Canvas contents from within the -scrollregion or widget size are rendered
 *      into the Photo. Any errors are left in the result.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

#define OVERDRAW_PIXELS 32        /* How much larger we make the pixmap
                                   * that the canvas objects are drawn into */

/* From stackoverflow.com/questions/2100331/c-macro-definition-to-determine-big-endian-or-little-endian-machine */
#define IS_BIG_ENDIAN (*(unsigned short *)"\0\xff" < 0x100)

#define BYTE_SWAP16(n) ((((unsigned short)n)>>8) | (((unsigned short)n)<<8))
#define BYTE_SWAP32(n) (((n>>24)&0x000000FF) | ((n<<8)&0x00FF0000) | ((n>>8)&0x0000FF00) | ((n<<24)&0xFF000000))

static int
DrawCanvas(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,           /* As passed to the widget command, and we will leave errors here */
    ClientData clientData,
    Tk_PhotoHandle photohandle,   /* The photo we are rendering into */
    int subsample,                /* If either subsample or zoom are not 1 then we call Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock() */
    int zoom)
{
    TkCanvas * canvasPtr = clientData;
    Tk_Window tkwin;
    Display *displayPtr;
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock blockPtr = {0};
    Window wid;
    Tk_Item * itemPtr;
    Pixmap pixmap = 0;
    XImage *ximagePtr = NULL;
    Visual *visualPtr;
    GC xgc = 0;
    XGCValues xgcValues;
    int canvasX1, canvasY1, canvasX2, canvasY2, cWidth, cHeight,
        pixmapX1, pixmapY1, pixmapX2, pixmapY2, pmWidth, pmHeight,
        bitsPerPixel, bytesPerPixel, x, y, result = TCL_OK,
        rshift, gshift, bshift, rbits, gbits, bbits;

#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
    char buffer[128];
#endif

    if ((tkwin = canvasPtr->tkwin) == NULL) {
        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "canvas tkwin is NULL!", NULL);
        result = TCL_ERROR;
        goto done;
    }

    /*
     * If this canvas is unmapped, then we won't have a window id, so we will
     * try the ancestors of the canvas until we find a window that has a
     * valid window id. The Tk_GetPixmap() call requires a valid window id.
     */

    do {

        if ((displayPtr = Tk_Display(tkwin)) == NULL) {
            Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "canvas (or parent) display is NULL!", NULL);
            result = TCL_ERROR;
            goto done;
        }

        if ((wid = Tk_WindowId(tkwin)) != 0) {
            continue;
        }

        if ((tkwin = Tk_Parent(tkwin)) == NULL) {
            Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "canvas has no parent with a valid window id! Is the toplevel window mapped?", NULL);
            result = TCL_ERROR;
            goto done;
        }

    } while (wid == 0);

    bitsPerPixel = Tk_Depth(tkwin);
    visualPtr = Tk_Visual(tkwin);

    if (subsample == 0) {
        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "subsample cannot be zero", NULL);
        result = TCL_ERROR;
        goto done;
    }

    /*
    * Scan through the item list, registering the bounding box for all items
    * that didn't do that for the final coordinates yet. This can be
    * determined by the FORCE_REDRAW flag.
    */

    for (itemPtr = canvasPtr -> firstItemPtr; itemPtr != NULL; 
            itemPtr = itemPtr -> nextPtr) {
        if (itemPtr -> redraw_flags & FORCE_REDRAW) {
            itemPtr -> redraw_flags &= ~FORCE_REDRAW;
            EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
            itemPtr -> redraw_flags &= ~FORCE_REDRAW;
        }
    }

    /*
     * The DisplayCanvas() function works out the region that needs redrawing,
     * but we don't do this. We grab the whole scrollregion or canvas window
     * area. If we have a defined -scrollregion we use that as the drawing
     * region, otherwise use the canvas window height and width with an origin
     * of 0,0.
     */
    if (canvasPtr->scrollX1 != 0 || canvasPtr->scrollY1 != 0 ||
            canvasPtr->scrollX2 != 0 || canvasPtr->scrollY2 != 0) {

        canvasX1 = canvasPtr->scrollX1;
        canvasY1 = canvasPtr->scrollY1;
        canvasX2 = canvasPtr->scrollX2;
        canvasY2 = canvasPtr->scrollY2;
        cWidth = canvasX2 - canvasX1 + 1;
        cHeight = canvasY2 - canvasY1 + 1;

    } else {

        cWidth = Tk_Width(tkwin);
        cHeight = Tk_Height(tkwin);
        canvasX1 = 0;
        canvasY1 = 0;
        canvasX2 = canvasX1 + cWidth - 1;
        canvasY2 = canvasY1 + cHeight - 1;
    }
    
    /*
     * Allocate a pixmap to draw into. We add OVERDRAW_PIXELS in the same way
     * that DisplayCanvas() does to avoid problems on some systems when objects
     * are being drawn too close to the edge.
     */

    pixmapX1 = canvasX1 - OVERDRAW_PIXELS;
    pixmapY1 = canvasY1 - OVERDRAW_PIXELS;
    pixmapX2 = canvasX2 + OVERDRAW_PIXELS;
    pixmapY2 = canvasY2 + OVERDRAW_PIXELS;
    pmWidth = pixmapX2 - pixmapX1 + 1;
    pmHeight = pixmapY2 - pixmapY1 + 1;
    if ((pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(displayPtr, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), pmWidth, pmHeight,
            bitsPerPixel)) == 0) {
        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "failed to create drawing Pixmap", NULL);
        result = TCL_ERROR;
        goto done;
    }

    /*
     * Before we can draw the canvas objects into the pixmap it's background
     * should be filled with canvas background colour.
     */

    xgcValues.function = GXcopy;
    xgcValues.foreground = Tk_3DBorderColor(canvasPtr->bgBorder)->pixel;
    xgc = XCreateGC(displayPtr, pixmap, GCFunction|GCForeground, &xgcValues);
    XFillRectangle(displayPtr,pixmap,xgc,0,0,pmWidth,pmHeight);

    /*
     * Draw all the cavas items into the pixmap
     */

    canvasPtr->drawableXOrigin = pixmapX1;
    canvasPtr->drawableYOrigin = pixmapY1;
    for (itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr; itemPtr != NULL;
            itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) {
        if ((itemPtr->x1 >= pixmapX2) || (itemPtr->y1 >= pixmapY2) ||
                (itemPtr->x2 < pixmapX1) || (itemPtr->y2 < pixmapY1)) {
            if (!AlwaysRedraw(itemPtr)) {
                continue;
            }
        }
        if (itemPtr->state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN || 
                (itemPtr->state == TK_STATE_NULL && canvasPtr->canvas_state
                == TK_STATE_HIDDEN)) {
            continue;
        }
        ItemDisplay(canvasPtr, itemPtr, pixmap, pixmapX1, pixmapY1, pmWidth,
                pmHeight);
    }
    
    /*
     * Copy the Pixmap into an ZPixmap format XImage so we can copy it across
     * to the photo image. This seems to be the only way to get Pixmap image
     * data out of an image. Note we have to account for the OVERDRAW_PIXELS
     * border width.
     */

    if ((ximagePtr = XGetImage(displayPtr, pixmap, -pixmapX1, -pixmapY1, cWidth,
            cHeight, AllPlanes, ZPixmap)) == NULL) {
        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "failed to copy Pixmap to XImage", NULL);
        result = TCL_ERROR;
        goto done;
    }
    
#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "ximagePtr {", NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->width);   Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " width ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->height);  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " height ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->xoffset); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " xoffset ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->format);  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " format ", buffer, NULL);
                                             Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ximagePtr->data", NULL);
    if (ximagePtr->data != NULL) {
	int ix, iy;

        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " {", NULL);
	for (iy = 0; iy < ximagePtr->height; ++ iy) {
	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " {", NULL);
	    for (ix = 0; ix < ximagePtr->bytes_per_line; ++ ix) {
	        if (ix > 0) {
                    if (ix % 4 == 0)
                        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-", NULL);
                    else
                        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ", NULL);
                }
	        sprintf(buffer,"%2.2x",ximagePtr->data[ximagePtr->bytes_per_line * iy + ix]&0xFF);
	        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
	    }
	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " }", NULL);
	}
	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " }", NULL);
    } else
	sprintf(buffer," NULL");
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->byte_order);       Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " byte_order ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->bitmap_unit);      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " bitmap_unit ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->bitmap_bit_order); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " bitmap_bit_order ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->bitmap_pad);       Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " bitmap_pad ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->depth);            Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " depth ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->bytes_per_line);   Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " bytes_per_line ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->bits_per_pixel);   Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " bits_per_pixel ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"0x%8.8lx",ximagePtr->red_mask);   Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " red_mask ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"0x%8.8lx",ximagePtr->green_mask); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " green_mask ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"0x%8.8lx",ximagePtr->blue_mask);  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " blue_mask ", buffer, NULL);
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " }", NULL);
    
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\nvisualPtr {", NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"0x%8.8lx",visualPtr->red_mask);   Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " red_mask ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"0x%8.8lx",visualPtr->green_mask); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " green_mask ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"0x%8.8lx",visualPtr->blue_mask);  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " blue_mask ", buffer, NULL);
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " }", NULL);
    
#endif

    /*
     * Fill in the PhotoImageBlock structure abd allocate a block of memory
     * for the converted image data. Note we allocate an alpha channel even
     * though we don't use one, because this layout helps Tk_PhotoPutBlock()
     * use memcpy() instead of the slow pixel or line copy.
     */

    blockPtr.width = cWidth;
    blockPtr.height = cHeight;
    blockPtr.pixelSize = 4;
    blockPtr.pitch = blockPtr.pixelSize * blockPtr.width;
    blockPtr.offset[0] = 0;
    blockPtr.offset[1] = 1;
    blockPtr.offset[2] = 2;
    blockPtr.offset[3] = 3;
    blockPtr.pixelPtr = ckalloc(blockPtr.pixelSize * blockPtr.height * blockPtr.width);

    /*
     * Now convert the image data pixel by pixel from XImage to 32bit RGBA
     * format suitable for Tk_PhotoPutBlock().
     */

    DecomposeMaskToShiftAndBits(visualPtr->red_mask,&rshift,&rbits);
    DecomposeMaskToShiftAndBits(visualPtr->green_mask,&gshift,&gbits);
    DecomposeMaskToShiftAndBits(visualPtr->blue_mask,&bshift,&bbits);

#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",rshift); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\nbits { rshift ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",gshift); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " gshift ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",bshift); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " bshift ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",rbits);  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " rbits ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",gbits);  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " gbits ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",bbits);  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " bbits ", buffer, " }", NULL);
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\nConverted_image {", NULL);
#endif

    /* Ok, had to use ximagePtr->bits_per_pixel here and in the switch (...)
     * below to get this to work on Windows. X11 correctly sets the bitmap
     *_pad and bitmap_unit fields to 32, but on Windows they are 0 and 8
     * respectively!
     */

    bytesPerPixel = ximagePtr->bits_per_pixel/8;
    for (y = 0; y < blockPtr.height; ++y) {

#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " {", NULL);
#endif

        for(x = 0; x < blockPtr.width; ++x) {
            unsigned long pixel;

            switch (ximagePtr->bits_per_pixel) {

                /*
                 * Get an 8 bit pixel from the XImage.
                 */

                case 8 :
                    pixel = *((unsigned char *)(ximagePtr->data + bytesPerPixel * x
                            + ximagePtr->bytes_per_line * y));
                    break;

                /*
                 * Get a 16 bit pixel from the XImage, and correct the
                 * byte order as necessary.
                 */

                case 16 :
                    pixel = *((unsigned short *)(ximagePtr->data + bytesPerPixel * x
                            + ximagePtr->bytes_per_line * y));
                    if ((IS_BIG_ENDIAN && ximagePtr->byte_order == LSBFirst)
                            || (!IS_BIG_ENDIAN && ximagePtr->byte_order == MSBFirst))
                        pixel = BYTE_SWAP16(pixel);
                    break;

                /*
                 * Grab a 32 bit pixel from the XImage, and correct the
                 * byte order as necessary.
                 */

                case 32 :
                    pixel = *((unsigned long *)(ximagePtr->data + bytesPerPixel * x
                            + ximagePtr->bytes_per_line * y));
                    if ((IS_BIG_ENDIAN && ximagePtr->byte_order == LSBFirst)
                            || (!IS_BIG_ENDIAN && ximagePtr->byte_order == MSBFirst))
                        pixel = BYTE_SWAP32(pixel);
                    break;
            }

            /*
             * We have a pixel with the correct byte order, so pull out the
             * colours and place them in the photo block. Perhaps we could
             * just not bother with the alpha byte because we are using
             * TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET later?
             * ***Windows: We have to swap the red and blue values. The
             * XImage storage is B - G - R - A which becomes a 32bit ARGB
             * quad. However the visual mask is a 32bit ABGR quad. And
             * Tk_PhotoPutBlock() wants R-G-B-A which is a 32bit ABGR quad.
             * If the visual mask was correct there would be no need to
             * swap anything here.
             */

#ifdef _WIN32
#define   R_OFFSET 2
#define   B_OFFSET 0
#else
#define   R_OFFSET 0
#define   B_OFFSET 2
#endif
            blockPtr.pixelPtr[blockPtr.pitch * y + blockPtr.pixelSize * x + R_OFFSET] =
                    (unsigned char)((pixel & visualPtr->red_mask) >> rshift);
            blockPtr.pixelPtr[blockPtr.pitch * y + blockPtr.pixelSize * x +1] =
                    (unsigned char)((pixel & visualPtr->green_mask) >> gshift);
            blockPtr.pixelPtr[blockPtr.pitch * y + blockPtr.pixelSize * x + B_OFFSET] =
                    (unsigned char)((pixel & visualPtr->blue_mask) >> bshift);
            blockPtr.pixelPtr[blockPtr.pitch * y + blockPtr.pixelSize * x +3] = 0xFF;

#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
            {
		int ix;
                if (x > 0)
                    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-", NULL);
	        for (ix = 0; ix < 4; ++ix) {
                    if (ix > 0)
                        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ", NULL);
		    sprintf(buffer,"%2.2x",blockPtr.pixelPtr[blockPtr.pitch * y
                            + blockPtr.pixelSize * x + ix]&0xFF);
                    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
                }
            }
#endif

        }

#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " }", NULL);
#endif

    }

#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " }", NULL);
#endif

    /*
     * Now put the copied pixmap into the photo.
     * If either zoom or subsample are not 1, we use the zoom function.
     */

    if (subsample != 1 || zoom != 1) {
        if ((result = Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock(interp, photohandle, &blockPtr,
                0, 0, cWidth * zoom / subsample, cHeight * zoom / subsample,
                zoom, zoom, subsample, subsample, TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET))
                != TCL_OK) {
            goto done;
        }
    } else {
        if ((result = Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, photohandle, &blockPtr, 0, 0,
            cWidth, cHeight, TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET)) != TCL_OK) {
            goto done;
        }
    }

    /*
     * Clean up anything we have allocated and exit.
     */

done:
    if (blockPtr.pixelPtr)
        ckfree(blockPtr.pixelPtr);
    if (pixmap)
        Tk_FreePixmap(Tk_Display(tkwin), pixmap);
    if (ximagePtr)
        XDestroyImage(ximagePtr);
    if (xgc)
        XFreeGC(displayPtr,xgc);
    return result;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DisplayCanvas --
 *
 *	This function redraws the contents of a canvas window. It is invoked
 *	as a do-when-idle handler, so it only runs when there's nothing else

Changes to generic/tkEntry.c.

883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890

891
892
893
894
895
896
897
		entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
		entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
	    } else {
		entryPtr->selectFirst = index;
		entryPtr->selectLast = index2;
	    }
	    if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)
		    && (entryPtr->exportSelection)) {

		Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
			EntryLostSelection, entryPtr);
		entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
	    }
	    EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
	    break;








|
>







883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
		entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
		entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
	    } else {
		entryPtr->selectFirst = index;
		entryPtr->selectLast = index2;
	    }
	    if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)
		    && (entryPtr->exportSelection)
		    && (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->interp))) {
		Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
			EntryLostSelection, entryPtr);
		entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
	    }
	    EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
	    break;

1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
    }

    /*
     * Store old values that we need to effect certain behavior if they change
     * value.
     */

    oldExport = entryPtr->exportSelection;
    if (entryPtr->type == TK_SPINBOX) {
	oldValues = sbPtr->valueStr;
	oldFormat = sbPtr->reqFormat;
	oldFrom = sbPtr->fromValue;
	oldTo = sbPtr->toValue;
    }








|







1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
    }

    /*
     * Store old values that we need to effect certain behavior if they change
     * value.
     */

    oldExport = (entryPtr->exportSelection) && (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->interp));
    if (entryPtr->type == TK_SPINBOX) {
	oldValues = sbPtr->valueStr;
	oldFormat = sbPtr->reqFormat;
	oldFrom = sbPtr->fromValue;
	oldTo = sbPtr->toValue;
    }

1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278

1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
	}

	/*
	 * Claim the selection if we've suddenly started exporting it.
	 */

	if (entryPtr->exportSelection && (!oldExport)

		&& (entryPtr->selectFirst != -1)
		&& !(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)) {
	    Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection,
		    entryPtr);
	    entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
	}








>







1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
	}

	/*
	 * Claim the selection if we've suddenly started exporting it.
	 */

	if (entryPtr->exportSelection && (!oldExport)
		&& (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->interp))
		&& (entryPtr->selectFirst != -1)
		&& !(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)) {
	    Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection,
		    entryPtr);
	    entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
	}

2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748

2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
{
    int newFirst, newLast;

    /*
     * Grab the selection if we don't own it already.
     */

    if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION) && (entryPtr->exportSelection)) {

	Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection,
		entryPtr);
	entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
    }

    /*
     * Pick new starting and ending points for the selection.







|
>







2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
{
    int newFirst, newLast;

    /*
     * Grab the selection if we don't own it already.
     */

    if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION) && (entryPtr->exportSelection)
	    && (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->interp))) {
	Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection,
		entryPtr);
	entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
    }

    /*
     * Pick new starting and ending points for the selection.
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815

2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
				 * not including terminating NUL character. */
{
    Entry *entryPtr = clientData;
    int byteCount;
    const char *string;
    const char *selStart, *selEnd;

    if ((entryPtr->selectFirst < 0) || !(entryPtr->exportSelection)) {

	return -1;
    }
    string = entryPtr->displayString;
    selStart = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, entryPtr->selectFirst);
    selEnd = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(selStart,
	    entryPtr->selectLast - entryPtr->selectFirst);
    byteCount = selEnd - selStart - offset;







|
>







2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
				 * not including terminating NUL character. */
{
    Entry *entryPtr = clientData;
    int byteCount;
    const char *string;
    const char *selStart, *selEnd;

    if ((entryPtr->selectFirst < 0) || (!entryPtr->exportSelection)
	    || Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->interp)) {
	return -1;
    }
    string = entryPtr->displayString;
    selStart = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, entryPtr->selectFirst);
    selEnd = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(selStart,
	    entryPtr->selectLast - entryPtr->selectFirst);
    byteCount = selEnd - selStart - offset;
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868

2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
     * On Windows and Mac systems, we want to remember the selection for the
     * next time the focus enters the window. On Unix, we need to clear the
     * selection since it is always visible.
     * This is controlled by ::tk::AlwaysShowSelection.
     */

    if (TkpAlwaysShowSelection(entryPtr->tkwin)
	    && (entryPtr->selectFirst >= 0) && entryPtr->exportSelection) {

	entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
	entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
	EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
    }
}

/*







|
>







2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
     * On Windows and Mac systems, we want to remember the selection for the
     * next time the focus enters the window. On Unix, we need to clear the
     * selection since it is always visible.
     * This is controlled by ::tk::AlwaysShowSelection.
     */

    if (TkpAlwaysShowSelection(entryPtr->tkwin)
	    && (entryPtr->selectFirst >= 0) && entryPtr->exportSelection
	    && (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->interp))) {
	entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
	entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
	EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
    }
}

/*
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145













3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
static char *
EntryTextVarProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about button. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Not used. */
    const char *name2,		/* Not used. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    Entry *entryPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;

    if (entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_DELETED) {
	/*
	 * Just abort early if we entered here while being deleted.
	 */
	return NULL;
    }














    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {







|
|











>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
static char *
EntryTextVarProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about button. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    Entry *entryPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;

    if (entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_DELETED) {
	/*
	 * Just abort early if we entered here while being deleted.
	 */
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (entryPtr->textVarName == NULL) {
	if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
	    Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    EntryTextVarProc, clientData);
	}
 	return NULL;
     }

    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037

4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
		entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
		entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
	    } else {
		entryPtr->selectFirst = index;
		entryPtr->selectLast = index2;
	    }
	    if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)
		    && entryPtr->exportSelection) {

		Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
			EntryLostSelection, entryPtr);
		entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
	    }
	    EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
	    break;








|
>







4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
		entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
		entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
	    } else {
		entryPtr->selectFirst = index;
		entryPtr->selectLast = index2;
	    }
	    if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)
		    && entryPtr->exportSelection
		    && (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->interp))) {
		Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
			EntryLostSelection, entryPtr);
		entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
	    }
	    EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
	    break;

Changes to generic/tkFont.c.

3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
	    continue;
	}

	cx[0] = cx[3] = chunkPtr->x;
	cy[0] = cy[1] = chunkPtr->y - fontPtr->fm.ascent;
	cx[1] = cx[2] = chunkPtr->x + chunkPtr->displayWidth;
	cy[2] = cy[3] = chunkPtr->y + fontPtr->fm.descent;
	if (	!PointInQuadrilateral(cx, cy, rx[0], ry[0]) ||
		!PointInQuadrilateral(cx, cy, rx[1], ry[1]) ||
		!PointInQuadrilateral(cx, cy, rx[2], ry[2]) ||
		!PointInQuadrilateral(cx, cy, rx[3], ry[3])) {
	    goto notReverseInside;
	}
    }
    return 0;

    /*
     * If we're overlapping now, we must be partially in and out of at least
     * one chunk. If that is the case, there must be one line segment of the
     * rectangle that is touching or crossing a line segment of a chunk.
     */

  notReverseInside:
    chunkPtr = layoutPtr->chunks;

    for (i=0 ; i<layoutPtr->numChunks ; i++,chunkPtr++) {
	int j;

	if (chunkPtr->start[0] == '\n') {
	    /*







|
|
|
|
|
|

<







<







3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160

3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167

3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
	    continue;
	}

	cx[0] = cx[3] = chunkPtr->x;
	cy[0] = cy[1] = chunkPtr->y - fontPtr->fm.ascent;
	cx[1] = cx[2] = chunkPtr->x + chunkPtr->displayWidth;
	cy[2] = cy[3] = chunkPtr->y + fontPtr->fm.descent;
	if (	PointInQuadrilateral(cx, cy, rx[0], ry[0]) &&
		PointInQuadrilateral(cx, cy, rx[1], ry[1]) &&
		PointInQuadrilateral(cx, cy, rx[2], ry[2]) &&
		PointInQuadrilateral(cx, cy, rx[3], ry[3])) {
            return 0;
        }
    }


    /*
     * If we're overlapping now, we must be partially in and out of at least
     * one chunk. If that is the case, there must be one line segment of the
     * rectangle that is touching or crossing a line segment of a chunk.
     */


    chunkPtr = layoutPtr->chunks;

    for (i=0 ; i<layoutPtr->numChunks ; i++,chunkPtr++) {
	int j;

	if (chunkPtr->start[0] == '\n') {
	    /*

Changes to generic/tkGrid.c.

2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877

2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
	    if (!(gridPtr->masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
		gridPtr->doubleBw = 2*Tk_Changes(gridPtr->tkwin)->border_width;
		gridPtr->masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
		Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr->masterPtr);
	    }
	}
    } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
	register Gridder *gridPtr2, *nextPtr;

	if (gridPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
	    Unlink(gridPtr);
	}
	for (gridPtr2 = gridPtr->slavePtr; gridPtr2 != NULL;
		gridPtr2 = nextPtr) {

	    Tk_UnmapWindow(gridPtr2->tkwin);
	    gridPtr2->masterPtr = NULL;
	    nextPtr = gridPtr2->nextPtr;
	    gridPtr2->nextPtr = NULL;
	}
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->gridHashTable,
		(char *) gridPtr->tkwin));
	if (gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT) {
	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr);
	}
	gridPtr->tkwin = NULL;
	Tcl_EventuallyFree(gridPtr, (Tcl_FreeProc *)DestroyGrid);
    } else if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
	if ((gridPtr->slavePtr != NULL)
		&& !(gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
	    gridPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr);
	}
    } else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) {
	register Gridder *gridPtr2;

	for (gridPtr2 = gridPtr->slavePtr; gridPtr2 != NULL;
		gridPtr2 = gridPtr2->nextPtr) {
	    Tk_UnmapWindow(gridPtr2->tkwin);
	}
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|




|
|
>
|
|
|
|















|

|
|
|







2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
	    if (!(gridPtr->masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
		gridPtr->doubleBw = 2*Tk_Changes(gridPtr->tkwin)->border_width;
		gridPtr->masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
		Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr->masterPtr);
	    }
	}
    } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
	register Gridder *slavePtr, *nextPtr;

	if (gridPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
	    Unlink(gridPtr);
	}
	for (slavePtr = gridPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
		slavePtr = nextPtr) {
	    Tk_ManageGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	    Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
	    slavePtr->masterPtr = NULL;
	    nextPtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;
	    slavePtr->nextPtr = NULL;
	}
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->gridHashTable,
		(char *) gridPtr->tkwin));
	if (gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT) {
	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr);
	}
	gridPtr->tkwin = NULL;
	Tcl_EventuallyFree(gridPtr, (Tcl_FreeProc *)DestroyGrid);
    } else if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
	if ((gridPtr->slavePtr != NULL)
		&& !(gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
	    gridPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr);
	}
    } else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) {
	register Gridder *slavePtr;

	for (slavePtr = gridPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
		slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
	    Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
	}
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086

3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    defaultRow = tmp;
	}
    }

    /*
     * If no -row is given, use the first unoccupied row of the master.

     */

    if (defaultRow < 0) {
	if (masterPtr != NULL && masterPtr->masterDataPtr != NULL) {
	    SetGridSize(masterPtr);
	    defaultRow = masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowEnd;
	} else {







|
>







3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    defaultRow = tmp;
	}
    }

    /*
     * If no -row is given, use the next row after the highest occupied row
     * of the master.
     */

    if (defaultRow < 0) {
	if (masterPtr != NULL && masterPtr->masterDataPtr != NULL) {
	    SetGridSize(masterPtr);
	    defaultRow = masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowEnd;
	} else {

Changes to generic/tkImgPNG.c.

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
    0, 0, 0, 4, 0, 2, 0, 1
};

/*
 * Chunk type flags.
 */

#define PNG_CF_ANCILLARY 0x10000000L	/* Non-critical chunk (can ignore). */
#define PNG_CF_PRIVATE   0x00100000L	/* Application-specific chunk. */
#define PNG_CF_RESERVED  0x00001000L	/* Not used. */
#define PNG_CF_COPYSAFE  0x00000010L	/* Opaque data safe for copying. */

/*
 * Chunk types, not all of which have support implemented. Note that there are
 * others in the official extension set which we will never support (as they







|







31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
    0, 0, 0, 4, 0, 2, 0, 1
};

/*
 * Chunk type flags.
 */

#define PNG_CF_ANCILLARY 0x20000000L	/* Non-critical chunk (can ignore). */
#define PNG_CF_PRIVATE   0x00100000L	/* Application-specific chunk. */
#define PNG_CF_RESERVED  0x00001000L	/* Not used. */
#define PNG_CF_COPYSAFE  0x00000010L	/* Opaque data safe for copying. */

/*
 * Chunk types, not all of which have support implemented. Note that there are
 * others in the official extension set which we will never support (as they
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
		if (chunkType & PNG_INT32(128,128,128,128)) {
		    /*
		     * No nice ASCII conversion; shouldn't happen either, but
		     * we'll be doubly careful.
		     */

		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			    "encountered an unsupported criticial chunk type",
			    -1));
		} else {
		    char typeString[5];

		    typeString[0] = (char) ((chunkType >> 24) & 255);
		    typeString[1] = (char) ((chunkType >> 16) & 255);
		    typeString[2] = (char) ((chunkType >> 8) & 255);
		    typeString[3] = (char) (chunkType & 255);
		    typeString[4] = '\0';
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			    "encountered an unsupported criticial chunk type"
			    " \"%s\"", typeString));
		}
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PNG",
			"UNSUPPORTED_CRITICAL", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }








|










|







980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
		if (chunkType & PNG_INT32(128,128,128,128)) {
		    /*
		     * No nice ASCII conversion; shouldn't happen either, but
		     * we'll be doubly careful.
		     */

		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			    "encountered an unsupported critical chunk type",
			    -1));
		} else {
		    char typeString[5];

		    typeString[0] = (char) ((chunkType >> 24) & 255);
		    typeString[1] = (char) ((chunkType >> 16) & 255);
		    typeString[2] = (char) ((chunkType >> 8) & 255);
		    typeString[3] = (char) (chunkType & 255);
		    typeString[4] = '\0';
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			    "encountered an unsupported critical chunk type"
			    " \"%s\"", typeString));
		}
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PNG",
			"UNSUPPORTED_CRITICAL", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }

Changes to generic/tkImgPhInstance.c.

414
415
416
417
418
419
420







421
422
423
424
425
426
427
#define GetRValue(rgb)	(UCHAR(((rgb) & red_mask) >> red_shift))
#define GetGValue(rgb)	(UCHAR(((rgb) & green_mask) >> green_shift))
#define GetBValue(rgb)	(UCHAR(((rgb) & blue_mask) >> blue_shift))
#define RGB(r, g, b)	((unsigned)( \
	(UCHAR(r) << red_shift)   | \
	(UCHAR(g) << green_shift) | \
	(UCHAR(b) << blue_shift)  ))







#define RGB15(r, g, b)	((unsigned)( \
	(((r) * red_mask / 255)   & red_mask)   | \
	(((g) * green_mask / 255) & green_mask) | \
	(((b) * blue_mask / 255)  & blue_mask)  ))
#endif /* !_WIN32 */

static void







>
>
>
>
>
>
>







414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
#define GetRValue(rgb)	(UCHAR(((rgb) & red_mask) >> red_shift))
#define GetGValue(rgb)	(UCHAR(((rgb) & green_mask) >> green_shift))
#define GetBValue(rgb)	(UCHAR(((rgb) & blue_mask) >> blue_shift))
#define RGB(r, g, b)	((unsigned)( \
	(UCHAR(r) << red_shift)   | \
	(UCHAR(g) << green_shift) | \
	(UCHAR(b) << blue_shift)  ))
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
#define RGBA(r, g, b, a) ((unsigned)( \
	(UCHAR(r) << red_shift)   | \
	(UCHAR(g) << green_shift) | \
	(UCHAR(b) << blue_shift)  | \
	(UCHAR(a) << alpha_shift) ))
#endif
#define RGB15(r, g, b)	((unsigned)( \
	(((r) * red_mask / 255)   & red_mask)   | \
	(((g) * green_mask / 255) & green_mask) | \
	(((b) * blue_mask / 255)  & blue_mask)  ))
#endif /* !_WIN32 */

static void
481
482
483
484
485
486
487







488
489
490
491
492
493
494
    }
    while ((0x0001 & (green_mask >> green_shift)) == 0) {
	green_shift++;
    }
    while ((0x0001 & (blue_mask >> blue_shift)) == 0) {
	blue_shift++;
    }







#endif /* !_WIN32 */

    /*
     * Only UNIX requires the special case for <24bpp. It varies with 3 extra
     * shifts and uses RGB15. The 24+bpp version could also then be further
     * optimized.
     */







>
>
>
>
>
>
>







488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
    }
    while ((0x0001 & (green_mask >> green_shift)) == 0) {
	green_shift++;
    }
    while ((0x0001 & (blue_mask >> blue_shift)) == 0) {
	blue_shift++;
    }
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
    unsigned long alpha_mask = visual->alpha_mask;
    unsigned long alpha_shift = 0;
    while ((0x0001 & (alpha_mask >> alpha_shift)) == 0) {
	alpha_shift++;
    }
#endif
#endif /* !_WIN32 */

    /*
     * Only UNIX requires the special case for <24bpp. It varies with 3 extra
     * shifts and uses RGB15. The 24+bpp version could also then be further
     * optimized.
     */
581
582
583
584
585
586
587

588



589
590
591
592
593
594
595
		    ga = GetGValue(pixel);
		    ba = GetBValue(pixel);
		    unalpha = 255 - alpha;	/* Calculate once. */
		    r = ALPHA_BLEND(ra, r, alpha, unalpha);
		    g = ALPHA_BLEND(ga, g, alpha, unalpha);
		    b = ALPHA_BLEND(ba, b, alpha, unalpha);
		}

		XPutPixel(bgImg, x, y, RGB(r, g, b));



	    }
	}
    }
#undef ALPHA_BLEND
}

/*







>

>
>
>







595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
		    ga = GetGValue(pixel);
		    ba = GetBValue(pixel);
		    unalpha = 255 - alpha;	/* Calculate once. */
		    r = ALPHA_BLEND(ra, r, alpha, unalpha);
		    g = ALPHA_BLEND(ga, g, alpha, unalpha);
		    b = ALPHA_BLEND(ba, b, alpha, unalpha);
		}
#ifndef MAC_OSX_TK
		XPutPixel(bgImg, x, y, RGB(r, g, b));
#else
		XPutPixel(bgImg, x, y, RGBA(r, g, b, alpha));
#endif
	    }
	}
    }
#undef ALPHA_BLEND
}

/*

Changes to generic/tkImgPhoto.c.

572
573
574
575
576
577
578



579
580
581
582
583
584
585
		    Tcl_GetString(options.name), NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tk_PhotoGetImage(srcHandle, &block);
	if ((options.fromX2 > block.width) || (options.fromY2 > block.height)
		|| (options.fromX2 > block.width)
		|| (options.fromY2 > block.height)) {



	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "coordinates for -from option extend outside source image",
		    -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_FROM", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}








>
>
>







572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
		    Tcl_GetString(options.name), NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tk_PhotoGetImage(srcHandle, &block);
	if ((options.fromX2 > block.width) || (options.fromY2 > block.height)
		|| (options.fromX2 > block.width)
		|| (options.fromY2 > block.height)) {
	    if (options.background) {
		Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "coordinates for -from option extend outside source image",
		    -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_FROM", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654


























655
656
657
658
659
660
661
	    } else {
		height = (height - options.subsampleY - 1)
			/ -options.subsampleY;
	    }
	    options.toY2 = options.toY + height * options.zoomY;
	}

	/*
	 * Set the destination image size if the -shrink option was specified.
	 */

	if (options.options & OPT_SHRINK) {
	    if (ImgPhotoSetSize(masterPtr, options.toX2,
		    options.toY2) != TCL_OK) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}

	/*
	 * Copy the image data over using Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock.
	 */

	block.pixelPtr += options.fromX * block.pixelSize
		+ options.fromY * block.pitch;
	block.width = options.fromX2 - options.fromX;
	block.height = options.fromY2 - options.fromY;
	return Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock(interp, (Tk_PhotoHandle) masterPtr,
		&block, options.toX, options.toY, options.toX2 - options.toX,
		options.toY2 - options.toY, options.zoomX, options.zoomY,
		options.subsampleX, options.subsampleY,
		options.compositingRule);



























    case PHOTO_DATA: {
	char *data;

	/*
	 * photo data command - first parse and check any options given.
	 */








<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<








|





>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







623
624
625
626
627
628
629














630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
	    } else {
		height = (height - options.subsampleY - 1)
			/ -options.subsampleY;
	    }
	    options.toY2 = options.toY + height * options.zoomY;
	}















	/*
	 * Copy the image data over using Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock.
	 */

	block.pixelPtr += options.fromX * block.pixelSize
		+ options.fromY * block.pitch;
	block.width = options.fromX2 - options.fromX;
	block.height = options.fromY2 - options.fromY;
	result = Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock(interp, (Tk_PhotoHandle) masterPtr,
		&block, options.toX, options.toY, options.toX2 - options.toX,
		options.toY2 - options.toY, options.zoomX, options.zoomY,
		options.subsampleX, options.subsampleY,
		options.compositingRule);

	/*
	 * Set the destination image size if the -shrink option was specified.
	 * This has to be done _after_ copying the data. Otherwise, if source
	 * and destination are the same image, block.pixelPtr would point to
	 * an invalid memory block (bug [5239fd749b]).
	 */

	if (options.options & OPT_SHRINK) {
	    if (ImgPhotoSetSize(masterPtr, options.toX2,
		    options.toY2) != TCL_OK) {
		if (options.background) {
		    Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
		}
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}
	Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, 0, 0, 0, 0,
		masterPtr->width, masterPtr->height);
	if (options.background) {
	    Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
	}
	return result;

    case PHOTO_DATA: {
	char *data;

	/*
	 * photo data command - first parse and check any options given.
	 */

Changes to generic/tkListbox.c.

1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments. */
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    Tcl_Obj *oldListObj = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *errorResult = NULL;
    int oldExport, error;

    oldExport = listPtr->exportSelection;
    if (listPtr->listVarName != NULL) {
	Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, listPtr->listVarName, NULL,
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		ListboxListVarProc, listPtr);
    }

    for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {







|







1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments. */
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    Tcl_Obj *oldListObj = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *errorResult = NULL;
    int oldExport, error;

    oldExport = (listPtr->exportSelection) && (!Tcl_IsSafe(listPtr->interp));
    if (listPtr->listVarName != NULL) {
	Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, listPtr->listVarName, NULL,
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		ListboxListVarProc, listPtr);
    }

    for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613

1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
	if (listPtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
	    listPtr->highlightWidth = 0;
	}
	listPtr->inset = listPtr->highlightWidth + listPtr->borderWidth;

	/*
	 * Claim the selection if we've suddenly started exporting it and
	 * there is a selection to export.
	 */

	if (listPtr->exportSelection && !oldExport

		&& (listPtr->numSelected != 0)) {
	    Tk_OwnSelection(listPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
		    ListboxLostSelection, listPtr);
	}

	/*
	 * Verify the current status of the list var.







|


|
>







1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
	if (listPtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
	    listPtr->highlightWidth = 0;
	}
	listPtr->inset = listPtr->highlightWidth + listPtr->borderWidth;

	/*
	 * Claim the selection if we've suddenly started exporting it and
	 * there is a selection to export and this interp is unsafe.
	 */

	if (listPtr->exportSelection && (!oldExport)
		&& (!Tcl_IsSafe(listPtr->interp))
		&& (listPtr->numSelected != 0)) {
	    Tk_OwnSelection(listPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
		    ListboxLostSelection, listPtr);
	}

	/*
	 * Verify the current status of the list var.
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082

3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
	}
    }

    if (firstRedisplay >= 0) {
	EventuallyRedrawRange(listPtr, first, last);
    }
    if ((oldCount == 0) && (listPtr->numSelected > 0)
	    && listPtr->exportSelection) {

	Tk_OwnSelection(listPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
		ListboxLostSelection, listPtr);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*







|
>







3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
	}
    }

    if (firstRedisplay >= 0) {
	EventuallyRedrawRange(listPtr, first, last);
    }
    if ((oldCount == 0) && (listPtr->numSelected > 0)
	    && (listPtr->exportSelection)
	    && (!Tcl_IsSafe(listPtr->interp))) {
	Tk_OwnSelection(listPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
		ListboxLostSelection, listPtr);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
    register Listbox *listPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_DString selection;
    int length, count, needNewline, stringLen, i;
    Tcl_Obj *curElement;
    const char *stringRep;
    Tcl_HashEntry *entry;

    if (!listPtr->exportSelection) {
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * Use a dynamic string to accumulate the contents of the selection.
     */








|







3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
    register Listbox *listPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_DString selection;
    int length, count, needNewline, stringLen, i;
    Tcl_Obj *curElement;
    const char *stringRep;
    Tcl_HashEntry *entry;

    if ((!listPtr->exportSelection) || Tcl_IsSafe(listPtr->interp)) {
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * Use a dynamic string to accumulate the contents of the selection.
     */

3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199

3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206

static void
ListboxLostSelection(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about listbox widget. */
{
    register Listbox *listPtr = clientData;

    if ((listPtr->exportSelection) && (listPtr->nElements > 0)) {

	ListboxSelect(listPtr, 0, listPtr->nElements-1, 0);
        GenerateListboxSelectEvent(listPtr);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------







|
>







3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209

static void
ListboxLostSelection(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about listbox widget. */
{
    register Listbox *listPtr = clientData;

    if ((listPtr->exportSelection) && (!Tcl_IsSafe(listPtr->interp))
	    && (listPtr->nElements > 0)) {
	ListboxSelect(listPtr, 0, listPtr->nElements-1, 0);
        GenerateListboxSelectEvent(listPtr);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438













3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static char *
ListboxListVarProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about button. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Not used. */
    const char *name2,		/* Not used. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    Listbox *listPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_Obj *oldListObj, *varListObj;
    int oldLength, i;
    Tcl_HashEntry *entry;














    /*
     * Bwah hahahaha! Puny mortal, you can't unset a -listvar'd variable!
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
	if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {







|
|






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static char *
ListboxListVarProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about button. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    Listbox *listPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_Obj *oldListObj, *varListObj;
    int oldLength, i;
    Tcl_HashEntry *entry;

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (listPtr->listVarName == NULL) {
	if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
	    Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    ListboxListVarProc, clientData);
	}
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * Bwah hahahaha! Puny mortal, you can't unset a -listvar'd variable!
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
	if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {

Changes to generic/tkMenu.c.

2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
















2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
	 * Do nothing if the interpreter is going away.
	 */

    	return NULL;
    }

    menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
















    name = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->namePtr);

    /*
     * If the variable is being unset, then re-establish the trace.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
	 * Do nothing if the interpreter is going away.
	 */

    	return NULL;
    }

    menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;

    if (menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_DELETION_PENDING) {
    	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (mePtr->namePtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		MenuVarProc, clientData);
	return NULL;
     }

    name = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->namePtr);

    /*
     * If the variable is being unset, then re-establish the trace.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {

Changes to generic/tkMenubutton.c.

876
877
878
879
880
881
882













883
884
885
886
887
888
889
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    register TkMenuButton *mbPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;
    unsigned len;














    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    register TkMenuButton *mbPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;
    unsigned len;

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (mbPtr->textVarName == NULL) {
	if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
	    Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    MenuButtonTextVarProc, clientData);
	}
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {

Changes to generic/tkMessage.c.

833
834
835
836
837
838
839













840
841
842
843
844
845
846
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    register Message *msgPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;














    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    register Message *msgPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (msgPtr->textVarName == NULL) {
	if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
	    Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    MessageTextVarProc, clientData);
	}
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {

Changes to generic/tkObj.c.

149
150
151
152
153
154
155







156




157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
static ThreadSpecificData *
GetTypeCache(void)
{
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    if (tsdPtr->doubleTypePtr == NULL) {







	tsdPtr->doubleTypePtr = Tcl_GetObjType("double");




	tsdPtr->intTypePtr = Tcl_GetObjType("int");
    }
    return tsdPtr;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
|







149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
static ThreadSpecificData *
GetTypeCache(void)
{
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    if (tsdPtr->doubleTypePtr == NULL) {
	/* Smart initialization of doubleTypePtr/intTypePtr without
	 * hash-table lookup or creating complete Tcl_Obj's */
	Tcl_Obj obj;
	obj.length = 3;
	obj.bytes = (char *)"0.0";
	obj.typePtr = NULL;
	Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, &obj, &obj.internalRep.doubleValue);
	tsdPtr->doubleTypePtr = obj.typePtr;
	obj.bytes += 2;
	obj.length = 1;
	obj.typePtr = NULL;
	Tcl_GetLongFromObj(NULL, &obj, &obj.internalRep.longValue);
	tsdPtr->intTypePtr = obj.typePtr;
    }
    return tsdPtr;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
 *
 *	Registers Tk's Tcl_ObjType structures with the Tcl run-time.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	All instances of Tcl_ObjType structues used in Tk are registered with
 *	Tcl.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkRegisterObjTypes(void)







|







1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
 *
 *	Registers Tk's Tcl_ObjType structures with the Tcl run-time.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	All instances of Tcl_ObjType structures used in Tk are registered with
 *	Tcl.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkRegisterObjTypes(void)

Changes to generic/tkPack.c.

1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
    packPtr->masterPtr = NULL;

    /*
     * If we have emptied this master from slaves it means we are no longer
     * handling it and should mark it as free.
     */

    if (masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL && masterPtr->flags & ALLOCED_MASTER) {
	TkFreeGeometryMaster(masterPtr->tkwin, "pack");
	masterPtr->flags &= ~ALLOCED_MASTER;
    }

}

/*







|







1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
    packPtr->masterPtr = NULL;

    /*
     * If we have emptied this master from slaves it means we are no longer
     * handling it and should mark it as free.
     */

    if ((masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL) && (masterPtr->flags & ALLOCED_MASTER)) {
	TkFreeGeometryMaster(masterPtr->tkwin, "pack");
	masterPtr->flags &= ~ALLOCED_MASTER;
    }

}

/*

Changes to generic/tkRectOval.c.

755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763






764








































765
766














































767
768
769
770
771
772
773
     * will die if it isn't.
     */

    Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords(canvas, rectOvalPtr->bbox[0],rectOvalPtr->bbox[1],
	    &x1, &y1);
    Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords(canvas, rectOvalPtr->bbox[2],rectOvalPtr->bbox[3],
	    &x2, &y2);
    if (x2 <= x1) {
	x2 = x1+1;






    }








































    if (y2 <= y1) {
	y2 = y1+1;














































    }

    /*
     * Display filled part first (if wanted), then outline. If we're
     * stippling, then modify the stipple offset in the GC. Be sure to reset
     * the offset when done, since the GC is supposed to be read-only.
     */







|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
     * will die if it isn't.
     */

    Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords(canvas, rectOvalPtr->bbox[0],rectOvalPtr->bbox[1],
	    &x1, &y1);
    Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords(canvas, rectOvalPtr->bbox[2],rectOvalPtr->bbox[3],
	    &x2, &y2);
    if (x2 == x1) {

        /*
         * The width of the bounding box corresponds to less than one pixel
         * on screen. Adjustment is needed to avoid drawing attempts with zero
         * width items (which would draw nothing). The bounding box spans
         * either 1 or 2 pixels. Select which pixel will be drawn.
         */

        short ix1 = (short) (rectOvalPtr->bbox[0]);
        short ix2 = (short) (rectOvalPtr->bbox[2]);

        if (ix1 == ix2) {

            /*
             * x1 and x2 are "within the same pixel". Use this pixel.
             * Note: the degenerated case (bbox[0]==bbox[2]) of a completely
             * flat box results in arbitrary selection of the pixel at the
             * right (with positive coordinate) or left (with negative
             * coordinate) of the box. There is no "best choice" here.
             */

            if (ix1 > 0) {
                x2 += 1;
            } else {
                x1 -= 1;
            }
        } else {

            /*
             * (x1,x2) span two pixels. Select the one with the larger
             * covered "area".
             */

            if (ix1 > 0) {
                if ((rectOvalPtr->bbox[2] - ix2) > (ix2 - rectOvalPtr->bbox[0])) {
                    x2 += 1;
                } else {
                    x1 -= 1;
                }
            } else {
                if ((rectOvalPtr->bbox[2] - ix1) > (ix1 - rectOvalPtr->bbox[0])) {
                    x2 += 1;
                } else {
                    x1 -= 1;
                }
            }
        }
    }
    if (y2 == y1) {

        /*
         * The height of the bounding box corresponds to less than one pixel
         * on screen. Adjustment is needed to avoid drawing attempts with zero
         * height items (which would draw nothing). The bounding box spans
         * either 1 or 2 pixels. Select which pixel will be drawn.
         */

        short iy1 = (short) (rectOvalPtr->bbox[1]);
        short iy2 = (short) (rectOvalPtr->bbox[3]);

        if (iy1 == iy2) {

            /*
             * y1 and y2 are "within the same pixel". Use this pixel.
             * Note: the degenerated case (bbox[1]==bbox[3]) of a completely
             * flat box results in arbitrary selection of the pixel below
             * (with positive coordinate) or above (with negative coordinate)
             * the box. There is no "best choice" here.
             */

            if (iy1 > 0) {
                y2 += 1;
            } else {
                y1 -= 1;
            }
        } else {

            /*
             * (y1,y2) span two pixels. Select the one with the larger
             * covered "area".
             */

            if (iy1 > 0) {
                if ((rectOvalPtr->bbox[3] - iy2) > (iy2 - rectOvalPtr->bbox[1])) {
                    y2 += 1;
                } else {
                    y1 -= 1;
                }
            } else {
                if ((rectOvalPtr->bbox[3] - iy1) > (iy1 - rectOvalPtr->bbox[1])) {
                    y2 += 1;
                } else {
                    y1 -= 1;
                }
            }
        }
    }

    /*
     * Display filled part first (if wanted), then outline. If we're
     * stippling, then modify the stipple offset in the GC. Be sure to reset
     * the offset when done, since the GC is supposed to be read-only.
     */

Changes to generic/tkScale.c.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23




24
25
26
27
28
29
30
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkScale.h"





/*
 * The following table defines the legal values for the -orient option. It is
 * used together with the "enum orient" declaration in tkScale.h.
 */

static const char *const orientStrings[] = {
    "horizontal", "vertical", NULL







>
>
>
>







17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkScale.h"

#if defined(_WIN32)
#define snprintf _snprintf
#endif

/*
 * The following table defines the legal values for the -orient option. It is
 * used together with the "enum orient" declaration in tkScale.h.
 */

static const char *const orientStrings[] = {
    "horizontal", "vertical", NULL
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
	if ((valuePtr == NULL) || (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL,
		valuePtr, &varValue) != TCL_OK)) {
	    ScaleSetVariable(scalePtr);
	} else {
	    char varString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE], scaleString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];

	    sprintf(varString, scalePtr->format, varValue);
	    sprintf(scaleString, scalePtr->format, scalePtr->value);
	    if (strcmp(varString, scaleString)) {
		ScaleSetVariable(scalePtr);
	    }
	}
	Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, Tcl_GetString(scalePtr->varNamePtr),
		NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		ScaleVarProc, scalePtr);
    }







|
|
|







677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
	if ((valuePtr == NULL) || (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL,
		valuePtr, &varValue) != TCL_OK)) {
	    ScaleSetVariable(scalePtr);
	} else {
	    char varString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE], scaleString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];

            Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, varValue, varString);
            Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, scalePtr->value, scaleString);
            if (strcmp(varString, scaleString)) {
		ScaleSetVariable(scalePtr);
	    }
	}
	Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, Tcl_GetString(scalePtr->varNamePtr),
		NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		ScaleVarProc, scalePtr);
    }
932
933
934
935
936
937
938

939


940
941

942


943
944
945
946
947
948
949

    /*
     * Vertical scale: compute the amount of space needed to display the
     * scales value by formatting strings for the two end points; use
     * whichever length is longer.
     */


    sprintf(valueString, scalePtr->format, scalePtr->fromValue);


    valuePixels = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, -1);


    sprintf(valueString, scalePtr->format, scalePtr->toValue);


    tmp = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, -1);
    if (valuePixels < tmp) {
	valuePixels = tmp;
    }

    /*
     * Assign x-locations to the elements of the scale, working from left to







>
|
>
>


>
|
>
>







936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959

    /*
     * Vertical scale: compute the amount of space needed to display the
     * scales value by formatting strings for the two end points; use
     * whichever length is longer.
     */

    if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format,
            scalePtr->fromValue) < 0) {
        valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
    }
    valuePixels = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, -1);

    if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format,
            scalePtr->toValue) < 0) {
        valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
    }
    tmp = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, -1);
    if (valuePixels < tmp) {
	valuePixels = tmp;
    }

    /*
     * Assign x-locations to the elements of the scale, working from left to
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183













1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    register TkScale *scalePtr = clientData;
    const char *resultStr;
    double value;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;
    int result;














    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    register TkScale *scalePtr = clientData;
    const char *resultStr;
    double value;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;
    int result;

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (scalePtr->varNamePtr == NULL) {
	if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
	    Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    ScaleVarProc, clientData);
	}
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316

1317


1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
static void
ScaleSetVariable(
    register TkScale *scalePtr)	/* Info about widget. */
{
    if (scalePtr->varNamePtr != NULL) {
	char string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];


	sprintf(string, scalePtr->format, scalePtr->value);


	scalePtr->flags |= SETTING_VAR;
	Tcl_ObjSetVar2(scalePtr->interp, scalePtr->varNamePtr, NULL,
		Tcl_NewStringObj(string, -1), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
	scalePtr->flags &= ~SETTING_VAR;
    }
}








>
|
>
>







1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
static void
ScaleSetVariable(
    register TkScale *scalePtr)	/* Info about widget. */
{
    if (scalePtr->varNamePtr != NULL) {
	char string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];

        if (snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format,
                scalePtr->value) < 0) {
            string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
        }
	scalePtr->flags |= SETTING_VAR;
	Tcl_ObjSetVar2(scalePtr->interp, scalePtr->varNamePtr, NULL,
		Tcl_NewStringObj(string, -1), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
	scalePtr->flags &= ~SETTING_VAR;
    }
}


Changes to generic/tkText.c.

2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting. */
    register TkText *textPtr,	/* Information about widget; may or may not
				 * already have values for some fields. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int oldExport = textPtr->exportSelection;
    int mask = 0;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) textPtr, textPtr->optionTable,
	    objc, objv, textPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }








|







2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting. */
    register TkText *textPtr,	/* Information about widget; may or may not
				 * already have values for some fields. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int oldExport = (textPtr->exportSelection) && (!Tcl_IsSafe(textPtr->interp));
    int mask = 0;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) textPtr, textPtr->optionTable,
	    objc, objv, textPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
    TkTextRedrawTag(NULL, textPtr, NULL, NULL, textPtr->selTagPtr, 1);

    /*
     * Claim the selection if we've suddenly started exporting it and there
     * are tagged characters.
     */

    if (textPtr->exportSelection && (!oldExport)) {
	TkTextSearch search;
	TkTextIndex first, last;

	TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr, 0, 0,
		&first);
	TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr,
		TkBTreeNumLines(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr),







|







2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
    TkTextRedrawTag(NULL, textPtr, NULL, NULL, textPtr->selTagPtr, 1);

    /*
     * Claim the selection if we've suddenly started exporting it and there
     * are tagged characters.
     */

    if (textPtr->exportSelection && (!oldExport) && (!Tcl_IsSafe(textPtr->interp))) {
	TkTextSearch search;
	TkTextIndex first, last;

	TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr, 0, 0,
		&first);
	TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr,
		TkBTreeNumLines(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr),
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729

2730
2731
2732



2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
	resetViewCount += 2;
    }
    if (sharedTextPtr->refCount > PIXEL_CLIENTS) {
	ckfree(lineAndByteIndex);
    }

    /*
     * Invalidate any selection retrievals in progress.

     */

    for (tPtr = sharedTextPtr->peers; tPtr != NULL ; tPtr = tPtr->next) {



	tPtr->abortSelections = 1;
    }

    /*
     * For convenience, return the length of the string.
     */








|
>



>
>
>







2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
	resetViewCount += 2;
    }
    if (sharedTextPtr->refCount > PIXEL_CLIENTS) {
	ckfree(lineAndByteIndex);
    }

    /*
     * Invalidate any selection retrievals in progress, and send an event
     * that the selection changed if that is the case.
     */

    for (tPtr = sharedTextPtr->peers; tPtr != NULL ; tPtr = tPtr->next) {
        if (TkBTreeCharTagged(indexPtr, tPtr->selTagPtr)) {
            TkTextSelectionEvent(tPtr);
        }
	tPtr->abortSelections = 1;
    }

    /*
     * For convenience, return the length of the string.
     */

3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071



3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
{
    int line1, line2;
    TkTextIndex index1, index2;
    TkText *tPtr;
    int *lineAndByteIndex;
    int resetViewCount;
    int pixels[2*PIXEL_CLIENTS];




    if (sharedTextPtr == NULL) {
	sharedTextPtr = textPtr->sharedTextPtr;
    }

    /*
     * Prepare the starting and stopping indices.







>
>
>







3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
{
    int line1, line2;
    TkTextIndex index1, index2;
    TkText *tPtr;
    int *lineAndByteIndex;
    int resetViewCount;
    int pixels[2*PIXEL_CLIENTS];
    Tcl_HashSearch search;
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    int i;

    if (sharedTextPtr == NULL) {
	sharedTextPtr = textPtr->sharedTextPtr;
    }

    /*
     * Prepare the starting and stopping indices.
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
	    for (i = 0; i < arraySize; i++) {
		TkBTreeTag(&index2, &oldIndex2, arrayPtr[i], 0);
	    }
	    ckfree(arrayPtr);
	}
    }

    if (line1 < line2) {
	/*
	 * We are deleting more than one line. For speed, we remove all tags
	 * from the range first. If we don't do this, the code below can (when
	 * there are many tags) grow non-linearly in execution time.
	 */

	Tcl_HashSearch search;
	Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
	int i;

	for (i=0, hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&sharedTextPtr->tagTable, &search);
		hPtr != NULL; i++, hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
	    TkTextTag *tagPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);

	    TkBTreeTag(&index1, &index2, tagPtr, 0);
	}

	/*
	 * Special case for the sel tag which is not in the hash table. We
	 * need to do this once for each peer text widget.
	 */

	for (tPtr = sharedTextPtr->peers; tPtr != NULL ;
		tPtr = tPtr->next) {
	    if (TkBTreeTag(&index1, &index2, tPtr->selTagPtr, 0)) {
		/*
		 * Send an event that the selection changed. This is
		 * equivalent to:
		 *	event generate $textWidget <<Selection>>
		 */

		TkTextSelectionEvent(textPtr);
		tPtr->abortSelections = 1;
	    }
	}
    }

    /*
     * Tell the display what's about to happen so it can discard obsolete
     * display information, then do the deletion. Also, if the deletion
     * involves the top line on the screen, then we have to reset the view
     * (the deletion will invalidate textPtr->topIndex). Compute what the new







<
|
|
|
|
|

<
<
<
<
|
|
|

|
|

|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
<







3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142

3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148




3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172

3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
	    for (i = 0; i < arraySize; i++) {
		TkBTreeTag(&index2, &oldIndex2, arrayPtr[i], 0);
	    }
	    ckfree(arrayPtr);
	}
    }


    /*
     * For speed, we remove all tags from the range first. If we don't
     * do this, the code below can (when there are many tags) grow
     * non-linearly in execution time.
     */





    for (i=0, hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&sharedTextPtr->tagTable, &search);
	    hPtr != NULL; i++, hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
        TkTextTag *tagPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);

        TkBTreeTag(&index1, &index2, tagPtr, 0);
    }

    /*
     * Special case for the sel tag which is not in the hash table. We
     * need to do this once for each peer text widget.
     */

    for (tPtr = sharedTextPtr->peers; tPtr != NULL ;
	    tPtr = tPtr->next) {
        if (TkBTreeTag(&index1, &index2, tPtr->selTagPtr, 0)) {
	    /*
	     * Send an event that the selection changed. This is
	     * equivalent to:
	     *	event generate $textWidget <<Selection>>
	     */

	    TkTextSelectionEvent(textPtr);
	    tPtr->abortSelections = 1;
        }

    }

    /*
     * Tell the display what's about to happen so it can discard obsolete
     * display information, then do the deletion. Also, if the deletion
     * involves the top line on the screen, then we have to reset the view
     * (the deletion will invalidate textPtr->topIndex). Compute what the new
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
{
    register TkText *textPtr = clientData;
    TkTextIndex eof;
    int count, chunkSize, offsetInSeg;
    TkTextSearch search;
    TkTextSegment *segPtr;

    if (!textPtr->exportSelection) {
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * Find the beginning of the next range of selected text. Note: if the
     * selection is being retrieved in multiple pieces (offset != 0) and some
     * modification has been made to the text that affects the selection then







|







3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
{
    register TkText *textPtr = clientData;
    TkTextIndex eof;
    int count, chunkSize, offsetInSeg;
    TkTextSearch search;
    TkTextSegment *segPtr;

    if ((!textPtr->exportSelection) || Tcl_IsSafe(textPtr->interp)) {
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * Find the beginning of the next range of selected text. Note: if the
     * selection is being retrieved in multiple pieces (offset != 0) and some
     * modification has been made to the text that affects the selection then
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about text widget. */
{
    register TkText *textPtr = clientData;

    if (TkpAlwaysShowSelection(textPtr->tkwin)) {
	TkTextIndex start, end;

	if (!textPtr->exportSelection) {
	    return;
	}

	/*
	 * On Windows and Mac systems, we want to remember the selection for
	 * the next time the focus enters the window. On Unix, just remove the
	 * "sel" tag from everything in the widget.







|







3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about text widget. */
{
    register TkText *textPtr = clientData;

    if (TkpAlwaysShowSelection(textPtr->tkwin)) {
	TkTextIndex start, end;

	if ((!textPtr->exportSelection) || Tcl_IsSafe(textPtr->interp)) {
	    return;
	}

	/*
	 * On Windows and Mac systems, we want to remember the selection for
	 * the next time the focus enters the window. On Unix, just remove the
	 * "sel" tag from everything in the widget.
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768

    static const char *const switchStrings[] = {
	"-hidden",
	"--", "-all", "-backwards", "-count", "-elide", "-exact", "-forwards",
	"-nocase", "-nolinestop", "-overlap", "-regexp", "-strictlimits", NULL
    };
    enum SearchSwitches {
	SEARCH_HIDDEN,
	SEARCH_END, SEARCH_ALL, SEARCH_BACK, SEARCH_COUNT, SEARCH_ELIDE,
	SEARCH_EXACT, SEARCH_FWD, SEARCH_NOCASE,
	SEARCH_NOLINESTOP, SEARCH_OVERLAP, SEARCH_REGEXP, SEARCH_STRICTLIMITS
    };

    /*
     * Set up the search specification, including the last 4 fields which are
     * text widget specific.
     */








|
|
|
|







3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769

    static const char *const switchStrings[] = {
	"-hidden",
	"--", "-all", "-backwards", "-count", "-elide", "-exact", "-forwards",
	"-nocase", "-nolinestop", "-overlap", "-regexp", "-strictlimits", NULL
    };
    enum SearchSwitches {
	TK_TEXT_SEARCH_HIDDEN,
	TK_TEXT_SEARCH_END, TK_TEXT_SEARCH_ALL, TK_TEXT_SEARCH_BACK, TK_TEXT_SEARCH_COUNT, TK_TEXT_SEARCH_ELIDE,
	TK_TEXT_SEARCH_EXACT, TK_TEXT_SEARCH_FWD, TK_TEXT_SEARCH_NOCASE,
	TK_TEXT_SEARCH_NOLINESTOP, TK_TEXT_SEARCH_OVERLAP, TK_TEXT_SEARCH_REGEXP, TK_TEXT_SEARCH_STRICTLIMITS
    };

    /*
     * Set up the search specification, including the last 4 fields which are
     * text widget specific.
     */

3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865

	    (void) Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], switchStrings+1,
		    sizeof(char *), "switch", 0, &index);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	switch ((enum SearchSwitches) index) {
	case SEARCH_END:
	    i++;
	    goto endOfSwitchProcessing;
	case SEARCH_ALL:
	    searchSpec.all = 1;
	    break;
	case SEARCH_BACK:
	    searchSpec.backwards = 1;
	    break;
	case SEARCH_COUNT:
	    if (i >= objc-1) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"no value given for \"-count\" option", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "TEXT", "VALUE", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    i++;

	    /*
	     * Assumption objv[i] isn't going to disappear on us during this
	     * function, which is fair.
	     */

	    searchSpec.varPtr = objv[i];
	    break;
	case SEARCH_ELIDE:
	case SEARCH_HIDDEN:
	    searchSpec.searchElide = 1;
	    break;
	case SEARCH_EXACT:
	    searchSpec.exact = 1;
	    break;
	case SEARCH_FWD:
	    searchSpec.backwards = 0;
	    break;
	case SEARCH_NOCASE:
	    searchSpec.noCase = 1;
	    break;
	case SEARCH_NOLINESTOP:
	    searchSpec.noLineStop = 1;
	    break;
	case SEARCH_OVERLAP:
	    searchSpec.overlap = 1;
	    break;
	case SEARCH_STRICTLIMITS:
	    searchSpec.strictLimits = 1;
	    break;
	case SEARCH_REGEXP:
	    searchSpec.exact = 0;
	    break;
	default:
	    Tcl_Panic("unexpected switch fallthrough");
	}
    }
  endOfSwitchProcessing:







|


|


|


|















|
|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|







3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866

	    (void) Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], switchStrings+1,
		    sizeof(char *), "switch", 0, &index);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	switch ((enum SearchSwitches) index) {
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_END:
	    i++;
	    goto endOfSwitchProcessing;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_ALL:
	    searchSpec.all = 1;
	    break;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_BACK:
	    searchSpec.backwards = 1;
	    break;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_COUNT:
	    if (i >= objc-1) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"no value given for \"-count\" option", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "TEXT", "VALUE", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    i++;

	    /*
	     * Assumption objv[i] isn't going to disappear on us during this
	     * function, which is fair.
	     */

	    searchSpec.varPtr = objv[i];
	    break;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_ELIDE:
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_HIDDEN:
	    searchSpec.searchElide = 1;
	    break;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_EXACT:
	    searchSpec.exact = 1;
	    break;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_FWD:
	    searchSpec.backwards = 0;
	    break;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_NOCASE:
	    searchSpec.noCase = 1;
	    break;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_NOLINESTOP:
	    searchSpec.noLineStop = 1;
	    break;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_OVERLAP:
	    searchSpec.overlap = 1;
	    break;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_STRICTLIMITS:
	    searchSpec.strictLimits = 1;
	    break;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_REGEXP:
	    searchSpec.exact = 0;
	    break;
	default:
	    Tcl_Panic("unexpected switch fallthrough");
	}
    }
  endOfSwitchProcessing:

Changes to generic/tkTextDisp.c.

4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
     * If drawing is disabled, all we need to do is
     * clear the REDRAW_PENDING flag.
     */
    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)(textPtr->tkwin);
    MacDrawable *macWin = winPtr->privatePtr;
    if (macWin && (macWin->flags & TK_DO_NOT_DRAW)){
	dInfoPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
	return;
    }
#endif

    if ((textPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
	/*
	 * The widget has been deleted.	 Don't do anything.
	 */








|
|







4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
     * If drawing is disabled, all we need to do is
     * clear the REDRAW_PENDING flag.
     */
    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)(textPtr->tkwin);
    MacDrawable *macWin = winPtr->privatePtr;
    if (macWin && (macWin->flags & TK_DO_NOT_DRAW)){
	dInfoPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
    	return;
     }
#endif

    if ((textPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
	/*
	 * The widget has been deleted.	 Don't do anything.
	 */

4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284

	    dlPtr->oldY = dlPtr->y;
	    if (dlPtr->nextPtr == dlPtr2) {
		break;
	    }
	    dlPtr = dlPtr->nextPtr;
	}

	/*
	 * Scan through the lines following the copied ones to see if we are
	 * going to overwrite them with the copy operation. If so, mark them
	 * for redisplay.
	 */

	for ( ; dlPtr2 != NULL; dlPtr2 = dlPtr2->nextPtr) {







<







4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276

4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283

	    dlPtr->oldY = dlPtr->y;
	    if (dlPtr->nextPtr == dlPtr2) {
		break;
	    }
	    dlPtr = dlPtr->nextPtr;
	}

	/*
	 * Scan through the lines following the copied ones to see if we are
	 * going to overwrite them with the copy operation. If so, mark them
	 * for redisplay.
	 */

	for ( ; dlPtr2 != NULL; dlPtr2 = dlPtr2->nextPtr) {
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
	 * calling TextInvalidateRegion to mark the display blocks as stale.
	 */

	damageRgn = TkCreateRegion();
	if (TkScrollWindow(textPtr->tkwin, dInfoPtr->scrollGC, dInfoPtr->x,
		oldY, dInfoPtr->maxX-dInfoPtr->x, height, 0, y-oldY,
		damageRgn)) {
#ifndef MAC_OSX_TK
	    TextInvalidateRegion(textPtr, damageRgn);
#endif
	}
	numCopies++;
	TkDestroyRegion(damageRgn);
    }

    /*
     * Clear the REDRAW_PENDING flag here. This is actually pretty tricky. We







<

<







4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299

4300

4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
	 * calling TextInvalidateRegion to mark the display blocks as stale.
	 */

	damageRgn = TkCreateRegion();
	if (TkScrollWindow(textPtr->tkwin, dInfoPtr->scrollGC, dInfoPtr->x,
		oldY, dInfoPtr->maxX-dInfoPtr->x, height, 0, y-oldY,
		damageRgn)) {

	    TextInvalidateRegion(textPtr, damageRgn);

	}
	numCopies++;
	TkDestroyRegion(damageRgn);
    }

    /*
     * Clear the REDRAW_PENDING flag here. This is actually pretty tricky. We
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444



























4445
4446
4447
4448
4449


4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462


4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
		    Tk_FreePixmap(Tk_Display(textPtr->tkwin), pixmap);
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */
		    return;
		}
		dlPtr->oldY = dlPtr->y;
		dlPtr->flags &= ~(NEW_LAYOUT | OLD_Y_INVALID);



























	    } else if (dlPtr->chunkPtr != NULL && ((dlPtr->y < 0)
		    || (dlPtr->y + dlPtr->height > dInfoPtr->maxY))) {
		register TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr;

		/*


		 * It's the first or last DLine which are also overlapping the
		 * top or bottom of the window, but we decided above it wasn't
		 * necessary to display them (we were able to update them by
		 * scrolling). This is fine, except that if the lines contain
		 * any embedded windows, we must still call the display proc
		 * on them because they might need to be unmapped or they
		 * might need to be moved to reflect their new position.
		 * Otherwise, everything else moves, but the embedded window
		 * doesn't!
		 *
		 * So, we loop through all the chunks, calling the display
		 * proc of embedded windows only.
		 */



		for (chunkPtr = dlPtr->chunkPtr; (chunkPtr != NULL);
			chunkPtr = chunkPtr->nextPtr) {
		    int x;
		    if (chunkPtr->displayProc != TkTextEmbWinDisplayProc) {
			continue;
		    }







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


<
<

>
>













>
>







4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470


4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
		    Tk_FreePixmap(Tk_Display(textPtr->tkwin), pixmap);
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */
		    return;
		}
		dlPtr->oldY = dlPtr->y;
		dlPtr->flags &= ~(NEW_LAYOUT | OLD_Y_INVALID);
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
	    } else if (dlPtr->chunkPtr != NULL) {
		/*
		 * On macOS we need to redisplay all embedded windows which
		 * were moved by the call to TkScrollWindows above.  This is
		 * not necessary on Unix or Windows because XScrollWindow will
		 * have included the bounding rectangles of all of these
		 * windows in the damage region.  The macosx implementation of
		 * TkScrollWindow does not do this.  It simply generates a
		 * damage region which is the scroll source rectangle minus
		 * the scroll destination rectangle.  This is because there is
		 * no efficient process available for iterating through the
		 * subwindows which meet the scrolled area.  (On Unix this is
		 * handled by GraphicsExpose events generated by XCopyArea and
		 * on Windows by ScrollWindowEx.  On macOS the low level
		 * scrolling is accomplished by calling [view scrollRect:by:].
		 * This method does not provide any damage information and, in
		 * any case, could not be aware of Tk windows which were not
		 * based on NSView objects.
		 *
		 * On the other hand, this loop is already iterating through
		 * all embedded windows which could possibly have been moved
		 * by the scrolling.  So it is as efficient to redisplay them
		 * here as it would have been if they had been redisplayed by
		 * the call to TextInvalidateRegion above.
		 */
#else
	    } else if (dlPtr->chunkPtr != NULL && ((dlPtr->y < 0)
		    || (dlPtr->y + dlPtr->height > dInfoPtr->maxY))) {


		/*
		 * On platforms other than the Mac:
		 *
		 * It's the first or last DLine which are also overlapping the
		 * top or bottom of the window, but we decided above it wasn't
		 * necessary to display them (we were able to update them by
		 * scrolling). This is fine, except that if the lines contain
		 * any embedded windows, we must still call the display proc
		 * on them because they might need to be unmapped or they
		 * might need to be moved to reflect their new position.
		 * Otherwise, everything else moves, but the embedded window
		 * doesn't!
		 *
		 * So, we loop through all the chunks, calling the display
		 * proc of embedded windows only.
		 */
#endif
		register TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr;

		for (chunkPtr = dlPtr->chunkPtr; (chunkPtr != NULL);
			chunkPtr = chunkPtr->nextPtr) {
		    int x;
		    if (chunkPtr->displayProc != TkTextEmbWinDisplayProc) {
			continue;
		    }
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484






4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
			 * as being off-screen to the left (the displayProc
			 * may not be able to tell if something is off to the
			 * right).
			 */

			x = -chunkPtr->width;
		    }






		    TkTextEmbWinDisplayProc(textPtr, chunkPtr, x,
			    dlPtr->spaceAbove,
			    dlPtr->height-dlPtr->spaceAbove-dlPtr->spaceBelow,
			    dlPtr->baseline - dlPtr->spaceAbove, NULL,
			    (Drawable) None, dlPtr->y + dlPtr->spaceAbove);
		}

	    }
	}
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
	Tk_FreePixmap(Tk_Display(textPtr->tkwin), pixmap);
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */
    }








>
>
>
>
>
>






<







4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522

4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
			 * as being off-screen to the left (the displayProc
			 * may not be able to tell if something is off to the
			 * right).
			 */

			x = -chunkPtr->width;
		    }
		    if (tkTextDebug) {
			char string[TK_POS_CHARS];

			TkTextPrintIndex(textPtr, &dlPtr->index, string);
			LOG("tk_textEmbWinDisplay", string);
		    }
		    TkTextEmbWinDisplayProc(textPtr, chunkPtr, x,
			    dlPtr->spaceAbove,
			    dlPtr->height-dlPtr->spaceAbove-dlPtr->spaceBelow,
			    dlPtr->baseline - dlPtr->spaceAbove, NULL,
			    (Drawable) None, dlPtr->y + dlPtr->spaceAbove);
		}

	    }
	}
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
	Tk_FreePixmap(Tk_Display(textPtr->tkwin), pixmap);
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */
    }

Changes to generic/tkTextTag.c.

239
240
241
242
243
244
245

246
247
248
249
250
251
252
		     * equivalent to:
		     *	   event generate $textWidget <<Selection>>
		     */

		    TkTextSelectionEvent(textPtr);

		    if (addTag && textPtr->exportSelection

			    && !(textPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)) {
			Tk_OwnSelection(textPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
				TkTextLostSelection, textPtr);
			textPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
		    }
		    textPtr->abortSelections = 1;
		}







>







239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
		     * equivalent to:
		     *	   event generate $textWidget <<Selection>>
		     */

		    TkTextSelectionEvent(textPtr);

		    if (addTag && textPtr->exportSelection
			    && (!Tcl_IsSafe(textPtr->interp))
			    && !(textPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)) {
			Tk_OwnSelection(textPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
				TkTextLostSelection, textPtr);
			textPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
		    }
		    textPtr->abortSelections = 1;
		}

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkButton.c.

485
486
487
488
489
490
491

492
493


494
495
496
497

498
499
500
501
502
503
504

505

506
507
508
509
510
511
512
    BaseCleanup(recordPtr);
}

static int
CheckbuttonConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
    Checkbutton *checkPtr = recordPtr;

    Ttk_TraceHandle *vt = Ttk_TraceVariable(
	interp, checkPtr->checkbutton.variableObj,


	CheckbuttonVariableChanged, checkPtr);

    if (!vt) {
	return TCL_ERROR;

    }

    if (BaseConfigure(interp, recordPtr, mask) != TCL_OK){
	Ttk_UntraceVariable(vt);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }


    Ttk_UntraceVariable(checkPtr->checkbutton.variableTrace);

    checkPtr->checkbutton.variableTrace = vt;

    return TCL_OK;
}

static int
CheckbuttonPostConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)







>
|
|
>
>
|
<
|
|
>







>
|
>







485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497

498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
    BaseCleanup(recordPtr);
}

static int
CheckbuttonConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
    Checkbutton *checkPtr = recordPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *varName = checkPtr->checkbutton.variableObj;
    Ttk_TraceHandle *vt = NULL;
        
    if (varName != NULL && *Tcl_GetString(varName) != '\0') {
        vt = Ttk_TraceVariable(interp, varName,
	    CheckbuttonVariableChanged, checkPtr);

        if (!vt) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
        }
    }

    if (BaseConfigure(interp, recordPtr, mask) != TCL_OK){
	Ttk_UntraceVariable(vt);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (checkPtr->checkbutton.variableTrace) {
        Ttk_UntraceVariable(checkPtr->checkbutton.variableTrace);
    }
    checkPtr->checkbutton.variableTrace = vt;

    return TCL_OK;
}

static int
CheckbuttonPostConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
544
545
546
547
548
549
550



551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
     * Toggle the selected state.
     */
    if (corePtr->state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED)
	newValue = checkPtr->checkbutton.offValueObj;
    else
	newValue = checkPtr->checkbutton.onValueObj;




    if (Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp,
	    checkPtr->checkbutton.variableObj, NULL, newValue,
	    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG)
	== NULL)
	return TCL_ERROR;

    if (WidgetDestroyed(corePtr))
	return TCL_ERROR;

    return Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp,
	checkPtr->checkbutton.commandObj, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);







>
>
>
|
|
|
|







549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
     * Toggle the selected state.
     */
    if (corePtr->state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED)
	newValue = checkPtr->checkbutton.offValueObj;
    else
	newValue = checkPtr->checkbutton.onValueObj;

    if (checkPtr->checkbutton.variableObj == NULL ||
        *Tcl_GetString(checkPtr->checkbutton.variableObj) == '\0')
        CheckbuttonVariableChanged(checkPtr, Tcl_GetString(newValue));
    else if (Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp,
	        checkPtr->checkbutton.variableObj, NULL, newValue,
	        TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG)
	    == NULL)
	return TCL_ERROR;

    if (WidgetDestroyed(corePtr))
	return TCL_ERROR;

    return Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp,
	checkPtr->checkbutton.commandObj, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkEntry.c.

333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340

341
342
343
344
345
346
347
    ClientData clientData, int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes)
{
    Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData;
    size_t byteCount;
    const char *string;
    const char *selStart, *selEnd;

    if (entryPtr->entry.selectFirst < 0 || !entryPtr->entry.exportSelection) {

	return -1;
    }
    string = entryPtr->entry.displayString;

    selStart = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, entryPtr->entry.selectFirst);
    selEnd = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(selStart,
	    entryPtr->entry.selectLast - entryPtr->entry.selectFirst);







|
>







333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
    ClientData clientData, int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes)
{
    Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData;
    size_t byteCount;
    const char *string;
    const char *selStart, *selEnd;

    if (entryPtr->entry.selectFirst < 0 || (!entryPtr->entry.exportSelection)
	    || Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->core.interp)) {
	return -1;
    }
    string = entryPtr->entry.displayString;

    selStart = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, entryPtr->entry.selectFirst);
    selEnd = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(selStart,
	    entryPtr->entry.selectLast - entryPtr->entry.selectFirst);
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379

380
381
382
383
384
385
386
    entryPtr->core.flags &= ~GOT_SELECTION;
    entryPtr->entry.selectFirst = entryPtr->entry.selectLast = -1;
    TtkRedisplayWidget(&entryPtr->core);
}

/* EntryOwnSelection --
 * 	Assert ownership of the PRIMARY selection,
 * 	if -exportselection set and selection is present.
 */
static void EntryOwnSelection(Entry *entryPtr)
{
    if (entryPtr->entry.exportSelection

	&& !(entryPtr->core.flags & GOT_SELECTION)) {
	Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->core.tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection,
		(ClientData) entryPtr);
	entryPtr->core.flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
    }
}








|




>







369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
    entryPtr->core.flags &= ~GOT_SELECTION;
    entryPtr->entry.selectFirst = entryPtr->entry.selectLast = -1;
    TtkRedisplayWidget(&entryPtr->core);
}

/* EntryOwnSelection --
 * 	Assert ownership of the PRIMARY selection,
 * 	if -exportselection set and selection is present and interp is unsafe.
 */
static void EntryOwnSelection(Entry *entryPtr)
{
    if (entryPtr->entry.exportSelection
	&& (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->core.interp))
	&& !(entryPtr->core.flags & GOT_SELECTION)) {
	Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->core.tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection,
		(ClientData) entryPtr);
	entryPtr->core.flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
    }
}

995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002

1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
	if (entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace)
	    Ttk_UntraceVariable(entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace);
	entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace = vt;
    }

    /* Claim the selection, in case we've suddenly started exporting it.
     */
    if (entryPtr->entry.exportSelection && entryPtr->entry.selectFirst != -1) {

	EntryOwnSelection(entryPtr);
    }

    /* Handle -state compatibility option:
     */
    if (mask & STATE_CHANGED) {
	TtkCheckStateOption(&entryPtr->core, entryPtr->entry.stateObj);







|
>







997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
	if (entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace)
	    Ttk_UntraceVariable(entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace);
	entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace = vt;
    }

    /* Claim the selection, in case we've suddenly started exporting it.
     */
    if (entryPtr->entry.exportSelection && (entryPtr->entry.selectFirst != -1)
	    && (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->core.interp))) {
	EntryOwnSelection(entryPtr);
    }

    /* Handle -state compatibility option:
     */
    if (mask & STATE_CHANGED) {
	TtkCheckStateOption(&entryPtr->core, entryPtr->entry.stateObj);

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkProgress.c.

417
418
419
420
421
422
423

424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433


434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
    if (pb->progress.mode == TTK_PROGRESSBAR_DETERMINATE) {
	double maximum = 100.0;
	(void)Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, pb->progress.maximumObj, &maximum);
	value = fmod(value, maximum);
    }

    newValueObj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value);


    TtkRedisplayWidget(&pb->core);

    /* Update value by setting the linked -variable, if there is one: 
     */
    if (pb->progress.variableTrace) {
	return Tcl_ObjSetVar2(
		    interp, pb->progress.variableObj, 0, newValueObj,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY | TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG)
	    ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;


    }

    /* Otherwise, change the -value directly:
     */
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(newValueObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pb->progress.valueObj);
    pb->progress.valueObj = newValueObj;
    CheckAnimation(pb);

    return TCL_OK;
}








>






|
|
|
|
>
>




<







417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440

441
442
443
444
445
446
447
    if (pb->progress.mode == TTK_PROGRESSBAR_DETERMINATE) {
	double maximum = 100.0;
	(void)Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, pb->progress.maximumObj, &maximum);
	value = fmod(value, maximum);
    }

    newValueObj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value);
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(newValueObj);

    TtkRedisplayWidget(&pb->core);

    /* Update value by setting the linked -variable, if there is one: 
     */
    if (pb->progress.variableTrace) {
	int result = Tcl_ObjSetVar2(
		        interp, pb->progress.variableObj, 0, newValueObj,
		        TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY | TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG)
	        ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
        Tcl_DecrRefCount(newValueObj);
        return result;
    }

    /* Otherwise, change the -value directly:
     */

    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pb->progress.valueObj);
    pb->progress.valueObj = newValueObj;
    CheckAnimation(pb);

    return TCL_OK;
}

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkScale.c.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17




18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37





38
39
40
41
42
43
44
#include "ttkWidget.h"

#define DEF_SCALE_LENGTH "100"

#define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
#define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))





/*
 * Scale widget record
 */
typedef struct
{
    /* slider element options */
    Tcl_Obj *fromObj;         /* minimum value */
    Tcl_Obj *toObj;           /* maximum value */
    Tcl_Obj *valueObj;        /* current value */
    Tcl_Obj *lengthObj;       /* length of the long axis of the scale */
    Tcl_Obj *orientObj;       /* widget orientation */
    int orient;

    /* widget options */
    Tcl_Obj *commandObj;
    Tcl_Obj *variableObj;

    /* internal state */
    Ttk_TraceHandle *variableTrace;






} ScalePart;

typedef struct
{
    WidgetCore core;
    ScalePart  scale;
} Scale;







>
>
>
>




















>
>
>
>
>







11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
#include "ttkWidget.h"

#define DEF_SCALE_LENGTH "100"

#define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
#define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))

/* Bit fields for OptionSpec mask field:
 */
#define STATE_CHANGED	 	(0x100)		/* -state option changed */

/*
 * Scale widget record
 */
typedef struct
{
    /* slider element options */
    Tcl_Obj *fromObj;         /* minimum value */
    Tcl_Obj *toObj;           /* maximum value */
    Tcl_Obj *valueObj;        /* current value */
    Tcl_Obj *lengthObj;       /* length of the long axis of the scale */
    Tcl_Obj *orientObj;       /* widget orientation */
    int orient;

    /* widget options */
    Tcl_Obj *commandObj;
    Tcl_Obj *variableObj;

    /* internal state */
    Ttk_TraceHandle *variableTrace;

    /*
     * Compatibility/legacy options:
     */
    Tcl_Obj *stateObj;

} ScalePart;

typedef struct
{
    WidgetCore core;
    ScalePart  scale;
} Scale;
61
62
63
64
65
66
67




68
69
70
71
72
73
74
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-to", "to", "To", "1.0",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.toObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-value", "value", "Value", "0",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.valueObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-length", "length", "Length",
	DEF_SCALE_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.lengthObj), -1, 0, 0, 
    	GEOMETRY_CHANGED},





    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

static XPoint ValueToPoint(Scale *scalePtr, double value);
static double PointToValue(Scale *scalePtr, int x, int y);







>
>
>
>







70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-to", "to", "To", "1.0",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.toObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-value", "value", "Value", "0",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.valueObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-length", "length", "Length",
	DEF_SCALE_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.lengthObj), -1, 0, 0, 
    	GEOMETRY_CHANGED},

    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-state", "state", "State",
	"normal", Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.stateObj), -1,
        0,0,STATE_CHANGED},

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

static XPoint ValueToPoint(Scale *scalePtr, double value);
static double PointToValue(Scale *scalePtr, int x, int y);
134
135
136
137
138
139
140




141
142
143
144
145
146
147
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (scale->scale.variableTrace) {
	Ttk_UntraceVariable(scale->scale.variableTrace);
    }
    scale->scale.variableTrace = vt;





    return TCL_OK;
}

/* ScalePostConfigure --
 * 	Post-configuration hook.
 */







>
>
>
>







147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (scale->scale.variableTrace) {
	Ttk_UntraceVariable(scale->scale.variableTrace);
    }
    scale->scale.variableTrace = vt;

    if (mask & STATE_CHANGED) {
	TtkCheckStateOption(&scale->core, scale->scale.stateObj);
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

/* ScalePostConfigure --
 * 	Post-configuration hook.
 */

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTrace.c.

22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39











40
41
42
43
44
45
46
/*
 * Tcl_VarTraceProc for trace handles.
 */
static char *
VarTraceProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Widget record pointer */
    Tcl_Interp *interp, 	/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* (unused) */
    const char *name2,		/* (unused) */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    Ttk_TraceHandle *tracePtr = clientData;
    const char *name, *value;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;

    if (flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED) {
	return NULL;
    }












    name = Tcl_GetString(tracePtr->varnameObj);

    /*
     * If the variable is being unset, then re-establish the trace:
     */
    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) {







|
|









>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
/*
 * Tcl_VarTraceProc for trace handles.
 */
static char *
VarTraceProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Widget record pointer */
    Tcl_Interp *interp, 	/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    Ttk_TraceHandle *tracePtr = clientData;
    const char *name, *value;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;

    if (flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED) {
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (tracePtr->varnameObj == NULL) {
	Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		VarTraceProc, clientData);
	return NULL;
    }

    name = Tcl_GetString(tracePtr->varnameObj);

    /*
     * If the variable is being unset, then re-establish the trace:
     */
    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) {

Added library/demos/images/earthmenu.png.

cannot compute difference between binary files

Changes to library/demos/menu.tcl.

110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117


118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
$m invoke 1
$m invoke 7

set m $w.menu.icon
$w.menu add cascade -label "Icons" -menu $m -underline 0
menu $m -tearoff 0
# Main widget program sets variable tk_demoDirectory
$m add command -bitmap @[file join $tk_demoDirectory images pattern.xbm] \


    -hidemargin 1 -command [list \
	tk_dialog $w.pattern {Bitmap Menu Entry} \
		"The menu entry you invoked displays a bitmap rather than\
		a text string.  Other than this, it is just like any other\
		menu entry." {} 0 OK ]
foreach i {info questhead error} {
    $m add command -bitmap $i -hidemargin 1 -command [list \
	    puts "You invoked the $i bitmap" ]
}
$m entryconfigure 2 -columnbreak 1







|
>
>


|







110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
$m invoke 1
$m invoke 7

set m $w.menu.icon
$w.menu add cascade -label "Icons" -menu $m -underline 0
menu $m -tearoff 0
# Main widget program sets variable tk_demoDirectory
image create photo lilearth -file [file join $tk_demoDirectory \
images earthmenu.png]
$m add command -image lilearth \
    -hidemargin 1 -command [list \
	tk_dialog $w.pattern {Bitmap Menu Entry} \
		"The menu entry you invoked displays a photoimage rather than\
		a text string.  Other than this, it is just like any other\
		menu entry." {} 0 OK ]
foreach i {info questhead error} {
    $m add command -bitmap $i -hidemargin 1 -command [list \
	    puts "You invoked the $i bitmap" ]
}
$m entryconfigure 2 -columnbreak 1

Changes to library/demos/twind.tcl.

79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
$t insert end "You can also create multiple text widgets each of which "
$t insert end "display the same underlying text. Click this button to "
$t window create end \
  -create {button %W.peer -text "Make A Peer" -command "textMakePeer %W" \
  -cursor top_left_arrow} -padx 3
$t insert end " widget.  Notice how peer widgets can have different "
$t insert end "font settings, and by default contain all the images "
$t insert end "of the 'parent', but many of the embedded windows, "
$t insert end "such as buttons will not be there.  The easiest way "
$t insert end "to ensure they are in all peers is to use '-create' "
$t insert end "embedded window creation scripts "
$t insert end "(the plot above and the 'Make A Peer' button are "
$t insert end "designed to show up in all peers).  A good use of "
$t insert end "peers is for "
$t window create end \
  -create {button %W.split -text "Split Windows" -command "textSplitWindow %W" \
  -cursor top_left_arrow} -padx 3
$t insert end " \n\n"

$t insert end "Users of previous versions of Tk will also be interested "







|
|
|
|
|
|







79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
$t insert end "You can also create multiple text widgets each of which "
$t insert end "display the same underlying text. Click this button to "
$t window create end \
  -create {button %W.peer -text "Make A Peer" -command "textMakePeer %W" \
  -cursor top_left_arrow} -padx 3
$t insert end " widget.  Notice how peer widgets can have different "
$t insert end "font settings, and by default contain all the images "
$t insert end "of the 'parent', but that the embedded windows, "
$t insert end "such as buttons may not appear in the peer.  To ensure "
$t insert end "that embedded windows appear in all peers you can set the "
$t insert end "'-create' option to a script or a string containing %W.  "
$t insert end "(The plot above and the 'Make A Peer' button are "
$t insert end "designed to show up in all peers.)  A good use of "
$t insert end "peers is for "
$t window create end \
  -create {button %W.split -text "Split Windows" -command "textSplitWindow %W" \
  -cursor top_left_arrow} -padx 3
$t insert end " \n\n"

$t insert end "Users of previous versions of Tk will also be interested "
108
109
110
111
112
113
114

115
116
117
118
119
120
121
$t insert end "text widget (\"Default\" restores the color to "
$t insert end "its default).  If you click on the button labeled "
$t insert end "\"Short\", it changes to a longer string so that "
$t insert end "you can see how the text widget automatically "
$t insert end "changes the layout.  Click on the button again "
$t insert end "to restore the short string.\n"


button $t.default -text Default -command "embDefBg $t" \
	-cursor top_left_arrow
$t window create end -window $t.default -padx 3
global embToggle
set embToggle Short
checkbutton $t.toggle -textvariable embToggle -indicatoron 0 \
	-variable embToggle -onvalue "A much longer string" \







>







108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
$t insert end "text widget (\"Default\" restores the color to "
$t insert end "its default).  If you click on the button labeled "
$t insert end "\"Short\", it changes to a longer string so that "
$t insert end "you can see how the text widget automatically "
$t insert end "changes the layout.  Click on the button again "
$t insert end "to restore the short string.\n"

$t insert end "\nNOTE: these buttons will not appear in peers!\n" "peer_warning"
button $t.default -text Default -command "embDefBg $t" \
	-cursor top_left_arrow
$t window create end -window $t.default -padx 3
global embToggle
set embToggle Short
checkbutton $t.toggle -textvariable embToggle -indicatoron 0 \
	-variable embToggle -onvalue "A much longer string" \
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
$t window create end -window $t.bigP
$t window create end -window $t.smallP

$t insert end "\n\nFinally, images fit comfortably in text widgets too:"

$t image create end -image \
    [image create photo -file [file join $tk_demoDirectory images ouster.png]]


proc textWindBigB w {
    $w configure -borderwidth 15
}

proc textWindBigH w {
    $w configure -highlightthickness 15







<







160
161
162
163
164
165
166

167
168
169
170
171
172
173
$t window create end -window $t.bigP
$t window create end -window $t.smallP

$t insert end "\n\nFinally, images fit comfortably in text widgets too:"

$t image create end -image \
    [image create photo -file [file join $tk_demoDirectory images ouster.png]]


proc textWindBigB w {
    $w configure -borderwidth 15
}

proc textWindBigH w {
    $w configure -highlightthickness 15
298
299
300
301
302
303
304

305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319

320
321
322
323
324
325
    set n 1
    while {[winfo exists .peer$n]} { incr n }
    set w [toplevel .peer$n]
    wm title $w "Text Peer #$n"
    frame $w.f -highlightthickness 1 -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken
    set t [$parent peer create $w.f.text -yscrollcommand "$w.scroll set" \
	       -borderwidth 0 -highlightthickness 0]

    pack $t -expand  yes -fill both
    ttk::scrollbar $w.scroll -command "$t yview"
    pack $w.scroll -side right -fill y
    pack $w.f -expand yes -fill both
}

proc textSplitWindow {textW} {
    if {$textW eq ".twind.f.text"} {
	if {[winfo exists .twind.peer]} {
	    destroy .twind.peer
	} else {
	    set parent [winfo parent $textW]
	    set w [winfo parent $parent]
	    set t [$textW peer create $w.peer \
	      -yscrollcommand "$w.scroll set"]

	    $w.pane add $t
	}
    } else {
        return
    }
}







>















>






298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
    set n 1
    while {[winfo exists .peer$n]} { incr n }
    set w [toplevel .peer$n]
    wm title $w "Text Peer #$n"
    frame $w.f -highlightthickness 1 -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken
    set t [$parent peer create $w.f.text -yscrollcommand "$w.scroll set" \
	       -borderwidth 0 -highlightthickness 0]
    $t tag configure peer_warning -font boldFont
    pack $t -expand  yes -fill both
    ttk::scrollbar $w.scroll -command "$t yview"
    pack $w.scroll -side right -fill y
    pack $w.f -expand yes -fill both
}

proc textSplitWindow {textW} {
    if {$textW eq ".twind.f.text"} {
	if {[winfo exists .twind.peer]} {
	    destroy .twind.peer
	} else {
	    set parent [winfo parent $textW]
	    set w [winfo parent $parent]
	    set t [$textW peer create $w.peer \
	      -yscrollcommand "$w.scroll set"]
	    $t tag configure peer_warning -font boldFont
	    $w.pane add $t
	}
    } else {
        return
    }
}

Changes to library/fontchooser.tcl.

61
62
63
64
65
66
67



68
69
70
71
72
73
74
proc ::tk::fontchooser::Show {} {
    variable S
    if {![winfo exists $S(W)]} {
        Create
        wm transient $S(W) [winfo toplevel $S(-parent)]
        tk::PlaceWindow $S(W) widget $S(-parent)
    }



    wm deiconify $S(W)
}

proc ::tk::fontchooser::Hide {} {
    variable S
    wm withdraw $S(W)
}







>
>
>







61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
proc ::tk::fontchooser::Show {} {
    variable S
    if {![winfo exists $S(W)]} {
        Create
        wm transient $S(W) [winfo toplevel $S(-parent)]
        tk::PlaceWindow $S(W) widget $S(-parent)
    }
    set S(fonts) [lsort -dictionary [font families]]
    set S(fonts,lcase) {}
    foreach font $S(fonts) { lappend S(fonts,lcase) [string tolower $font]}
    wm deiconify $S(W)
}

proc ::tk::fontchooser::Hide {} {
    variable S
    wm withdraw $S(W)
}

Changes to library/text.tcl.

764
765
766
767
768
769
770



771
772
773
774
775
776
777
	if {[$w compare $new < insert]} {
	    $w tag add sel $new insert
	} else {
	    $w tag add sel insert $new
	}
	$w mark set $anchorname insert
    } else {



	if {[$w compare $new < $anchorname]} {
	    set first $new
	    set last $anchorname
	} else {
	    set first $anchorname
	    set last $new
	}







>
>
>







764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
	if {[$w compare $new < insert]} {
	    $w tag add sel $new insert
	} else {
	    $w tag add sel insert $new
	}
	$w mark set $anchorname insert
    } else {
        if {[catch {$w index $anchorname}]} {
            $w mark set $anchorname insert
        }
	if {[$w compare $new < $anchorname]} {
	    set first $new
	    set last $anchorname
	} else {
	    set first $anchorname
	    set last $new
	}
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
# w -		Name of a text widget.

proc ::tk_textCut w {
    if {![catch {set data [$w get sel.first sel.last]}]} {
        # make <<Cut>> an atomic operation on the Undo stack,
        # i.e. separate it from other delete operations on either side
	set oldSeparator [$w cget -autoseparators]
	if {$oldSeparator} {
	    $w edit separator
	}
	clipboard clear -displayof $w
	clipboard append -displayof $w $data
	$w delete sel.first sel.last
	if {$oldSeparator} {
	    $w edit separator
	}
    }
}

# ::tk_textPaste --
# This procedure pastes the contents of the clipboard to the insertion







|





|







1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
# w -		Name of a text widget.

proc ::tk_textCut w {
    if {![catch {set data [$w get sel.first sel.last]}]} {
        # make <<Cut>> an atomic operation on the Undo stack,
        # i.e. separate it from other delete operations on either side
	set oldSeparator [$w cget -autoseparators]
	if {([$w cget -state] eq "normal") && $oldSeparator} {
	    $w edit separator
	}
	clipboard clear -displayof $w
	clipboard append -displayof $w $data
	$w delete sel.first sel.last
	if {([$w cget -state] eq "normal") && $oldSeparator} {
	    $w edit separator
	}
    }
}

# ::tk_textPaste --
# This procedure pastes the contents of the clipboard to the insertion

Changes to library/tk.tcl.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
# tk.tcl --
#
# Initialization script normally executed in the interpreter for each Tk-based
# application.  Arranges class bindings for widgets.
#
# Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions.
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
# this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.

# Verify that we have Tk binary and script components from the same release
package require -exact Tk  8.6.7

# Create a ::tk namespace
namespace eval ::tk {
    # Set up the msgcat commands
    namespace eval msgcat {
	namespace export mc mcmax
        if {[interp issafe] || [catch {package require msgcat}]} {













|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
# tk.tcl --
#
# Initialization script normally executed in the interpreter for each Tk-based
# application.  Arranges class bindings for widgets.
#
# Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions.
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
# this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.

# Verify that we have Tk binary and script components from the same release
package require -exact Tk  8.6.8

# Create a ::tk namespace
namespace eval ::tk {
    # Set up the msgcat commands
    namespace eval msgcat {
	namespace export mc mcmax
        if {[interp issafe] || [catch {package require msgcat}]} {
596
597
598
599
600
601
602

603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
    }
    return $result
}

# ::tk::AmpMenuArgs --
#	Processes arguments for a menu entry, turning -label option into
#	-label and -underline options, returned by ::tk::UnderlineAmpersand.

#
proc ::tk::AmpMenuArgs {widget add type args} {
    set options {}
    foreach {opt val} $args {
	if {$opt eq "-label"} {
	    lassign [UnderlineAmpersand $val] newlabel under
	    lappend options -label $newlabel -underline $under
	} else {
	    lappend options $opt $val
	}
    }
    $widget add $type {*}$options
}

# ::tk::FindAltKeyTarget --
#	Search recursively through the hierarchy of visible widgets to find
#	button or label which has $char as underlined character.
#
proc ::tk::FindAltKeyTarget {path char} {







>

|









|







596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
    }
    return $result
}

# ::tk::AmpMenuArgs --
#	Processes arguments for a menu entry, turning -label option into
#	-label and -underline options, returned by ::tk::UnderlineAmpersand.
#      The cmd argument is supposed to be either "add" or "entryconfigure"
#
proc ::tk::AmpMenuArgs {widget cmd type args} {
    set options {}
    foreach {opt val} $args {
	if {$opt eq "-label"} {
	    lassign [UnderlineAmpersand $val] newlabel under
	    lappend options -label $newlabel -underline $under
	} else {
	    lappend options $opt $val
	}
    }
    $widget $cmd $type {*}$options
}

# ::tk::FindAltKeyTarget --
#	Search recursively through the hierarchy of visible widgets to find
#	button or label which has $char as underlined character.
#
proc ::tk::FindAltKeyTarget {path char} {

Changes to library/ttk/altTheme.tcl.

91
92
93
94
95
96
97


98


99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
	    -expand [list selected {2 2 1 0}] \
	    ;

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window)
	ttk::style map Treeview \


	    -background [list selected $colors(-selectbg)] \


	    -foreground [list selected $colors(-selectfg)] ;

	ttk::style configure TScale \
	    -groovewidth 4 -troughrelief sunken \
	    -sliderwidth raised -borderwidth 2
	ttk::style configure TProgressbar \
	    -background $colors(-selectbg) -borderwidth 0
    }







>
>
|
>
>
|







91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
	    -expand [list selected {2 2 1 0}] \
	    ;

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window)
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list disabled $colors(-frame)\
				{!disabled !selected} $colors(-window) \
				selected $colors(-selectbg)] \
	    -foreground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg) \
				{!disabled !selected} black \
				selected $colors(-selectfg)]

	ttk::style configure TScale \
	    -groovewidth 4 -troughrelief sunken \
	    -sliderwidth raised -borderwidth 2
	ttk::style configure TProgressbar \
	    -background $colors(-selectbg) -borderwidth 0
    }

Changes to library/ttk/aquaTheme.tcl.

37
38
39
40
41
42
43


44
45



46
47
48
49
50
51
52
	# Combobox:
	ttk::style configure TCombobox -postoffset {5 -2 -10 0}

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont
	ttk::style configure Treeview -rowheight 18 -background White
	ttk::style map Treeview \


	    -background {{selected background} systemHighlightSecondary
		    selected systemHighlight}




	# Enable animation for ttk::progressbar widget:
	ttk::style configure TProgressbar -period 100 -maxphase 255

	# For Aqua, labelframe labels should appear outside the border,
	# with a 14 pixel inset and 4 pixels spacing between border and label
	# (ref: Apple Human Interface Guidelines / Controls / Grouping Controls)







>
>
|
|
>
>
>







37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
	# Combobox:
	ttk::style configure TCombobox -postoffset {5 -2 -10 0}

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont
	ttk::style configure Treeview -rowheight 18 -background White
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list disabled systemDialogBackgroundInactive \
				{!disabled !selected} systemWindowBody \
				{selected background} systemHighlightSecondary \
				selected systemHighlight] \
	    -foreground [list disabled systemModelessDialogInactiveText \
				{!disabled !selected} black \
				selected systemModelessDialogActiveText]

	# Enable animation for ttk::progressbar widget:
	ttk::style configure TProgressbar -period 100 -maxphase 255

	# For Aqua, labelframe labels should appear outside the border,
	# with a 14 pixel inset and 4 pixels spacing between border and label
	# (ref: Apple Human Interface Guidelines / Controls / Grouping Controls)

Changes to library/ttk/clamTheme.tcl.

127
128
129
130
131
132
133


134


135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
	    ;

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading \
	    -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised -padding {3}
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window)
	ttk::style map Treeview \


	    -background [list selected $colors(-selectbg)] \


	    -foreground [list selected $colors(-selectfg)] ;

    	ttk::style configure TLabelframe \
	    -labeloutside true -labelmargins {0 0 0 4} \
	    -borderwidth 2 -relief raised

	ttk::style configure TProgressbar -background $colors(-frame)








>
>
|
>
>
|







127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
	    ;

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading \
	    -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised -padding {3}
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window)
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list disabled $colors(-frame)\
				{!disabled !selected} $colors(-window) \
				selected $colors(-selectbg)] \
	    -foreground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg) \
				{!disabled !selected} black \
				selected $colors(-selectfg)]

    	ttk::style configure TLabelframe \
	    -labeloutside true -labelmargins {0 0 0 4} \
	    -borderwidth 2 -relief raised

	ttk::style configure TProgressbar -background $colors(-frame)

Changes to library/ttk/classicTheme.tcl.

94
95
96
97
98
99
100


101


102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
	    -background $colors(-troughbg)
	ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab -background [list selected $colors(-frame)]

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window)
	ttk::style map Treeview \


	    -background [list selected $colors(-selectbg)] \


	    -foreground [list selected $colors(-selectfg)] ;

	#
	# Toolbar buttons:
	#
	ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding 2 -relief flat -shiftrelief 2
	ttk::style map Toolbutton -relief \
	    {disabled flat selected sunken pressed sunken active raised}







>
>
|
>
>
|







94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
	    -background $colors(-troughbg)
	ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab -background [list selected $colors(-frame)]

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window)
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list disabled $colors(-frame)\
				{!disabled !selected} $colors(-window) \
				selected $colors(-selectbg)] \
	    -foreground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg) \
				{!disabled !selected} black \
				selected $colors(-selectfg)]

	#
	# Toolbar buttons:
	#
	ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding 2 -relief flat -shiftrelief 2
	ttk::style map Toolbutton -relief \
	    {disabled flat selected sunken pressed sunken active raised}

Changes to library/ttk/defaults.tcl.

106
107
108
109
110
111
112


113


114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
	# Treeview.
	#
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview \
	    -background $colors(-window) \
	    -foreground $colors(-text) ;
	ttk::style map Treeview \


	    -background [list selected $colors(-selectbg)] \


	    -foreground [list selected $colors(-selectfg)] ;

	# Combobox popdown frame
	ttk::style layout ComboboxPopdownFrame {
	    ComboboxPopdownFrame.border -sticky nswe
	}
 	ttk::style configure ComboboxPopdownFrame \
	    -borderwidth 1 -relief solid







>
>
|
>
>
|







106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
	# Treeview.
	#
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview \
	    -background $colors(-window) \
	    -foreground $colors(-text) ;
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list disabled $colors(-frame)\
				{!disabled !selected} $colors(-window) \
				selected $colors(-selectbg)] \
	    -foreground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg) \
				{!disabled !selected} black \
				selected $colors(-selectfg)]

	# Combobox popdown frame
	ttk::style layout ComboboxPopdownFrame {
	    ComboboxPopdownFrame.border -sticky nswe
	}
 	ttk::style configure ComboboxPopdownFrame \
	    -borderwidth 1 -relief solid

Changes to library/ttk/vistaTheme.tcl.

42
43
44
45
46
47
48


49


50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
	ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab \
	    -expand [list selected {2 2 2 2}]

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background SystemWindow
	ttk::style map Treeview \


	    -background [list selected SystemHighlight] \


	    -foreground [list selected SystemHighlightText] ;

        # Label and Toolbutton
	ttk::style configure TLabelframe.Label -foreground "#0046d5"

	ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding {4 4}

        # Combobox







>
>
|
>
>
|







42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
	ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab \
	    -expand [list selected {2 2 2 2}]

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background SystemWindow
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list   disabled SystemButtonFace \
				{!disabled !selected} SystemWindow \
				selected SystemHighlight] \
	    -foreground [list   disabled SystemGrayText \
				{!disabled !selected} SystemWindowText \
				selected SystemHighlightText]

        # Label and Toolbutton
	ttk::style configure TLabelframe.Label -foreground "#0046d5"

	ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding {4 4}

        # Combobox

Changes to library/ttk/winTheme.tcl.

67
68
69
70
71
72
73


74


75
76
77
78
79
80
	ttk::style configure TNotebook.Tab -padding {3 1} -borderwidth 1
	ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab -expand [list selected {2 2 2 0}]

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background SystemWindow
	ttk::style map Treeview \


	    -background [list selected SystemHighlight] \


	    -foreground [list selected SystemHighlightText] ;

        ttk::style configure TProgressbar \
	    -background SystemHighlight -borderwidth 0 ;
    }
}







>
>
|
>
>
|





67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
	ttk::style configure TNotebook.Tab -padding {3 1} -borderwidth 1
	ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab -expand [list selected {2 2 2 0}]

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background SystemWindow
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list   disabled SystemButtonFace \
				{!disabled !selected} SystemWindow \
				selected SystemHighlight] \
	    -foreground [list   disabled SystemGrayText \
				{!disabled !selected} SystemWindowText \
				selected SystemHighlightText]

        ttk::style configure TProgressbar \
	    -background SystemHighlight -borderwidth 0 ;
    }
}

Changes to library/ttk/xpTheme.tcl.

57
58
59
60
61
62
63










64
65
	ttk::style map TSpinbox \
	    -selectbackground [list !focus SystemWindow] \
	    -selectforeground [list !focus SystemWindowText] \
	    ;

	ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding {4 4}











    }
}







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
	ttk::style map TSpinbox \
	    -selectbackground [list !focus SystemWindow] \
	    -selectforeground [list !focus SystemWindowText] \
	    ;

	ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding {4 4}

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background SystemWindow
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list   disabled SystemButtonFace \
				{!disabled !selected} SystemWindow \
				selected SystemHighlight] \
	    -foreground [list   disabled SystemGrayText \
				{!disabled !selected} SystemWindowText \
				selected SystemHighlightText];
    }
}

Changes to macosx/README.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
Tcl/Tk Mac OS X README
----------------------

This is the README file for the Mac OS X/Darwin version of Tcl/Tk.

1. Where to go for support
--------------------------

- The tcl-mac mailing list on sourceforge is the best place to ask questions
specific to Tcl & Tk on Mac OS X:
	http://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/tcl-mac
(this page also has a link to searchable archives of the list, please check them
before asking on the list, many questions have already been answered).

- For general Tcl/Tk questions, the newsgroup comp.lang.tcl is your best bet:
	http://groups.google.com/group/comp.lang.tcl/

- The Tcl'ers Wiki also has many pages dealing with Tcl & Tk on Mac OS X, see
	http://wiki.tcl.tk/_/ref?N=3753
	http://wiki.tcl.tk/_/ref?N=8361

- Please report bugs with Tk on Mac OS X to the tracker:
	http://core.tcl.tk/tk/reportlist

2. Using Tcl/Tk on Mac OS X
---------------------------

- There are two versions of Tk available on Mac OS X: TkAqua using the native
aqua widgets and look&feel, and TkX11 using the traditional unix X11 wigets.
TkX11 requires an X11 server to be installed, such as Apple's X11 (which is
available as an optional or default install on recent Mac OS X).
TkAqua and TkX11 can be distinguished at runtime via [tk windowingsystem].

- At a minimum, Mac OS X 10.3 is required to run Tcl and TkX11.
TkAqua requires Mac OS X 10.5 or later (starting with the Cocoa-based Tk 8.5.7).

- Unless weak-linking is used, Tcl/Tk built on Mac OS X 10.x will not run on
10.y with y < x; on the other hand Tcl/Tk built on 10.y will always run on 10.x
with y <= x (but without any of the fixes and optimizations that would be
available in a binary built on 10.x).
Weak-linking is available on OS X 10.2 or later, it additionally allows Tcl/Tk
built on 10.x to run on any 10.y with x > y >= z (for a chosen z >= 2).

- Wish checks the Resources/Scripts directory in its application bundle for a
|


|





|







|



|


|


|


|


|
|

|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
Tcl/Tk macOS README
----------------------

This is the README file for the macOS/Darwin version of Tcl/Tk.

1. Where to go for support
--------------------------

- The tcl-mac mailing list on sourceforge is the best place to ask questions
specific to Tcl & Tk on macOS:
	http://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/tcl-mac
(this page also has a link to searchable archives of the list, please check them
before asking on the list, many questions have already been answered).

- For general Tcl/Tk questions, the newsgroup comp.lang.tcl is your best bet:
	http://groups.google.com/group/comp.lang.tcl/

- The Tcl'ers Wiki also has many pages dealing with Tcl & Tk on macOS, see
	http://wiki.tcl.tk/_/ref?N=3753
	http://wiki.tcl.tk/_/ref?N=8361

- Please report bugs with Tk on macOS to the tracker:
	http://core.tcl.tk/tk/reportlist

2. Using Tcl/Tk on macOS
---------------------------

- There are two versions of Tk available on macOS: TkAqua using the native
aqua widgets and look&feel, and TkX11 using the traditional unix X11 wigets.
TkX11 requires an X11 server to be installed, such as Apple's X11 (which is
available as an optional or default install on recent macOS).
TkAqua and TkX11 can be distinguished at runtime via [tk windowingsystem].

- At a minimum, macOS 10.3 is required to run Tcl and TkX11.
TkAqua requires macOS 10.6 or later.

- Unless weak-linking is used, Tcl/Tk built on macOS 10.x will not run on
10.y with y < x; on the other hand Tcl/Tk built on 10.y will always run on 10.x
with y <= x (but without any of the fixes and optimizations that would be
available in a binary built on 10.x).
Weak-linking is available on OS X 10.2 or later, it additionally allows Tcl/Tk
built on 10.x to run on any 10.y with x > y >= z (for a chosen z >= 2).

- Wish checks the Resources/Scripts directory in its application bundle for a
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
$pkg/Resources/Scripts/pkgIndex.tcl as well as the usual $pkg/pkgIndex.tcl.
This allows building extensions as frameworks with all script files contained in
the Resources/Scripts directory of the framework.

- [load]able binary extensions can linked as either ordinary shared libraries
(.dylib) or as MachO bundles (since 8.4.10/8.5a3); bundles have the advantage
that they are [load]ed more efficiently from a tcl VFS (no temporary copy to the
native filesystem required), and prior to Mac OS X 10.5, only bundles can be
[unload]ed.

- The 'deploy' target of macosx/GNUmakefile installs the html manpages into the
standard documentation location in the Tcl/Tk frameworks:
	Tcl.framework/Resources/Documentation/Reference/Tcl
	Tk.framework/Resources/Documentation/Reference/Tk
No nroff manpages are installed by default by the GNUmakefile.








|
<







58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65

66
67
68
69
70
71
72
$pkg/Resources/Scripts/pkgIndex.tcl as well as the usual $pkg/pkgIndex.tcl.
This allows building extensions as frameworks with all script files contained in
the Resources/Scripts directory of the framework.

- [load]able binary extensions can linked as either ordinary shared libraries
(.dylib) or as MachO bundles (since 8.4.10/8.5a3); bundles have the advantage
that they are [load]ed more efficiently from a tcl VFS (no temporary copy to the
native filesystem required).


- The 'deploy' target of macosx/GNUmakefile installs the html manpages into the
standard documentation location in the Tcl/Tk frameworks:
	Tcl.framework/Resources/Documentation/Reference/Tcl
	Tk.framework/Resources/Documentation/Reference/Tk
No nroff manpages are installed by default by the GNUmakefile.

159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236

237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250

251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
application's Info.plist (or displaying an alert if no Help Book is set). This
action can be customized by defining a procedure named [tk::mac::ShowHelp], if
present, this procedure is invoked instead by the standard Help menu item.
Support for the Window menu and [tk::mac::ShowHelp] was added with the
Cocoa-based Tk 8.5.7.

- The TkAqua-specific command [tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle style] is used to
get and set Mac OS X-specific toplevel window class and attributes. Note that
the window class and many attributes have to be set before the window is first
mapped for the change to have any effect.
The command has the following syntax:
	tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle style window ?class? ?attributes?
The 2 argument form returns a list of the current class and attributes for the
given window. The 3 argument form sets the class for the given window using the
default attributes for that class. The 4 argument form sets the class and the
list of attributes for the given window.
Window class names:
    document, modal, floating, utility, toolbar, simple, help, overlay
Window attribute names:
    standardDocument, standardFloating, resizable, fullZoom, horizontalZoom,
    verticalZoom, closeBox, collapseBox, toolbarButton, sideTitlebar,
    noTitleBar, unifiedTitleAndToolbar, metal, hud, noShadow, doesNotCycle,
    noActivates, hideOnSuspend, inWindowMenu, ignoreClicks, doesNotHide,
    canJoinAllSpaces, moveToActiveSpace, nonActivating, black, dark, light,
    gray, red, green, blue, cyan, yellow, magenta, orange, purple,
    brown, clear, opacity

Note that not all attributes are valid for all window classes.
Support for the 3 argument form was added with the Cocoa-based Tk 8.5.7, at the
same time support for some legacy Carbon-specific classes and attributes was
removed (they are still accepted by the command but no longer have any effect).

The color window attributes (black, dark, red, etc.) and the "opacity" allow  one to set the background and opacity of a textured ("metal") window. This allows a Tk window to implement a window without the dividing line between the titlebar and the rest of the window, or the "unified toolbar" effect, which is increasingly standard in Mac applications. An example:

toplevel .f
tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle style .f document {metal light opaque closeBox collapseBox resizable standardDocument }

pack [label .f.f -bg  #ababab -text "This is a textured window\nwith opacity and a gray background\nsimilar to other Mac applications"] -fill both -expand yes

The color attributes correspond to system-defined NSColor constants (e.g., red is [NSColor redColor]. The "light" and "dark" attributes correspond to lightGrayColor and darkGrayColor, respectively (because of the way the attributes are parsed, using "lightgray" and "darkgray" would cause a conflict with the core "gray" attribute).

Below are the corresponding hex and/or Tk-defined colors that can be used from Tk widgets to match the NSColor-based attributes:

black	#000000
dark	#545454
light	#ababab
white	#ffffff
gray	#7f7f7f
red 	#ff0000
green	#00ff00
blue	#0000ff
cyan	#00ffff
yellow	#ffff00
magenta	#ff00ff
orange	#ff8000
purple 	#800080
brown	#996633
clear	systemTransparent

- The Cocoa-based TkAqua can be distinguished from the older Carbon-based
version via the [winfo server .] command, example output on Mac OS X 10.5.7:
    Cocoa-based:	CG409.3 Apple AppKit GC 949.46 Mac OS X 1057
    Carbon-based:	QD10R30 Apple 1057

- If you want to use Remote Debugging with Xcode, you need to set the
environment variable XCNOSTDIN to 1 in the Executable editor for Wish. That will
cause us to force closing stdin & stdout.  Otherwise, given how Xcode launches
Wish remotely, they will be left open and then Wish & gdb will fight for stdin.


3. Building Tcl/Tk on Mac OS X
------------------------------

- At least Mac OS X 10.3 is required to build Tcl and TkX11, and Mac OS X 10.5
is required to build TkAqua.
Apple's Xcode Developer Tools need to be installed (only the most recent version
matching your OS release is supported), the Xcode installer is available on Mac
OS X install media or may be present in /Applications/Installers on Macs that

came with OS X preinstalled. The most recent version can always be downloaded
from the ADC website http://connect.apple.com (free ADC membership required).

- Tcl/Tk are most easily built as Mac OS X frameworks via GNUmakefile in
tcl/macosx and tk/macosx (see below for details), but can also be built with the
standard unix configure and make buildsystem in tcl/unix resp. tk/unix as on any
other unix platform (indeed, the GNUmakefiles are just wrappers around the unix
buildsystem).
The Mac OS X specific configure flags are --enable-aqua, --enable-framework and
--disable-corefoundation (which disables CF and notably reverts to the standard
select based notifier). Note that --enable-aqua is incompatible with
--disable-corefoundation (for both Tcl and Tk configure).

- It is also possible to build with the Xcode IDE via the projects in

tk/macosx, take care to use the project matching your DevTools and OS version:
	Tk.xcode: 		    for Xcode 3.1 on 10.5
	Tk.xcodeproj:		    for Xcode 3.2 on 10.6
These have the following targets:
	Tk:			    calls through to tk/macosx/GNUMakefile,
				    requires a corresponding build of the Tcl
				    target of tcl/macosx/Tcl.xcode.
	tktest:			    static build of TkAqua tktest for debugging.







|















|
<
<






<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|





|


|
|
|
<
|
>
|
<

|




|




|
>
|







158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181


182
183
184
185
186
187
































188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199

200
201
202

203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
application's Info.plist (or displaying an alert if no Help Book is set). This
action can be customized by defining a procedure named [tk::mac::ShowHelp], if
present, this procedure is invoked instead by the standard Help menu item.
Support for the Window menu and [tk::mac::ShowHelp] was added with the
Cocoa-based Tk 8.5.7.

- The TkAqua-specific command [tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle style] is used to
get and set macOS-specific toplevel window class and attributes. Note that
the window class and many attributes have to be set before the window is first
mapped for the change to have any effect.
The command has the following syntax:
	tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle style window ?class? ?attributes?
The 2 argument form returns a list of the current class and attributes for the
given window. The 3 argument form sets the class for the given window using the
default attributes for that class. The 4 argument form sets the class and the
list of attributes for the given window.
Window class names:
    document, modal, floating, utility, toolbar, simple, help, overlay
Window attribute names:
    standardDocument, standardFloating, resizable, fullZoom, horizontalZoom,
    verticalZoom, closeBox, collapseBox, toolbarButton, sideTitlebar,
    noTitleBar, unifiedTitleAndToolbar, metal, hud, noShadow, doesNotCycle,
    noActivates, hideOnSuspend, inWindowMenu, ignoreClicks, doesNotHide,
    canJoinAllSpaces, moveToActiveSpace, nonActivating



Note that not all attributes are valid for all window classes.
Support for the 3 argument form was added with the Cocoa-based Tk 8.5.7, at the
same time support for some legacy Carbon-specific classes and attributes was
removed (they are still accepted by the command but no longer have any effect).

































If you want to use Remote Debugging with Xcode, you need to set the
environment variable XCNOSTDIN to 1 in the Executable editor for Wish. That will
cause us to force closing stdin & stdout.  Otherwise, given how Xcode launches
Wish remotely, they will be left open and then Wish & gdb will fight for stdin.


3. Building Tcl/Tk on macOS
------------------------------

- At least macOS 10.3 is required to build Tcl and TkX11, and macOS 10.6
is required to build TkAqua.  The XCode application provides everything
needed to build Tk, but it is not necessary to install the full XCode.

It suffices to install the Command Line Tools package, which can be done
by running the command:
xcode-selecct --install


- Tcl/Tk are most easily built as macOS frameworks via GNUmakefile in
tcl/macosx and tk/macosx (see below for details), but can also be built with the
standard unix configure and make buildsystem in tcl/unix resp. tk/unix as on any
other unix platform (indeed, the GNUmakefiles are just wrappers around the unix
buildsystem).
The macOS specific configure flags are --enable-aqua, --enable-framework and
--disable-corefoundation (which disables CF and notably reverts to the standard
select based notifier). Note that --enable-aqua is incompatible with
--disable-corefoundation (for both Tcl and Tk configure).

- It was once possible to build with the Xcode IDE via the projects in
tk/macosx, but this has not been tested recently. Take care to use the
project matching your DevTools and OS version:
	Tk.xcode: 		    for Xcode 3.1 on 10.5
	Tk.xcodeproj:		    for Xcode 3.2 on 10.6
These have the following targets:
	Tk:			    calls through to tk/macosx/GNUMakefile,
				    requires a corresponding build of the Tcl
				    target of tcl/macosx/Tcl.xcode.
	tktest:			    static build of TkAqua tktest for debugging.
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
directories are named differently, e.g. '../../tcl8.6' and '../../tk8.6', you
need to manually change the TCL_SRCROOT and TK_SRCROOT settings by editing your
${USER}.pbxuser file (located inside the Tk.xcodeproj bundle directory) with a
text editor.

- To build universal binaries outside of the Xcode IDE, set CFLAGS as follows:
	export CFLAGS="-arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc"
This requires Mac OS X 10.4 and Xcode 2.4 (or Xcode 2.2 if -arch x86_64 is
omitted, but _not_ Xcode 2.1) and will work on any architecture (on PowerPC
Tiger you need to add "-isysroot /Developer/SDKs/MacOSX10.4u.sdk").
Note that configure requires CFLAGS to contain a least one architecture that can
be run on the build machine (i.e. ppc on G3/G4, ppc or ppc64 on G5, ppc or i386
on Core and ppc, i386 or x86_64 on Core2/Xeon).
Universal builds of Tcl TEA extensions are also possible with CFLAGS set as
above, they will be [load]able by universal as well as thin binaries of Tcl.

- To enable weak-linking, set the MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET environment variable
to the minimal OS version the binaries should be able to run on, e.g:
	export MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET=10.4
This requires at least gcc 3.1; with gcc 4 or later, set/add to CFLAGS instead:
	export CFLAGS="-mmacosx-version-min=10.4"
Support for weak-linking was added with 8.4.14/8.5a5.

Detailed Instructions for building with macosx/GNUmakefile
----------------------------------------------------------

- Unpack the Tcl and Tk source release archives and place the tcl and tk source
trees in a common parent directory.







|










|

|







253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
directories are named differently, e.g. '../../tcl8.6' and '../../tk8.6', you
need to manually change the TCL_SRCROOT and TK_SRCROOT settings by editing your
${USER}.pbxuser file (located inside the Tk.xcodeproj bundle directory) with a
text editor.

- To build universal binaries outside of the Xcode IDE, set CFLAGS as follows:
	export CFLAGS="-arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc"
This requires macOS 10.4 and Xcode 2.4 (or Xcode 2.2 if -arch x86_64 is
omitted, but _not_ Xcode 2.1) and will work on any architecture (on PowerPC
Tiger you need to add "-isysroot /Developer/SDKs/MacOSX10.4u.sdk").
Note that configure requires CFLAGS to contain a least one architecture that can
be run on the build machine (i.e. ppc on G3/G4, ppc or ppc64 on G5, ppc or i386
on Core and ppc, i386 or x86_64 on Core2/Xeon).
Universal builds of Tcl TEA extensions are also possible with CFLAGS set as
above, they will be [load]able by universal as well as thin binaries of Tcl.

- To enable weak-linking, set the MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET environment variable
to the minimal OS version the binaries should be able to run on, e.g:
	export MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET=10.6
This requires at least gcc 3.1; with gcc 4 or later, set/add to CFLAGS instead:
	export CFLAGS="-mmacosx-version-min=10.6"
Support for weak-linking was added with 8.4.14/8.5a5.

Detailed Instructions for building with macosx/GNUmakefile
----------------------------------------------------------

- Unpack the Tcl and Tk source release archives and place the tcl and tk source
trees in a common parent directory.
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394



395


396
397
398
399
400
401



402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416

417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424


425

426
427
428

429
430








431
432
433


434








435
436
437
438
439
440









441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449


450
















451


























































































make overrides to the tk/macosx GNUmakefile, e.g.
	make -C tk${ver}/macosx \
	    TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR=$HOME/Library/Frameworks TCLSH_DIR=$HOME/usr/bin
	sudo make -C tk${ver}/macosx install \
	    TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR=$HOME/Library/Frameworks TCLSH_DIR=$HOME/usr/bin
The Makefile variables TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR and TCLSH_DIR were added with Tk 8.4.3.

4. About the event loop in Tk for Mac OSX
-----------------------------------------




The main program in a typical OSX application looks like this (see *)



    void NSApplicationMain(int argc, char *argv[]) {
        [NSApplication sharedApplication];
        [NSBundle loadNibNamed:@"myMain" owner:NSApp];
        [NSApp run];
    }




The run method implements the event loop for the application.  There
are three key steps in the run method.  First it calls
[NSApp finishLaunching], which creates the bouncing application icon
and does other mysterious things. Second it creates an
NSAutoreleasePool.  Third, it starts an event loop which drains the
NSAutoreleasePool every time the queue is empty, and replaces the
drained pool with a new one.  This third step is essential to
preventing memory leaks, since the internal methods of Appkit objects
all assume that an autorelease pool is in scope and will be drained
when the event processing cycle ends.

Mac OSX Tk does not call the [NSApp run] method at all.  Instead it
uses the event loop built in to Tk.  So we must take care to replicate
the important features of the method ourselves.  Here is how this

works in outline.

We add a private NSAUtoreleasePool* property to our subclass of
NSApplication.  (The subclass is called TKApplication but can be
referenced with the global variable NSApp).  The TkpInit
function calls [NSApp _setup] which initializes this property by
creating an NSAutoreleasePool. A bit later on, TkpInit calls
[NSAPP _setupEventLoop] which in turn calls the


[NSApp finishLaunching] method.


Each time that Tcl processes an event in its queue, it calls a
platform specific function which, in the case of Mac OSX, is named

TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc.  In the unix implementations of Tk, including
the Mac OSX version, this function collects events from an "event








source", and transfers them to the Tcl event queue.  In Mac OSX the
event source is the NSApplication event queue.  Each NSEvent is
converted to a Tcl event which is added to the Tcl event queue.  The


NSEvent is also passed to [NSApp sendevent], which sends the event on








to the application's NSWindows, which send it to their NSViews, etc.
Since the CheckProc function gets called for every Tk event, it is an
appropriate place to drain the main NSAutoreleasePool and replace it
with a new pool.  This is done by calling the method
[NSApp _resetAutoreleasePool], where _resetAutoreleasePool is a method
which we define for the subclass TKApplication.










One minor caveat is that there are several steps of the Tk
initialization which precede the call to TkpInit.  Notably, the font
package is initialized first.  Since there is no NSAUtoreleasePool in
scope prior to calling TkpInit, the functions called in these
preliminary stages need to create and drain their own
NSAutoreleasePools whenever they call methods of Appkit objects
(e.g. NSFont).



* https://developer.apple.com/library/mac/documentation/Cocoa/\
















Reference/ApplicationKit/Classes/NSApplication_Class

































































































|
|

>
>
>
|
>
>






>
>
>

|
|
|
|







|
|
|
>
|

<
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
|
>

|
|
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|


|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|
|
|
|
|



>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392

393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
make overrides to the tk/macosx GNUmakefile, e.g.
	make -C tk${ver}/macosx \
	    TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR=$HOME/Library/Frameworks TCLSH_DIR=$HOME/usr/bin
	sudo make -C tk${ver}/macosx install \
	    TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR=$HOME/Library/Frameworks TCLSH_DIR=$HOME/usr/bin
The Makefile variables TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR and TCLSH_DIR were added with Tk 8.4.3.

4. Details regarding the macOS port of Tk.
-------------------------------------------

4.1 About the event loop
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

The main program in a typical OSX application looks like this (see
https://developer.apple.com/library/mac/documentation/Cocoa/\
Reference/ApplicationKit/Classes/NSApplication_Class)

    void NSApplicationMain(int argc, char *argv[]) {
        [NSApplication sharedApplication];
        [NSBundle loadNibNamed:@"myMain" owner:NSApp];
        [NSApp run];
    }
Here NSApp is a standard global variable, initialized by the OS, which
points to an object in a subclass of NSApplication (called
TKApplication in the case of the macOS port of Tk).

The [NSApp run] method implements the event loop for a typical Mac
application.  There are three key steps in the run method.  First it
calls [NSApp finishLaunching], which creates the bouncing application
icon and does other mysterious things. Second it creates an
NSAutoreleasePool.  Third, it starts an event loop which drains the
NSAutoreleasePool every time the queue is empty, and replaces the
drained pool with a new one.  This third step is essential to
preventing memory leaks, since the internal methods of Appkit objects
all assume that an autorelease pool is in scope and will be drained
when the event processing cycle ends.

The macOS Tk application does not call the [NSApp run] method at
all.  Instead it uses the event loop built in to Tk.  So the
application must take care to replicate the important features of the
method ourselves.  The way that autorelease pools are handled is
discussed in 4.2 below.  Here we discuss the event handling itself.


The Tcl event loop simply consists of repeated calls to TclDoOneEvent.
Each call to TclDoOneEvent begins by collecting all pending events from
an "event source", converting them to Tcl events and adding them
to the Tcl event queue. For macOS, the event source is the NSApp
object, which maintains an event queue even though its run method
will never be called to process them.  The NSApp provides methods for
inspecting the queue and removing events from it as well as the
[NSApp sendevent] which sends an event to all of the application's
NSWindows which can then send it to subwindows, etc.

The event collection process consists of first calling a platform
specific SetupProc and then a platform specific CheckProc.  In
the macOS port, these are named TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc and
TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc.

It is important to understand that the Apple window manager does not
have the concept of an expose event.  Their replacement for an expose
event is to have the window manager call the [NSView drawRect] method
in any situation where an expose event for that NSView would be
generated in X11.  The [NSView drawRect] method is a no-op which is
expected to be overridden by any application.  In the case of Tcl, the
replacement [NSView drawRect] method creates a Tcl expose event
for each dirty rectangle of the NSView, and then adds the expose
event to the Tcl queue.


4.2 Autorelease pools
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

In order to carry out the job of managing autorelease pools, which
would normally be handled by the [NSApp run] method, a private
NSAUtoreleasePool* property is added to the TkApplication subclass of
NSApplication. The TkpInit function calls [NSApp _setup] which
initializes this property by creating an NSAutoreleasePool prior to
calling [NSApp finishLaunching].  This mimics the behavior of the
[NSApp run] method, which calls [NSApp finishLaunching] just before
starting the event loop.

Since the CheckProc function gets called for every Tk event, it is an
appropriate place to drain the main NSAutoreleasePool and replace it
with a new pool.  This is done by calling the method [NSApp
_resetAutoreleasePool], where _resetAutoreleasePool is a method which
we define for the subclass.  Unfortunately, by itself this is not
sufficient for safe memory managememt because, as was made painfully
evident with the release of OS X 10.13, it is possible for calls to
TclDoOneEvent, and hence to CheckProc, to be nested.  Draining the
autorelease pool in a nested call leads to crashes as objects in use
by the outer call can get freed by the inner call and then reused later.
One particular situation where this happens is when a modal dialogue
gets posted by a Tk Application.  To address this, the NSApp object
also implements a semaphore to prevent draining the autorelease pool
in nested calls to CheckProc.

One additional minor caveat for developers is that there are several
steps of the Tk initialization which precede the call to TkpInit.
Notably, the font package is initialized first.  Since there is no
NSAUtoreleasePool in scope prior to calling TkpInit, the functions
called in these preliminary stages need to create and drain their own
NSAutoreleasePools whenever they call methods of Appkit objects
(e.g. NSFont).

4.3 Clipping regions and "ghost windows"
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Another unusual aspect of the macOS port is its use of clipping
regions.  It was part of Daniel Steffen's original design that the
TkWindowPrivate struct maintains three HIShapeRef regions, named
visRgn, aboveVisRgn and drawRgn.  These regions are used as clipping
masks whenever drawing into an NSView.  The visRgn is the bounding box
of the window with a rectangle removed for each subwindow and for each
sibling window at a higher stacking level.  The drawRgn is the
intersection of the visRgn with the clipping rectangle of the
window. (Normally, the clipping rectangle is the same as the bounding
rectangle, but drawing can be clipped to a smaller rectangle by
calling TkpClipDrawableToRect.) The aboveVisRgn is the intersection of
the window's bounding rectangle with the bounding rectangle of the
parent window.  Much of the code in tkMacOSXSubindows.c is devoted to
rebuilding these clipping regions whenever something changes in the
layout of the windows.  This turns out to be a tricky thing to do and
it is extremely prone to errors which can be difficult to trace.

It is not entirely clear what the original reason for using these
clipping regions was.  But one benefit is that if they are correctly
maintained then it allows windows to be drawn in any order.  You do
not have to draw them in the order of the window hierarchy.  Each
window can draw its entire rectangle through its own mask and never
have to worry about drawing in the wrong place.  It is likely that
the need for using clipping regions arose because, as Apple explicitly
states in the documentation for [NSView subviews],

    "The order of the subviews may be considered as being
    back-to-front, but this does not imply invalidation and drawing
    behavior."

In the early versions of the macOS port, buttons were implemented as
subviews of class TkButton.  This probably exacerbated the likelihood
that Tk windows would need to be drawn in arbitrary order.

The most obvious side effect caused by not maintaining the clipping
regions is the appearance of so-called "ghost windows".  A common
situation where these may arise is when a window containing buttons
is being scrolled.  A user may see two images of the same button on
the screen, one in the pre-scroll location and one in the post-scroll
location.

To see how these 'ghost windows' can arise, think about what happens if
the clipping regions are not maintained correctly.  A window might
have a rectangle missing from its clipping region because that
rectangle is the bounding rectangle for a subwindow, say a button.
The parent should not draw in the missing rectangle since doing so
would trash the button.  The button is responsible for drawing
there. Now imagine that the button gets moved, say by a scroll, but
the missing rectangle in the parent's clipping region does not get
moved correctly, or it gets moved later on, after the parent has
redrawn itself.  The parent would still not be allowed to draw in the
old rectangle, so the user would continue to see the image of the
button in its old location, as well as another image in the new
location.  This is a prototypical example of a "ghost window".
Anytime you see a "ghost window", you should suspect problems with the
updates to the clipping region visRgn.  It is natural to look for
timing issues, race conditions, or other "event loop problems".  But
in fact, the whole design of the code is to make those timing issues
irrelevant.  As long as the clipping regions are correctly maintained
the timing does not matter.  And if they are not correctly maintained
then you will see "ghost windows".

It is worth including a detailed description of one specific place
where the failure to correctly maintain clipping regions caused "ghost
window" artifacts that plagued the macOS port for years.  These
occurred when scrolling a Text widget which contained embedded
subwindows.  It involved some specific differences between the
low-level behavior of Apple's window manager versus those of the other
platforms, and the fix ultimately required changes in the generic Tk
implementation (documented in the comments in the DisplayText
function).

The Text widget attempts to improve perfomance when scrolling by
minimizing the number of text lines which need to be redisplayed.  It
does this by calling the platform-specific TkScrollWindow function
which uses a low-level routine to map one rectangle of the window to
another.  The TkScrollWindow function returns a damage region which is
then used by the Text widget's DisplayText function to determine which
text lines need to be redrawn.  On the unix and win platforms, this
damage region includes bounding rectangles for all embedded windows
inside the Text widget.  The way that this works is system dependent.
On unix, the low level scrolling is done by XCopyRegion, which
generates a GraphicsExpose event for each embedded window.  These
GraphicsExposed events are processsed within TkScrollWindow, using a
special handler which adds the bounding rectangle of each subwindow to
the damage region.  On the win platform the damage region is built by
the low level function ScrollWindowEx, and it also includes bounding
rectangles for all embedded windows.  This is possible because on X11
and Windows every Tk widget is also known to the window manager as a
window.  The situation is different on macOS.  The underlying object
for a top level window on macOS is the NSView.  However, Apple
explicitly warns in its documentation that performance degradation
occurs when an NSView has more than about 100 subviews.  A Text widget
with thousands of lines of text could easily contain more than 100
embedded windows.  In fact, while the original Cocoa port of Tk did
use the NSButton object, which is derived from NSView, as the basis
for its Tk Buttons, that was changed in order to improve performance.
Moreover, the low level routine used for scrolling on macOS, namely
[NSView scrollrect:by], does not provide any damage information.  So
TkScrollWindow needs to work differently on macOS.  Since it would be
inefficient to iterate through all embedded windows in a Text widget,
looking for those which meet the scrolling area, the damage region
constructed by TkScrollWindow contains only the difference between the
source and destination rectangles for the scrolling.  The embedded
windows are redrawn within the DisplayText function by some
conditional code which is only used for macOS.

Changes to macosx/Tk-Common.xcconfig.

38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
TCL_BUILD_DIR = $(OBJROOT)/../tcl/Tcl.build/$(CONFIGURATION)/Tcl.build/Objects
TCL_CONFIGURE_ARGS = --enable-threads --enable-dtrace
TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR = $(SYMROOT)/../tcl/$(CONFIGURATION)
TCL_LIBRARY = $(LIBDIR)/tcl$(VERSION)
TCL_PACKAGE_PATH = "$(LIBDIR)"
TCL_DEFS = HAVE_TCL_CONFIG_H
TK_LIBRARY = $(LIBDIR)/tk$(VERSION)
TK_DEFS = HAVE_TK_CONFIG_H TCL_NO_DEPRECATED
VERSION = 8.6







|

38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
TCL_BUILD_DIR = $(OBJROOT)/../tcl/Tcl.build/$(CONFIGURATION)/Tcl.build/Objects
TCL_CONFIGURE_ARGS = --enable-threads --enable-dtrace
TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR = $(SYMROOT)/../tcl/$(CONFIGURATION)
TCL_LIBRARY = $(LIBDIR)/tcl$(VERSION)
TCL_PACKAGE_PATH = "$(LIBDIR)"
TCL_DEFS = HAVE_TCL_CONFIG_H
TK_LIBRARY = $(LIBDIR)/tk$(VERSION)
TK_DEFS = HAVE_TK_CONFIG_H
VERSION = 8.6

Changes to macosx/Tk.xcode/project.pbxproj.

1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
		F96D446A08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixThrd.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclUnixThrd.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixTime.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixTime.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446C08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtNotify.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtNotify.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446D08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = cat.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447308F272BA004A47F5 /* coffbase.txt */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = coffbase.txt; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };







<







1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985

1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
		F96D446A08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixThrd.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclUnixThrd.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixTime.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixTime.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446C08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtNotify.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtNotify.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446D08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = cat.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };

		F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
		};
		F96D446E08F272B9004A47F5 /* win */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */,
				F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */,
				F96D447308F272BA004A47F5 /* coffbase.txt */,
				F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */,
				F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.in */,
				F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
				F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */,
				F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */,
				F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */,
				F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */,







<







3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817

3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
		};
		F96D446E08F272B9004A47F5 /* win */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */,
				F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */,

				F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */,
				F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.in */,
				F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
				F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */,
				F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */,
				F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */,
				F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */,

Changes to macosx/Tk.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj.

1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
		F96D446A08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixThrd.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclUnixThrd.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixTime.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixTime.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446C08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtNotify.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtNotify.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446D08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = cat.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447308F272BA004A47F5 /* coffbase.txt */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = coffbase.txt; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };







<







1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985

1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
		F96D446A08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixThrd.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclUnixThrd.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixTime.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixTime.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446C08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtNotify.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtNotify.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446D08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = cat.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };

		F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
		};
		F96D446E08F272B9004A47F5 /* win */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */,
				F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */,
				F96D447308F272BA004A47F5 /* coffbase.txt */,
				F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */,
				F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.in */,
				F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
				F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */,
				F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */,
				F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */,
				F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */,







<







3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817

3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
		};
		F96D446E08F272B9004A47F5 /* win */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */,
				F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */,

				F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */,
				F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.in */,
				F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
				F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */,
				F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */,
				F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */,
				F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */,

Changes to macosx/Wish-Info.plist.in.

65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
	<key>CFBundleShortVersionString</key>
	<string>@TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@</string>
	<key>CFBundleSignature</key>
	<string>WiSH</string>
	<key>CFBundleVersion</key>
	<string>@TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@</string>
	<key>LSMinimumSystemVersion</key>
	<string>10.5.0</string>
	<key>LSRequiresCarbon</key>
	<true/>
	<key>NSAppleScriptEnabled</key>
	<true/>
	<key>OSAScriptingDefinition</key>
	<string>Wish.sdef</string>
	<key>NSHighResolutionCapable</key>







|







65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
	<key>CFBundleShortVersionString</key>
	<string>@TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@</string>
	<key>CFBundleSignature</key>
	<string>WiSH</string>
	<key>CFBundleVersion</key>
	<string>@TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@</string>
	<key>LSMinimumSystemVersion</key>
	<string>10.6.0</string>
	<key>LSRequiresCarbon</key>
	<true/>
	<key>NSAppleScriptEnabled</key>
	<true/>
	<key>OSAScriptingDefinition</key>
	<string>Wish.sdef</string>
	<key>NSHighResolutionCapable</key>

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXBitmap.c.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"

/*
 * This structure holds information about native bitmaps.
 */

typedef struct {
    const char *name;		/* Name of icon. */
    OSType iconType;		/* OSType of icon. */







|







8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXConstants.h"
/*
 * This structure holds information about native bitmaps.
 */

typedef struct {
    const char *name;		/* Name of icon. */
    OSType iconType;		/* OSType of icon. */
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
	if (image) {
	    [image setSize:size];
	}
    } else {
	string = [NSString stringWithUTF8String:name];
	image = [NSImage imageNamed:string];
	if (!image) {
	    NSURL *url = [NSURL URLWithString:string];
	    if (url) {
		image = [[[NSImage alloc] initWithContentsOfURL:url]
			autorelease];
	    }
	}
	if (image) {
	    size = [image size];







|







294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
	if (image) {
	    [image setSize:size];
	}
    } else {
	string = [NSString stringWithUTF8String:name];
	image = [NSImage imageNamed:string];
	if (!image) {
	    NSURL *url = [NSURL fileURLWithPath:string];
	    if (url) {
		image = [[[NSImage alloc] initWithContentsOfURL:url]
			autorelease];
	    }
	}
	if (image) {
	    size = [image size];

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXButton.c.

360
361
362
363
364
365
366

367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
	width += butPtr->indicatorSpace;

    } else if (haveImage) { /* Image only */
      width = butPtr->width > 0 ? butPtr->width : width + butPtr->indicatorSpace;
      height = butPtr->height > 0 ? butPtr->height : height;

    } else { /* Text only */

        width = txtWidth + butPtr->indicatorSpace;
	height = txtHeight;
	if (butPtr->width > 0) {
	   width = butPtr->width * charWidth;
	}
	if (butPtr->height > 0) {
	  height = butPtr->height * fm.linespace;
	}







>
|







360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
	width += butPtr->indicatorSpace;

    } else if (haveImage) { /* Image only */
      width = butPtr->width > 0 ? butPtr->width : width + butPtr->indicatorSpace;
      height = butPtr->height > 0 ? butPtr->height : height;

    } else { /* Text only */
      /*Add four pixels of padding to width for text-only buttons to improve appearance.*/
        width = txtWidth + butPtr->indicatorSpace + 4;
	height = txtHeight;
	if (butPtr->width > 0) {
	   width = butPtr->width * charWidth;
	}
	if (butPtr->height > 0) {
	  height = butPtr->height * fm.linespace;
	}

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXColor.c.

262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
	    break;
	    }
	case TRANSPARENT_PIXEL:
	    rgba[3]	= 0.0;
	    break;
	}

        // this attempts to find something roughly fitting for any display
//	*c = CGColorCreateGenericRGB(rgba[0], rgba[1], rgba[2], rgba[3]);

        // may be off for non-main display but in most cases better than prev
	static CGColorSpaceRef deviceRGBSpace = NULL;
	if (!deviceRGBSpace) {
	    deviceRGBSpace = CGDisplayCopyColorSpace(CGMainDisplayID());
	}
	*c = CGColorCreate(deviceRGBSpace, rgba );
    }
    return err;
}

/*







<
<
<
<


|







262
263
264
265
266
267
268




269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
	    break;
	    }
	case TRANSPARENT_PIXEL:
	    rgba[3]	= 0.0;
	    break;
	}





	static CGColorSpaceRef deviceRGBSpace = NULL;
	if (!deviceRGBSpace) {
	    deviceRGBSpace = CGColorSpaceCreateDeviceRGB();
	}
	*c = CGColorCreate(deviceRGBSpace, rgba );
    }
    return err;
}

/*

Added macosx/tkMacOSXConstants.h.































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
/*
 * tkMacOSXConstants.h --
 *
 *	Macros which map the names of NS constants used in the Tk code to
 *      the new name that Apple came up with for subsequent versions of the
 *      operating system.  (Each new OS release seems to come with a new
 *      naming convention for the same old constants.)
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2017 Marc Culler
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#ifndef _TKMACCONSTANTS
#define _TKMACCONSTANTS

/*
 * Let's raise a glass for the project manager who improves our lives by
 * generating deprecation warnings about pointless changes of the names
 * of constants.
 */

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= 101000
#define NSOKButton NSModalResponseOK
#endif

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= 101200
#define NSAppKitDefined NSEventTypeAppKitDefined
#define NSApplicationActivatedEventType NSEventSubtypeApplicationActivated
#define NSApplicationDeactivatedEventType NSEventSubtypeApplicationDeactivated
#define NSWindowExposedEventType NSEventSubtypeWindowExposed
#define NSScreenChangedEventType NSEventSubtypeScreenChanged
#define NSWindowMovedEventType NSEventSubtypeWindowMoved
#define NSKeyUp NSEventTypeKeyUp
#define NSKeyDown NSEventTypeKeyDown
#define NSFlagsChanged NSEventTypeFlagsChanged
#define NSLeftMouseDown NSEventTypeLeftMouseDown
#define NSLeftMouseUp NSEventTypeLeftMouseUp
#define NSRightMouseDown NSEventTypeRightMouseDown
#define NSRightMouseUp NSEventTypeRightMouseUp
#define NSLeftMouseDragged NSEventTypeLeftMouseDragged
#define NSRightMouseDragged NSEventTypeRightMouseDragged
#define NSMouseMoved NSEventTypeMouseMoved
#define NSMouseEntered NSEventTypeMouseEntered
#define NSMouseExited NSEventTypeMouseExited
#define NSScrollWheel NSEventTypeScrollWheel
#define NSOtherMouseDown NSEventTypeOtherMouseDown
#define NSOtherMouseUp NSEventTypeOtherMouseUp
#define NSOtherMouseDragged NSEventTypeOtherMouseDragged
#define NSTabletPoint NSEventTypeTabletPoint
#define NSTabletProximity NSEventTypeTabletProximity
#define NSDeviceIndependentModifierFlagsMask NSEventModifierFlagDeviceIndependentFlagsMask
#define NSCommandKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagCommand
#define NSShiftKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagShift
#define NSAlphaShiftKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagCapsLock
#define NSAlternateKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagOption
#define NSControlKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagControl
#define NSNumericPadKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagNumericPad
#define NSFunctionKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagFunction
#define NSCursorUpdate NSEventTypeCursorUpdate
#define NSTexturedBackgroundWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskTexturedBackground
#define NSCompositeCopy NSCompositingOperationCopy
#define NSWarningAlertStyle NSAlertStyleWarning
#define NSInformationalAlertStyle NSAlertStyleInformational
#define NSCriticalAlertStyle NSAlertStyleCritical
#define NSCenterTextAlignment NSTextAlignmentCenter
#define NSDeviceIndependentModifierFlagsMask NSEventModifierFlagDeviceIndependentFlagsMask
#define NSCommandKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagCommand
#define NSShiftKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagShift
#define NSAlphaShiftKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagCapsLock
#define NSAlternateKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagOption
#define NSControlKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagControl
#define NSNumericPadKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagNumericPad
#define NSFunctionKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagFunction
#define NSKeyUp NSEventTypeKeyUp
#define NSKeyDown NSEventTypeKeyDown
#define NSFlagsChanged NSEventTypeFlagsChanged
#define NSAlphaShiftKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagCapsLock
#define NSShiftKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagShift
#define NSAnyEventMask NSEventMaskAny
#define NSTexturedBackgroundWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskTexturedBackground
#define NSUtilityWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskUtilityWindow
#define NSNonactivatingPanelMask NSWindowStyleMaskNonactivatingPanel
#define NSDocModalWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskDocModalWindow
#define NSHUDWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskHUDWindow
#define NSTitledWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskTitled
#define NSClosableWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskClosable
#define NSResizableWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskResizable
#define NSUnifiedTitleAndToolbarWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskUnifiedTitleAndToolbar
#define NSMiniaturizableWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskMiniaturizable
#define NSBorderlessWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskBorderless
#endif

#endif

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXDefault.h.

321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
#define DEF_MENU_FONT			"menu" /* special: see tkMacOSXMenu.c */
#define DEF_MENU_FG			"systemMenuText"
#define DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND		""
#define DEF_MENU_RELIEF			"flat"
#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR		"systemMenuActive"
#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS		"0"

/*
 * FIXME: Turn the default back to 1 when we make tearoff menus work again.
 */

#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF		"0"
#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_TITLE			""
#define DEF_MENU_TYPE			"normal"

/*
 * Defaults for menubuttons:







<
<
<
<
<







321
322
323
324
325
326
327





328
329
330
331
332
333
334
#define DEF_MENU_FONT			"menu" /* special: see tkMacOSXMenu.c */
#define DEF_MENU_FG			"systemMenuText"
#define DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND		""
#define DEF_MENU_RELIEF			"flat"
#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR		"systemMenuActive"
#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS		"0"





#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF		"0"
#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_TITLE			""
#define DEF_MENU_TYPE			"normal"

/*
 * Defaults for menubuttons:

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXDialog.c.

10
11
12
13
14
15
16

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32

33
34
35


36


37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkFileFilter.h"


#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1090
#define modalOK     NSOKButton
#define modalCancel NSCancelButton
#else
#define modalOK     NSModalResponseOK
#define modalCancel NSModalResponseCancel
#endif
#define modalOther  -1
#define modalError  -2

/*Vars for filtering in "open file" and "save file" dialogs.*/
typedef struct {
    bool doFileTypes; // show the accessory view which displays the filter menu
    bool preselectFilter; // a filter was selected by the typevariable
    bool userHasSelectedFilter; // The user has changed the filter in the accessory view

    NSMutableArray *fileTypeNames; // array of names, e.g. "Text document"
    NSMutableArray *fileTypeExtensions; // array of allowed extensions per name, e.g. "txt", "doc"
    NSMutableArray *fileTypeLabels; // displayed string, e.g. "Text document (.txt, .doc)"


    NSMutableArray *allAllowedExtensions; // set of all allowed extensions


    NSInteger fileTypeIndex; // index of currently selected filter
} filepanelFilterInfo;

filepanelFilterInfo filterInfo;

NSOpenPanel *openpanel;
NSSavePanel *savepanel;








>
















>



>
>
|
>
>
|







10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkFileFilter.h"
#include "tkMacOSXConstants.h"

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1090
#define modalOK     NSOKButton
#define modalCancel NSCancelButton
#else
#define modalOK     NSModalResponseOK
#define modalCancel NSModalResponseCancel
#endif
#define modalOther  -1
#define modalError  -2

/*Vars for filtering in "open file" and "save file" dialogs.*/
typedef struct {
    bool doFileTypes; // show the accessory view which displays the filter menu
    bool preselectFilter; // a filter was selected by the typevariable
    bool userHasSelectedFilter; // The user has changed the filter in the accessory view

    NSMutableArray *fileTypeNames; // array of names, e.g. "Text document"
    NSMutableArray *fileTypeExtensions; // array of allowed extensions per name, e.g. "txt", "doc"
    NSMutableArray *fileTypeLabels; // displayed string, e.g. "Text document (.txt, .doc)"
    NSMutableArray *fileTypeAllowsAll; // boolean if the all pattern (*.*) is included

    NSMutableArray *allowedExtensions; // set of all allowed extensions
    bool allowedExtensionsAllowAll; // set of all allowed extensions includes *.*

    NSUInteger fileTypeIndex; // index of currently selected filter
} filepanelFilterInfo;

filepanelFilterInfo filterInfo;

NSOpenPanel *openpanel;
NSSavePanel *savepanel;

159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
    [TYPE_YESNOCANCEL] =	{5, 6, 4},
};

/*
 * Construct a file URL from directory and filename.  Either may
 * be nil.  If both are nil, returns nil.
 */
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 1050
static NSURL *getFileURL(NSString *directory, NSString *filename) {
    NSURL *url = nil;
    if (directory) {
	url = [NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES];
    }
    if (filename) {
	url = [NSURL URLWithString:filename relativeToURL:url];
    }
    return url;
}
#endif
 

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKDialog)

@interface NSColorPanel(TKDialog)
- (void) _setUseModalAppearance: (BOOL) flag;
@end

@implementation TKApplication(TKDialog)

- (void) tkFilePanelDidEnd: (NSSavePanel *) panel
	returnCode: (NSInteger) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
{
    FilePanelCallbackInfo *callbackInfo = contextInfo;

    if (returnCode == NSFileHandlingPanelOKButton) {
	Tcl_Obj *resultObj;

	if (callbackInfo->multiple) {
	    resultObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
	    for (NSURL *url in [(NSOpenPanel*)panel URLs]) {
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(callbackInfo->interp, resultObj,
			Tcl_NewStringObj([[url path] UTF8String], -1));







<










<
<














|







165
166
167
168
169
170
171

172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181


182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
    [TYPE_YESNOCANCEL] =	{5, 6, 4},
};

/*
 * Construct a file URL from directory and filename.  Either may
 * be nil.  If both are nil, returns nil.
 */

static NSURL *getFileURL(NSString *directory, NSString *filename) {
    NSURL *url = nil;
    if (directory) {
	url = [NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES];
    }
    if (filename) {
	url = [NSURL URLWithString:filename relativeToURL:url];
    }
    return url;
}



#pragma mark TKApplication(TKDialog)

@interface NSColorPanel(TKDialog)
- (void) _setUseModalAppearance: (BOOL) flag;
@end

@implementation TKApplication(TKDialog)

- (void) tkFilePanelDidEnd: (NSSavePanel *) panel
	returnCode: (NSInteger) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
{
    FilePanelCallbackInfo *callbackInfo = contextInfo;

    if (returnCode == modalOK) {
	Tcl_Obj *resultObj;

	if (callbackInfo->multiple) {
	    resultObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
	    for (NSURL *url in [(NSOpenPanel*)panel URLs]) {
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(callbackInfo->interp, resultObj,
			Tcl_NewStringObj([[url path] UTF8String], -1));
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
		TkBackgroundEvalObjv(callbackInfo->interp, objc + 1, tmpv,
			TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
		ckfree(tmpv);
	    }
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(callbackInfo->interp, resultObj);
	}
    } else if (returnCode == NSFileHandlingPanelCancelButton) {
	Tcl_ResetResult(callbackInfo->interp);
    }
    if (panel == [NSApp modalWindow]) {
	[NSApp stopModalWithCode:returnCode];
    }
    if (callbackInfo->cmdObj) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(callbackInfo->cmdObj);







|







217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
		TkBackgroundEvalObjv(callbackInfo->interp, objc + 1, tmpv,
			TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
		ckfree(tmpv);
	    }
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(callbackInfo->interp, resultObj);
	}
    } else if (returnCode == modalCancel) {
	Tcl_ResetResult(callbackInfo->interp);
    }
    if (panel == [NSApp modalWindow]) {
	[NSApp stopModalWithCode:returnCode];
    }
    if (callbackInfo->cmdObj) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(callbackInfo->cmdObj);
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273





274

275


276


277
278
279
280
281
282





283




284
285
286
287
288
289
290
    if (callbackInfo->cmdObj) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(callbackInfo->cmdObj);
	ckfree(callbackInfo);
    }
}

- (void)selectFormat:(id)sender  {
    NSPopUpButton *button                 = (NSPopUpButton *)sender;
    filterInfo.fileTypeIndex      = [button indexOfSelectedItem];
    NSMutableArray *allowedtypes = filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions[filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];





    [openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:allowedtypes];

    filterInfo.userHasSelectedFilter = true;





}

- (void)saveFormat:(id)sender  {
    NSPopUpButton *button                 = (NSPopUpButton *)sender;
    filterInfo.fileTypeIndex      = [button indexOfSelectedItem];
    NSMutableArray *allowedtypes = filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions[filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];





    [savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:allowedtypes];




}

@end

#pragma mark -

/*







|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
|
>
>
|
>
>



|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>







267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
    if (callbackInfo->cmdObj) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(callbackInfo->cmdObj);
	ckfree(callbackInfo);
    }
}

- (void)selectFormat:(id)sender  {
    NSPopUpButton *button      = (NSPopUpButton *)sender;
    filterInfo.fileTypeIndex   = [button indexOfSelectedItem];

    if ([[filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex] boolValue]) {
	[openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
	/* setAllowsOtherFileTypes might have no effect; it's inherited from the
	 * NSSavePanel, where it has the effect that it does not append an extension
	 * Setting the allowed file types to nil allows selecting any file */
	[openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:nil];
    } else {
	NSMutableArray *allowedtypes = [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
	[openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:allowedtypes];
	[openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:NO];
    }

    filterInfo.userHasSelectedFilter = true;
}

- (void)saveFormat:(id)sender  {
    NSPopUpButton *button     = (NSPopUpButton *)sender;
    filterInfo.fileTypeIndex  = [button indexOfSelectedItem];

    if ([[filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex] boolValue]) {
	[savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
	[savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:nil];
    } else {
	NSMutableArray *allowedtypes = [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
	[savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:allowedtypes];
	[savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:NO];
    }

    filterInfo.userHasSelectedFilter = true;
}

@end

#pragma mark -

/*
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
    }
    if (initialColor) {
	[colorPanel setColor:initialColor];
    }
    returnCode = [NSApp runModalForWindow:colorPanel];
    if (returnCode == modalOK) {
	color = [[colorPanel color] colorUsingColorSpace:
		[NSColorSpace genericRGBColorSpace]];
	numberOfComponents = [color numberOfComponents];
    }
    if (color && numberOfComponents >= 3 && numberOfComponents <= 4) {
	CGFloat components[4];
	char colorstr[8];

	[color getComponents:components];







|







393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
    }
    if (initialColor) {
	[colorPanel setColor:initialColor];
    }
    returnCode = [NSApp runModalForWindow:colorPanel];
    if (returnCode == modalOK) {
	color = [[colorPanel color] colorUsingColorSpace:
		[NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace]];
	numberOfComponents = [color numberOfComponents];
    }
    if (color && numberOfComponents >= 3 && numberOfComponents <= 4) {
	CGFloat components[4];
	char colorstr[8];

	[color getComponents:components];
415
416
417
418
419
420
421


422

423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431

432
433
434

435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450





451
452
453
454

455
456
457
458
459
460
461

    filterInfo.doFileTypes = (fl.filters != NULL);

    filterInfo.fileTypeIndex = 0;
    filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions = [NSMutableArray array];
    filterInfo.fileTypeNames = [NSMutableArray array];
    filterInfo.fileTypeLabels = [NSMutableArray array];


    filterInfo.allAllowedExtensions = [NSMutableArray array];


    if (filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
	for (FileFilter *filterPtr = fl.filters; filterPtr;
		filterPtr = filterPtr->next) {
	    NSString * name = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String: filterPtr -> name];
	    [filterInfo.fileTypeNames addObject:name];
	    [name release];
	    NSMutableArray * clauseextensions = [NSMutableArray array];
	    NSMutableArray * displayextensions = [NSMutableArray array];


	    for (FileFilterClause *clausePtr = filterPtr->clauses; clausePtr;
		    clausePtr = clausePtr->next) {

		for (GlobPattern *globPtr = clausePtr->patterns; globPtr;
			globPtr = globPtr->next) {
		    const char *str = globPtr->pattern;
		    while (*str && (*str == '*' || *str == '.')) {
		    	str++;
		     }
		    if (*str) {
			NSString *extension = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:str];
			if (![filterInfo.allAllowedExtensions containsObject:extension]) {
			    [filterInfo.allAllowedExtensions addObject:extension];
			}

			[clauseextensions addObject:extension];
			[displayextensions addObject:[@"." stringByAppendingString:extension]];

			[extension release];





		    }
		}
	    }
	    [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions addObject:clauseextensions];


	    NSMutableString * label = [[NSMutableString alloc] initWithString:name];
	    [label appendString:@" ("];
	    [label appendString:[displayextensions componentsJoinedByString:@", "]];
	    [label appendString:@")"];
	    [filterInfo.fileTypeLabels addObject:label];
	    [label release];







>
>
|
>









>



>








|
|






>
>
>
>
>




>







437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494

    filterInfo.doFileTypes = (fl.filters != NULL);

    filterInfo.fileTypeIndex = 0;
    filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions = [NSMutableArray array];
    filterInfo.fileTypeNames = [NSMutableArray array];
    filterInfo.fileTypeLabels = [NSMutableArray array];
    filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll = [NSMutableArray array];

    filterInfo.allowedExtensions = [NSMutableArray array];
    filterInfo.allowedExtensionsAllowAll = NO;

    if (filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
	for (FileFilter *filterPtr = fl.filters; filterPtr;
		filterPtr = filterPtr->next) {
	    NSString * name = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String: filterPtr -> name];
	    [filterInfo.fileTypeNames addObject:name];
	    [name release];
	    NSMutableArray * clauseextensions = [NSMutableArray array];
	    NSMutableArray * displayextensions = [NSMutableArray array];
	    bool allowsAll = NO;

	    for (FileFilterClause *clausePtr = filterPtr->clauses; clausePtr;
		    clausePtr = clausePtr->next) {

		for (GlobPattern *globPtr = clausePtr->patterns; globPtr;
			globPtr = globPtr->next) {
		    const char *str = globPtr->pattern;
		    while (*str && (*str == '*' || *str == '.')) {
		    	str++;
		     }
		    if (*str) {
			NSString *extension = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:str];
			if (![filterInfo.allowedExtensions containsObject:extension]) {
			    [filterInfo.allowedExtensions addObject:extension];
			}

			[clauseextensions addObject:extension];
			[displayextensions addObject:[@"." stringByAppendingString:extension]];

			[extension release];
		    } else {
			// it is the all pattern (*, .* or *.*)
			allowsAll = YES;
			filterInfo.allowedExtensionsAllowAll = YES;
			[displayextensions addObject:@"*"];
		    }
		}
	    }
	    [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions addObject:clauseextensions];
	    [filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll addObject:[NSNumber numberWithBool:allowsAll]];

	    NSMutableString * label = [[NSMutableString alloc] initWithString:name];
	    [label appendString:@" ("];
	    [label appendString:[displayextensions componentsJoinedByString:@", "]];
	    [label appendString:@")"];
	    [filterInfo.fileTypeLabels addObject:label];
	    [label release];
483
484
485
486
487
488
489











490
491
492
493
494
495
496
	}

    }

    TkFreeFileFilters(&fl);
    return TCL_OK;
}













/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd --
 *







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
	}

    }

    TkFreeFileFilters(&fl);
    return TCL_OK;
}

bool filterCompatible(NSString *extension, int filterIndex) {
    NSMutableArray *allowedExtensions = [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex: filterIndex];

    /* If this contains the all pattern, accept any extension */
    if ([[filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll objectAtIndex:filterIndex] boolValue]) {
	return true;
    }

    return [allowedExtensions containsObject: extension];
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd --
 *
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647



648
649

650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716











717






718



















719


720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
    [openpanel setAllowsMultipleSelection:multiple];

    if (parseFileFilters(interp, fileTypesPtr, typeVariablePtr) != TCL_OK) {
	goto end;
    }

    if (filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
	NSView  *accessoryView = [[NSView alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0.0, 0.0, 200, 32.0)];
	NSTextField *label = [[NSTextField alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0, 0, 60, 22)];
	[label setEditable:NO];
	[label setStringValue:@"Enable:"];
	[label setBordered:NO];
	[label setBezeled:NO];
	[label setDrawsBackground:NO];

	NSPopUpButton *popupButton = [[NSPopUpButton alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(50.0, 2, 140, 22.0) pullsDown:NO];
	[popupButton addItemsWithTitles:filterInfo.fileTypeLabels];
	[popupButton setAction:@selector(selectFormat:)];

	[accessoryView addSubview:label];
	[accessoryView addSubview:popupButton];

	if (filterInfo.preselectFilter) {
	    /* A specific filter was selected from the typevariable. Select it and
	     * open the accessory view */
	    [popupButton selectItemAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
	    /* on OSX > 10.11, the optons are not visible by default. Ergo allow all file types
	    [openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions[filterInfo.fileTypeIndex]];
	    */
	    [openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:filterInfo.allAllowedExtensions];
	} else {
	    [openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:filterInfo.allAllowedExtensions];
	}




	[openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:NO];


	[openpanel setAccessoryView:accessoryView];
    } else {
	/* No filters are given. Allow picking all files */
	[openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
    }

    if (cmdObj) {
	callbackInfo = ckalloc(sizeof(FilePanelCallbackInfo));
	if (Tcl_IsShared(cmdObj)) {
	    cmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(cmdObj);
	}
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
    }

    callbackInfo->cmdObj = cmdObj;
    callbackInfo->interp = interp;
    callbackInfo->multiple = multiple;
    parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
    if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
	    parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
	[openpanel beginSheetForDirectory:directory
	       file:filename
	       types:openFileTypes
	       modalForWindow:parent
	       modalDelegate:NSApp
	       didEndSelector:
		   @selector(tkFilePanelDidEnd:returnCode:contextInfo:)
	       contextInfo:callbackInfo];
#else
	if (directory || filename ) {
	    NSURL * fileURL = getFileURL(directory, filename);
	    [openpanel setDirectoryURL:fileURL];
	}

	[openpanel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
	       completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode)
	       { [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:openpanel
		       returnCode:returnCode
		       contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ];
#endif
	modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:openpanel];
    } else {
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
	modalReturnCode = [openpanel runModalForDirectory:directory
				 file:filename];
#else
	if (directory || filename ) {
	    NSURL * fileURL = getFileURL(directory, filename);
	    [openpanel setDirectoryURL:fileURL];
	}

	modalReturnCode = [openpanel runModal];
#endif
	[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:openpanel returnCode:modalReturnCode
		contextInfo:callbackInfo];
    }
    result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
    if (parentIsKey) {
	[parent makeKeyWindow];
    }

    if ((typeVariablePtr && (modalReturnCode == NSOKButton)) &&
	filterInfo.doFileTypes && filterInfo.userHasSelectedFilter) {
	/*
	 * The -typevariable must be set to the selected file type, if the dialog was not cancelled
	 */











	#if 0






	NSLog(@"result: %i modal: %li", result, (long)modalReturnCode);



















	#endif


	NSString * selectedFilter = filterInfo.fileTypeNames[filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
	Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, typeVariablePtr, NULL,
		Tcl_NewStringObj([selectedFilter UTF8String], -1), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    }


  end:
    return result;







|


|




|













|

|


>
>
>
|
|
>



















|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<










<


<
<
<
<






<









|



>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
|







658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717










718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727

728
729




730
731
732
733
734
735

736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
    [openpanel setAllowsMultipleSelection:multiple];

    if (parseFileFilters(interp, fileTypesPtr, typeVariablePtr) != TCL_OK) {
	goto end;
    }

    if (filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
	NSView  *accessoryView = [[NSView alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0.0, 0.0, 300, 32.0)];
	NSTextField *label = [[NSTextField alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0, 0, 60, 22)];
	[label setEditable:NO];
	[label setStringValue:@"Filter:"];
	[label setBordered:NO];
	[label setBezeled:NO];
	[label setDrawsBackground:NO];

	NSPopUpButton *popupButton = [[NSPopUpButton alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(50.0, 2, 240, 22.0) pullsDown:NO];
	[popupButton addItemsWithTitles:filterInfo.fileTypeLabels];
	[popupButton setAction:@selector(selectFormat:)];

	[accessoryView addSubview:label];
	[accessoryView addSubview:popupButton];

	if (filterInfo.preselectFilter) {
	    /* A specific filter was selected from the typevariable. Select it and
	     * open the accessory view */
	    [popupButton selectItemAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
	    /* on OSX > 10.11, the optons are not visible by default. Ergo allow all file types
	    [openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions[filterInfo.fileTypeIndex]];
	    */
	    [openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:filterInfo.allowedExtensions];
	} else {
	    [openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:filterInfo.allowedExtensions];
	}

	if (filterInfo.allowedExtensionsAllowAll) {
	    [openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
	} else {
	    [openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:NO];
	}

	[openpanel setAccessoryView:accessoryView];
    } else {
	/* No filters are given. Allow picking all files */
	[openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
    }

    if (cmdObj) {
	callbackInfo = ckalloc(sizeof(FilePanelCallbackInfo));
	if (Tcl_IsShared(cmdObj)) {
	    cmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(cmdObj);
	}
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
    }

    callbackInfo->cmdObj = cmdObj;
    callbackInfo->interp = interp;
    callbackInfo->multiple = multiple;
    parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
    if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
	parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];










	if (directory || filename ) {
	    NSURL * fileURL = getFileURL(directory, filename);
	    [openpanel setDirectoryURL:fileURL];
	}

	[openpanel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
	       completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode)
	       { [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:openpanel
		       returnCode:returnCode
		       contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ];

	modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:openpanel];
    } else {




	if (directory || filename ) {
	    NSURL * fileURL = getFileURL(directory, filename);
	    [openpanel setDirectoryURL:fileURL];
	}

	modalReturnCode = [openpanel runModal];

	[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:openpanel returnCode:modalReturnCode
		contextInfo:callbackInfo];
    }
    result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
    if (parentIsKey) {
	[parent makeKeyWindow];
    }

    if ((typeVariablePtr && (modalReturnCode == NSOKButton)) &&
	filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
	/*
	 * The -typevariable must be set to the selected file type, if the dialog was not cancelled
	 */
	NSInteger selectedFilterIndex = filterInfo.fileTypeIndex;
	NSString *selectedFilter = NULL;
	if (filterInfo.userHasSelectedFilter) {
	    selectedFilterIndex = filterInfo.fileTypeIndex;
	    selectedFilter = [filterInfo.fileTypeNames objectAtIndex:selectedFilterIndex];
	} else {
	    /* Difficult case: the user has not touched the filter settings, but we must
	     * return something in the typevariable. First check if the preselected type is compatible
	     * with the selected file, otherwise choose the first compatible type from the list,
	     * finally fall back to the empty string */
	    NSURL *selectedFile;
	    if (multiple) {
		// Use the first file in the case of multiple selection
		// Anyway it is not overly useful here
		selectedFile = [[openpanel URLs] objectAtIndex:0];
	    } else {
		selectedFile = [openpanel URL];
	    }

	    NSString *extension = [selectedFile pathExtension];
	    if (filterInfo.preselectFilter &&
		filterCompatible(extension, filterInfo.fileTypeIndex)) {
		selectedFilterIndex = filterInfo.fileTypeIndex;  // The preselection from the typevariable
		selectedFilter = [filterInfo.fileTypeNames objectAtIndex:selectedFilterIndex];
	    } else {
		// scan the list
		int i;
		for (i = 0; i < [filterInfo.fileTypeNames count]; i++) {
		    if (filterCompatible(extension, i)) {
			selectedFilterIndex = i;
			break;
		    }
		}
		if (i == selectedFilterIndex) {
		    selectedFilter = [filterInfo.fileTypeNames objectAtIndex:selectedFilterIndex];
		} else {
		    selectedFilter = @"";
		}

	    }
	}

	Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, typeVariablePtr, NULL,
		Tcl_NewStringObj([selectedFilter UTF8String], -1), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    }


  end:
    return result;
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
    }

    if (parseFileFilters(interp, fileTypesPtr, typeVariablePtr) != TCL_OK) {
	goto end;
    }

    if (filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
	NSView  *accessoryView = [[NSView alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0.0, 0.0, 200, 32.0)];
	NSTextField *label = [[NSTextField alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0, 0, 60, 22)];
	[label setEditable:NO];
	[label setStringValue:NSLocalizedString(@"Format:", nil)];
	[label setBordered:NO];
	[label setBezeled:NO];
	[label setDrawsBackground:NO];

	NSPopUpButton *popupButton = [[NSPopUpButton alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(50.0, 2, 140, 22.0) pullsDown:NO];
	[popupButton addItemsWithTitles:filterInfo.fileTypeLabels];
	[popupButton selectItemAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
	[popupButton setAction:@selector(saveFormat:)];

	[accessoryView addSubview:label];
	[accessoryView addSubview:popupButton];

	[savepanel setAccessoryView:accessoryView];

	[savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions[filterInfo.fileTypeIndex]];
	[savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:NO];
    } else if (defaultType) {
	/* If no filetypes are given, defaultextension is an alternative way
	 * to specify the attached extension. Just propose this extension,
	 * but don't display an accessory view */
	NSMutableArray *AllowedFileTypes = [NSMutableArray array];
	[AllowedFileTypes addObject:defaultType];
	[savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:AllowedFileTypes];







|







|









|
|







932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
    }

    if (parseFileFilters(interp, fileTypesPtr, typeVariablePtr) != TCL_OK) {
	goto end;
    }

    if (filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
	NSView  *accessoryView = [[NSView alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0.0, 0.0, 300, 32.0)];
	NSTextField *label = [[NSTextField alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0, 0, 60, 22)];
	[label setEditable:NO];
	[label setStringValue:NSLocalizedString(@"Format:", nil)];
	[label setBordered:NO];
	[label setBezeled:NO];
	[label setDrawsBackground:NO];

	NSPopUpButton *popupButton = [[NSPopUpButton alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(50.0, 2, 340, 22.0) pullsDown:NO];
	[popupButton addItemsWithTitles:filterInfo.fileTypeLabels];
	[popupButton selectItemAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
	[popupButton setAction:@selector(saveFormat:)];

	[accessoryView addSubview:label];
	[accessoryView addSubview:popupButton];

	[savepanel setAccessoryView:accessoryView];

	[savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:[filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex]];
	[savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:filterInfo.allowedExtensionsAllowAll];
    } else if (defaultType) {
	/* If no filetypes are given, defaultextension is an alternative way
	 * to specify the attached extension. Just propose this extension,
	 * but don't display an accessory view */
	NSMutableArray *AllowedFileTypes = [NSMutableArray array];
	[AllowedFileTypes addObject:defaultType];
	[savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:AllowedFileTypes];
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
    callbackInfo->cmdObj = cmdObj;
    callbackInfo->interp = interp;
    callbackInfo->multiple = 0;

    parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
    if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
       parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
	[savepanel beginSheetForDirectory:directory
	       file:filename
	       modalForWindow:parent
	       modalDelegate:NSApp
	       didEndSelector:
		   @selector(tkFilePanelDidEnd:returnCode:contextInfo:)
	       contextInfo:callbackInfo];
#else
	if (directory) {
	    [savepanel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
	}
	   /*check for file name, otherwise set to empty string; crashes with uncaught exception if set to nil*/
	if (filename) {
	    [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:filename];
	} else {
	    [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:@""];
	}
	[savepanel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
	       completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode)
	       { [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:savepanel
		       returnCode:returnCode
		       contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ];
#endif
	modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:savepanel];
    } else {
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
	modalReturnCode = [savepanel runModalForDirectory:directory file:filename];
#else
	if (directory) {
	    [savepanel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
	}
	 /*check for file name, otherwise set to empty string; crashes with uncaught exception if set to nil*/
	if (filename) {
	    [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:filename];
	} else {
	    [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:@""];
	}
	modalReturnCode = [savepanel runModal];
	#if 0
	NSLog(@"modal: %li", modalReturnCode);
	#endif
#endif
	[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:savepanel returnCode:modalReturnCode
		contextInfo:callbackInfo];
    }
    result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
    if (parentIsKey) {
	[parent makeKeyWindow];
    }

    if ((typeVariablePtr && (modalReturnCode == NSOKButton)) && filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
	/*
	 * The -typevariable must be set to the selected file type, if the dialog was not cancelled
	 */
	#if 0
	NSLog(@"result: %i modal: %li", result, (long)modalReturnCode);
	#endif
	NSString * selectedFilter = filterInfo.fileTypeNames[filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
	Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, typeVariablePtr, NULL,
		Tcl_NewStringObj([selectedFilter UTF8String], -1), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    }


  end:
    return result;







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|













<


<
<
<










<
<
<
<












<
<
<
|







979
980
981
982
983
984
985









986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999

1000
1001



1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011




1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023



1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
    callbackInfo->cmdObj = cmdObj;
    callbackInfo->interp = interp;
    callbackInfo->multiple = 0;

    parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
    if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
       parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];









       if (directory) {
	    [savepanel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
	}
	   /*check for file name, otherwise set to empty string; crashes with uncaught exception if set to nil*/
	if (filename) {
	    [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:filename];
	} else {
	    [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:@""];
	}
	[savepanel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
	       completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode)
	       { [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:savepanel
		       returnCode:returnCode
		       contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ];

	modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:savepanel];
    } else {



	if (directory) {
	    [savepanel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
	}
	 /*check for file name, otherwise set to empty string; crashes with uncaught exception if set to nil*/
	if (filename) {
	    [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:filename];
	} else {
	    [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:@""];
	}
	modalReturnCode = [savepanel runModal];




	[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:savepanel returnCode:modalReturnCode
		contextInfo:callbackInfo];
    }
    result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
    if (parentIsKey) {
	[parent makeKeyWindow];
    }

    if ((typeVariablePtr && (modalReturnCode == NSOKButton)) && filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
	/*
	 * The -typevariable must be set to the selected file type, if the dialog was not cancelled
	 */



	NSString * selectedFilter = [filterInfo.fileTypeNames objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
	Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, typeVariablePtr, NULL,
		Tcl_NewStringObj([selectedFilter UTF8String], -1), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    }


  end:
    return result;
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
    callbackInfo->multiple = 0;
    /*check for directory value, set to root if not specified; otherwise crashes with exception because of nil string parameter*/
    if (!directory) {
	directory = @"/";
    }
    parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
    if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
      parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
	[panel beginSheetForDirectory:directory
		file:nil
		modalForWindow:parent
		modalDelegate:NSApp
		didEndSelector: @selector(tkFilePanelDidEnd:returnCode:contextInfo:)
		contextInfo:callbackInfo];
#else
	[panel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
	[panel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
	       completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode)
	       { [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel
		       returnCode:returnCode
		       contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ];
#endif
	modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:panel];
    } else {
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
	modalReturnCode = [panel runModalForDirectory:directory file:nil];
#else
	[panel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
	modalReturnCode = [panel runModal];
#endif
	[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel returnCode:modalReturnCode
		contextInfo:callbackInfo];
    }
    result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
    if (parentIsKey) {
	[parent makeKeyWindow];
    }







|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<






<


<
<
<


<







1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143








1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149

1150
1151



1152
1153

1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
    callbackInfo->multiple = 0;
    /*check for directory value, set to root if not specified; otherwise crashes with exception because of nil string parameter*/
    if (!directory) {
	directory = @"/";
    }
    parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
    if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
	parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];








	[panel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
	[panel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
	       completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode)
	       { [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel
		       returnCode:returnCode
		       contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ];

	modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:panel];
    } else {



	[panel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
	modalReturnCode = [panel runModal];

	[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel returnCode:modalReturnCode
		contextInfo:callbackInfo];
    }
    result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
    if (parentIsKey) {
	[parent makeKeyWindow];
    }

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXDraw.c.

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"
#include "xbytes.h"
#include "tkButton.h"

/*
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_IMAGE_DRAWING
#endif







<







12
13
14
15
16
17
18

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"

#include "tkButton.h"

/*
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_IMAGE_DRAWING
#endif
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
static int useThemedFrame = 0;

/*
 * Prototypes for functions used only in this file.
 */

static void ClipToGC(Drawable d, GC gc, HIShapeRef *clipRgnPtr);
static CGImageRef CreateCGImageWithXImage(XImage *ximage);
static CGContextRef GetCGContextForDrawable(Drawable d);
static void DrawCGImage(Drawable d, GC gc, CGContextRef context, CGImageRef image,
	unsigned long imageForeground, unsigned long imageBackground,
	CGRect imageBounds, CGRect srcBounds, CGRect dstBounds);


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXInitCGDrawing --
 *
 *	Initializes link vars that control CG drawing.







<
<
<
<
<
<







40
41
42
43
44
45
46






47
48
49
50
51
52
53
static int useThemedFrame = 0;

/*
 * Prototypes for functions used only in this file.
 */

static void ClipToGC(Drawable d, GC gc, HIShapeRef *clipRgnPtr);







/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXInitCGDrawing --
 *
 *	Initializes link vars that control CG drawing.
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117

118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158

159

160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * BitmapRepFromDrawableRect
 *
 *	Extract bitmap data from a MacOSX drawable as an NSBitmapImageRep.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns an autoreleased NSBitmapRep representing the image of the given
 *      rectangle of the given drawable.

 *
 *      NOTE: The x,y coordinates should be relative to a coordinate system with
 *      origin at the top left, as used by XImage and CGImage, not bottom
 *      left as used by NSView.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *     None
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
NSBitmapImageRep*
BitmapRepFromDrawableRect(
        Drawable drawable,
	int x,
	int y,
	unsigned int width,
	unsigned int height)
{
    MacDrawable *mac_drawable = (MacDrawable *) drawable;
    CGContextRef cg_context=NULL;
    CGImageRef cg_image=NULL, sub_cg_image=NULL;
    NSBitmapImageRep *bitmap_rep=NULL;
    NSView *view=NULL;
    if ( mac_drawable->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP ) {
	/*
	   This means that the MacDrawable is functioning as a Tk Pixmap, so its view
	   field is NULL.
	*/
	cg_context = GetCGContextForDrawable(drawable);
	CGRect image_rect = CGRectMake(x, y, width, height);
	cg_image = CGBitmapContextCreateImage( (CGContextRef) cg_context);
	sub_cg_image = CGImageCreateWithImageInRect(cg_image, image_rect);
	if ( sub_cg_image ) {
	    /*This can be dealloc'ed prematurely if set for autorelease, causing crashes.*/
	    bitmap_rep = [NSBitmapImageRep alloc];
	    [bitmap_rep initWithCGImage:sub_cg_image];
	}
	if ( cg_image ) {
	    CGImageRelease(cg_image);
	}
    } else if ( (view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(mac_drawable)) ) {

	/* convert top-left coordinates to NSView coordinates */

	int view_height = [view bounds].size.height;
	NSRect view_rect = NSMakeRect(x + mac_drawable->xOff,
				      view_height - height - y - mac_drawable->yOff,
				      width,height);

	if ( [view lockFocusIfCanDraw] ) {
	    /*This can be dealloc'ed prematurely if set for autorelease, causing crashes.*/
	    bitmap_rep = [NSBitmapImageRep alloc];
	    bitmap_rep = [bitmap_rep initWithFocusedViewRect:view_rect];
	    [view unlockFocus];
	} else {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Could not lock focus on view.");
	}








|




|
|
>











|













|
|

|




<







>
|
>


|
|


<







97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144

145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160

161
162
163
164
165
166
167
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXBitmapRepFromDrawableRect
 *
 *	Extract bitmap data from a MacOSX drawable as an NSBitmapImageRep.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns an NSBitmapRep representing the image of the given
 *      rectangle of the given drawable.  This object is retained.
 *      The caller is responsible for releasing it.
 *
 *      NOTE: The x,y coordinates should be relative to a coordinate system with
 *      origin at the top left, as used by XImage and CGImage, not bottom
 *      left as used by NSView.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *     None
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
NSBitmapImageRep*
TkMacOSXBitmapRepFromDrawableRect(
        Drawable drawable,
	int x,
	int y,
	unsigned int width,
	unsigned int height)
{
    MacDrawable *mac_drawable = (MacDrawable *) drawable;
    CGContextRef cg_context=NULL;
    CGImageRef cg_image=NULL, sub_cg_image=NULL;
    NSBitmapImageRep *bitmap_rep=NULL;
    NSView *view=NULL;
    if ( mac_drawable->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP ) {
	/*
	 * This means that the MacDrawable is functioning as a
	 * Tk Pixmap, so its view field is NULL.
	*/
	cg_context = TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(drawable);
	CGRect image_rect = CGRectMake(x, y, width, height);
	cg_image = CGBitmapContextCreateImage( (CGContextRef) cg_context);
	sub_cg_image = CGImageCreateWithImageInRect(cg_image, image_rect);
	if ( sub_cg_image ) {

	    bitmap_rep = [NSBitmapImageRep alloc];
	    [bitmap_rep initWithCGImage:sub_cg_image];
	}
	if ( cg_image ) {
	    CGImageRelease(cg_image);
	}
    } else if ( (view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(mac_drawable)) ) {
	/*
	 * Convert Tk top-left to NSView bottom-left coordinates.
	 */
	int view_height = [view bounds].size.height;
	NSRect view_rect = NSMakeRect(x + mac_drawable->xOff,
			       view_height - height - y - mac_drawable->yOff,
			       width, height);

	if ( [view lockFocusIfCanDraw] ) {

	    bitmap_rep = [NSBitmapImageRep alloc];
	    bitmap_rep = [bitmap_rep initWithFocusedViewRect:view_rect];
	    [view unlockFocus];
	} else {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Could not lock focus on view.");
	}

226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
	/*TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Failed to setup drawing context.");*/
    }

    if ( dc.context ) {
	if (srcDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) {
	    img = TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(src);
	}else if (TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(src)) {
	    bitmap_rep =  BitmapRepFromDrawableRect(src, src_x, src_y, width, height);
	    if ( bitmap_rep ) {
		img = [bitmap_rep CGImage];
	    }
	} else {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable - neither window nor pixmap.");
	}

	if (img) {
	    DrawCGImage(dst, gc, dc.context, img, gc->foreground, gc->background,
			CGRectMake(0, 0, srcDraw->size.width, srcDraw->size.height),
			CGRectMake(src_x, src_y, width, height),
			CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height));
	    CFRelease(img);


	} else {







|








|







220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
	/*TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Failed to setup drawing context.");*/
    }

    if ( dc.context ) {
	if (srcDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) {
	    img = TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(src);
	}else if (TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(src)) {
	    bitmap_rep =  TkMacOSXBitmapRepFromDrawableRect(src, src_x, src_y, width, height);
	    if ( bitmap_rep ) {
		img = [bitmap_rep CGImage];
	    }
	} else {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable - neither window nor pixmap.");
	}

	if (img) {
	    TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(dst, gc, dc.context, img, gc->foreground, gc->background,
			CGRectMake(0, 0, srcDraw->size.width, srcDraw->size.height),
			CGRectMake(src_x, src_y, width, height),
			CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height));
	    CFRelease(img);


	} else {
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
		    CGContextFillRect(context, rect);
		    CGContextRestoreGState(context);
		    CGImageRelease(img);
		    CGImageRelease(mask);
		    CGImageRelease(submask);
		    CGImageRelease(subimage);
		} else {
		    DrawCGImage(dst, gc, dc.context, img, gc->foreground, imageBackground,
				CGRectMake(0, 0, srcDraw->size.width, srcDraw->size.height),
				CGRectMake(src_x, src_y, width, height),
				CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height));
		    CGImageRelease(img);
		}
	    } else { /* no image */
		TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable");
	    }
	} else {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid destination drawable - could not get a bitmap context.");
	}
	TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
    } else { /* source drawable is a window, not a Pixmap */
	XCopyArea(display, src, dst, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height, dest_x, dest_y);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkPutImage --
 *
 *	Copies a subimage from an in-memory image to a rectangle of
 *	of the specified drawable.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Draws the image on the specified drawable.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkPutImage(
    unsigned long *colors,	/* Unused on Macintosh. */
    int ncolors,			/* Unused on Macintosh. */
    Display* display,		/* Display. */
    Drawable d,			/* Drawable to place image on. */
    GC gc,				/* GC to use. */
    XImage* image,		/* Image to place. */
    int src_x,			/* Source X & Y. */
    int src_y,
    int dest_x,			/* Destination X & Y. */
    int dest_y,
    unsigned int width,	/* Same width & height for both */
    unsigned int height)	/* distination and source. */
{
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;

    display->request++;
    if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, 1, &dc)) {
	return BadDrawable;
    }
    if (dc.context) {
	CGImageRef img = CreateCGImageWithXImage(image);

	if (img) {
	    /* If the XImage has big pixels, rescale the source dimensions.*/
	    int pp = image->pixelpower;
	    DrawCGImage(d, gc, dc.context, img, gc->foreground, gc->background,
		    CGRectMake(0, 0, image->width<<pp, image->height<<pp),
		    CGRectMake(src_x<<pp, src_y<<pp, width<<pp, height<<pp),
		    CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height));
	    CFRelease(img);
	} else {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable");
	}
    } else {
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid destination drawable");
    }
    TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
    return Success;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * CreateCGImageWithXImage --
 *
 *	Create CGImage from XImage, copying the image data.
 *
 * Results:
 *	CGImage, release after use.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void ReleaseData(void *info, const void *data, size_t size) {
    ckfree(info);
}

CGImageRef
CreateCGImageWithXImage(
    XImage *image)
{
    CGImageRef img = NULL;
    size_t bitsPerComponent, bitsPerPixel;
    size_t len = image->bytes_per_line * image->height;
    const CGFloat *decode = NULL;
    CGBitmapInfo bitmapInfo;
    CGDataProviderRef provider = NULL;
    char *data = NULL;
    CGDataProviderReleaseDataCallback releaseData = ReleaseData;

    if (image->bits_per_pixel == 1) {
	/*
	 * BW image
	 */

	/* Reverses the sense of the bits */
	static const CGFloat decodeWB[2] = {1, 0};
	decode = decodeWB;

	bitsPerComponent = 1;
	bitsPerPixel = 1;
	if (image->bitmap_bit_order != MSBFirst) {
	    char *srcPtr = image->data + image->xoffset;
	    char *endPtr = srcPtr + len;
	    char *destPtr = (data = ckalloc(len));

	    while (srcPtr < endPtr) {
		*destPtr++ = xBitReverseTable[(unsigned char)(*(srcPtr++))];
	    }
	} else {
	    data = memcpy(ckalloc(len), image->data + image->xoffset, len);
	}
	if (data) {
	    provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(data, data, len, releaseData);
	}
	if (provider) {
	    img = CGImageMaskCreate(image->width, image->height, bitsPerComponent,
				    bitsPerPixel, image->bytes_per_line, provider, decode, 0);
	}
    } else if (image->format == ZPixmap && image->bits_per_pixel == 32) {
	/*
	 * Color image
	 */

	CGColorSpaceRef colorspace = CGColorSpaceCreateWithName(kCGColorSpaceSRGB);

	bitsPerComponent = 8;
	bitsPerPixel = 32;
	bitmapInfo = (image->byte_order == MSBFirst ?
		kCGBitmapByteOrder32Big : kCGBitmapByteOrder32Little) |
		kCGImageAlphaNoneSkipFirst;
	data = memcpy(ckalloc(len), image->data + image->xoffset, len);
	if (data) {
	    provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(data, data, len, releaseData);
	}
	if (provider) {
	    img = CGImageCreate(image->width, image->height, bitsPerComponent,
		    bitsPerPixel, image->bytes_per_line, colorspace, bitmapInfo,
		    provider, decode, 0, kCGRenderingIntentDefault);
	    CFRelease(provider);
	}
	if (colorspace) {
	    CFRelease(colorspace);
	}
    } else {
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Unsupported image type");
    }
    return img;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable --
 *
 *	Create a CGImage from the given Drawable.







|
















<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
























































































































































353
354
355
356
357
358
359
		    CGContextFillRect(context, rect);
		    CGContextRestoreGState(context);
		    CGImageRelease(img);
		    CGImageRelease(mask);
		    CGImageRelease(submask);
		    CGImageRelease(subimage);
		} else {
		    TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(dst, gc, dc.context, img, gc->foreground, imageBackground,
				CGRectMake(0, 0, srcDraw->size.width, srcDraw->size.height),
				CGRectMake(src_x, src_y, width, height),
				CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height));
		    CGImageRelease(img);
		}
	    } else { /* no image */
		TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable");
	    }
	} else {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid destination drawable - could not get a bitmap context.");
	}
	TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
    } else { /* source drawable is a window, not a Pixmap */
	XCopyArea(display, src, dst, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height, dest_x, dest_y);
    }
}

























































































































































/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable --
 *
 *	Create a CGImage from the given Drawable.
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
 */

CGImageRef
TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(
    Drawable drawable)
{
    CGImageRef img = NULL;
    CGContextRef context = GetCGContextForDrawable(drawable);

    if (context) {
	img = CGBitmapContextCreateImage(context);
    }
    return img;
}








|







368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
 */

CGImageRef
TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(
    Drawable drawable)
{
    CGImageRef img = NULL;
    CGContextRef context = TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(drawable);

    if (context) {
	img = CGBitmapContextCreateImage(context);
    }
    return img;
}

594
595
596
597
598
599
600

601
602

603
604
605
606
607
608
609
TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithTkImage(
    Display *display,
    Tk_Image image,
    int width,
    int height)
{
    Pixmap pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, None, width, height, 0);

    NSImage *nsImage;


    Tk_RedrawImage(image, 0, 0, width, height, pixmap, 0, 0);
    nsImage = CreateNSImageWithPixmap(pixmap, width, height);
    Tk_FreePixmap(display, pixmap);

    return [nsImage autorelease];
}








>


>







436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithTkImage(
    Display *display,
    Tk_Image image,
    int width,
    int height)
{
    Pixmap pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, None, width, height, 0);
    MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *) pixmap;
    NSImage *nsImage;

    macDraw->flags |= TK_USE_XIMAGE_ALPHA;
    Tk_RedrawImage(image, 0, 0, width, height, pixmap, 0, 0);
    nsImage = CreateNSImageWithPixmap(pixmap, width, height);
    Tk_FreePixmap(display, pixmap);

    return [nsImage autorelease];
}

645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695

    return [nsImage autorelease];
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetCGContextForDrawable --
 *
 *	Get CGContext for given Drawable, creating one if necessary.
 *
 * Results:
 *	CGContext.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

CGContextRef
GetCGContextForDrawable(
    Drawable d)
{
    MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *) d;

    if (macDraw && (macDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) && !macDraw->context) {
	const size_t bitsPerComponent = 8;
	size_t bitsPerPixel, bytesPerRow, len;
	CGColorSpaceRef colorspace = NULL;
	CGBitmapInfo bitmapInfo =
#ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
	kCGBitmapByteOrder32Host;
#else
	kCGBitmapByteOrderDefault;
#endif
	char *data;
	CGRect bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0, macDraw->size.width, macDraw->size.height);

	if (macDraw->flags & TK_IS_BW_PIXMAP) {
	    bitsPerPixel = 8;
	    bitmapInfo = (CGBitmapInfo)kCGImageAlphaOnly;
	} else {
	    colorspace = CGColorSpaceCreateWithName(kCGColorSpaceGenericRGB);
	    bitsPerPixel = 32;
	    bitmapInfo |= kCGImageAlphaPremultipliedFirst;
	}
	bytesPerRow = ((size_t) macDraw->size.width * bitsPerPixel + 127) >> 3
		& ~15;
	len = macDraw->size.height * bytesPerRow;
	data = ckalloc(len);







|













|
|

|


















|







489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539

    return [nsImage autorelease];
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable --
 *
 *	Get CGContext for given Drawable, creating one if necessary.
 *
 * Results:
 *	CGContext.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

CGContextRef
TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(
    Drawable drawable)
{
    MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *) drawable;

    if (macDraw && (macDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) && !macDraw->context) {
	const size_t bitsPerComponent = 8;
	size_t bitsPerPixel, bytesPerRow, len;
	CGColorSpaceRef colorspace = NULL;
	CGBitmapInfo bitmapInfo =
#ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
	kCGBitmapByteOrder32Host;
#else
	kCGBitmapByteOrderDefault;
#endif
	char *data;
	CGRect bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0, macDraw->size.width, macDraw->size.height);

	if (macDraw->flags & TK_IS_BW_PIXMAP) {
	    bitsPerPixel = 8;
	    bitmapInfo = (CGBitmapInfo)kCGImageAlphaOnly;
	} else {
	    colorspace = CGColorSpaceCreateDeviceRGB();
	    bitsPerPixel = 32;
	    bitmapInfo |= kCGImageAlphaPremultipliedFirst;
	}
	bytesPerRow = ((size_t) macDraw->size.width * bitsPerPixel + 127) >> 3
		& ~15;
	len = macDraw->size.height * bytesPerRow;
	data = ckalloc(len);
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735

    return (macDraw ? macDraw->context : NULL);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DrawCGImage --
 *
 *	Draw CG image into drawable.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
DrawCGImage(
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    CGContextRef context,
    CGImageRef image,
    unsigned long imageForeground,
    unsigned long imageBackground,
    CGRect imageBounds,







|













|







551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579

    return (macDraw ? macDraw->context : NULL);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXDrawCGImage --
 *
 *	Draw CG image into drawable.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    CGContextRef context,
    CGImageRef image,
    unsigned long imageForeground,
    unsigned long imageBackground,
    CGRect imageBounds,
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
 *
 * TkScrollWindow --
 *
 *	Scroll a rectangle of the specified window and accumulate
 *	a damage region.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns 0 if the scroll genereated no additional damage.
 *	Otherwise, sets the region that needs to be repainted after
 *	scrolling and returns 1.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Scrolls the bits in the window.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------







|







1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
 *
 * TkScrollWindow --
 *
 *	Scroll a rectangle of the specified window and accumulate
 *	a damage region.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns 0 if the scroll generated no additional damage.
 *	Otherwise, sets the region that needs to be repainted after
 *	scrolling and returns 1.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Scrolls the bits in the window.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
    HIShapeRef dmgRgn = NULL, extraRgn = NULL;
    NSRect bounds, visRect, scrollSrc, scrollDst;
    int result = 0;

    if ( view ) {
  	/*  Get the scroll area in NSView coordinates (origin at bottom left). */
  	bounds = [view bounds];
 	scrollSrc = NSMakeRect(
			       macDraw->xOff + x,
			       bounds.size.height - height - (macDraw->yOff + y),
			       width, height);
 	scrollDst = NSOffsetRect(scrollSrc, dx, -dy);

  	/* Limit scrolling to the window content area. */
 	visRect = [view visibleRect];
 	scrollSrc = NSIntersectionRect(scrollSrc, visRect);
 	scrollDst = NSIntersectionRect(scrollDst, visRect);
 	if ( !NSIsEmptyRect(scrollSrc) && !NSIsEmptyRect(scrollDst) ) {

  	    /*
  	     * Mark the difference between source and destination as damaged.
	     * This region is described in NSView coordinates (y=0 at the bottom)
	     * and converted to Tk coordinates later.
  	     */

	    srcRect = CGRectMake(x, y, width, height);
	    dstRect = CGRectOffset(srcRect, dx, dy);

	    /* Compute the damage. */
  	    dmgRgn = HIShapeCreateMutableWithRect(&srcRect);
 	    extraRgn = HIShapeCreateWithRect(&dstRect);
 	    ChkErr(HIShapeDifference, dmgRgn, extraRgn, (HIMutableShapeRef) dmgRgn);
	    result = HIShapeIsEmpty(dmgRgn) ? 0 : 1;

	    /* Convert to Tk coordinates. */
	    TkMacOSXSetWithNativeRegion(damageRgn, dmgRgn);
	    if (extraRgn) {
		CFRelease(extraRgn);
	    }

 	    /* Scroll the rectangle. */
 	    [view scrollRect:scrollSrc by:NSMakeSize(dx, -dy)];

	    /* Shift the Tk children which meet the source rectangle. */
	    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)tkwin;
	    TkWindow *childPtr;
	    CGRect childBounds;
	    for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL; childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {
		if (Tk_IsMapped(childPtr) && !Tk_IsTopLevel(childPtr)) {
		    TkMacOSXWinCGBounds(childPtr, &childBounds);
		    if (CGRectIntersectsRect(srcRect, childBounds)) {
			MacDrawable *macChild = childPtr->privatePtr;
			if (macChild) {
			    macChild->yOff += dy;
			    macChild->xOff += dx;
			    childPtr->changes.y = macChild->yOff;
			    childPtr->changes.x = macChild->xOff;
			}
		    }
		}
	    }

	    /* Queue up Expose events for the damage region. */
	    int oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_NONE);
	    [view generateExposeEvents:dmgRgn childrenOnly:1];
	    Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode);
  	}
    } else {
	dmgRgn = HIShapeCreateEmpty();
	TkMacOSXSetWithNativeRegion(damageRgn, dmgRgn);
    }

    if (dmgRgn) {







|
<









<















|







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363

1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372

1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
























1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
    HIShapeRef dmgRgn = NULL, extraRgn = NULL;
    NSRect bounds, visRect, scrollSrc, scrollDst;
    int result = 0;

    if ( view ) {
  	/*  Get the scroll area in NSView coordinates (origin at bottom left). */
  	bounds = [view bounds];
 	scrollSrc = NSMakeRect(macDraw->xOff + x,

			       bounds.size.height - height - (macDraw->yOff + y),
			       width, height);
 	scrollDst = NSOffsetRect(scrollSrc, dx, -dy);

  	/* Limit scrolling to the window content area. */
 	visRect = [view visibleRect];
 	scrollSrc = NSIntersectionRect(scrollSrc, visRect);
 	scrollDst = NSIntersectionRect(scrollDst, visRect);
 	if ( !NSIsEmptyRect(scrollSrc) && !NSIsEmptyRect(scrollDst) ) {

  	    /*
  	     * Mark the difference between source and destination as damaged.
	     * This region is described in NSView coordinates (y=0 at the bottom)
	     * and converted to Tk coordinates later.
  	     */

	    srcRect = CGRectMake(x, y, width, height);
	    dstRect = CGRectOffset(srcRect, dx, dy);

	    /* Compute the damage. */
  	    dmgRgn = HIShapeCreateMutableWithRect(&srcRect);
 	    extraRgn = HIShapeCreateWithRect(&dstRect);
 	    ChkErr(HIShapeDifference, dmgRgn, extraRgn, (HIMutableShapeRef) dmgRgn);
	    result = HIShapeIsEmpty(dmgRgn) ? 0 : 1;

	    /* Convert to Tk coordinates, offset by the window origin. */
	    TkMacOSXSetWithNativeRegion(damageRgn, dmgRgn);
	    if (extraRgn) {
		CFRelease(extraRgn);
	    }

 	    /* Scroll the rectangle. */
 	    [view scrollRect:scrollSrc by:NSMakeSize(dx, -dy)];
























  	}
    } else {
	dmgRgn = HIShapeCreateEmpty();
	TkMacOSXSetWithNativeRegion(damageRgn, dmgRgn);
    }

    if (dmgRgn) {
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
	ClipToGC(d, gc, &dc.clipRgn);
	dontDraw = dc.clipRgn ? HIShapeIsEmpty(dc.clipRgn) : 0;
    }
    if (dontDraw) {
	goto end;
    }
    if (useCG) {
	dc.context = GetCGContextForDrawable(d);
    }
    if (!dc.context || !(macDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP)) {
	isWin = (TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(d) != nil);
    }
    if (dc.context) {
	dc.portBounds = clipBounds = CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(dc.context);
    } else if (isWin) {







|







1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
	ClipToGC(d, gc, &dc.clipRgn);
	dontDraw = dc.clipRgn ? HIShapeIsEmpty(dc.clipRgn) : 0;
    }
    if (dontDraw) {
	goto end;
    }
    if (useCG) {
	dc.context = TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(d);
    }
    if (!dc.context || !(macDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP)) {
	isWin = (TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(d) != nil);
    }
    if (dc.context) {
	dc.portBounds = clipBounds = CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(dc.context);
    } else if (isWin) {

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXEmbed.c.

189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkpScanWindowId(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    CONST char * string,
    Window *idPtr)
{
    int code;
    Tcl_Obj obj;

    obj.refCount = 1;
    obj.bytes = (char *) string;	/* DANGER?! */







|







189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkpScanWindowId(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    const char * string,
    Window *idPtr)
{
    int code;
    Tcl_Obj obj;

    obj.refCount = 1;
    obj.bytes = (char *) string;	/* DANGER?! */
795
796
797
798
799
800
801







802
803
804
805
806
807
808
    ClientData clientData,	/* Token for container window. */
    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* ResizeRequest event. */
{
    TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
    Container *containerPtr;
    Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler;








    /*
     * Ignore any X protocol errors that happen in this procedure (almost any
     * operation could fail, for example, if the embedded application has
     * deleted its window).
     */

    errHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->xfocus.display, -1,







>
>
>
>
>
>
>







795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
    ClientData clientData,	/* Token for container window. */
    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* ResizeRequest event. */
{
    TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
    Container *containerPtr;
    Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler;

    if (!firstContainerPtr) {
	/*
	 * When the interpreter is being dismantled this can be nil.
	 */
	return;
    }
    
    /*
     * Ignore any X protocol errors that happen in this procedure (almost any
     * operation could fail, for example, if the embedded application has
     * deleted its window).
     */

    errHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->xfocus.display, -1,

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXEvent.c.

10
11
12
13
14
15
16

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"


#pragma mark TKApplication(TKEvent)

enum {
    NSWindowWillMoveEventType = 20
};








>







10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"
#include "tkMacOSXConstants.h"

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKEvent)

enum {
    NSWindowWillMoveEventType = 20
};

84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
    case NSApplicationDefined: {
	id win;
	win = [theEvent window];
	break;
	}
    case NSCursorUpdate:
        break;
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1060
    case NSEventTypeGesture:
    case NSEventTypeMagnify:
    case NSEventTypeRotate:
    case NSEventTypeSwipe:
    case NSEventTypeBeginGesture:
    case NSEventTypeEndGesture:
        break;
#endif
#endif

    default:
	break; /* return theEvent */
    }
    return processedEvent;
}







<







<







85
86
87
88
89
90
91

92
93
94
95
96
97
98

99
100
101
102
103
104
105
    case NSApplicationDefined: {
	id win;
	win = [theEvent window];
	break;
	}
    case NSCursorUpdate:
        break;

    case NSEventTypeGesture:
    case NSEventTypeMagnify:
    case NSEventTypeRotate:
    case NSEventTypeSwipe:
    case NSEventTypeBeginGesture:
    case NSEventTypeEndGesture:
        break;

#endif

    default:
	break; /* return theEvent */
    }
    return processedEvent;
}

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXFont.c.

255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
    if (reqFaPtr) {
	*faPtr = *reqFaPtr;
    } else {
	TkInitFontAttributes(faPtr);
    }
    fontPtr->nsFont = nsFont;
    // some don't like antialiasing on fixed-width even if bigger than limit
//    dontAA = [nsFont isFixedPitch] && fontPtr->font.fa.size <= 10;
    if (antialiasedTextEnabled >= 0/* || dontAA*/) {
	renderingMode = (antialiasedTextEnabled == 0/* || dontAA*/) ?
		NSFontIntegerAdvancementsRenderingMode :
		NSFontAntialiasedRenderingMode;
    }
    nsFont = [nsFont screenFontWithRenderingMode:renderingMode];
    GetTkFontAttributesForNSFont(nsFont, faPtr);







|







255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
    if (reqFaPtr) {
	*faPtr = *reqFaPtr;
    } else {
	TkInitFontAttributes(faPtr);
    }
    fontPtr->nsFont = nsFont;
    // some don't like antialiasing on fixed-width even if bigger than limit
    // dontAA = [nsFont isFixedPitch] && fontPtr->font.fa.size <= 10;
    if (antialiasedTextEnabled >= 0/* || dontAA*/) {
	renderingMode = (antialiasedTextEnabled == 0/* || dontAA*/) ?
		NSFontIntegerAdvancementsRenderingMode :
		NSFontAntialiasedRenderingMode;
    }
    nsFont = [nsFont screenFontWithRenderingMode:renderingMode];
    GetTkFontAttributesForNSFont(nsFont, faPtr);
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837

    if (rangeStart < 0 || rangeLength <= 0 ||
	    rangeStart + rangeLength > numBytes ||
	    (maxLength == 0 && !(flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE))) {
	*lengthPtr = 0;
	return 0;
    }
#if 0
    /* Back-compatibility with ATSUI renderer, appears not to be needed */
    if (rangeStart == 0 && maxLength == 1 && (flags & TK_ISOLATE_END) &&
	    !(flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE)) {
	length = 0;
	fit = 0;
	goto done;
    }
#endif
    if (maxLength > 32767) {
	maxLength = 32767;
    }
    string = [[NSString alloc] initWithBytesNoCopy:(void*)source
		length:numBytes encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding freeWhenDone:NO];
    if (!string) {
	length = 0;







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







815
816
817
818
819
820
821









822
823
824
825
826
827
828

    if (rangeStart < 0 || rangeLength <= 0 ||
	    rangeStart + rangeLength > numBytes ||
	    (maxLength == 0 && !(flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE))) {
	*lengthPtr = 0;
	return 0;
    }









    if (maxLength > 32767) {
	maxLength = 32767;
    }
    string = [[NSString alloc] initWithBytesNoCopy:(void*)source
		length:numBytes encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding freeWhenDone:NO];
    if (!string) {
	length = 0;
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
	    "flags='%s%s%s%s' -> width=%d bytesFit=%d\n", source, rangeLength,
	    source+rangeStart, maxLength,
	    flags & TK_PARTIAL_OK   ? "partialOk "  : "",
	    flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS  ? "wholeWords " : "",
	    flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE ? "atLeastOne " : "",
	    flags & TK_ISOLATE_END  ? "isolateEnd " : "",
	    length, fit);
//if (!(rangeLength==1 && rangeStart == 0)) fprintf(stderr, "   measure len=%d (max=%d, w=%.0f) from %d (nb=%d): source=\"%s\": index=%d return %d\n",rangeLength,maxLength,width,rangeStart,numBytes, source+rangeStart, index, fit);
#endif
    *lengthPtr = length;
    return fit;
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------







<







908
909
910
911
912
913
914

915
916
917
918
919
920
921
	    "flags='%s%s%s%s' -> width=%d bytesFit=%d\n", source, rangeLength,
	    source+rangeStart, maxLength,
	    flags & TK_PARTIAL_OK   ? "partialOk "  : "",
	    flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS  ? "wholeWords " : "",
	    flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE ? "atLeastOne " : "",
	    flags & TK_ISOLATE_END  ? "isolateEnd " : "",
	    length, fit);

#endif
    *lengthPtr = length;
    return fit;
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c.

32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
/*
 * Static functions used only in this file.
 */

static void tkMacOSXProcessFiles(NSAppleEventDescriptor* event,
				 NSAppleEventDescriptor* replyEvent,
				 Tcl_Interp *interp,
				 char* procedure);
static int  MissedAnyParameters(const AppleEvent *theEvent);
static int  ReallyKillMe(Tcl_Event *eventPtr, int flags);

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKHLEvents)

@implementation TKApplication(TKHLEvents)
- (void) terminate: (id) sender







|







32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
/*
 * Static functions used only in this file.
 */

static void tkMacOSXProcessFiles(NSAppleEventDescriptor* event,
				 NSAppleEventDescriptor* replyEvent,
				 Tcl_Interp *interp,
				 const char* procedure);
static int  MissedAnyParameters(const AppleEvent *theEvent);
static int  ReallyKillMe(Tcl_Event *eventPtr, int flags);

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKHLEvents)

@implementation TKApplication(TKHLEvents)
- (void) terminate: (id) sender
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
 */

static void
tkMacOSXProcessFiles(
    NSAppleEventDescriptor* event,
    NSAppleEventDescriptor* replyEvent,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    char* procedure)
{
    Tcl_Encoding utf8 = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "utf-8");
    const AEDesc *fileSpecDesc = nil;
    AEDesc contents;
    char URLString[1 + URL_MAX_LENGTH];
    NSURL *fileURL;
    DescType type;
    Size actual;
    long count, index;







|

|







273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
 */

static void
tkMacOSXProcessFiles(
    NSAppleEventDescriptor* event,
    NSAppleEventDescriptor* replyEvent,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    const char* procedure)
{
    Tcl_Encoding utf8;
    const AEDesc *fileSpecDesc = nil;
    AEDesc contents;
    char URLString[1 + URL_MAX_LENGTH];
    NSURL *fileURL;
    DescType type;
    Size actual;
    long count, index;
327
328
329
330
331
332
333

334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351


352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
    /*
     * Construct a Tcl command which calls the procedure, passing the
     * paths contained in the AppleEvent as arguments.
     */

    Tcl_DStringInit(&command);
    Tcl_DStringAppend(&command, procedure, -1);


    for (index = 1; index <= count; index++) {
	if (noErr != AEGetNthPtr(fileSpecDesc, index, typeFileURL, &keyword,
				 &type, (Ptr) URLString, URL_MAX_LENGTH, &actual)) {
	    continue;
	}
	if (type != typeFileURL) {
	    continue;
	}
	URLString[actual] = '\0';
	fileURL = [NSURL URLWithString:[NSString stringWithUTF8String:(char*)URLString]];
	if (fileURL == nil) {
	    continue;
	}
	Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(utf8, [[fileURL path] UTF8String], -1, &pathName);
	Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&command, Tcl_DStringValue(&pathName));
	Tcl_DStringFree(&pathName);
    }


    AEDisposeDesc(&contents);

    /*
     * Handle the event by evaluating the Tcl expression we constructed.
     */

    code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&command),
	    Tcl_DStringLength(&command), TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
    if (code != TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, code);
    }
    Tcl_DStringFree(&command);
    return;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents --
 *







>


















>
>












<







327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366

367
368
369
370
371
372
373
    /*
     * Construct a Tcl command which calls the procedure, passing the
     * paths contained in the AppleEvent as arguments.
     */

    Tcl_DStringInit(&command);
    Tcl_DStringAppend(&command, procedure, -1);
    utf8 = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "utf-8");

    for (index = 1; index <= count; index++) {
	if (noErr != AEGetNthPtr(fileSpecDesc, index, typeFileURL, &keyword,
				 &type, (Ptr) URLString, URL_MAX_LENGTH, &actual)) {
	    continue;
	}
	if (type != typeFileURL) {
	    continue;
	}
	URLString[actual] = '\0';
	fileURL = [NSURL URLWithString:[NSString stringWithUTF8String:(char*)URLString]];
	if (fileURL == nil) {
	    continue;
	}
	Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(utf8, [[fileURL path] UTF8String], -1, &pathName);
	Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&command, Tcl_DStringValue(&pathName));
	Tcl_DStringFree(&pathName);
    }

    Tcl_FreeEncoding(utf8);
    AEDisposeDesc(&contents);

    /*
     * Handle the event by evaluating the Tcl expression we constructed.
     */

    code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&command),
	    Tcl_DStringLength(&command), TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
    if (code != TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, code);
    }
    Tcl_DStringFree(&command);

}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents --
 *

Added macosx/tkMacOSXImage.c.









































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
/*
 * tkMacOSXImage.c --
 *
 *	The code in this file provides an interface for XImages,
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 * Copyright 2017 Marc Culler.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "xbytes.h"

#pragma mark XImage handling

int
_XInitImageFuncPtrs(
    XImage *image)
{
    return 0;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithXImage --
 *
 *	Create CGImage from XImage, copying the image data.
 *
 * Results:
 *	CGImage, release after use.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void ReleaseData(void *info, const void *data, size_t size) {
    ckfree(info);
}

CGImageRef
TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithXImage(
    XImage *image,
    int use_ximage_alpha)
{
    CGImageRef img = NULL;
    size_t bitsPerComponent, bitsPerPixel;
    size_t len = image->bytes_per_line * image->height;
    const CGFloat *decode = NULL;
    CGBitmapInfo bitmapInfo;
    CGDataProviderRef provider = NULL;
    char *data = NULL;
    CGDataProviderReleaseDataCallback releaseData = ReleaseData;

    if (image->bits_per_pixel == 1) {
	/*
	 * BW image
	 */

	/* Reverses the sense of the bits */
	static const CGFloat decodeWB[2] = {1, 0};
	decode = decodeWB;

	bitsPerComponent = 1;
	bitsPerPixel = 1;
	if (image->bitmap_bit_order != MSBFirst) {
	    char *srcPtr = image->data + image->xoffset;
	    char *endPtr = srcPtr + len;
	    char *destPtr = (data = ckalloc(len));

	    while (srcPtr < endPtr) {
		*destPtr++ = xBitReverseTable[(unsigned char)(*(srcPtr++))];
	    }
	} else {
	    data = memcpy(ckalloc(len), image->data + image->xoffset, len);
	}
	if (data) {
	    provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(data, data, len, releaseData);
	}
	if (provider) {
	    img = CGImageMaskCreate(image->width, image->height, bitsPerComponent,
				    bitsPerPixel, image->bytes_per_line, provider, decode, 0);
	}
    } else if (image->format == ZPixmap && image->bits_per_pixel == 32) {
	/*
	 * Color image
	 */

	CGColorSpaceRef colorspace = CGColorSpaceCreateDeviceRGB();

	bitsPerComponent = 8;
	bitsPerPixel = 32;
	bitmapInfo = (image->byte_order == MSBFirst ?
		      kCGBitmapByteOrder32Big : kCGBitmapByteOrder32Little);
	if (use_ximage_alpha) {
	    bitmapInfo |= kCGImageAlphaPremultipliedFirst;
	} else {
	    bitmapInfo |= kCGImageAlphaNoneSkipFirst;
	}
	data = memcpy(ckalloc(len), image->data + image->xoffset, len);
	if (data) {
	    provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(data, data, len, releaseData);
	}
	if (provider) {
	    img = CGImageCreate(image->width, image->height, bitsPerComponent,
		    bitsPerPixel, image->bytes_per_line, colorspace, bitmapInfo,
		    provider, decode, 0, kCGRenderingIntentDefault);
	    CFRelease(provider);
	}
	if (colorspace) {
	    CFRelease(colorspace);
	}
    } else {
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Unsupported image type");
    }
    return img;
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XGetImage --
 *
 *	This function copies data from a pixmap or window into an XImage.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a newly allocated XImage containing the data from the given
 *	rectangle of the given drawable, or NULL if the XImage could not be
 *	constructed.  NOTE: If we are copying from a window on a Retina
 *	display, the dimensions of the XImage will be 2*width x 2*height.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
struct pixel_fmt {int r; int g; int b; int a;};
static struct pixel_fmt bgra = {2, 1, 0, 3};
static struct pixel_fmt abgr = {3, 2, 1, 0};

XImage *
XGetImage(
    Display *display,
    Drawable drawable,
    int x,
    int y,
    unsigned int width,
    unsigned int height,
    unsigned long plane_mask,
    int format)
{
    NSBitmapImageRep* bitmap_rep = NULL;
    NSUInteger bitmap_fmt = 0;
    XImage* imagePtr = NULL;
    char* bitmap = NULL;
    char R, G, B, A;
    int depth = 32, offset = 0, bitmap_pad = 0;
    unsigned int bytes_per_row, size, row, n, m;
    unsigned int scalefactor=1, scaled_height=height, scaled_width=width;
    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(drawable);
    MacDrawable *macDraw = ((MacDrawable*)drawable);
    static enum {unknown, no, yes} has_retina = unknown;

    if (win && has_retina == unknown) {
#ifdef __clang__
	has_retina = [win respondsToSelector:@selector(backingScaleFactor)]?
	    yes : no;
#else
	has_retina = no;
#endif
    }

    if (has_retina == yes) {
	/*
	 * We only allow scale factors 1 or 2, as Apple currently does.
	 */
#ifdef __clang__
	scalefactor = [win backingScaleFactor] == 2.0 ? 2 : 1;
#endif
	scaled_height *= scalefactor;
	scaled_width *= scalefactor;
    }

    if (format == ZPixmap) {
	if (width == 0 || height == 0) {
	    return NULL;
	}
	bitmap_rep = TkMacOSXBitmapRepFromDrawableRect(drawable,
		         x, y, width, height);
	if (!bitmap_rep) {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage: Failed to construct NSBitmapRep");
	    return NULL;
	}
	bitmap_fmt = [bitmap_rep bitmapFormat];
	size = [bitmap_rep bytesPerPlane];
	bytes_per_row = [bitmap_rep bytesPerRow];
	bitmap = ckalloc(size);
	if (!bitmap                              ||
	    (bitmap_fmt != 0 && bitmap_fmt != 1) ||
	    [bitmap_rep samplesPerPixel] != 4    ||
	    [bitmap_rep isPlanar] != 0           ||
	    bytes_per_row != 4 * scaled_width    ||
	    size != bytes_per_row*scaled_height  ) {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage: Unrecognized bitmap format");
	    CFRelease(bitmap_rep);
	    return NULL;
	}

	if (macDraw->flags & TK_USE_XIMAGE_ALPHA) {
	    /*
	     * When called by TkImgPhotoDisplay we are being asked to return a
	     * background image to be blended with the photoimage using its
	     * alpha channel, if it has one.  Returning a black pixmap here
	     * makes TkImgPhotoDisplay create an XImage with a premultiplied
	     * alpha channel, as favored by Apple.  When TkImgPhotoDisplay
	     * passes this XImage to TkPutImage, targeting a pixmap, it creates
	     * an image with correct transparency.  This is used, for example,
	     * when creating an iconphoto or a menu image from a PNG
	     * photoimage.
	     */
	    bzero(bitmap, size);
	} else {
	    memcpy(bitmap, (char *)[bitmap_rep bitmapData], size);
	}
	CFRelease(bitmap_rep);

	/*
	 * When Apple extracts a bitmap from an NSView, it may be in
	 * either BGRA or ABGR format.  For an XImage we need RGBA.
	 */
	struct pixel_fmt pixel = bitmap_fmt == 0 ? bgra : abgr;

	for (row=0, n=0; row<scaled_height; row++, n+=bytes_per_row) {
	    for (m=n; m<n+bytes_per_row; m+=4) {
		R = *(bitmap + m + pixel.r);
		G = *(bitmap + m + pixel.g);
		B = *(bitmap + m + pixel.b);
		A = *(bitmap + m + pixel.a);

		*(bitmap + m)     = R;
		*(bitmap + m + 1) = G;
		*(bitmap + m + 2) = B;
		*(bitmap + m + 3) = A;
	    }
	}
	imagePtr = XCreateImage(display, NULL, depth, format, offset,
				(char*)bitmap, scaled_width, scaled_height,
				bitmap_pad, bytes_per_row);
	if (scalefactor == 2) {
	    imagePtr->pixelpower = 1;
	}
    } else {
	/*
	 * There are some calls to XGetImage in the generic Tk
	 * code which pass an XYPixmap rather than a ZPixmap.
	 * XYPixmaps should be handled here.
	 */
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage does not handle XYPixmaps at the moment.");
    }
    return imagePtr;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DestroyImage --
 *
 *	Destroys storage associated with an image.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Deallocates the image.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
DestroyImage(
    XImage *image)
{
    if (image) {
	if (image->data) {
	    ckfree(image->data);
	}
	ckfree(image);
    }
    return 0;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ImageGetPixel --
 *
 *	Get a single pixel from an image.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns the 32 bit pixel value.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static unsigned long
ImageGetPixel(
    XImage *image,
    int x,
    int y)
{
    unsigned char r = 0, g = 0, b = 0;

    if (image && image->data) {
	unsigned char *srcPtr = ((unsigned char*) image->data)
		+ (y * image->bytes_per_line)
		+ (((image->xoffset + x) * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY);

	switch (image->bits_per_pixel) {
	    case 32: {
		r = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) >> 16) & 0xff;
		g = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) >>  8) & 0xff;
		b = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr)      ) & 0xff;
		/*if (image->byte_order == LSBFirst) {
		    r = srcPtr[2]; g = srcPtr[1]; b = srcPtr[0];
		} else {
		    r = srcPtr[1]; g = srcPtr[2]; b = srcPtr[3];
		}*/
		break;
	    }
	    case 16:
		r = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) >> 7) & 0xf8;
		g = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) >> 2) & 0xf8;
		b = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) << 3) & 0xf8;
		break;
	    case 8:
		r = (*srcPtr << 2) & 0xc0;
		g = (*srcPtr << 4) & 0xc0;
		b = (*srcPtr << 6) & 0xc0;
		r |= r >> 2 | r >> 4 | r >> 6;
		g |= g >> 2 | g >> 4 | g >> 6;
		b |= b >> 2 | b >> 4 | b >> 6;
		break;
	    case 4: {
		unsigned char c = (x % 2) ? *srcPtr : (*srcPtr >> 4);
		r = (c & 0x04) ? 0xff : 0;
		g = (c & 0x02) ? 0xff : 0;
		b = (c & 0x01) ? 0xff : 0;
		break;
		}
	    case 1:
		r = g = b = ((*srcPtr) & (0x80 >> (x % 8))) ? 0xff : 0;
		break;
	}
    }
    return (PIXEL_MAGIC << 24) | (r << 16) | (g << 8) | b;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ImagePutPixel --
 *
 *	Set a single pixel in an image.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ImagePutPixel(
    XImage *image,
    int x,
    int y,
    unsigned long pixel)
{
    if (image && image->data) {
	unsigned char *dstPtr = ((unsigned char*) image->data)
		+ (y * image->bytes_per_line)
		+ (((image->xoffset + x) * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY);
	if (image->bits_per_pixel == 32) {
	    *((unsigned int*) dstPtr) = pixel;
	} else {
	    unsigned char r = ((pixel & image->red_mask)   >> 16) & 0xff;
	    unsigned char g = ((pixel & image->green_mask) >>  8) & 0xff;
	    unsigned char b = ((pixel & image->blue_mask)       ) & 0xff;
	    switch (image->bits_per_pixel) {
	    case 16:
		*((unsigned short*) dstPtr) = ((r & 0xf8) << 7) |
			((g & 0xf8) << 2) | ((b & 0xf8) >> 3);
		break;
	    case 8:
		*dstPtr = ((r & 0xc0) >> 2) | ((g & 0xc0) >> 4) |
			((b & 0xc0) >> 6);
		break;
	    case 4: {
		unsigned char c = ((r & 0x80) >> 5) | ((g & 0x80) >> 6) |
			((b & 0x80) >> 7);
		*dstPtr = (x % 2) ? ((*dstPtr & 0xf0) | (c & 0x0f)) :
			((*dstPtr & 0x0f) | ((c << 4) & 0xf0));
		break;
		}
	    case 1:
		*dstPtr = ((r|g|b) & 0x80) ? (*dstPtr | (0x80 >> (x % 8))) :
			(*dstPtr & ~(0x80 >> (x % 8)));
		break;
	    }
	}
    }
    return 0;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XCreateImage --
 *
 *	Allocates storage for a new XImage.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a newly allocated XImage.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

XImage *
XCreateImage(
    Display* display,
    Visual* visual,
    unsigned int depth,
    int format,
    int offset,
    char* data,
    unsigned int width,
    unsigned int height,
    int bitmap_pad,
    int bytes_per_line)
{
    XImage *ximage;
    display->request++;
    ximage = ckalloc(sizeof(XImage));

    ximage->height = height;
    ximage->width = width;
    ximage->depth = depth;
    ximage->xoffset = offset;
    ximage->format = format;
    ximage->data = data;
    ximage->obdata = NULL;
    /* The default pixelpower is 0.  This must be explicitly set to 1 in the
     * case of an XImage extracted from a Retina display.
     */
    ximage->pixelpower = 0;

    if (format == ZPixmap) {
	ximage->bits_per_pixel = 32;
	ximage->bitmap_unit = 32;
    } else {
	ximage->bits_per_pixel = 1;
	ximage->bitmap_unit = 8;
    }
    if (bitmap_pad) {
	ximage->bitmap_pad = bitmap_pad;
    } else {
	/* Use 16 byte alignment for best Quartz perfomance */
	ximage->bitmap_pad = 128;
    }
    if (bytes_per_line) {
	ximage->bytes_per_line = bytes_per_line;
    } else {
	ximage->bytes_per_line = ((width * ximage->bits_per_pixel +
		(ximage->bitmap_pad - 1)) >> 3) &
		~((ximage->bitmap_pad >> 3) - 1);
    }
#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
    ximage->byte_order = MSBFirst;
    ximage->bitmap_bit_order = MSBFirst;
#else
    ximage->byte_order = LSBFirst;
    ximage->bitmap_bit_order = LSBFirst;
#endif
    ximage->red_mask = 0x00FF0000;
    ximage->green_mask = 0x0000FF00;
    ximage->blue_mask = 0x000000FF;
    ximage->f.create_image = NULL;
    ximage->f.destroy_image = DestroyImage;
    ximage->f.get_pixel = ImageGetPixel;
    ximage->f.put_pixel = ImagePutPixel;
    ximage->f.sub_image = NULL;
    ximage->f.add_pixel = NULL;

    return ximage;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkPutImage --
 *
 *	Copies a subimage from an in-memory image to a rectangle of
 *	of the specified drawable.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Draws the image on the specified drawable.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkPutImage(
    unsigned long *colors,	/* Unused on Macintosh. */
    int ncolors,		/* Unused on Macintosh. */
    Display* display,		/* Display. */
    Drawable drawable,		/* Drawable to place image on. */
    GC gc,			/* GC to use. */
    XImage* image,		/* Image to place. */
    int src_x,			/* Source X & Y. */
    int src_y,
    int dest_x,			/* Destination X & Y. */
    int dest_y,
    unsigned int width,	        /* Same width & height for both */
    unsigned int height)	/* distination and source. */
{
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
    MacDrawable *macDraw = ((MacDrawable*)drawable);

    display->request++;
    if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(drawable, gc, 1, &dc)) {
	return BadDrawable;
    }
    if (dc.context) {
	CGImageRef img = TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithXImage(image,
			     macDraw->flags & TK_USE_XIMAGE_ALPHA);
	if (img) {
	    /* If the XImage has big pixels, rescale the source dimensions.*/
	    int pp = image->pixelpower;
	    TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(drawable, gc, dc.context,
		    img, gc->foreground, gc->background,
		    CGRectMake(0, 0, image->width<<pp, image->height<<pp),
		    CGRectMake(src_x<<pp, src_y<<pp, width<<pp, height<<pp),
		    CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height));
	    CFRelease(img);
	} else {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable");
	}
    } else {
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid destination drawable");
    }
    TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
    return Success;
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXInit.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
/*
 * tkMacOSXInit.c --
 *
 *	This file contains Mac OS X -specific interpreter initialization
 *	functions.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>

 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"










>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
/*
 * tkMacOSXInit.c --
 *
 *	This file contains Mac OS X -specific interpreter initialization
 *	functions.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 * Copyright (c) 2017 Marc Culler
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"

28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62






63
64
65
66
67
68




69
70








71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110


111
112
113
114
115
116





































































117
118
119
120
121
122
123

static char scriptPath[PATH_MAX + 1] = "";

long tkMacOSXMacOSXVersion = 0;

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKInit)

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
#define NSTextInputContextKeyboardSelectionDidChangeNotification @"NSTextInputContextKeyboardSelectionDidChangeNotification"
static void keyboardChanged(CFNotificationCenterRef center, void *observer, CFStringRef name, const void *object, CFDictionaryRef userInfo) {
    [[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] postNotificationName:NSTextInputContextKeyboardSelectionDidChangeNotification object:nil userInfo:nil];
}
#endif

@interface TKApplication(TKKeyboard)
- (void) keyboardChanged: (NSNotification *) notification;
@end

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1060
#define TKApplication_NSApplicationDelegate <NSApplicationDelegate>
#else
#define TKApplication_NSApplicationDelegate
#endif
@interface TKApplication(TKWindowEvent) TKApplication_NSApplicationDelegate
- (void) _setupWindowNotifications;
@end

@interface TKApplication(TKMenus)
- (void) _setupMenus;
@end

@implementation TKApplication
@synthesize poolProtected = _poolProtected;
@end







@implementation TKApplication(TKInit)
- (void) _resetAutoreleasePool
{
    if(![self poolProtected]) {
	[_mainPool drain];
	_mainPool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];




    }
}








#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
- (void) _postedNotification: (NSNotification *) notification
{
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
}
#endif

- (void) _setupApplicationNotifications
{
    NSNotificationCenter *nc = [NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter];
#define observe(n, s) \
	[nc addObserver:self selector:@selector(s) name:(n) object:nil]
    observe(NSApplicationDidBecomeActiveNotification, applicationActivate:);
    observe(NSApplicationDidResignActiveNotification, applicationDeactivate:);
    observe(NSApplicationDidUnhideNotification, applicationShowHide:);
    observe(NSApplicationDidHideNotification, applicationShowHide:);
    observe(NSApplicationDidChangeScreenParametersNotification, displayChanged:);
    observe(NSTextInputContextKeyboardSelectionDidChangeNotification, keyboardChanged:);
#undef observe
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
    CFNotificationCenterAddObserver(CFNotificationCenterGetDistributedCenter(), NULL, &keyboardChanged, kTISNotifySelectedKeyboardInputSourceChanged, NULL, CFNotificationSuspensionBehaviorCoalesce);
#endif
}

- (void) _setupEventLoop
{
    NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
    [self finishLaunching];
    [self setWindowsNeedUpdate:YES];
    [pool drain];
}

- (void) _setup: (Tcl_Interp *) interp
{
    _eventInterp = interp;
    _mainPool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
    [NSApp setPoolProtected:NO];
    _defaultMainMenu = nil;
    [self _setupMenus];
    [self setDelegate:self];


#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
    [[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] addObserver:self
	    selector:@selector(_postedNotification:) name:nil object:nil];
#endif
    [self _setupWindowNotifications];
    [self _setupApplicationNotifications];





































































}

- (NSString *) tkFrameworkImagePath: (NSString *) image
{
    NSString *path = nil;
    NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
    if (tkLibPath[0] != '\0') {







<
<
<
<
<
<
<




<

<
<
<









|


>
>
>
>
>
>



|


>
>
>
>


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



















<
<
<


|

<
<
<
<
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
>
>






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







29
30
31
32
33
34
35







36
37
38
39

40



41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97



98
99
100
101




102
103








104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187

static char scriptPath[PATH_MAX + 1] = "";

long tkMacOSXMacOSXVersion = 0;

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKInit)








@interface TKApplication(TKKeyboard)
- (void) keyboardChanged: (NSNotification *) notification;
@end


#define TKApplication_NSApplicationDelegate <NSApplicationDelegate>



@interface TKApplication(TKWindowEvent) TKApplication_NSApplicationDelegate
- (void) _setupWindowNotifications;
@end

@interface TKApplication(TKMenus)
- (void) _setupMenus;
@end

@implementation TKApplication
@synthesize poolLock = _poolLock;
@end

/*
 * #define this to see a message on stderr whenever _resetAutoreleasePool is
 * called while the pool is locked.
 */
#undef DEBUG_LOCK

@implementation TKApplication(TKInit)
- (void) _resetAutoreleasePool
{
    if([self poolLock] == 0) {
	[_mainPool drain];
	_mainPool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
    } else {
#ifdef DEBUG_LOCK
	fprintf(stderr, "Pool is locked with count %d!!!!\n", [self poolLock]);
#endif
    }
}
- (void) _lockAutoreleasePool
{
    [self setPoolLock:[self poolLock] + 1];
}
- (void) _unlockAutoreleasePool
{
    [self setPoolLock:[self poolLock] - 1];
}
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
- (void) _postedNotification: (NSNotification *) notification
{
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
}
#endif

- (void) _setupApplicationNotifications
{
    NSNotificationCenter *nc = [NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter];
#define observe(n, s) \
	[nc addObserver:self selector:@selector(s) name:(n) object:nil]
    observe(NSApplicationDidBecomeActiveNotification, applicationActivate:);
    observe(NSApplicationDidResignActiveNotification, applicationDeactivate:);
    observe(NSApplicationDidUnhideNotification, applicationShowHide:);
    observe(NSApplicationDidHideNotification, applicationShowHide:);
    observe(NSApplicationDidChangeScreenParametersNotification, displayChanged:);
    observe(NSTextInputContextKeyboardSelectionDidChangeNotification, keyboardChanged:);
#undef observe



}

-(void)applicationWillFinishLaunching:(NSNotification *)aNotification
{





    /*








     * Initialize notifications.
     */
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
    [[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] addObserver:self
	    selector:@selector(_postedNotification:) name:nil object:nil];
#endif
    [self _setupWindowNotifications];
    [self _setupApplicationNotifications];

    /*
     * Construct the menu bar.
     */
    _defaultMainMenu = nil;
    [self _setupMenus];


    /*
     * Initialize event processing.
     */
    TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents(_eventInterp);

    /*
     * Initialize the graphics context.
     */
    TkMacOSXUseAntialiasedText(_eventInterp, -1);
    TkMacOSXInitCGDrawing(_eventInterp, TRUE, 0);
}

-(void)applicationDidFinishLaunching:(NSNotification *)notification
{
    /*
     * It is not safe to force activation of the NSApp until this
     * method is called.  Activating too early can cause the menu
     * bar to be unresponsive.
     */
    [NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps: YES];
}

- (void) _setup: (Tcl_Interp *) interp
{
    /*
     * Remember our interpreter.
     */
    _eventInterp = interp;

    /*
     * Install the global autoreleasePool.
     */
    _mainPool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
    [NSApp setPoolLock:0];

    /*
     * Be our own delegate.
     */
    [self setDelegate:self];

    /*
     * Make sure we are allowed to open windows.
     */
    [NSApp setActivationPolicy:NSApplicationActivationPolicyRegular];

    /*
     * If no icon has been set from an Info.plist file, use the Wish icon from
     * the Tk framework.
     */
    NSString *iconFile = [[NSBundle mainBundle] objectForInfoDictionaryKey:
						    @"CFBundleIconFile"];
    if (!iconFile) {
	NSString *path = [NSApp tkFrameworkImagePath:@"Tk.icns"];
	if (path) {
	    NSImage *image = [[NSImage alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:path];
	    if (image) {
		[NSApp setApplicationIconImage:image];
		[image release];
	    }
	}
    }
}

- (NSString *) tkFrameworkImagePath: (NSString *) image
{
    NSString *path = nil;
    NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
    if (tkLibPath[0] != '\0') {
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
@end

#pragma mark -

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DoWindowActivate --
 *
 *	Idle handler that sets the application icon to the generic Tk icon.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
SetApplicationIcon(
    ClientData clientData)
{
    NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
    NSString *path = [NSApp tkFrameworkImagePath:@"Tk.icns"];
    if (path) {
	NSImage *image = [[NSImage alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:path];
	if (image) {
	    [NSApp setApplicationIconImage:image];
	    [image release];
	}
    }
    [pool drain];
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpInit --
 *
 *	Performs Mac-specific interpreter initialization related to the
 *	tk_library variable.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a standard Tcl result. Leaves an error message or result in







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







223
224
225
226
227
228
229
































230
231
232
233
234
235
236
@end

#pragma mark -

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
































 * TkpInit --
 *
 *	Performs Mac-specific interpreter initialization related to the
 *	tk_library variable.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a standard Tcl result. Leaves an error message or result in
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
    /*
     * Since it is possible for TkInit to be called multiple times and we
     * don't want to do the following initialization multiple times we protect
     * against doing it more than once.
     */

    if (!initialized) {
	int bundledExecutable = 0;
	CFBundleRef bundleRef;
	CFURLRef bundleUrl = NULL;
	struct utsname name;
	struct stat st;

	initialized = 1;

	/*
	 * Initialize/check OS version variable for runtime checks.
	 */

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1050
#   error Mac OS X 10.5 required
#endif

	if (!uname(&name)) {
	    tkMacOSXMacOSXVersion = (strtod(name.release, NULL) + 96) * 10;
	}
       /*Check for new versioning scheme on Yosemite (10.10) and later.*/
	if (MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 100000) {







<
<
<









|
|







251
252
253
254
255
256
257



258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
    /*
     * Since it is possible for TkInit to be called multiple times and we
     * don't want to do the following initialization multiple times we protect
     * against doing it more than once.
     */

    if (!initialized) {



	struct utsname name;
	struct stat st;

	initialized = 1;

	/*
	 * Initialize/check OS version variable for runtime checks.
	 */

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
#   error Mac OS X 10.6 required
#endif

	if (!uname(&name)) {
	    tkMacOSXMacOSXVersion = (strtod(name.release, NULL) + 96) * 10;
	}
       /*Check for new versioning scheme on Yosemite (10.10) and later.*/
	if (MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 100000) {
259
260
261
262
263
264
265

266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357


















358
359
360
361
362
363
364
	 * framework scripts directory.
	 * FIXME: Should we come up with a more generic way of doing this?
	 */

	if (Tcl_MacOSXOpenVersionedBundleResources(interp,
		"com.tcltk.tklibrary", TK_FRAMEWORK_VERSION, 0, PATH_MAX,
		tkLibPath) != TCL_OK) {

	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Tcl_MacOSXOpenVersionedBundleResources failed");
	}
#endif

	{
	    NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
		[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] registerDefaults:
		     [NSDictionary dictionaryWithObjectsAndKeys:
		     [NSNumber numberWithBool:YES],
		     @"_NSCanWrapButtonTitles",
		     [NSNumber numberWithInt:-1],
		     @"NSStringDrawingTypesetterBehavior",
		     nil]];
	    [TKApplication sharedApplication];
	    [pool drain];
	    [NSApp _setup:interp];
	}

	/* Check whether we are a bundled executable: */
	bundleRef = CFBundleGetMainBundle();
	if (bundleRef) {
	    bundleUrl = CFBundleCopyBundleURL(bundleRef);
	}
	if (bundleUrl) {
	    /*
	     * A bundled executable is two levels down from its main bundle
	     * directory (e.g. Wish.app/Contents/MacOS/Wish), whereas an
	     * unbundled executable's main bundle directory is just the
	     * directory containing the executable. So to check whether we are
	     * bundled, we delete the last three path components of the
	     * executable's url and compare the resulting url with the main
	     * bundle url.
	     */

	    int j = 3;
	    CFURLRef url = CFBundleCopyExecutableURL(bundleRef);

	    while (url && j--) {
		CFURLRef parent =
			CFURLCreateCopyDeletingLastPathComponent(NULL, url);

		CFRelease(url);
		url = parent;
	    }
	    if (url) {
		bundledExecutable = CFEqual(bundleUrl, url);
		CFRelease(url);
	    }
	    CFRelease(bundleUrl);
	}

	if (!bundledExecutable) {
	    /*
	     * If we are loaded into an executable that is not a bundled
	     * application, the window server does not let us come to the
	     * foreground. For such an executable, notify the window server
	     * that we are now a full GUI application.
	     */

	    OSStatus err = procNotFound;
	    ProcessSerialNumber psn = { 0, kCurrentProcess };

	    err = ChkErr(TransformProcessType, &psn,
		    kProcessTransformToForegroundApplication);

	    /*
	     * Set application icon to generic Tk icon, do it at idle time
	     * instead of now to ensure tk_library is setup.
	     */

	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SetApplicationIcon, NULL);
	}

	{
	    NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
	    [NSApp _setupEventLoop];
	    TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents(interp);
	    TkMacOSXUseAntialiasedText(interp, -1);
	    TkMacOSXInitCGDrawing(interp, TRUE, 0);
	    [pool drain];
	}

	/*
	 * FIXME: Close stdin & stdout for remote debugging otherwise we will
	 * fight with gdb for stdin & stdout
	 */

	if (getenv("XCNOSTDIN") != NULL) {
	    close(0);
	    close(1);
	}



















	/*
	 * If we don't have a TTY and stdin is a special character file of
	 * length 0, (e.g. /dev/null, which is what Finder sets when double
	 * clicking Wish) then use the Tk based console interpreter.
	 */

	if (getenv("TK_CONSOLE") ||







>

<
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<










>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296

297
298













299




300



























































301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
	 * framework scripts directory.
	 * FIXME: Should we come up with a more generic way of doing this?
	 */

	if (Tcl_MacOSXOpenVersionedBundleResources(interp,
		"com.tcltk.tklibrary", TK_FRAMEWORK_VERSION, 0, PATH_MAX,
		tkLibPath) != TCL_OK) {
            # if 0 /* This is not really an error.  Wish still runs fine. */
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Tcl_MacOSXOpenVersionedBundleResources failed");

	    # endif
	}













#endif
































































	/*
	 * FIXME: Close stdin & stdout for remote debugging otherwise we will
	 * fight with gdb for stdin & stdout
	 */

	if (getenv("XCNOSTDIN") != NULL) {
	    close(0);
	    close(1);
	}

	/*
	 * Instantiate our NSApplication object. This needs to be
	 * done before we check whether to open a console window.
	 */

	NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
	[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] registerDefaults:
		[NSDictionary dictionaryWithObjectsAndKeys:
				  [NSNumber numberWithBool:YES],
			      @"_NSCanWrapButtonTitles",
				   [NSNumber numberWithInt:-1],
			      @"NSStringDrawingTypesetterBehavior",
			      nil]];
	[TKApplication sharedApplication];
	[pool drain];
	[NSApp _setup:interp];
	[NSApp finishLaunching];

	/*
	 * If we don't have a TTY and stdin is a special character file of
	 * length 0, (e.g. /dev/null, which is what Finder sets when double
	 * clicking Wish) then use the Tk based console interpreter.
	 */

	if (getenv("TK_CONSOLE") ||
383
384
385
386
387
388
389

390
391
392
393
394
395
396
			    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
		}
	    }
	    if (Tk_CreateConsoleWindow(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}

    }

    Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier();

    if (tkLibPath[0] != '\0') {
	Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_library", NULL, tkLibPath, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    }







>







354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
			    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
		}
	    }
	    if (Tk_CreateConsoleWindow(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}

    }

    Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier();

    if (tkLibPath[0] != '\0') {
	Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_library", NULL, tkLibPath, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    }

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXInt.h.

83
84
85
86
87
88
89

90
91
92
93
94
95
96
#define TK_CLIP_INVALID		0x02
#define TK_HOST_EXISTS		0x04
#define TK_DRAWN_UNDER_MENU	0x08
#define TK_FOCUSED_VIEW		0x10
#define TK_IS_PIXMAP		0x20
#define TK_IS_BW_PIXMAP		0x40
#define TK_DO_NOT_DRAW          0x80

/*
 * I am reserving TK_EMBEDDED = 0x100 in the MacDrawable flags
 * This is defined in tk.h. We need to duplicate the TK_EMBEDDED flag in the
 * TkWindow structure for the window, but in the MacWin. This way we can
 * still tell what the correct port is after the TKWindow structure has been
 * freed. This actually happens when you bind destroy of a toplevel to
 * Destroy of a child.







>







83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
#define TK_CLIP_INVALID		0x02
#define TK_HOST_EXISTS		0x04
#define TK_DRAWN_UNDER_MENU	0x08
#define TK_FOCUSED_VIEW		0x10
#define TK_IS_PIXMAP		0x20
#define TK_IS_BW_PIXMAP		0x40
#define TK_DO_NOT_DRAW          0x80
#define TK_USE_XIMAGE_ALPHA     0x100
/*
 * I am reserving TK_EMBEDDED = 0x100 in the MacDrawable flags
 * This is defined in tk.h. We need to duplicate the TK_EMBEDDED flag in the
 * TkWindow structure for the window, but in the MacWin. This way we can
 * still tell what the correct port is after the TKWindow structure has been
 * freed. This actually happens when you bind destroy of a toplevel to
 * Destroy of a child.

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"


/*
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_KEYBOARD
#endif
*/
#define NS_KEYLOG 0







>







11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include "tkMacOSXConstants.h"

/*
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_KEYBOARD
#endif
*/
#define NS_KEYLOG 0

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"

/*
 * A couple of simple definitions to make code a bit more self-explaining.
 *
 * For the assignments of Mod1==meta==command and Mod2==alt==option, see also
 * tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c.
 */








|







9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include "tkMacOSXConstants.h"
/*
 * A couple of simple definitions to make code a bit more self-explaining.
 *
 * For the assignments of Mod1==meta==command and Mod2==alt==option, see also
 * tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c.
 */

91
92
93
94
95
96
97


















98
99
100
101
102
103
104
    {103,	XK_F11},
    {111,	XK_F12},
    {105,	XK_F13},
    {107,	XK_F14},
    {113,	XK_F15},
    {0,		0}
};



















static int initialized = 0;
static Tcl_HashTable keycodeTable;	/* keyArray hashed by keycode value. */
static Tcl_HashTable vkeyTable;		/* virtualkeyArray hashed by virtual
					 * keycode value. */

static int latin1Table[LATIN1_MAX+1];	/* Reverse mapping table for







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
    {103,	XK_F11},
    {111,	XK_F12},
    {105,	XK_F13},
    {107,	XK_F14},
    {113,	XK_F15},
    {0,		0}
};

#define NUM_MOD_KEYCODES 14
static KeyCode modKeyArray[NUM_MOD_KEYCODES] = {
    XK_Shift_L,
    XK_Shift_R,
    XK_Control_L,
    XK_Control_R,
    XK_Caps_Lock,
    XK_Shift_Lock,
    XK_Meta_L,
    XK_Meta_R,
    XK_Alt_L,
    XK_Alt_R,
    XK_Super_L,
    XK_Super_R,
    XK_Hyper_L,
    XK_Hyper_R,
};

static int initialized = 0;
static Tcl_HashTable keycodeTable;	/* keyArray hashed by keycode value. */
static Tcl_HashTable vkeyTable;		/* virtualkeyArray hashed by virtual
					 * keycode value. */

static int latin1Table[LATIN1_MAX+1];	/* Reverse mapping table for
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467

    (void) display; /*unused*/

    /*
     * MacOSX doesn't use the key codes for the modifiers for anything, and we
     * don't generate them either. So there is no modifier map.
     */

    modmap = ckalloc(sizeof(XModifierKeymap));
    modmap->max_keypermod = 0;
    modmap->modifiermap = NULL;
    return modmap;
}

/*







<







471
472
473
474
475
476
477

478
479
480
481
482
483
484

    (void) display; /*unused*/

    /*
     * MacOSX doesn't use the key codes for the modifiers for anything, and we
     * don't generate them either. So there is no modifier map.
     */

    modmap = ckalloc(sizeof(XModifierKeymap));
    modmap->max_keypermod = 0;
    modmap->modifiermap = NULL;
    return modmap;
}

/*
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558

static int
XKeysymToMacKeycode(
    Display *display,
    KeySym keysym)
{
    KeyInfo *kPtr;

    if (keysym <= LATIN1_MAX) {
	/*
	 * Handle keysyms in the Latin-1 range where keysym and Unicode
	 * character code point are the same.
	 */

	if (keyboardChanged) {







<







561
562
563
564
565
566
567

568
569
570
571
572
573
574

static int
XKeysymToMacKeycode(
    Display *display,
    KeySym keysym)
{
    KeyInfo *kPtr;

    if (keysym <= LATIN1_MAX) {
	/*
	 * Handle keysyms in the Latin-1 range where keysym and Unicode
	 * character code point are the same.
	 */

	if (keyboardChanged) {
574
575
576
577
578
579
580











581
582
583
584
585
586
587
	}
    }
    for (kPtr = virtualkeyArray; kPtr->keycode != 0; kPtr++) {
	if (kPtr->keysym == keysym) {
	    return kPtr->keycode;
	}
    }












    /*
     * For other keysyms (not Latin-1 and not special keys), we'd need a
     * generic keysym-to-unicode table. We don't have that, so we give up here.
     */

    return 0;







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
	}
    }
    for (kPtr = virtualkeyArray; kPtr->keycode != 0; kPtr++) {
	if (kPtr->keysym == keysym) {
	    return kPtr->keycode;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Modifier keycodes only come from generated events.  No translation
     * is needed.
     */

    for (int i=0; i < NUM_MOD_KEYCODES; i++) {
	if (keysym == modKeyArray[i]) {
	    return keysym;
	}
    }

    /*
     * For other keysyms (not Latin-1 and not special keys), we'd need a
     * generic keysym-to-unicode table. We don't have that, so we give up here.
     */

    return 0;
657
658
659
660
661
662
663







664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
TkpSetKeycodeAndState(
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    KeySym keysym,
    XEvent *eventPtr)
{
    if (keysym == NoSymbol) {
	eventPtr->xkey.keycode = 0;







    } else {
	Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
	int macKeycode = XKeysymToMacKeycode(display, keysym);

	/*
	 * See also XKeysymToKeycode.
	 */

	if ((keysym >= XK_F1) && (keysym <= XK_F35)) {
	    eventPtr->xkey.keycode = 0x0010;
	} else {
	    eventPtr->xkey.keycode = 0x00FF & keysym;
	}
	eventPtr->xkey.keycode |= (macKeycode & MAC_KEYCODE_MASK) << 16;








>
>
>
>
>
>
>







<







684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704

705
706
707
708
709
710
711
TkpSetKeycodeAndState(
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    KeySym keysym,
    XEvent *eventPtr)
{
    if (keysym == NoSymbol) {
	eventPtr->xkey.keycode = 0;
    } else if ( modKeyArray[0] <= keysym &&
		keysym <= modKeyArray[NUM_MOD_KEYCODES - 1]) {
	/* 
	 * Keysyms for pure modifiers only arise in generated events.
	 * We should just copy them to the keycode.
	 */
	eventPtr->xkey.keycode = keysym;
    } else {
	Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
	int macKeycode = XKeysymToMacKeycode(display, keysym);

	/*
	 * See also XKeysymToKeycode.
	 */

	if ((keysym >= XK_F1) && (keysym <= XK_F35)) {
	    eventPtr->xkey.keycode = 0x0010;
	} else {
	    eventPtr->xkey.keycode = 0x00FF & keysym;
	}
	eventPtr->xkey.keycode |= (macKeycode & MAC_KEYCODE_MASK) << 16;

730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744

    /*
     * Handle pure modifier keys specially. We use -1 as a signal for
     * this.
     */

    if (eventPtr->xany.send_event == -1) {

	int modifier = eventPtr->xkey.keycode & NSDeviceIndependentModifierFlagsMask;

	if (modifier == NSCommandKeyMask) {
	    return XK_Meta_L;
	} else if (modifier == NSShiftKeyMask) {
	    return XK_Shift_L;
	} else if (modifier == NSAlphaShiftKeyMask) {







<







763
764
765
766
767
768
769

770
771
772
773
774
775
776

    /*
     * Handle pure modifier keys specially. We use -1 as a signal for
     * this.
     */

    if (eventPtr->xany.send_event == -1) {

	int modifier = eventPtr->xkey.keycode & NSDeviceIndependentModifierFlagsMask;

	if (modifier == NSCommandKeyMask) {
	    return XK_Meta_L;
	} else if (modifier == NSShiftKeyMask) {
	    return XK_Shift_L;
	} else if (modifier == NSAlphaShiftKeyMask) {
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904


905

906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
    dispPtr->metaModMask = COMMAND_MASK;
#else
    dispPtr->altModMask = 0;
    dispPtr->metaModMask = 0;
#endif

    /*
     * MacOSX doesn't use the keycodes for the modifiers for anything, and we
     * don't generate them either (the keycodes actually given in the simulated
     * modifier events are bogus). So there is no modifier map. If we ever want
     * to simulate real modifier keycodes, the list will be constant in the
     * Carbon implementation.
     */

    if (dispPtr->modKeyCodes != NULL) {
	ckfree(dispPtr->modKeyCodes);
    }
    dispPtr->numModKeyCodes = 0;


    dispPtr->modKeyCodes = NULL;

}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */







|
|
|
|
<





|
>
>
|
>










919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929

930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
    dispPtr->metaModMask = COMMAND_MASK;
#else
    dispPtr->altModMask = 0;
    dispPtr->metaModMask = 0;
#endif

    /*
     * MacOSX doesn't create a key event when a modifier key is pressed or
     * released.  However, it is possible to generate key events for
     * modifier keys, and this is done in the tests.  So we construct an array
     * containing the keycodes of the standard modifier keys from static data.

     */

    if (dispPtr->modKeyCodes != NULL) {
	ckfree(dispPtr->modKeyCodes);
    }
    dispPtr->numModKeyCodes = NUM_MOD_KEYCODES;
    dispPtr->modKeyCodes = (KeyCode *)ckalloc(NUM_MOD_KEYCODES * sizeof(KeyCode));
    for (int i = 0; i < NUM_MOD_KEYCODES; i++) {
	dispPtr->modKeyCodes[i] = modKeyArray[i];
    }
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXMenu.c.

15
16
17
18
19
20
21

22
23
24
25
26
27
28
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMenubutton.h"
#include "tkMenu.h"
#include "tkColor.h"
#include "tkFont.h"
#include "tkMacOSXWm.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"


/*
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_MENUS
#endif
*/








>







15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMenubutton.h"
#include "tkMenu.h"
#include "tkColor.h"
#include "tkFont.h"
#include "tkMacOSXWm.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"
#include "tkMacOSXConstants.h"

/*
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_MENUS
#endif
*/

112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
@interface TKMenu(TKMenuPrivate)
- (id) initWithTkMenu: (TkMenu *) tkMenu;
- (TkMenu *) tkMenu;
- (int) tkIndexOfItem: (NSMenuItem *) menuItem;
- (void) insertItem: (NSMenuItem *) newItem atTkIndex: (NSInteger) index;
@end

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1060
#define TKMenu_NSMenuDelegate <NSMenuDelegate>
#else
#define TKMenu_NSMenuDelegate
#endif
@interface TKMenu(TKMenuDelegate) TKMenu_NSMenuDelegate
@end

@implementation TKMenu
- (void) setSpecial: (NSUInteger) special
{
    NSAssert(!_tkSpecial, @"Cannot change specialness of a special menu");







<

<
<
<







113
114
115
116
117
118
119

120



121
122
123
124
125
126
127
@interface TKMenu(TKMenuPrivate)
- (id) initWithTkMenu: (TkMenu *) tkMenu;
- (TkMenu *) tkMenu;
- (int) tkIndexOfItem: (NSMenuItem *) menuItem;
- (void) insertItem: (NSMenuItem *) newItem atTkIndex: (NSInteger) index;
@end


#define TKMenu_NSMenuDelegate <NSMenuDelegate>



@interface TKMenu(TKMenuDelegate) TKMenu_NSMenuDelegate
@end

@implementation TKMenu
- (void) setSpecial: (NSUInteger) special
{
    NSAssert(!_tkSpecial, @"Cannot change specialness of a special menu");
769
770
771
772
773
774
775

776
777






778
779
780
781
782
783
784
    if (root == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Drawable d = Tk_WindowId(root);
    NSView *rootview = TkMacOSXGetRootControl(d);
    NSWindow *win = [rootview window];


    inPostMenu = 1;







    int oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_NONE);
    NSView *view = [win contentView];
    NSRect frame = NSMakeRect(x + 9, tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - y - 9, 1, 1);

    frame.origin = [view convertPoint:
	    [win convertPointFromScreen:frame.origin] fromView:nil];







>


>
>
>
>
>
>







766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
    if (root == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Drawable d = Tk_WindowId(root);
    NSView *rootview = TkMacOSXGetRootControl(d);
    NSWindow *win = [rootview window];
    int result;

    inPostMenu = 1;
    
    result = TkPreprocessMenu(menuPtr);
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
        inPostMenu = 0;
        return result;
    }

    int oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_NONE);
    NSView *view = [win contentView];
    NSRect frame = NSMakeRect(x + 9, tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - y - 9, 1, 1);

    frame.origin = [view convertPoint:
	    [win convertPointFromScreen:frame.origin] fromView:nil];

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXMenus.c.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMenu.h"


static void		GenerateEditEvent(const char *name);
static Tcl_Obj *	GetWidgetDemoPath(Tcl_Interp *interp);

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKMenus)

@implementation TKApplication(TKMenus)







>







9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMenu.h"
#include "tkMacOSXConstants.h"

static void		GenerateEditEvent(const char *name);
static Tcl_Obj *	GetWidgetDemoPath(Tcl_Interp *interp);

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKMenus)

@implementation TKApplication(TKMenus)

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXWm.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"


typedef struct {
    unsigned int state;
    long delta;
    Window window;
    Point global;
    Point local;







>







11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXWm.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"
#include "tkMacOSXConstants.h"

typedef struct {
    unsigned int state;
    long delta;
    Window window;
    Point global;
    Point local;

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXNotify.c.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include <tclInt.h>
#include <pthread.h>
#import <objc/objc-auto.h>

/* This is not used for anything at the moment. */
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    int initialized;
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;







|
|







11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include "tkMacOSXConstants.h"
#include <tclInt.h>
#import <objc/objc-auto.h>

/* This is not used for anything at the moment. */
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    int initialized;
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
	tsdPtr->initialized = 1;

	/*
	 * Install TkAqua event source in main event loop thread.
	 */

	if (CFRunLoopGetMain() == CFRunLoopGetCurrent()) {
	    if (!pthread_main_np()) {
		/*
		 * Panic if main runloop is not on the main application thread.
		 */

		Tcl_Panic("Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier: %s",
		    "first [load] of TkAqua has to occur in the main thread!");
	    }
	    Tcl_CreateEventSource(TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc,
				  TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc,
				  GetMainEventQueue());
	    TkCreateExitHandler(TkMacOSXNotifyExitHandler, NULL);
	    Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
	    TclMacOSXNotifierAddRunLoopMode(NSEventTrackingRunLoopMode);
	    TclMacOSXNotifierAddRunLoopMode(NSModalPanelRunLoopMode);
	}
    }
}







|









|







136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
	tsdPtr->initialized = 1;

	/*
	 * Install TkAqua event source in main event loop thread.
	 */

	if (CFRunLoopGetMain() == CFRunLoopGetCurrent()) {
	    if (![NSThread isMainThread]) {
		/*
		 * Panic if main runloop is not on the main application thread.
		 */

		Tcl_Panic("Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier: %s",
		    "first [load] of TkAqua has to occur in the main thread!");
	    }
	    Tcl_CreateEventSource(TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc,
				  TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc,
				  NULL);
	    TkCreateExitHandler(TkMacOSXNotifyExitHandler, NULL);
	    Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
	    TclMacOSXNotifierAddRunLoopMode(NSEventTrackingRunLoopMode);
	    TclMacOSXNotifierAddRunLoopMode(NSModalPanelRunLoopMode);
	}
    }
}
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
TkMacOSXNotifyExitHandler(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Not used. */
{
    TSD_INIT();

    Tcl_DeleteEventSource(TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc,
			  TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc,
			  GetMainEventQueue());
    tsdPtr->initialized = 0;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc --







|







180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
TkMacOSXNotifyExitHandler(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Not used. */
{
    TSD_INIT();

    Tcl_DeleteEventSource(TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc,
			  TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc,
			  NULL);
    tsdPtr->initialized = 0;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc --
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221

222
223
224
225
226
227
228

static void
TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc(
    ClientData clientData,
    int flags)
{
    NSString *runloopMode = [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] currentMode];
    /* runloopMode will be nil if we are in the Tcl event loop. */
    if (flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS && !runloopMode) {
	static const Tcl_Time zeroBlockTime = { 0, 0 };

	/* Call this with dequeue=NO -- just checking if the queue is empty. */
	NSEvent *currentEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
				       untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
				       inMode:GetRunLoopMode(TkMacOSXGetModalSession())
				       dequeue:NO];
	if (currentEvent) {
	    if (currentEvent.type > 0) {







|


>







212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229

static void
TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc(
    ClientData clientData,
    int flags)
{
    NSString *runloopMode = [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] currentMode];
    /* runloopMode will be nil if we are in a Tcl event loop. */
    if (flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS && !runloopMode) {
	static const Tcl_Time zeroBlockTime = { 0, 0 };
	[NSApp _resetAutoreleasePool];
	/* Call this with dequeue=NO -- just checking if the queue is empty. */
	NSEvent *currentEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
				       untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
				       inMode:GetRunLoopMode(TkMacOSXGetModalSession())
				       dequeue:NO];
	if (currentEvent) {
	    if (currentEvent.type > 0) {
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264






265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
 */
static void
TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc(
    ClientData clientData,
    int flags)
{
    NSString *runloopMode = [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] currentMode];
    /* runloopMode will be nil if we are in the Tcl event loop. */
    if (flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS && !runloopMode) {
	NSEvent *currentEvent = nil;
	NSEvent *testEvent = nil;
	NSModalSession modalSession;







	do {
	    [NSApp _resetAutoreleasePool];
	    modalSession = TkMacOSXGetModalSession();
	    testEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
					      untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
						 inMode:GetRunLoopMode(modalSession)
						dequeue:NO];
	    /* We must not steal any events during LiveResize. */
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1060
	    if (testEvent && [[testEvent window] inLiveResize]) {
		break;
	    }
#else
	    if (testEvent && [[[testEvent window] contentView] inLiveResize]) {
		break;
	    }
#endif
	    currentEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
					      untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
						 inMode:GetRunLoopMode(modalSession)
						dequeue:YES];
	    if (currentEvent) {
		/* Generate Xevents. */
		int oldServiceMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);







|




|
>
>
>
>
>
>

<

|




<



<
<
<
<
<







253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272

273
274
275
276
277
278

279
280
281





282
283
284
285
286
287
288
 */
static void
TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc(
    ClientData clientData,
    int flags)
{
    NSString *runloopMode = [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] currentMode];
    /* runloopMode will be nil if we are in a Tcl event loop. */
    if (flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS && !runloopMode) {
	NSEvent *currentEvent = nil;
	NSEvent *testEvent = nil;
	NSModalSession modalSession;
	/* It is possible for the SetupProc to be called before this function
	 * returns.  This happens, for example, when we process an event which
	 * opens a modal window.  To prevent premature release of our
	 * application-wide autorelease pool by a nested call to the SetupProc,
	 * we must lock it here.
	 */
	[NSApp _lockAutoreleasePool];
	do {

	    modalSession = TkMacOSXGetModalSession();
	    	    testEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
					      untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
						 inMode:GetRunLoopMode(modalSession)
						dequeue:NO];
	    /* We must not steal any events during LiveResize. */

	    if (testEvent && [[testEvent window] inLiveResize]) {
		break;
	    }





	    currentEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
					      untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
						 inMode:GetRunLoopMode(modalSession)
						dequeue:YES];
	    if (currentEvent) {
		/* Generate Xevents. */
		int oldServiceMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
299
300
301
302
303
304
305


306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
		    }
		}
		[currentEvent release];
	    } else {
		break;
	    }
	} while (1);


    }
}


/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */







>
>












299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
		    }
		}
		[currentEvent release];
	    } else {
		break;
	    }
	} while (1);
	/* Now we can unlock the pool. */
	[NSApp _unlockAutoreleasePool];
    }
}


/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXPrivate.h.

55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
	if ((chk) && (cond)) { __VA_ARGS__
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_chk(...) \
	} else { __VA_ARGS__
#define tk_if_mac_os_x_no(chk, cond, ...) \
	if (0) {
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_no(...) \
	} else { __VA_ARGS__
/* Private mapping macros defined according to Mac OS X version requirements */
/* 10.5 Leopard */
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= 1050
#define tk_if_mac_os_x_min_10_5		tk_if_mac_os_x_yes
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_min_10_5	tk_else_mac_os_x_yes
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1050
#define tk_if_mac_os_x_10_5		tk_if_mac_os_x_yes
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_10_5		tk_else_mac_os_x_yes
#endif /* MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED */
#else /* MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED */
#define tk_if_mac_os_x_min_10_5		tk_if_mac_os_x_chk
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_min_10_5	tk_else_mac_os_x_chk
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1050
#define tk_if_mac_os_x_10_5		tk_if_mac_os_x_chk
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_10_5		tk_else_mac_os_x_chk
#endif /* MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED */
#endif /* MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED */
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 1050
#define tk_if_mac_os_x_10_5		tk_if_mac_os_x_no
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_10_5		tk_else_mac_os_x_no
#endif /* MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED */

/*
 * Macros for DEBUG_ASSERT_MESSAGE et al from Debugging.h.
 */

#undef kComponentSignatureString
#undef COMPONENT_SIGNATURE







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







55
56
57
58
59
60
61





















62
63
64
65
66
67
68
	if ((chk) && (cond)) { __VA_ARGS__
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_chk(...) \
	} else { __VA_ARGS__
#define tk_if_mac_os_x_no(chk, cond, ...) \
	if (0) {
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_no(...) \
	} else { __VA_ARGS__






















/*
 * Macros for DEBUG_ASSERT_MESSAGE et al from Debugging.h.
 */

#undef kComponentSignatureString
#undef COMPONENT_SIGNATURE
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213






214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230

231
232
233
234
235
236
237
			    int antiAlias);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMacOSXGenerateFocusEvent(TkWindow *winPtr,
			    int activeFlag);
MODULE_SCOPE WindowClass TkMacOSXWindowClass(TkWindow *winPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed(TkWindow *winPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkGenerateButtonEventForXPointer(Window window);
MODULE_SCOPE EventModifiers TkMacOSXModifierState(void);
MODULE_SCOPE NSBitmapImageRep* BitmapRepFromDrawableRect(Drawable drawable,
			    int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height);






MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(Drawable d, GC gc,
			    int useCG, TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(
			    TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMacOSXSetColorInContext(GC gc, unsigned long pixel,
			    CGContextRef context);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMacOSXMakeFullscreen(TkWindow *winPtr,
			    NSWindow *window, int fullscreen,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMacOSXEnterExitFullscreen(TkWindow *winPtr,
			    int active);
MODULE_SCOPE NSWindow*	TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(Drawable drawable);
MODULE_SCOPE NSView*	TkMacOSXDrawableView(MacDrawable *macWin);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMacOSXWinCGBounds(TkWindow *winPtr, CGRect *bounds);
MODULE_SCOPE HIShapeRef	TkMacOSXGetClipRgn(Drawable drawable);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMacOSXInvalidateViewRegion(NSView *view,
			    HIShapeRef rgn);

MODULE_SCOPE CGImageRef	TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(Drawable drawable);
MODULE_SCOPE NSImage*	TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithTkImage(Display *display,
			    Tk_Image image, int width, int height);
MODULE_SCOPE NSImage*	TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithBitmap(Display *display,
			    Pixmap bitmap, GC gc, int width, int height);
MODULE_SCOPE CGColorRef	TkMacOSXCreateCGColor(GC gc, unsigned long pixel);
MODULE_SCOPE NSColor*	TkMacOSXGetNSColor(GC gc, unsigned long pixel);







|

>
>
>
>
>
>

















>







184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
			    int antiAlias);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMacOSXGenerateFocusEvent(TkWindow *winPtr,
			    int activeFlag);
MODULE_SCOPE WindowClass TkMacOSXWindowClass(TkWindow *winPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed(TkWindow *winPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkGenerateButtonEventForXPointer(Window window);
MODULE_SCOPE EventModifiers TkMacOSXModifierState(void);
MODULE_SCOPE NSBitmapImageRep* TkMacOSXBitmapRepFromDrawableRect(Drawable drawable,
			    int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height);
MODULE_SCOPE CGImageRef TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithXImage(XImage *image,
			    int use_ximage_alpha);
MODULE_SCOPE void       TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(Drawable d, GC gc, CGContextRef context,
			    CGImageRef image, unsigned long imageForeground,
			    unsigned long imageBackground, CGRect imageBounds,
			    CGRect srcBounds, CGRect dstBounds);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(Drawable d, GC gc,
			    int useCG, TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(
			    TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMacOSXSetColorInContext(GC gc, unsigned long pixel,
			    CGContextRef context);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMacOSXMakeFullscreen(TkWindow *winPtr,
			    NSWindow *window, int fullscreen,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMacOSXEnterExitFullscreen(TkWindow *winPtr,
			    int active);
MODULE_SCOPE NSWindow*	TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(Drawable drawable);
MODULE_SCOPE NSView*	TkMacOSXDrawableView(MacDrawable *macWin);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMacOSXWinCGBounds(TkWindow *winPtr, CGRect *bounds);
MODULE_SCOPE HIShapeRef	TkMacOSXGetClipRgn(Drawable drawable);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMacOSXInvalidateViewRegion(NSView *view,
			    HIShapeRef rgn);
MODULE_SCOPE CGContextRef TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(Drawable drawable);
MODULE_SCOPE CGImageRef	TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(Drawable drawable);
MODULE_SCOPE NSImage*	TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithTkImage(Display *display,
			    Tk_Image image, int width, int height);
MODULE_SCOPE NSImage*	TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithBitmap(Display *display,
			    Pixmap bitmap, GC gc, int width, int height);
MODULE_SCOPE CGColorRef	TkMacOSXCreateCGColor(GC gc, unsigned long pixel);
MODULE_SCOPE NSColor*	TkMacOSXGetNSColor(GC gc, unsigned long pixel);
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284

285
286
287
288


289
290
291
292
293
294
295
    TKMenu *_defaultMainMenu, *_defaultApplicationMenu;
    NSArray *_defaultApplicationMenuItems, *_defaultWindowsMenuItems;
    NSArray *_defaultHelpMenuItems;
    NSWindow *_windowWithMouse;
    NSAutoreleasePool *_mainPool;
#ifdef __i386__
    /* The Objective C runtime used on i386 requires this. */
    BOOL _poolProtected;
#endif
}
@property BOOL poolProtected;

@end
@interface TKApplication(TKInit)
- (NSString *)tkFrameworkImagePath:(NSString*)image;
- (void)_resetAutoreleasePool;


@end
@interface TKApplication(TKEvent)
- (NSEvent *)tkProcessEvent:(NSEvent *)theEvent;
@end
@interface TKApplication(TKMouseEvent)
- (NSEvent *)tkProcessMouseEvent:(NSEvent *)theEvent;
@end







|


|
>




>
>







260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
    TKMenu *_defaultMainMenu, *_defaultApplicationMenu;
    NSArray *_defaultApplicationMenuItems, *_defaultWindowsMenuItems;
    NSArray *_defaultHelpMenuItems;
    NSWindow *_windowWithMouse;
    NSAutoreleasePool *_mainPool;
#ifdef __i386__
    /* The Objective C runtime used on i386 requires this. */
    int _poolLock;
#endif
}
@property int poolLock;

@end
@interface TKApplication(TKInit)
- (NSString *)tkFrameworkImagePath:(NSString*)image;
- (void)_resetAutoreleasePool;
- (void)_lockAutoreleasePool;
- (void)_unlockAutoreleasePool;
@end
@interface TKApplication(TKEvent)
- (NSEvent *)tkProcessEvent:(NSEvent *)theEvent;
@end
@interface TKApplication(TKMouseEvent)
- (NSEvent *)tkProcessMouseEvent:(NSEvent *)theEvent;
@end
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
@interface TKContentView(TKKeyEvent)
- (void) deleteWorkingText;
@end

@interface TKContentView(TKWindowEvent)
- (void) drawRect: (NSRect) rect;
- (void) generateExposeEvents: (HIShapeRef) shape;
- (void) generateExposeEvents: (HIShapeRef) shape childrenOnly: (int) childrenOnly;
- (void) viewDidEndLiveResize;
- (void) tkToolbarButton: (id) sender;
- (BOOL) isOpaque;
- (BOOL) wantsDefaultClipping;
- (BOOL) acceptsFirstResponder;
- (void) keyDown: (NSEvent *) theEvent;
@end







<







326
327
328
329
330
331
332

333
334
335
336
337
338
339
@interface TKContentView(TKKeyEvent)
- (void) deleteWorkingText;
@end

@interface TKContentView(TKWindowEvent)
- (void) drawRect: (NSRect) rect;
- (void) generateExposeEvents: (HIShapeRef) shape;

- (void) viewDidEndLiveResize;
- (void) tkToolbarButton: (id) sender;
- (BOOL) isOpaque;
- (BOOL) wantsDefaultClipping;
- (BOOL) acceptsFirstResponder;
- (void) keyDown: (NSEvent *) theEvent;
@end

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXScale.c.

167
168
169
170
171
172
173

174


175
176
177
178
179
180
181
    /*
     * Invoke the scale's command if needed.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) scalePtr);
    if ((scalePtr->flags & INVOKE_COMMAND) && (scalePtr->command != NULL)) {
	Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);

	sprintf(string, scalePtr->format, scalePtr->value);


	Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, scalePtr->command, -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, string, -1);
	result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), -1, 0);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&buf);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {







>
|
>
>







167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
    /*
     * Invoke the scale's command if needed.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) scalePtr);
    if ((scalePtr->flags & INVOKE_COMMAND) && (scalePtr->command != NULL)) {
	Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
        if (snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format,
                scalePtr->value) < 0) {
            string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
        }
	Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, scalePtr->command, -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, string, -1);
	result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), -1, 0);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&buf);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c.

145
146
147
148
149
150
151








152
153
154
155
156








157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175

176
177
178
179
180
181
182
    }

    display->request++;
    macWin->winPtr->flags |= TK_MAPPED;
    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr)) {
	if (!Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
	    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(window);








	    [NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps:YES];
	    if ( [win canBecomeKeyWindow] ) {
		[win makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp];
	    }
	    TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(macWin->winPtr, win);








	}
	TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr);

	/*
	 * We only need to send the MapNotify event for toplevel windows.
	 */

	event.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(display);
	event.xany.send_event = False;
	event.xany.display = display;

	event.xmap.window = window;
	event.xmap.type = MapNotify;
	event.xmap.event = window;
	event.xmap.override_redirect = macWin->winPtr->atts.override_redirect;
	Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
    } else {
	/*
	 * Generate damage for that area of the window.

	 */

	TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr->parentPtr);
	TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow(macWin, TK_PARENT_WINDOW);
    }

    /*







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|




>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


















|
>







145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
    }

    display->request++;
    macWin->winPtr->flags |= TK_MAPPED;
    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr)) {
	if (!Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
	    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(window);
	    /*
	     * We want to activate Tk when a toplevel is mapped
	     * but we must not supply YES here.  This is because
	     * during Tk initialization the root window is mapped
	     * before applicationDidFinishLaunching returns. Forcing
	     * the app to activate too early can make the menu bar
	     * unresponsive.
	     */
	    [NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps:NO];
	    if ( [win canBecomeKeyWindow] ) {
		[win makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp];
	    }
	    TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(macWin->winPtr, win);
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Rebuild the container's clipping region and display
	     * the window.
	     */
	    TkWindow *contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(macWin->winPtr);
	    TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window)contWinPtr);
	    TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow(macWin, TK_PARENT_WINDOW);
	}
	TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr);

	/*
	 * We only need to send the MapNotify event for toplevel windows.
	 */

	event.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(display);
	event.xany.send_event = False;
	event.xany.display = display;

	event.xmap.window = window;
	event.xmap.type = MapNotify;
	event.xmap.event = window;
	event.xmap.override_redirect = macWin->winPtr->atts.override_redirect;
	Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
    } else {
	/*
	 * Rebuild the parent's clipping region and display the window.
	 *
	 */

	TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr->parentPtr);
	TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow(macWin, TK_PARENT_WINDOW);
    }

    /*
243
244
245
246
247
248
249


250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281

282



283
284
285

286

287
288
289
290
291
292
293

void
XUnmapWindow(
    Display *display,		/* Display. */
    Window window)		/* Window. */
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;


    XEvent event;

    display->request++;
    macWin->winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED;
    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr)) {
	if (!Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr) &&
		macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state!=IconicState) {
	    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(window);

	    if ([win isVisible]) {
		[[win parentWindow] removeChildWindow:win];
		[win orderOut:NSApp];
	    }
	}
	TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr);

	/*
	 * We only need to send the UnmapNotify event for toplevel windows.
	 */

	event.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(display);
	event.xany.send_event = False;
	event.xany.display = display;

	event.xunmap.type = UnmapNotify;
	event.xunmap.window = window;
	event.xunmap.event = window;
	event.xunmap.from_configure = false;
	Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
    } else {
	/*
	 * Generate damage for that area of the window.

	 */




	TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow(macWin, TK_PARENT_WINDOW);
	TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr->parentPtr);

    }

}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XResizeWindow --
 *







>
>



<
|
|
|







|
















|
>

>
>
>
|
<
|
>

>







260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271

272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305

306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316

void
XUnmapWindow(
    Display *display,		/* Display. */
    Window window)		/* Window. */
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;
    TkWindow *winPtr = macWin->winPtr;
    TkWindow *parentPtr = winPtr->parentPtr;
    XEvent event;

    display->request++;

    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) {
	if (!Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) &&
		winPtr->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state!=IconicState) {
	    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(window);

	    if ([win isVisible]) {
		[[win parentWindow] removeChildWindow:win];
		[win orderOut:NSApp];
	    }
	}
	TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) winPtr);

	/*
	 * We only need to send the UnmapNotify event for toplevel windows.
	 */

	event.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(display);
	event.xany.send_event = False;
	event.xany.display = display;

	event.xunmap.type = UnmapNotify;
	event.xunmap.window = window;
	event.xunmap.event = window;
	event.xunmap.from_configure = false;
	Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
    } else {
	/*
	 * Rebuild the visRgn clip region for the parent so it will be allowed
	 * to draw in the space from which this subwindow was removed.
	 */
	if (parentPtr && parentPtr->privatePtr->visRgn) {
	    TkMacOSXInvalidateViewRegion(TkMacOSXDrawableView(parentPtr->privatePtr),
					 parentPtr->privatePtr->visRgn);
	}

	TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) parentPtr);
	TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(parentPtr);
    }
    winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XResizeWindow --
 *
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
	     * the stacking order. For an embedded toplevel, just clip to the
	     * container's visible clip region. Remember, we only allow one
	     * contained window in a frame, and don't support any other widgets
	     * in the frame either. This is not currently enforced, however.
	     */

	    if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) {
		TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(winPtr->parentPtr);
		if (winPtr->parentPtr) {
		    ChkErr(HIShapeIntersect,
			    winPtr->parentPtr->privatePtr->aboveVisRgn,
			    rgn, rgn);
		}
		win2Ptr = winPtr;
		while ((win2Ptr = win2Ptr->nextPtr)) {
		    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(win2Ptr) || !Tk_IsMapped(win2Ptr)) {







|
|







788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
	     * the stacking order. For an embedded toplevel, just clip to the
	     * container's visible clip region. Remember, we only allow one
	     * contained window in a frame, and don't support any other widgets
	     * in the frame either. This is not currently enforced, however.
	     */

	    if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) {
		if (winPtr->parentPtr) {
		    TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(winPtr->parentPtr);
		    ChkErr(HIShapeIntersect,
			    winPtr->parentPtr->privatePtr->aboveVisRgn,
			    rgn, rgn);
		}
		win2Ptr = winPtr;
		while ((win2Ptr = win2Ptr->nextPtr)) {
		    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(win2Ptr) || !Tk_IsMapped(win2Ptr)) {

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19

20
21
22
23
24
25
26
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXWm.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"


/*
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
#endif
*/







>







13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXWm.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"
#include "tkMacOSXConstants.h"

/*
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
#endif
*/
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKWindowEvent)

#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
extern NSString *NSWindowWillOrderOnScreenNotification;
extern NSString *NSWindowDidOrderOnScreenNotification;
extern NSString *NSWindowDidOrderOffScreenNotification;

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
#define NSWindowWillStartLiveResizeNotification @"NSWindowWillStartLiveResizeNotification"
#define NSWindowDidEndLiveResizeNotification  @"NSWindowDidEndLiveResizeNotification"
#endif
#endif

extern BOOL opaqueTag;

@implementation TKApplication(TKWindowEvent)

- (void) windowActivation: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);







<
<
<
<

<
|
<







38
39
40
41
42
43
44




45

46

47
48
49
50
51
52
53

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKWindowEvent)

#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
extern NSString *NSWindowWillOrderOnScreenNotification;
extern NSString *NSWindowDidOrderOnScreenNotification;
extern NSString *NSWindowDidOrderOffScreenNotification;




#endif




@implementation TKApplication(TKWindowEvent)

- (void) windowActivation: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
    CFRelease(boundsRgn);

    event.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(winPtr));
    event.xany.send_event = false;
    event.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(winPtr);
    event.xany.display = Tk_Display(winPtr);
    event.type = Expose;
    event.xexpose.x = damageBounds.origin.x;
    event.xexpose.y = damageBounds.origin.y;
    event.xexpose.width = damageBounds.size.width;
    event.xexpose.height = damageBounds.size.height;
    event.xexpose.count = 0;
    Tk_HandleEvent(&event);

#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
    NSLog(@"Expose %p {{%d, %d}, {%d, %d}}", event.xany.window, event.xexpose.x,
	event.xexpose.y, event.xexpose.width, event.xexpose.height);
#endif

    /*







|
|



|







348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
    CFRelease(boundsRgn);

    event.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(winPtr));
    event.xany.send_event = false;
    event.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(winPtr);
    event.xany.display = Tk_Display(winPtr);
    event.type = Expose;
    event.xexpose.x = damageBounds.origin.x - bounds.origin.x;
    event.xexpose.y = damageBounds.origin.y - bounds.origin.y;
    event.xexpose.width = damageBounds.size.width;
    event.xexpose.height = damageBounds.size.height;
    event.xexpose.count = 0;
    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);

#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
    NSLog(@"Expose %p {{%d, %d}, {%d, %d}}", event.xany.window, event.xexpose.x,
	event.xexpose.y, event.xexpose.width, event.xexpose.height);
#endif

    /*
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront(void)
{
    Boolean isFrontProcess = true;
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
    ProcessSerialNumber frontPsn, ourPsn = {0, kCurrentProcess};

    if (noErr == GetFrontProcess(&frontPsn)){
	SameProcess(&frontPsn, &ourPsn, &isFrontProcess);
    }
#else
    isFrontProcess = [NSRunningApplication currentApplication].active;
#endif
    return (isFrontProcess == true);
}

#pragma mark TKContentView

#import <ApplicationServices/ApplicationServices.h>

/*







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<







740
741
742
743
744
745
746








747


748
749
750
751
752
753
754
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront(void)
{








    return ([NSRunningApplication currentApplication].active == true);


}

#pragma mark TKContentView

#import <ApplicationServices/ApplicationServices.h>

/*
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
	ClientData oldArg;
    	Tk_RestrictProc *oldProc;

	/* This can be called from outside the Tk event loop.
	 * Since it calls Tcl_DoOneEvent, we need to make sure we
	 * don't clobber the AutoreleasePool set up by the caller.
	 */
	[NSApp setPoolProtected:YES];

	/*
	 * Try to prevent flickers and flashes.
	 */
	[w disableFlushWindow];
	NSDisableScreenUpdates();








|







839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
	ClientData oldArg;
    	Tk_RestrictProc *oldProc;

	/* This can be called from outside the Tk event loop.
	 * Since it calls Tcl_DoOneEvent, we need to make sure we
	 * don't clobber the AutoreleasePool set up by the caller.
	 */
	[NSApp _lockAutoreleasePool];

	/*
	 * Try to prevent flickers and flashes.
	 */
	[w disableFlushWindow];
	NSDisableScreenUpdates();

885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
	HIRect bounds = NSRectToCGRect([self bounds]);
	HIShapeRef shape = HIShapeCreateWithRect(&bounds);
	[self generateExposeEvents: shape];
	while (Tk_DoOneEvent(TK_ALL_EVENTS|TK_DONT_WAIT)) {}
	[w enableFlushWindow];
	[w flushWindowIfNeeded];
	NSEnableScreenUpdates();
	[NSApp setPoolProtected:NO];
    }
}

/*
 * As insurance against bugs that might cause layout glitches during a live
 * resize, we redraw the window one more time at the end of the resize
 * operation.







|







870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
	HIRect bounds = NSRectToCGRect([self bounds]);
	HIShapeRef shape = HIShapeCreateWithRect(&bounds);
	[self generateExposeEvents: shape];
	while (Tk_DoOneEvent(TK_ALL_EVENTS|TK_DONT_WAIT)) {}
	[w enableFlushWindow];
	[w flushWindowIfNeeded];
	NSEnableScreenUpdates();
	[NSApp _unlockAutoreleasePool];
    }
}

/*
 * As insurance against bugs that might cause layout glitches during a live
 * resize, we redraw the window one more time at the end of the resize
 * operation.
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926

927
928
929
930
931
932
933
/* Core method of this class: generates expose events for redrawing.  If the
 * Tcl_ServiceMode is set to TCL_SERVICE_ALL then the expose events will be
 * immediately removed from the Tcl event loop and processed.  Typically, they
 * should be queued, however.
 */
- (void) generateExposeEvents: (HIShapeRef) shape
{
    [self generateExposeEvents:shape childrenOnly:0];
}

- (void) generateExposeEvents: (HIShapeRef) shape
		 childrenOnly: (int) childrenOnly
{
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow([self window]);
    unsigned long serial;
    CGRect updateBounds;
    int updatesNeeded;


    if (!winPtr) {
		return;
    }

    /* Generate Tk Expose events. */
    HIShapeGetBounds(shape, &updateBounds);







<
<
<
<
<
<
<



>







895
896
897
898
899
900
901







902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
/* Core method of this class: generates expose events for redrawing.  If the
 * Tcl_ServiceMode is set to TCL_SERVICE_ALL then the expose events will be
 * immediately removed from the Tcl event loop and processed.  Typically, they
 * should be queued, however.
 */
- (void) generateExposeEvents: (HIShapeRef) shape
{







    unsigned long serial;
    CGRect updateBounds;
    int updatesNeeded;
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow([self window]);

    if (!winPtr) {
		return;
    }

    /* Generate Tk Expose events. */
    HIShapeGetBounds(shape, &updateBounds);
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
    Tk_QueueWindowEvent((XEvent *) &event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}

- (BOOL) isOpaque
{
    NSWindow *w = [self window];

    if (opaqueTag) {
      return YES;
	} else {

     return (w && (([w styleMask] & NSTexturedBackgroundWindowMask) ||
    	    ![w isOpaque]) ? NO : YES);
    }
}

- (BOOL) wantsDefaultClipping
{
    return NO;
}








<
<
<
<
|

<







954
955
956
957
958
959
960




961
962

963
964
965
966
967
968
969
    Tk_QueueWindowEvent((XEvent *) &event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}

- (BOOL) isOpaque
{
    NSWindow *w = [self window];





      return (w && (([w styleMask] & NSTexturedBackgroundWindowMask) ||
    	    ![w isOpaque]) ? NO : YES);

}

- (BOOL) wantsDefaultClipping
{
    return NO;
}

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXWm.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

23
24
25
26
27
28
29
/*
 * tkMacOSXWm.c --
 *
 *	This module takes care of the interactions between a Tk-based
 *	application and the window manager. Among other things, it implements
 *	the "wm" command and passes geometry information to the window
 *	manager.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 * Copyright (c) 2010 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC.

 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkScrollbar.h"
#include "tkMacOSXWm.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"


#define DEBUG_ZOMBIES 0

/*
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_WINDOWS
#endif












>










>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
/*
 * tkMacOSXWm.c --
 *
 *	This module takes care of the interactions between a Tk-based
 *	application and the window manager. Among other things, it implements
 *	the "wm" command and passes geometry information to the window
 *	manager.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 * Copyright (c) 2010 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC.
 * Copyright (c) 2017 Marc Culler.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkScrollbar.h"
#include "tkMacOSXWm.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"
#include "tkMacOSXConstants.h"

#define DEBUG_ZOMBIES 0

/*
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_WINDOWS
#endif
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
	| kWindowHideOnFullScreenAttribute  | kWindowNoConstrainAttribute \
	| kWindowNoShadowAttribute	    | kWindowLiveResizeAttribute \
	| kWindowOpaqueForEventsAttribute   | kWindowIgnoreClicksAttribute \
	| kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute	    | tkWindowDoesNotHideAttribute \
	| tkCanJoinAllSpacesAttribute	    | tkMoveToActiveSpaceAttribute \
	| tkNonactivatingPanelAttribute	    | tkHUDWindowAttribute)

/*Objects for use in setting background color and opacity of window.*/
NSColor *colorName = NULL;
BOOL opaqueTag = FALSE;

static const struct {
    const UInt64 validAttrs, defaultAttrs, forceOnAttrs, forceOffAttrs;
    int flags; NSUInteger styleMask;
} macClassAttrs[] = {
    [kAlertWindowClass] = {
	.defaultAttrs = kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute, },







<
<
<







51
52
53
54
55
56
57



58
59
60
61
62
63
64
	| kWindowHideOnFullScreenAttribute  | kWindowNoConstrainAttribute \
	| kWindowNoShadowAttribute	    | kWindowLiveResizeAttribute \
	| kWindowOpaqueForEventsAttribute   | kWindowIgnoreClicksAttribute \
	| kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute	    | tkWindowDoesNotHideAttribute \
	| tkCanJoinAllSpacesAttribute	    | tkMoveToActiveSpaceAttribute \
	| tkNonactivatingPanelAttribute	    | tkHUDWindowAttribute)





static const struct {
    const UInt64 validAttrs, defaultAttrs, forceOnAttrs, forceOffAttrs;
    int flags; NSUInteger styleMask;
} macClassAttrs[] = {
    [kAlertWindowClass] = {
	.defaultAttrs = kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute, },
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235

236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
 * Hash table for Mac Window -> TkWindow mapping.
 */

static Tcl_HashTable windowTable;
static int windowHashInit = false;



#pragma mark NSWindow(TKWm)

/*
 * Conversion of coordinates between window and screen.
 */

@implementation NSWindow(TKWm)
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1070
- (NSPoint) convertPointToScreen: (NSPoint) point
{
    return [self convertBaseToScreen:point];
}
- (NSPoint) convertPointFromScreen: (NSPoint)point
{
    return [self convertScreenToBase:point];
}
@end
#else
- (NSPoint) convertPointToScreen: (NSPoint) point
{
    NSRect pointrect;
    pointrect.origin = point;
    pointrect.size.width = 0;
    pointrect.size.height = 0;
    return [self convertRectToScreen:pointrect].origin;
}
- (NSPoint) convertPointFromScreen: (NSPoint)point
{
    NSRect pointrect;
    pointrect.origin = point;
    pointrect.size.width = 0;
    pointrect.size.height = 0;
    return [self convertRectFromScreen:pointrect].origin;
}
@end

#endif

#pragma mark -


/*
 * Forward declarations for procedures defined in this file:
 */







<
















<

















|
>
|







192
193
194
195
196
197
198

199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214

215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
 * Hash table for Mac Window -> TkWindow mapping.
 */

static Tcl_HashTable windowTable;
static int windowHashInit = false;



#pragma mark NSWindow(TKWm)

/*
 * Conversion of coordinates between window and screen.
 */

@implementation NSWindow(TKWm)
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1070
- (NSPoint) convertPointToScreen: (NSPoint) point
{
    return [self convertBaseToScreen:point];
}
- (NSPoint) convertPointFromScreen: (NSPoint)point
{
    return [self convertScreenToBase:point];
}

#else
- (NSPoint) convertPointToScreen: (NSPoint) point
{
    NSRect pointrect;
    pointrect.origin = point;
    pointrect.size.width = 0;
    pointrect.size.height = 0;
    return [self convertRectToScreen:pointrect].origin;
}
- (NSPoint) convertPointFromScreen: (NSPoint)point
{
    NSRect pointrect;
    pointrect.origin = point;
    pointrect.size.width = 0;
    pointrect.size.height = 0;
    return [self convertRectFromScreen:pointrect].origin;
}
#endif

@end

#pragma mark -


/*
 * Forward declarations for procedures defined in this file:
 */
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384

385














386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397


398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
static void		GetMinSize(TkWindow *winPtr, int *minWidthPtr,
			    int *minHeightPtr);
static void		GetMaxSize(TkWindow *winPtr, int *maxWidthPtr,
			    int *maxHeightPtr);
static void		RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr,
			    MacDrawable *parentWin);

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= 1060
#define TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD 1
#endif

#pragma mark TKWindow(TKWm)

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
@interface NSWindow(TkWm)
- (void) setCanCycle: (BOOL) canCycleFlag;
@end
#endif

@interface NSDrawerWindow : NSWindow
{
    id _i1, _i2;
}
@end


@implementation TKWindow














@end

@implementation TKWindow(TKWm)

- (BOOL) canBecomeKeyWindow
{
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(self);

    return (winPtr && winPtr->wmInfoPtr && (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->macClass ==
	    kHelpWindowClass || winPtr->wmInfoPtr->attributes &
	    kWindowNoActivatesAttribute)) ? NO : YES;
}



#if DEBUG_ZOMBIES
- (id) retain
{
    id result = [super retain];
    const char *title = [[self title] UTF8String];
    if (title == nil) {
	title = "unnamed window";
    }
    if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1){
	printf("Retained <%s>. Count is: %lu\n", title, [self retainCount]);
    }
    return result;
}

- (id) autorelease
{
    static int xcount = 0;
    id result = [super autorelease];
    const char *title = [[self title] UTF8String];
    if (title == nil) {
	title = "unnamed window";
    }
    if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1){
	printf("Autoreleased <%s>. Count is %lu\n", title, [self retainCount]);







<
<
<
<


<
<
<
<
<
<






>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>












>
>

















<







358
359
360
361
362
363
364




365
366






367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419

420
421
422
423
424
425
426
static void		GetMinSize(TkWindow *winPtr, int *minWidthPtr,
			    int *minHeightPtr);
static void		GetMaxSize(TkWindow *winPtr, int *maxWidthPtr,
			    int *maxHeightPtr);
static void		RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr,
			    MacDrawable *parentWin);





#pragma mark TKWindow(TKWm)







@interface NSDrawerWindow : NSWindow
{
    id _i1, _i2;
}
@end


@implementation TKWindow: NSWindow
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_12
/*
 * Override automatic fullscreen button on >10.12 because system fullscreen API
 * confuses Tk window geometry.
 */
- (void)toggleFullScreen:(id)sender
{
    if ([self isZoomed]) {
	TkMacOSXZoomToplevel(self, inZoomIn);
    } else {
	TkMacOSXZoomToplevel(self, inZoomOut);
    }
}
#endif
@end

@implementation TKWindow(TKWm)

- (BOOL) canBecomeKeyWindow
{
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(self);

    return (winPtr && winPtr->wmInfoPtr && (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->macClass ==
	    kHelpWindowClass || winPtr->wmInfoPtr->attributes &
	    kWindowNoActivatesAttribute)) ? NO : YES;
}



#if DEBUG_ZOMBIES
- (id) retain
{
    id result = [super retain];
    const char *title = [[self title] UTF8String];
    if (title == nil) {
	title = "unnamed window";
    }
    if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1){
	printf("Retained <%s>. Count is: %lu\n", title, [self retainCount]);
    }
    return result;
}

- (id) autorelease
{

    id result = [super autorelease];
    const char *title = [[self title] UTF8String];
    if (title == nil) {
	title = "unnamed window";
    }
    if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1){
	printf("Autoreleased <%s>. Count is %lu\n", title, [self retainCount]);
763
764
765
766
767
768
769




770
771
772
773
774
775
776

    /*
     * Map the window.
     */

    XMapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);





}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWmUnmapWindow --
 *







>
>
>
>







767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784

    /*
     * Map the window.
     */

    XMapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);

    /*Add window to Window menu.*/
    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);
    [win setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:NO];

}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWmUnmapWindow --
 *
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894




895

896
897
898
899
900










901
902

903
904









905
906
907
908
909
910
911
    NSWindow *window = wmPtr->window;

    if (window && !Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) ) {
	NSWindow *parent = [window parentWindow];
	if (parent) {
	    [parent removeChildWindow:window];
	}
	[window close];
	TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow(window);
        if (winPtr->window) {
            ((MacDrawable *) winPtr->window)->view = nil;
        }
#if DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 0
	{
	    const char *title = [[window title] UTF8String];
	    if (title == nil) {
		title = "unnamed window";
	    }
	    printf(">>>> Closing <%s>. Count is: %lu\n", title, [window retainCount]);
	}
#endif
        [window release];




	wmPtr->window = NULL;


	/* Activate the highest window left on the screen. */
	NSArray *windows = [NSApp orderedWindows];
	if ( [windows count] > 0 ) {
	    NSWindow *front = [windows objectAtIndex:0];










	    if ( front && [front canBecomeKeyWindow] ) {
		[front makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp];

	    }
	}









	[NSApp _resetAutoreleasePool];

#if DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 0
	fprintf(stderr, "================= Pool dump ===================\n");
	[NSAutoreleasePool showPools];
#endif
    }







<
<
<
<
<









|
>
>
>
>

>



|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







881
882
883
884
885
886
887





888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
    NSWindow *window = wmPtr->window;

    if (window && !Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) ) {
	NSWindow *parent = [window parentWindow];
	if (parent) {
	    [parent removeChildWindow:window];
	}





#if DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 0
	{
	    const char *title = [[window title] UTF8String];
	    if (title == nil) {
		title = "unnamed window";
	    }
	    printf(">>>> Closing <%s>. Count is: %lu\n", title, [window retainCount]);
	}
#endif
	[window close];
	TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow(window);
        if (winPtr->window) {
            ((MacDrawable *) winPtr->window)->view = nil;
        }
	wmPtr->window = NULL;
        [window release];

	/* Activate the highest window left on the screen. */
	NSArray *windows = [NSApp orderedWindows];
	for (id nswindow in windows) {
	    TkWindow *winPtr2 = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(nswindow);
	    if (winPtr2 && nswindow != window) {
		WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr2->wmInfoPtr;
		BOOL minimized = (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == IconicState ||
				  wmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState);
		/*
		 * If no windows are left on the screen and the next
		 * window is iconified or withdrawn, we don't want to
		 * make it be the KeyWindow because that would cause
		 * it to be displayed on the screen.
		 */
		if ([nswindow canBecomeKeyWindow] && !minimized) {
		    [nswindow makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp];
		    break;
		}
	    }
	}
	/*
	 * Process all window events immediately to force the closed window to
	 * be deallocated.  But don't do this for the root window as that is
	 * unnecessary and can lead to segfaults.
	 */
	if (winPtr->parentPtr) {
	    while (Tk_DoOneEvent(TK_WINDOW_EVENTS|TK_DONT_WAIT)) {}
	}
	[NSApp _resetAutoreleasePool];

#if DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 0
	fprintf(stderr, "================= Pool dump ===================\n");
	[NSAutoreleasePool showPools];
#endif
    }
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    int reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc;
    char *errorMsg;

    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 7)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
		"window ?baseWidth baseHeight widthInc heightInc?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {







|







1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    int reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc;
    const char *errorMsg;

    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 7)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
		"window ?baseWidth baseHeight widthInc heightInc?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324

2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344


2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357




2358
2359

2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371




2372
2373
2374
2375

2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * WmIconphotoCmd --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconphoto" Tcl command.
 *	See the user documentation for details on what it does. Not yet
 *	implemented for OS X.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	See the user documentation.

 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
WmIconphotoCmd(
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Tk_PhotoHandle photo;
    int i, width, height, isDefault = 0;

    if (objc < 4) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
		"window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }


    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "-default") == 0) {
	isDefault = 1;
	if (objc == 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
		    "window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Iterate over all images to retrieve their sizes, in order to allocate a
     * buffer large enough to hold all images.
     */





    for (i = 3 + isDefault; i < objc; i++) {

	photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]));
	if (photo == NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "can't use \"%s\" as iconphoto: not a photo image",
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONPHOTO", "PHOTO", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tk_PhotoGetSize(photo, &width, &height);
    }

    /*




     * TODO: This requires implementation for OS X, but we silently return for
     * now.
     */


    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * WmIconpositionCmd --







|
<






>












|
|



|


>
>




|




|
<
|
|
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
<
>
>
>
>
|
<
<
|
>







2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345

2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384

2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401

2402
2403

2404
2405
2406
2407
2408


2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * WmIconphotoCmd --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconphoto" Tcl command.
 *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.

 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	See the user documentation.
 *
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
WmIconphotoCmd(
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Tk_Image tk_icon;
    int width, height, isDefault = 0;

    if (objc < 4) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
			 "window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*Parse args.*/
    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "-default") == 0) {
	isDefault = 1;
	if (objc == 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
			     "window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    /*Get icon name. We only use the first icon name because macOS does not

      support multiple images in Tk photos.*/
    char *icon;
    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "-default") == 0) {
	icon = Tcl_GetString(objv[4]);
    }	else {
	icon = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
    }

    /*Get image and convert to NSImage that can be displayed as icon.*/
    tk_icon = Tk_GetImage(interp, tkwin, icon, NULL, NULL);
    if (tk_icon == NULL) {
    	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
	      "can't use \"%s\" as iconphoto: not a photo image",
	      icon));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONPHOTO", "PHOTO", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }


    NSImage *newIcon;

    Tk_SizeOfImage(tk_icon, &width, &height);
    newIcon = TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithTkImage(winPtr->display, tk_icon, width, height);
    Tk_FreeImage(tk_icon);
    if (newIcon == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;


    }
    [NSApp setApplicationIconImage: newIcon];
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * WmIconpositionCmd --
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477




3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"can't withdraw %s: it is an icon for %s",
		Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "WITHDRAW", "ICON", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);




    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 * Invoked by those wm subcommands that affect geometry.
 * Schedules a geometry update.
 */







>
>
>
>







3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"can't withdraw %s: it is an icon for %s",
		Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "WITHDRAW", "ICON", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
    /*Remove window from Window menu.*/
    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);
    [win setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:YES];

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 * Invoked by those wm subcommands that affect geometry.
 * Schedules a geometry update.
 */
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638



4639
4640
4641
4642




4643










4644
4645



4646
4647



4648
4649
4650
4651
4652

4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659

4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
    int aboveBelow,		/* Gives relative position for restacking;
				 * must be Above or Below. */
    TkWindow *otherPtr)		/* Window relative to which to restack; if
				 * NULL, then winPtr gets restacked above or
				 * below *all* siblings. */
{
    NSWindow *macWindow;
    NSInteger otherMacWindowNumber;




    /*
     * Get the mac window. Make sure it exists & is mapped.
     */















    if (winPtr->window == None) {
	Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);



    }
    if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {



	/*
	 * Can't set stacking order properly until the window is on the screen
	 * (mapping it may give it a reparent window), so make sure it's on
	 * the screen.
	 */


	TkWmMapWindow(winPtr);
    }
    macWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);

    /*
     * Get the window in which a raise or lower is in relation to.

     */

    if (otherPtr != NULL) {
	if (otherPtr->window == None) {
	    Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) otherPtr);
	}
	if (otherPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
	    TkWmMapWindow(otherPtr);
	}
	otherMacWindowNumber = [TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(otherPtr->window)
		windowNumber];
    } else {
	otherMacWindowNumber = 0;
    }
    [macWindow orderWindow:(aboveBelow == Above ? NSWindowAbove : NSWindowBelow)
	    relativeTo:otherMacWindowNumber];
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWmAddToColormapWindows --
 *







|
>
>
>


|

>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
|
|
<
<
|
>
|
<

<


|
>

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<







4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700

4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710


4711
4712
4713

4714

4715
4716
4717
4718
4719













4720

4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
    int aboveBelow,		/* Gives relative position for restacking;
				 * must be Above or Below. */
    TkWindow *otherPtr)		/* Window relative to which to restack; if
				 * NULL, then winPtr gets restacked above or
				 * below *all* siblings. */
{
    NSWindow *macWindow;
    NSWindow *otherMacWindow;
    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    int macAboveBelow = (aboveBelow == Above ? NSWindowAbove : NSWindowBelow);
    int otherNumber = 0; /* 0 will be used when otherPtr is NULL. */

    /*
     * If the Tk windows has no drawable, or is withdrawn do nothing.
     */
    if (winPtr->window == None ||
	wmPtr == NULL          ||
	wmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState) {
	return;
    }
    macWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);
    if (macWindow == nil) {
	return;
    }
    if (otherPtr) {
	/*
	 * When otherPtr is non-NULL, if the other window has no
	 * drawable or is withdrawn, do nothing.
	 */
	WmInfo *otherWmPtr = otherPtr->wmInfoPtr;
	if (winPtr->window == None ||

	    otherWmPtr == NULL     ||
	    otherWmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState) {
	return;
	}
	otherMacWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(otherPtr->window);
	if (otherMacWindow == nil) {
	    return;
	} else {
	    /*
	     * If the other window is OK, get its number.


	     */
	    otherNumber = [otherMacWindow windowNumber];
	}

    }


    /*
     * Just let the Mac window manager deal with all the subtleties
     * of keeping track of off-screen windows, etc.
     */













    [macWindow orderWindow:macAboveBelow relativeTo:otherNumber];

}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWmAddToColormapWindows --
 *
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113

5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed --
 *
 *	Ask Carbon if the given window is in the zoomed out state. Because
 *	dragging & growing a window can change the Carbon zoom state, we
 *	cannot rely on wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state for this information.
 *
 * Results:
 *	True if window is zoomed out, false otherwise.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

MODULE_SCOPE int
TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed(
    TkWindow *winPtr)
{
    return [TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window) isZoomed];
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXZoomToplevel --
 *
 *	The function is invoked when the user clicks in the zoom region of a







|
|

















>







5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed --
 *
 *	Ask Cocoa if the given window is in the zoomed out state. Because
 *	dragging & growing a window can change the Cocoa zoom state, we
 *	cannot rely on wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state for this information.
 *
 * Results:
 *	True if window is zoomed out, false otherwise.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

MODULE_SCOPE int
TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed(
    TkWindow *winPtr)
{
    return [TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window) isZoomed];
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXZoomToplevel --
 *
 *	The function is invoked when the user clicks in the zoom region of a
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159

5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
	return false;
    }

    /*
     * Do nothing if already in desired zoom state.
     */

    if (![window isZoomed] == (zoomPart == inZoomIn)) {
	return false;
    }
    [window zoom:NSApp];

    wmPtr->hints.initial_state =
	    (zoomPart == inZoomIn ? NormalState : ZoomState);
    return true;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkUnsupported1Cmd --







|


|
>
|
|







5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
	return false;
    }

    /*
     * Do nothing if already in desired zoom state.
     */

    if ((![window isZoomed] == (zoomPart == inZoomIn))) {
	return false;
    }
      [window zoom:NSApp];

     wmPtr->hints.initial_state =
    	    (zoomPart == inZoomIn ? NormalState : ZoomState);
    return true;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkUnsupported1Cmd --
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
	"style", NULL
    };
    enum SubCmds {
	TKMWS_STYLE
    };
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    TkWindow *winPtr;
    int index, i;

    if (objc < 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Iterate through objc/objv to set correct background color and toggle
     * opacity of window.
     */

    for (i= 0; i < objc; i++) {
    	if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*black*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor blackColor];	// use #000000 in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*dark*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor darkGrayColor]; //use #545454 in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*light*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor lightGrayColor]; //use #ababab in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*white*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor whiteColor];	//use #ffffff in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "gray*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor grayColor];	//use #7f7f7f in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*red*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor redColor];	//use #ff0000 in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*green*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor greenColor];	//use #00ff00 in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*blue*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor blueColor];	//use #0000ff in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*cyan*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor cyanColor];	//use #00ffff in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*yellow*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor yellowColor];	//use #ffff00 in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*magenta*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor magentaColor];	//use #ff00ff in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*orange*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor orangeColor];	//use #ff8000 in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*purple*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor purpleColor];	//use #800080 in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*brown*")){
    	    colorName = [NSColor brownColor];	//use #996633 in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*clear*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor clearColor];	//use systemTransparent in Tk scripts to match
    	}
    	if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*opacity*")) {
    	    opaqueTag = YES;
    	}
    }

    winPtr = (TkWindow *)
	    Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), tkwin);
    if (winPtr == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL)) {







|






<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252









































5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
	"style", NULL
    };
    enum SubCmds {
	TKMWS_STYLE
    };
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    TkWindow *winPtr;
    int index;

    if (objc < 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }











































    winPtr = (TkWindow *)
	    Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), tkwin);
    if (winPtr == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL)) {
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608

5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
    NSWindow *window = [[winClass alloc] initWithContentRect:contentRect
	    styleMask:styleMask backing:NSBackingStoreBuffered defer:YES];
    if (!window) {
    	Tcl_Panic("couldn't allocate new Mac window");
    }
    TKContentView *contentView = [[TKContentView alloc]
				     initWithFrame:NSZeroRect];

    [window setContentView:contentView];
    [contentView release];
    [window setDelegate:NSApp];
    [window setAcceptsMouseMovedEvents:YES];
    [window setReleasedWhenClosed:NO];
    [window setAutodisplay:NO];
    if (styleMask & NSUtilityWindowMask) {
	[(NSPanel*)window setFloatingPanel:YES];
    }
    if ((styleMask & (NSTexturedBackgroundWindowMask|NSHUDWindowMask)) &&
	    !(styleMask & NSDocModalWindowMask)) {
        /*
	 * Workaround for [Bug 2824538]: Texured windows are draggable
	 *                               from opaque content.
	 */
	[window setMovableByWindowBackground:NO];
    }


    /* Set background color and opacity of window if those flags are set.  */
    if (colorName != NULL) {
    	[window setBackgroundColor: colorName];
    }

    if (opaqueTag) {
#ifdef TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD
    	[window setOpaque: opaqueTag];
#else
	[window setOpaque: YES];
#endif
    }

    [window setDocumentEdited:NO];
    wmPtr->window = window;
    macWin->view = window.contentView;
    TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(winPtr, window);

    NSRect geometry = InitialWindowBounds(winPtr, window);
    geometry.size.width +=  structureRect.size.width;







>


















<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633














5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
    NSWindow *window = [[winClass alloc] initWithContentRect:contentRect
	    styleMask:styleMask backing:NSBackingStoreBuffered defer:YES];
    if (!window) {
    	Tcl_Panic("couldn't allocate new Mac window");
    }
    TKContentView *contentView = [[TKContentView alloc]
				     initWithFrame:NSZeroRect];
    [window setColorSpace:[NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace]];
    [window setContentView:contentView];
    [contentView release];
    [window setDelegate:NSApp];
    [window setAcceptsMouseMovedEvents:YES];
    [window setReleasedWhenClosed:NO];
    [window setAutodisplay:NO];
    if (styleMask & NSUtilityWindowMask) {
	[(NSPanel*)window setFloatingPanel:YES];
    }
    if ((styleMask & (NSTexturedBackgroundWindowMask|NSHUDWindowMask)) &&
	    !(styleMask & NSDocModalWindowMask)) {
        /*
	 * Workaround for [Bug 2824538]: Texured windows are draggable
	 *                               from opaque content.
	 */
	[window setMovableByWindowBackground:NO];
    }















    [window setDocumentEdited:NO];
    wmPtr->window = window;
    macWin->view = window.contentView;
    TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(winPtr, window);

    NSRect geometry = InitialWindowBounds(winPtr, window);
    geometry.size.width +=  structureRect.size.width;
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
		initial) {
	    NSWindowCollectionBehavior b = NSWindowCollectionBehaviorDefault;
	    if (newAttributes & tkCanJoinAllSpacesAttribute) {
		b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorCanJoinAllSpaces;
	    } else if (newAttributes & tkMoveToActiveSpaceAttribute) {
		b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorMoveToActiveSpace;
	    }
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1060
	    if (newAttributes & kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute) {
		b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorIgnoresCycle;
	    } else {
		b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorParticipatesInCycle;
	    }
#endif
	    [macWindow setCollectionBehavior:b];
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
	    if (((changedAttributes & kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute) || initial)
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1060
		    && tkMacOSXMacOSXVersion < 1060
#endif
	    ) {
		[macWindow setCanCycle:
			!(newAttributes & kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute)];
	    }
#endif
	}
	if ((wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST) != (oldFlags & WM_TOPMOST)) {
	    [macWindow setLevel:(wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST) ?
		    kCGUtilityWindowLevel : ([macWindow isKindOfClass:
		    [NSPanel class]] && [macWindow isFloatingPanel] ?
		    kCGFloatingWindowLevel : kCGNormalWindowLevel)];
	}







<





<

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323

6324
6325
6326
6327
6328

6329










6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
		initial) {
	    NSWindowCollectionBehavior b = NSWindowCollectionBehaviorDefault;
	    if (newAttributes & tkCanJoinAllSpacesAttribute) {
		b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorCanJoinAllSpaces;
	    } else if (newAttributes & tkMoveToActiveSpaceAttribute) {
		b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorMoveToActiveSpace;
	    }

	    if (newAttributes & kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute) {
		b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorIgnoresCycle;
	    } else {
		b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorParticipatesInCycle;
	    }

	    [macWindow setCollectionBehavior:b];










	}
	if ((wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST) != (oldFlags & WM_TOPMOST)) {
	    [macWindow setLevel:(wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST) ?
		    kCGUtilityWindowLevel : ([macWindow isKindOfClass:
		    [NSPanel class]] && [macWindow isFloatingPanel] ?
		    kCGFloatingWindowLevel : kCGNormalWindowLevel)];
	}
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
    TkWindow *winPtr,
    NSWindow *window,
    int fullscreen,
    Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    int result = TCL_OK, wasFullscreen = (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN);
#ifdef TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD
    static unsigned long prevMask = 0, prevPres = 0;
#endif /*TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD*/

    if (fullscreen) {
	int screenWidth =  WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr));
	int screenHeight = HeightOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr));

	/*
	 * Check max width and height if set by the user.







<

<







6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460

6461

6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
    TkWindow *winPtr,
    NSWindow *window,
    int fullscreen,
    Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    int result = TCL_OK, wasFullscreen = (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN);

    static unsigned long prevMask = 0, prevPres = 0;


    if (fullscreen) {
	int screenWidth =  WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr));
	int screenHeight = HeightOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr));

	/*
	 * Check max width and height if set by the user.
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503

6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545

6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558

6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
			" width/height is too small", winPtr->pathName));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "FULLSCREEN",
			"CONSTRAINT_FAILURE", NULL);
	    }
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_FULLSCREEN;
	} else {

	    NSRect bounds = [window contentRectForFrameRect:[window frame]];
	    NSRect screenBounds = NSMakeRect(0, 0, screenWidth, screenHeight);

	    if (!NSEqualRects(bounds, screenBounds) && !wasFullscreen) {
		wmPtr->configX = wmPtr->x;
		wmPtr->configY = wmPtr->y;
		wmPtr->configAttributes = wmPtr->attributes;
		wmPtr->attributes &= ~kWindowResizableAttribute;
		ApplyWindowAttributeFlagChanges(winPtr, window,
			wmPtr->configAttributes, wmPtr->flags, 1, 0);
		wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING;
		[window setFrame:[window frameRectForContentRect:
			screenBounds] display:YES];
		wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;
	    }
	    wmPtr->flags |= WM_FULLSCREEN;
	}

#ifdef TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD
	/*
	 * We can't set these features on Leopard or earlier, as they don't
	 * exist (neither options nor API that uses them). This formally means
	 * that there's a bug with full-screen windows with Tk on old OSX, but
	 * it isn't worth blocking a build just for this.
	 */

	prevMask = [window styleMask];
	prevPres = [NSApp presentationOptions];
	[window setStyleMask: NSBorderlessWindowMask];
	[NSApp setPresentationOptions: NSApplicationPresentationAutoHideDock
	                          | NSApplicationPresentationAutoHideMenuBar];
#endif /*TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD*/
    } else {
	wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_FULLSCREEN;

#ifdef TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD
	[NSApp setPresentationOptions: prevPres];
	[window setStyleMask: prevMask];
#endif /*TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD*/
    }

    if (wasFullscreen && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN)) {

	UInt64 oldAttributes = wmPtr->attributes;
	NSRect bounds = NSMakeRect(wmPtr->configX, tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight -
		(wmPtr->configY + wmPtr->yInParent + wmPtr->configHeight),
		wmPtr->xInParent + wmPtr->configWidth,
		wmPtr->yInParent + wmPtr->configHeight);

	wmPtr->attributes |= wmPtr->configAttributes &
		kWindowResizableAttribute;
	ApplyWindowAttributeFlagChanges(winPtr, window, oldAttributes,
		wmPtr->flags, 1, 0);
	wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING;
	[window setFrame:[window frameRectForContentRect:bounds] display:YES];
	wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;

    }
    return result;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







>


















<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<





|


<
<


<



>













>







6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501








6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509


6510
6511

6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
			" width/height is too small", winPtr->pathName));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "FULLSCREEN",
			"CONSTRAINT_FAILURE", NULL);
	    }
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_FULLSCREEN;
	} else {
	    Tk_UnmapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
	    NSRect bounds = [window contentRectForFrameRect:[window frame]];
	    NSRect screenBounds = NSMakeRect(0, 0, screenWidth, screenHeight);

	    if (!NSEqualRects(bounds, screenBounds) && !wasFullscreen) {
		wmPtr->configX = wmPtr->x;
		wmPtr->configY = wmPtr->y;
		wmPtr->configAttributes = wmPtr->attributes;
		wmPtr->attributes &= ~kWindowResizableAttribute;
		ApplyWindowAttributeFlagChanges(winPtr, window,
			wmPtr->configAttributes, wmPtr->flags, 1, 0);
		wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING;
		[window setFrame:[window frameRectForContentRect:
			screenBounds] display:YES];
		wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;
	    }
	    wmPtr->flags |= WM_FULLSCREEN;
	}









	prevMask = [window styleMask];
	prevPres = [NSApp presentationOptions];
	[window setStyleMask: NSBorderlessWindowMask];
	[NSApp setPresentationOptions: NSApplicationPresentationAutoHideDock
	                          | NSApplicationPresentationAutoHideMenuBar];
	Tk_MapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
    } else {
	wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_FULLSCREEN;


	[NSApp setPresentationOptions: prevPres];
	[window setStyleMask: prevMask];

    }

    if (wasFullscreen && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN)) {
	Tk_UnmapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
	UInt64 oldAttributes = wmPtr->attributes;
	NSRect bounds = NSMakeRect(wmPtr->configX, tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight -
		(wmPtr->configY + wmPtr->yInParent + wmPtr->configHeight),
		wmPtr->xInParent + wmPtr->configWidth,
		wmPtr->yInParent + wmPtr->configHeight);

	wmPtr->attributes |= wmPtr->configAttributes &
		kWindowResizableAttribute;
	ApplyWindowAttributeFlagChanges(winPtr, window, oldAttributes,
		wmPtr->flags, 1, 0);
	wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING;
	[window setFrame:[window frameRectForContentRect:bounds] display:YES];
	wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;
       Tk_MapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
    }
    return result;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXXStubs.c.

49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
 * Forward declarations of procedures used in this file.
 */

static XID		MacXIdAlloc(Display *display);
static int		DefaultErrorHandler(Display *display,
			    XErrorEvent *err_evt);

/*
 * Other declarations
 */

static int		DestroyImage(XImage *image);
static unsigned long	ImageGetPixel(XImage *image, int x, int y);
static int		ImagePutPixel(XImage *image, int x, int y,
			    unsigned long pixel);

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXDisplayChanged --
 *
 *	Called to set up initial screen info or when an event indicated







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







49
50
51
52
53
54
55








56
57
58
59
60
61
62
 * Forward declarations of procedures used in this file.
 */

static XID		MacXIdAlloc(Display *display);
static int		DefaultErrorHandler(Display *display,
			    XErrorEvent *err_evt);










/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXDisplayChanged --
 *
 *	Called to set up initial screen info or when an event indicated
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
	snprintf(vendor, sizeof(vendor), "Apple AppKit %g",
		NSAppKitVersionNumber);
    }
    display->vendor = vendor;
    {
	int major, minor, patch;

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 10100
	Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionMajor, (SInt32*)&major);
	Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionMinor, (SInt32*)&minor);
	Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionBugFix, (SInt32*)&patch);
#else
	NSOperatingSystemVersion systemVersion = [[NSProcessInfo processInfo] operatingSystemVersion];
	major = systemVersion.majorVersion;
	minor = systemVersion.minorVersion;







|







171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
	snprintf(vendor, sizeof(vendor), "Apple AppKit %g",
		NSAppKitVersionNumber);
    }
    display->vendor = vendor;
    {
	int major, minor, patch;

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1080
	Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionMajor, (SInt32*)&major);
	Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionMinor, (SInt32*)&minor);
	Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionBugFix, (SInt32*)&patch);
#else
	NSOperatingSystemVersion systemVersion = [[NSProcessInfo processInfo] operatingSystemVersion];
	major = systemVersion.majorVersion;
	minor = systemVersion.minorVersion;
204
205
206
207
208
209
210

211
212
213
214
215
216
217
    screen->black_pixel = 0x00000000 | PIXEL_MAGIC << 24;
    screen->white_pixel = 0x00FFFFFF | PIXEL_MAGIC << 24;
    screen->ext_data	= (XExtData *) &maxBounds;

    screen->root_visual = ckalloc(sizeof(Visual));
    screen->root_visual->visualid     = 0;
    screen->root_visual->class	      = TrueColor;

    screen->root_visual->red_mask     = 0x00FF0000;
    screen->root_visual->green_mask   = 0x0000FF00;
    screen->root_visual->blue_mask    = 0x000000FF;
    screen->root_visual->bits_per_rgb = 24;
    screen->root_visual->map_entries  = 256;

    /*







>







196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
    screen->black_pixel = 0x00000000 | PIXEL_MAGIC << 24;
    screen->white_pixel = 0x00FFFFFF | PIXEL_MAGIC << 24;
    screen->ext_data	= (XExtData *) &maxBounds;

    screen->root_visual = ckalloc(sizeof(Visual));
    screen->root_visual->visualid     = 0;
    screen->root_visual->class	      = TrueColor;
    screen->root_visual->alpha_mask   = 0xFF000000;
    screen->root_visual->red_mask     = 0x00FF0000;
    screen->root_visual->green_mask   = 0x0000FF00;
    screen->root_visual->blue_mask    = 0x000000FF;
    screen->root_visual->bits_per_rgb = 24;
    screen->root_visual->map_entries  = 256;

    /*
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
    Display * display,
    Atom atom)
{
    display->request++;
    return NULL;
}

int
_XInitImageFuncPtrs(
    XImage *image)
{
    return 0;
}

XErrorHandler
XSetErrorHandler(
    XErrorHandler handler)
{
    return DefaultErrorHandler;
}








<
<
<
<
<
<
<







372
373
374
375
376
377
378







379
380
381
382
383
384
385
    Display * display,
    Atom atom)
{
    display->request++;
    return NULL;
}








XErrorHandler
XSetErrorHandler(
    XErrorHandler handler)
{
    return DefaultErrorHandler;
}

758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
	    ProtocolVersion(Tk_Display(tkwin)),
	    ProtocolRevision(Tk_Display(tkwin)));
    snprintf(buffer2, sizeof(buffer2), " Mac OS X %x",
	    VendorRelease(Tk_Display(tkwin)));
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, ServerVendor(Tk_Display(tkwin)),
	    buffer2, NULL);
}

#pragma mark XImage handling

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XCreateImage --
 *
 *	Allocates storage for a new XImage.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a newly allocated XImage.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

XImage *
XCreateImage(
    Display* display,
    Visual* visual,
    unsigned int depth,
    int format,
    int offset,
    char* data,
    unsigned int width,
    unsigned int height,
    int bitmap_pad,
    int bytes_per_line)
{
    XImage *ximage;
    display->request++;
    ximage = ckalloc(sizeof(XImage));

    ximage->height = height;
    ximage->width = width;
    ximage->depth = depth;
    ximage->xoffset = offset;
    ximage->format = format;
    ximage->data = data;
    ximage->obdata = NULL;
    /* The default pixelpower is 0.  This must be explicitly set to 1 in the
     * case of an XImage extracted from a Retina display.
     */
    ximage->pixelpower = 0;

    if (format == ZPixmap) {
	ximage->bits_per_pixel = 32;
	ximage->bitmap_unit = 32;
    } else {
	ximage->bits_per_pixel = 1;
	ximage->bitmap_unit = 8;
    }
    if (bitmap_pad) {
	ximage->bitmap_pad = bitmap_pad;
    } else {
	/* Use 16 byte alignment for best Quartz perfomance */
	ximage->bitmap_pad = 128;
    }
    if (bytes_per_line) {
	ximage->bytes_per_line = bytes_per_line;
    } else {
	ximage->bytes_per_line = ((width * ximage->bits_per_pixel +
		(ximage->bitmap_pad - 1)) >> 3) &
		~((ximage->bitmap_pad >> 3) - 1);
    }
#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
    ximage->byte_order = MSBFirst;
    ximage->bitmap_bit_order = MSBFirst;
#else
    ximage->byte_order = LSBFirst;
    ximage->bitmap_bit_order = LSBFirst;
#endif
    ximage->red_mask = 0x00FF0000;
    ximage->green_mask = 0x0000FF00;
    ximage->blue_mask = 0x000000FF;
    ximage->f.create_image = NULL;
    ximage->f.destroy_image = DestroyImage;
    ximage->f.get_pixel = ImageGetPixel;
    ximage->f.put_pixel = ImagePutPixel;
    ximage->f.sub_image = NULL;
    ximage->f.add_pixel = NULL;

    return ximage;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XGetImage --
 *
 *	This function copies data from a pixmap or window into an XImage.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a newly allocated XImage containing the data from the given
 *	rectangle of the given drawable, or NULL if the XImage could not be
 *	constructed.  NOTE: If we are copying from a window on a Retina
 *	display, the dimensions of the XImage will be 2*width x 2*height.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

XImage *
XGetImage(
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    int x,
    int y,
    unsigned int width,
    unsigned int height,
    unsigned long plane_mask,
    int format)
{
    NSBitmapImageRep *bitmap_rep;
    NSUInteger         bitmap_fmt;
    XImage *       imagePtr = NULL;
    char *           bitmap = NULL;
    char *           image_data=NULL;
    int	        depth = 32;
    int	        offset = 0;
    int	        bitmap_pad = 0;
    int	        bytes_per_row = 4*width;
    int                size;
    MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *) d; // Where is this variable used? May it be removed?
    int scalefactor = 1;
#if __MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1070
    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(d);
    /* This code assumes that backing scale factors are integers.  Currently
     * Retina displays use a scale factor of 2.0 and normal displays use 1.0.
     * We do not support any other values here.
     */
    if (win && [win respondsToSelector:@selector(backingScaleFactor)]) {
	scalefactor = ([win backingScaleFactor] == 2.0) ? 2 : 1;
    }
#endif
    int scaled_height = height * scalefactor;
    int scaled_width = width * scalefactor;

    if (format == ZPixmap) {
	if (width == 0 || height == 0) {
	    /* This happens all the time.
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage: empty image requested");
	    */
	    return NULL;
	}

	bitmap_rep =  BitmapRepFromDrawableRect(d, x, y, width, height);
	bitmap_fmt = [bitmap_rep bitmapFormat];

	if ( bitmap_rep == Nil                        ||
	     (bitmap_fmt != 0 && bitmap_fmt != 1)     ||
	     [bitmap_rep samplesPerPixel] != 4 ||
	     [bitmap_rep isPlanar] != 0               ) {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage: Failed to construct NSBitmapRep");
	    return NULL;
	}

	NSSize image_size = NSMakeSize(width, height);
	NSImage* ns_image = [[NSImage alloc]initWithSize:image_size];
	[ns_image addRepresentation:bitmap_rep];

	/* Assume premultiplied nonplanar data with 4 bytes per pixel.*/
	if ( [bitmap_rep isPlanar ] == 0 &&
	     [bitmap_rep samplesPerPixel] == 4 ) {
	    bytes_per_row = [bitmap_rep bytesPerRow];
	    assert(bytes_per_row == 4 * scaled_width);
	    assert([bitmap_rep bytesPerPlane] == bytes_per_row * scaled_height);
	    size = bytes_per_row*scaled_height;
	    image_data = (char*)[bitmap_rep bitmapData];
	    if ( image_data ) {
		int row, n, m;
		bitmap = ckalloc(size);
		/*
		  Oddly enough, the bitmap has the top row at the beginning,
		  and the pixels are in BGRA or ABGR format.
		*/
		if (bitmap_fmt == 0) {
		    /* BGRA */
		    for (row=0, n=0; row<scaled_height; row++, n+=bytes_per_row) {
			for (m=n; m<n+bytes_per_row; m+=4) {
			    *(bitmap+m)   = *(image_data+m+2);
			    *(bitmap+m+1) = *(image_data+m+1);
			    *(bitmap+m+2) = *(image_data+m);
			    *(bitmap+m+3) = *(image_data+m+3);
			}
		    }
		} else {
		    /* ABGR */
		    for (row=0, n=0; row<scaled_height; row++, n+=bytes_per_row) {
			for (m=n; m<n+bytes_per_row; m+=4) {
			    *(bitmap+m)   = *(image_data+m+3);
			    *(bitmap+m+1) = *(image_data+m+2);
			    *(bitmap+m+2) = *(image_data+m+1);
			    *(bitmap+m+3) = *(image_data+m);
			}
		    }
		}
	    }
	}
	if (bitmap) {
	    imagePtr = XCreateImage(display, NULL, depth, format, offset,
				    (char*)bitmap, scaled_width, scaled_height,
				    bitmap_pad, bytes_per_row);
	    if (scalefactor == 2) {
	    	imagePtr->pixelpower = 1;
	     }
	    [ns_image removeRepresentation:bitmap_rep]; /*releases the rep*/
	    [ns_image release];
	}
    } else {
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Could not extract image from drawable.");
    }
    return imagePtr;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DestroyImage --
 *
 *	Destroys storage associated with an image.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Deallocates the image.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
DestroyImage(
    XImage *image)
{
    if (image) {
	if (image->data) {
	    ckfree(image->data);
	}
	ckfree(image);
    }
    return 0;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ImageGetPixel --
 *
 *	Get a single pixel from an image.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns the 32 bit pixel value.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static unsigned long
ImageGetPixel(
    XImage *image,
    int x,
    int y)
{
    unsigned char r = 0, g = 0, b = 0;

    if (image && image->data) {
	unsigned char *srcPtr = ((unsigned char*) image->data)
		+ (y * image->bytes_per_line)
		+ (((image->xoffset + x) * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY);

	switch (image->bits_per_pixel) {
	    case 32: {
		r = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) >> 16) & 0xff;
		g = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) >>  8) & 0xff;
		b = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr)      ) & 0xff;
		/*if (image->byte_order == LSBFirst) {
		    r = srcPtr[2]; g = srcPtr[1]; b = srcPtr[0];
		} else {
		    r = srcPtr[1]; g = srcPtr[2]; b = srcPtr[3];
		}*/
		break;
	    }
	    case 16:
		r = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) >> 7) & 0xf8;
		g = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) >> 2) & 0xf8;
		b = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) << 3) & 0xf8;
		break;
	    case 8:
		r = (*srcPtr << 2) & 0xc0;
		g = (*srcPtr << 4) & 0xc0;
		b = (*srcPtr << 6) & 0xc0;
		r |= r >> 2 | r >> 4 | r >> 6;
		g |= g >> 2 | g >> 4 | g >> 6;
		b |= b >> 2 | b >> 4 | b >> 6;
		break;
	    case 4: {
		unsigned char c = (x % 2) ? *srcPtr : (*srcPtr >> 4);
		r = (c & 0x04) ? 0xff : 0;
		g = (c & 0x02) ? 0xff : 0;
		b = (c & 0x01) ? 0xff : 0;
		break;
		}
	    case 1:
		r = g = b = ((*srcPtr) & (0x80 >> (x % 8))) ? 0xff : 0;
		break;
	}
    }
    return (PIXEL_MAGIC << 24) | (r << 16) | (g << 8) | b;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ImagePutPixel --
 *
 *	Set a single pixel in an image.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ImagePutPixel(
    XImage *image,
    int x,
    int y,
    unsigned long pixel)
{
    if (image && image->data) {
	unsigned char r = ((pixel & image->red_mask)   >> 16) & 0xff;
	unsigned char g = ((pixel & image->green_mask) >>  8) & 0xff;
	unsigned char b = ((pixel & image->blue_mask)       ) & 0xff;
	unsigned char *dstPtr = ((unsigned char*) image->data)
		+ (y * image->bytes_per_line)
		+ (((image->xoffset + x) * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY);

	switch (image->bits_per_pixel) {
	    case 32:
		*((unsigned int*) dstPtr) = (0xff << 24) | (r << 16) |
			(g << 8) | b;
		/*if (image->byte_order == LSBFirst) {
		    dstPtr[3] = 0xff; dstPtr[2] = r; dstPtr[1] = g; dstPtr[0] = b;
		} else {
		    dstPtr[0] = 0xff; dstPtr[1] = r; dstPtr[2] = g; dstPtr[3] = b;
		}*/
		break;
	    case 16:
		*((unsigned short*) dstPtr) = ((r & 0xf8) << 7) |
			((g & 0xf8) << 2) | ((b & 0xf8) >> 3);
		break;
	    case 8:
		*dstPtr = ((r & 0xc0) >> 2) | ((g & 0xc0) >> 4) |
			((b & 0xc0) >> 6);
		break;
	    case 4: {
		unsigned char c = ((r & 0x80) >> 5) | ((g & 0x80) >> 6) |
			((b & 0x80) >> 7);
		*dstPtr = (x % 2) ? ((*dstPtr & 0xf0) | (c & 0x0f)) :
			((*dstPtr & 0x0f) | ((c << 4) & 0xf0));
		break;
		}
	    case 1:
		*dstPtr = ((r|g|b) & 0x80) ? (*dstPtr | (0x80 >> (x % 8))) :
			(*dstPtr & ~(0x80 >> (x % 8)));
		break;
	}
    }
    return 0;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XChangeWindowAttributes, XSetWindowBackground,
 * XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap, XSetWindowBorder, XSetWindowBorderPixmap,
 * XSetWindowBorderWidth, XSetWindowColormap







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







744
745
746
747
748
749
750






























































































































































































































































































































































































751
752
753
754
755
756
757
	    ProtocolVersion(Tk_Display(tkwin)),
	    ProtocolRevision(Tk_Display(tkwin)));
    snprintf(buffer2, sizeof(buffer2), " Mac OS X %x",
	    VendorRelease(Tk_Display(tkwin)));
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, ServerVendor(Tk_Display(tkwin)),
	    buffer2, NULL);
}































































































































































































































































































































































































/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XChangeWindowAttributes, XSetWindowBackground,
 * XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap, XSetWindowBorder, XSetWindowBorderPixmap,
 * XSetWindowBorderWidth, XSetWindowColormap
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime(
    Display *dpy)
{
    IOGPoint loc;
    kern_return_t kr;
    NXEvent nullEvent = {NX_NULLEVENT, {0, 0}, 0, -1, 0};
    enum { kNULLEventPostThrottle = 10 };
    static io_connect_t io_connection = MACH_PORT_NULL;

    if (io_connection == MACH_PORT_NULL) {
	io_service_t service = IOServiceGetMatchingService(







|







969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime(
    Display *dpy)
{
    IOGPoint loc = {0, 0};
    kern_return_t kr;
    NXEvent nullEvent = {NX_NULLEVENT, {0, 0}, 0, -1, 0};
    enum { kNULLEventPostThrottle = 10 };
    static io_connect_t io_connection = MACH_PORT_NULL;

    if (io_connection == MACH_PORT_NULL) {
	io_service_t service = IOServiceGetMatchingService(

Changes to tests/bind.test.

29
30
31
32
33
34
35













36
37
38
39
40
41
42
    bind all <Enter> {}
    bind Test <Enter> {}
    bind Toplevel <Enter> {}
    bind xyz <Enter> {}
    bind {a b} <Enter> {}
    bind .t <Enter> {}
}














# move the mouse pointer away of the testing area
# otherwise some spurious events may pollute the tests
toplevel .top
wm geometry .top 50x50-50-50
update
event generate .top <Button-1> -warp 1







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
    bind all <Enter> {}
    bind Test <Enter> {}
    bind Toplevel <Enter> {}
    bind xyz <Enter> {}
    bind {a b} <Enter> {}
    bind .t <Enter> {}
}

# This function fills the pattern matcher's ring buffer with events of
# the specified type.  This can be used when testing with generated
# events to make sure that there are no stray events in the ring
# buffer which might cause the pattern matcher to find unintended
# matches.  The size of the ring buffer is EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE, which is
# currently set to 30.  If this changes, the code below will need to
# change.
proc clearRingBuffer {{event}} {
    for {set i 0} {$i < 30} {incr i} {
	event generate . $event
    }
}

# move the mouse pointer away of the testing area
# otherwise some spurious events may pollute the tests
toplevel .top
wm geometry .top 50x50-50-50
update
event generate .top <Button-1> -warp 1
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x Key%K"
    bind .t.f <KeyRelease> "lappend x Release%K"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -keycode 0
    event generate .t.f <KeyRelease> -keycode 0
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {Key?? Release??}
test bind-13.15 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: button detail} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f







|
|







657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x Key%K"
    bind .t.f <KeyRelease> "lappend x Release%K"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -keycode -1
    event generate .t.f <KeyRelease> -keycode -1
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {Key?? Release??}
test bind-13.15 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: button detail} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384

1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399

1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416

1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432

1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448

1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
    destroy .t.f
} -result {0}
test bind-15.22 {MatchPatterns procedure, time wrap-around} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update

} -body {
    bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
    set x 0
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time [expr -100]
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time 200
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.23 {MatchPatterns procedure, time wrap-around} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update

} -body {
    bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
    set x 0
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time -100
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time 500
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {0}

test bind-15.24 {MatchPatterns procedure, virtual event} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}

} -body {
    event add <<Paste>> <Button-1>
    bind .t.f <<Paste>> {lappend x paste}
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    event delete <<Paste>> <Button-1>
} -result {paste}
test bind-15.25 {MatchPatterns procedure, reject a  virtual event} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}

} -body {
    event add <<Paste>> <Shift-Button-1>
    bind .t.f <<Paste>> {lappend x paste}
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    event delete <<Paste>> <Shift-Button-1>
} -result {}
test bind-15.26 {MatchPatterns procedure, reject a virtual event} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}

} -body {
    event add <<V1>> <Button>
    event add <<V2>> <Button-1>
    event add <<V3>> <Shift-Button-1>
    bind .t.f <<V2>> "lappend x V2%#"
    event generate .t.f <Button> -serial 101
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -serial 102







>



|











>










<






>
















>
















>







1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424

1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
    destroy .t.f
} -result {0}
test bind-15.22 {MatchPatterns procedure, time wrap-around} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    clearRingBuffer <Key>
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
    set x 0
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time -100
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time 200
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.23 {MatchPatterns procedure, time wrap-around} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    clearRingBuffer <Key>
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
    set x 0
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time -100
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time 500
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {0}

test bind-15.24 {MatchPatterns procedure, virtual event} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
    clearRingBuffer <Key>
} -body {
    event add <<Paste>> <Button-1>
    bind .t.f <<Paste>> {lappend x paste}
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    event delete <<Paste>> <Button-1>
} -result {paste}
test bind-15.25 {MatchPatterns procedure, reject a  virtual event} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
    clearRingBuffer <Key>
} -body {
    event add <<Paste>> <Shift-Button-1>
    bind .t.f <<Paste>> {lappend x paste}
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    event delete <<Paste>> <Shift-Button-1>
} -result {}
test bind-15.26 {MatchPatterns procedure, reject a virtual event} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
    clearRingBuffer <Key>
} -body {
    event add <<V1>> <Button>
    event add <<V2>> <Button-1>
    event add <<V3>> <Shift-Button-1>
    bind .t.f <<V2>> "lappend x V2%#"
    event generate .t.f <Button> -serial 101
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -serial 102
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474

1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488

1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502

1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519

1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535

1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548

1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563

1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
    event delete <<V3>> <Shift-Button-1>
} -result {V2102 V2103 V2105 Shift-Button-1}
test bind-15.27 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update

} -body {
    bind .t.f <KeyPress> {set x 0}
    bind .t.f 1 {set x 1}
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Key-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.28 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update

} -body {
    bind .t.f <KeyPress> {set x 0}
    bind .t.f 1 {set x 1}
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Key-2>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {0}
test bind-15.29 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update

} -body {
    bind .t.f <KeyPress> {lappend x 0}
    bind .t.f 1 {lappend x 1}
    bind .t.f 21 {lappend x 2}
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Key-2>
    event generate .t.f <KeyRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Key-1>
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {none 0 2}
test bind-15.30 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update

} -body {
    bind .t.f <ButtonPress> {set x 0}
    bind .t.f <1> {set x 1}
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.31 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}

} -body {
    bind .t.f <M1-Key> {set x 0}
    bind .t.f <M2-Key> {set x 1}
    event generate .t.f <Key-a> -state 0x18
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.32 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update

} -body {
    bind .t.f <M2-Key> {set x 0}
    bind .t.f <M1-Key> {set x 1}
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Key-a> -state 0x18
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.33 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}

} -body {
    bind .t.f <1> {lappend x single}
    bind Test <1> {lappend x single(Test)}
    bind Test <Double-1> {lappend x double(Test)}
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>







>














>














>

















>
















>













>















>







1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
    event delete <<V3>> <Shift-Button-1>
} -result {V2102 V2103 V2105 Shift-Button-1}
test bind-15.27 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    clearRingBuffer <Button>
} -body {
    bind .t.f <KeyPress> {set x 0}
    bind .t.f 1 {set x 1}
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Key-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.28 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    clearRingBuffer <Button>
} -body {
    bind .t.f <KeyPress> {set x 0}
    bind .t.f 1 {set x 1}
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Key-2>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {0}
test bind-15.29 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    clearRingBuffer <Button>
} -body {
    bind .t.f <KeyPress> {lappend x 0}
    bind .t.f 1 {lappend x 1}
    bind .t.f 21 {lappend x 2}
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Key-2>
    event generate .t.f <KeyRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Key-1>
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {none 0 2}
test bind-15.30 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    clearRingBuffer <Key>
} -body {
    bind .t.f <ButtonPress> {set x 0}
    bind .t.f <1> {set x 1}
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.31 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
    clearRingBuffer <Button>
} -body {
    bind .t.f <M1-Key> {set x 0}
    bind .t.f <M2-Key> {set x 1}
    event generate .t.f <Key-a> -state 0x18
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.32 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    clearRingBuffer <Button>
} -body {
    bind .t.f <M2-Key> {set x 0}
    bind .t.f <M1-Key> {set x 1}
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Key-a> -state 0x18
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.33 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
    clearRingBuffer <Key>
} -body {
    bind .t.f <1> {lappend x single}
    bind Test <1> {lappend x single(Test)}
    bind Test <Double-1> {lappend x double(Test)}
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210

2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
    set savedBind(All) [bind all <Key>]
    set savedBind(Entry) [bind Entry <Key>]
    entry .t.e
    pack .t.e
    focus -force .t.e
    foreach p [event info] {event delete $p}
    update

} -body {
    bind all <Key> {set z "%M"}
    bind Entry <Key> {set y "%M"}
    bind .t.e <Key> {set x "%M"}
    set x none; set y none; set z none
    event gen .t.e <Key-a>
    list $x $y $z







>







2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
    set savedBind(All) [bind all <Key>]
    set savedBind(Entry) [bind Entry <Key>]
    entry .t.e
    pack .t.e
    focus -force .t.e
    foreach p [event info] {event delete $p}
    update
    clearRingBuffer <Button>
} -body {
    bind all <Key> {set z "%M"}
    bind Entry <Key> {set y "%M"}
    bind .t.e <Key> {set x "%M"}
    set x none; set y none; set z none
    event gen .t.e <Key-a>
    list $x $y $z

Changes to tests/busy.test.

89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
    update
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {}
test busy-2.12 {tk busy hold root window, invalid cursor} -body {
    tk busy hold . -cursor nonExistingCursor
    update
} -constraints tempNotMac -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {bad cursor spec "nonExistingCursor"}
test busy-2.13 {tk busy hold (shortcut) root window, invalid cursor} -body {
    tk busy . -cursor nonExistingCursor
    update
} -constraints tempNotMac -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {bad cursor spec "nonExistingCursor"}
test busy-2.14 {tk busy hold root window, invalid option} -body {
    tk busy hold . -invalidOption 1
    update
} -constraints tempNotMac -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {unknown option "-invalidOption"}
test busy-2.15 {tk busy hold (shortcut) root window, invalid option} -body {
    tk busy . -invalidOption 1
    update
} -constraints tempNotMac -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {unknown option "-invalidOption"}

test busy-3.1 {tk busy cget no window} -returnCodes error -body {
    tk busy cget
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy cget window option"}
test busy-3.2 {tk busy cget no option} -returnCodes error -body {







|





|





|





|







89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
    update
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {}
test busy-2.12 {tk busy hold root window, invalid cursor} -body {
    tk busy hold . -cursor nonExistingCursor
    update
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {bad cursor spec "nonExistingCursor"}
test busy-2.13 {tk busy hold (shortcut) root window, invalid cursor} -body {
    tk busy . -cursor nonExistingCursor
    update
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {bad cursor spec "nonExistingCursor"}
test busy-2.14 {tk busy hold root window, invalid option} -body {
    tk busy hold . -invalidOption 1
    update
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {unknown option "-invalidOption"}
test busy-2.15 {tk busy hold (shortcut) root window, invalid option} -body {
    tk busy . -invalidOption 1
    update
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {unknown option "-invalidOption"}

test busy-3.1 {tk busy cget no window} -returnCodes error -body {
    tk busy cget
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy cget window option"}
test busy-3.2 {tk busy cget no option} -returnCodes error -body {
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
    tk busy hold .f -cursor hand1
    update
} -body {
    tk busy cget .f -cursor
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {hand1} -constraints tempNotMac

test busy-4.1 {tk busy configure no window} -returnCodes error -body {
    tk busy configure
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy configure window ?option? ?value ...?"}

test busy-4.2 {tk busy configure invalid window} -body {
    tk busy configure .f







|







166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
    tk busy hold .f -cursor hand1
    update
} -body {
    tk busy cget .f -cursor
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {hand1}

test busy-4.1 {tk busy configure no window} -returnCodes error -body {
    tk busy configure
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy configure window ?option? ?value ...?"}

test busy-4.2 {tk busy configure invalid window} -body {
    tk busy configure .f
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
} -body {
    tk busy configure .f
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {{-cursor cursor Cursor wait wait}}

test busy-4.5 {tk busy configure} -constraints {nonwin tempNotMac} -setup {
    pack [frame .f]
    tk busy hold .f -cursor hand2
    update
} -body {
    tk busy configure .f
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f







|







206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
} -body {
    tk busy configure .f
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {{-cursor cursor Cursor wait wait}}

test busy-4.5 {tk busy configure} -constraints {nonwin} -setup {
    pack [frame .f]
    tk busy hold .f -cursor hand2
    update
} -body {
    tk busy configure .f
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
    tk busy configure .f -cursor
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {-cursor cursor Cursor wait wait}

test busy-4.8 {tk busy configure valid option} -constraints {
    nonwin tempNotMac
} -setup {
    pack [frame .f]
    tk busy hold .f -cursor circle
    update
} -body {
    tk busy configure .f -cursor
} -cleanup {







|







262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
    tk busy configure .f -cursor
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {-cursor cursor Cursor wait wait}

test busy-4.8 {tk busy configure valid option} -constraints {
    nonwin
} -setup {
    pack [frame .f]
    tk busy hold .f -cursor circle
    update
} -body {
    tk busy configure .f -cursor
} -cleanup {
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
    update
} -body {
    tk busy configure .f -cursor pencil
    tk busy cget .f -cursor
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {pencil} -constraints tempNotMac

test busy-4.10 {tk busy configure valid option with invalid value} -setup {
    pack [frame .f]
    tk busy hold .f
    update
} -body {
    tk busy configure .f -cursor nonExistingCursor
} -constraints tempNotMac -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {bad cursor spec "nonExistingCursor"}

test busy-5.1 {tk busy forget} -returnCodes error -body {
    tk busy forget
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy forget window"}







|







|







295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
    update
} -body {
    tk busy configure .f -cursor pencil
    tk busy cget .f -cursor
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {pencil}

test busy-4.10 {tk busy configure valid option with invalid value} -setup {
    pack [frame .f]
    tk busy hold .f
    update
} -body {
    tk busy configure .f -cursor nonExistingCursor
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {bad cursor spec "nonExistingCursor"}

test busy-5.1 {tk busy forget} -returnCodes error -body {
    tk busy forget
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy forget window"}

Changes to tests/canvas.test.

945
946
947
948
949
950
951
























































































952
953
954
955
956
957
958
    canvas .c
} -body {
    set id [.c create line 0 0 1 1]
    .c rchars $id 1 foo {2 2}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {bad index "foo"}

























































































# cleanup
imageCleanup
cleanupTests
return

# Local Variables:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
    canvas .c
} -body {
    set id [.c create line 0 0 1 1]
    .c rchars $id 1 foo {2 2}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {bad index "foo"}

# Procedure used in test cases 20.1 20.2 20.3
proc matchPixels {pixels expected} {
    set matched 1
    foreach pline $pixels eline $expected {
        foreach ppixel $pline epixel $eline {
            if {$ppixel != $epixel} {
                set matched 0
                break
            }
        }
    }
    return $matched
}

test canvas-20.1 {canvas image} -setup {
    canvas .c
    image create photo testimage
} -body  {
    .c configure -background #c0c0c0 -scrollregion {0 0 9 9}
    .c create rectangle 0 0 0 9 -fill #000080 -outline #000080
    .c image testimage
    matchPixels [testimage data] { \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0}}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    image delete testimage
} -result 1

test canvas-20.2 {canvas image with subsample} -setup {
    canvas .c
    image create photo testimage
} -body  {
    .c configure -background #c0c0c0 -scrollregion {0 0 9 9}
    .c create rectangle 0 0 1 9 -fill #008000 -outline #008000
    .c image testimage 2
    matchPixels [testimage data] { \
        {#008000 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#008000 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#008000 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#008000 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#008000 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0}}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    image delete testimage
} -result 1

test canvas-20.3 {canvas image with subsample and zoom} -setup {
    canvas .c
    image create photo testimage
} -body  {
    .c configure -background #c0c0c0 -scrollregion {0 0 9 9}
    .c create rectangle 0 0 9 0 -fill #800000 -outline #800000
    .c image testimage 1 2
    matchPixels [testimage data] { \
        {#800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000} \
        {#800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0}}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    image delete testimage
} -result 1

# cleanup
imageCleanup
cleanupTests
return

# Local Variables:

Changes to tests/entry.test.

347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
} -body {
    .e configure -insertbackground non-existent
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}

test entry-1.32 {configuration option: "insertborderwidth" for entry} -setup {
    entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -insertborderwidth 1.3
    .e cget -insertborderwidth
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e







|







347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
} -body {
    .e configure -insertbackground non-existent
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}

test entry-1.32 {configuration option: "insertborderwidth" for entry} -setup {
    entry .e -borderwidth 2 -insertwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -insertborderwidth 1.3
    .e cget -insertborderwidth
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
} -result {1 6}






test entry-13.10 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints unix -body {
# On unix, when selection is cleared, entry widget's internal 
# selection range is reset.
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}

test entry-13.11 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints win -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, entry widget remembers
# last selected range.  When selection ownership is restored to 
# entry, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    catch {selection get}
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}           

test entry-13.12 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints unix -body {
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1







|


















|




















|







2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
} -result {1 6}






test entry-13.10 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints x11 -body {
# On unix, when selection is cleared, entry widget's internal 
# selection range is reset.
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}

test entry-13.11 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints aquaOrWin32 -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, entry widget remembers
# last selected range.  When selection ownership is restored to 
# entry, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    catch {selection get}
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}           

test entry-13.12 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints x11 -body {
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1

Changes to tests/font.test.

1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958










1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
test font-31.6 {Tk_IntersectTextLayout procedure: ignore spaces at eol} -body {
    csetup "000\n000      000000000"
    .t.c itemconfig text -width [expr $ax*10]
    set x [.t.c find overlapping [expr $ax*5] $ay [expr $ax*5] $ay]
    .t.c itemconfig text -width 0
    return $x
} -result {}










destroy .t.c


test font-32.1 {Tk_TextLayoutToPostscript: ensure buffer doesn't overflow} -setup {
	destroy .t.c
	canvas .t.c -closeenough 0 
	.t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
test font-31.6 {Tk_IntersectTextLayout procedure: ignore spaces at eol} -body {
    csetup "000\n000      000000000"
    .t.c itemconfig text -width [expr $ax*10]
    set x [.t.c find overlapping [expr $ax*5] $ay [expr $ax*5] $ay]
    .t.c itemconfig text -width 0
    return $x
} -result {}
test font-31.7 {TkIntersectAngledTextLayout procedure: bug [514ff64dd0]} -body {
    csetup "This is line one\nand line two\nand line three here"
    .t.c itemconfigure text -angle 90
    # Coordinates of the rectangle to check can be hardcoded:
    # The goal of this test is to check whether the overlap detection algorithm
    # works when the rectangle is entirely included in a chunk of the text layout.
    # The text has been rotated 90 degrees around it's upper left corner,
    # so it's enough to check with a small rectangle with small negative y coords.
    .t.c find overlapping 5 -7 7 -5
} -result {1}
destroy .t.c


test font-32.1 {Tk_TextLayoutToPostscript: ensure buffer doesn't overflow} -setup {
	destroy .t.c
	canvas .t.c -closeenough 0 
	.t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"

Added tests/iDOT.png.

cannot compute difference between binary files

Changes to tests/imgPNG.test.

1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105











1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
    set i [image create photo]
} -body {
    $i put $encoded(MultiIDAT)
    return [image width $i]x[image height $i]
} -cleanup {
    image delete $i
} -result 223x212












}
namespace delete png
imageFinish
cleanupTests
return








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
    set i [image create photo]
} -body {
    $i put $encoded(MultiIDAT)
    return [image width $i]x[image height $i]
} -cleanup {
    image delete $i
} -result 223x212

test imgPNG-3.1 {reading image with unknown ancillary chunk - bug [1c659ef0f1]} -setup {
    set fileName [file join [file dirname [info script]] iDOT.png]
} -body {
    # the image contains an unknown chunk iDOT
    # since the name of this chunk starts with a lowercase letter,
    # it's an ancillary chunk that shall not trigger an error
    catch {set i [image create photo -file $fileName]}
} -cleanup {
    image delete $i
} -result {0}

}
namespace delete png
imageFinish
cleanupTests
return

Changes to tests/imgPhoto.test.

815
816
817
818
819
820
821












822
823
824
825
826
827
828
} -body {
    file copy -force $teapotPhotoFile -teapotPhotoFile
    image create photo photo1
    photo1 read -teapotPhotoFile
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
    file delete ./-teapotPhotoFile












} -result {}

test imgPhoto-5.1 {ImgPhotoGet/Free procedures, shared instances} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    destroy .c
    pack [canvas .c]







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
} -body {
    file copy -force $teapotPhotoFile -teapotPhotoFile
    image create photo photo1
    photo1 read -teapotPhotoFile
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
    file delete ./-teapotPhotoFile
} -result {}
test imgPhoto-4.76 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy to same image} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto 
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -body {
    # non-regression test for bug [5239fd749b] - shall just not crash
    photo1 copy photo1 -to 0 0 2000 1000
    photo1 copy photo1 -subsample 2 2 -shrink
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {}

test imgPhoto-5.1 {ImgPhotoGet/Free procedures, shared instances} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    destroy .c
    pack [canvas .c]

Changes to tests/menu.test.

275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291

# We need to test all of the options with all of the different types of
# menu entries. The following code sets up .m1 with 6 items. It then
# runs through the 2.31 - 2.228 tests below
# index 0 is tearoff, 1 command, 2 cascade, 3 separator, 4 checkbutton, 
# 5 radiobutton
deleteWindows
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "command"
menu .m2
.m2 add command -label "test"
.m1 add cascade -label "cascade" -menu .m2
.m1 add separator
.m1 add checkbutton -label "checkbutton" -variable check -onvalue on -offvalue off
.m1 add radiobutton -label "radiobutton" -variable radio

if {[testConstraint hasEarthPhoto]} {







|

|







275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291

# We need to test all of the options with all of the different types of
# menu entries. The following code sets up .m1 with 6 items. It then
# runs through the 2.31 - 2.228 tests below
# index 0 is tearoff, 1 command, 2 cascade, 3 separator, 4 checkbutton, 
# 5 radiobutton
deleteWindows
menu .m1 -tearoff 1
.m1 add command -label "command"
menu .m2 -tearoff 1
.m2 add command -label "test"
.m1 add cascade -label "cascade" -menu .m2
.m1 add separator
.m1 add checkbutton -label "checkbutton" -variable check -onvalue on -offvalue off
.m1 add radiobutton -label "radiobutton" -variable radio

if {[testConstraint hasEarthPhoto]} {
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 delete foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "foo"}
test menu-3.24 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 delete 0 "foo"
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "foo"}
test menu-3.25 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 delete 0







|







1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 delete foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "foo"}
test menu-3.24 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    .m1 delete 0 "foo"
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "foo"}
test menu-3.25 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 delete 0
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 index foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "foo"}
test menu-3.41 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "index" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 add command -label "3"
    .m1 add command -label "another label"
    .m1 add command -label "end"
    .m1 add command -label "3a"
    .m1 add command -label "final entry"
    list [.m1 index "test"] [.m1 index "3"] [.m1 index "3a"] [.m1 index "end"]







|







1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 index foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "foo"}
test menu-3.41 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "index" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 add command -label "3"
    .m1 add command -label "another label"
    .m1 add command -label "end"
    .m1 add command -label "3a"
    .m1 add command -label "final entry"
    list [.m1 index "test"] [.m1 index "3"] [.m1 index "3a"] [.m1 index "end"]
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
    .m1 type 1
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {cascade}
test menu-3.62 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "type" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 type 0
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {tearoff}
test menu-3.63 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "unpost" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {







|







1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
    .m1 type 1
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {cascade}
test menu-3.62 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "type" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    .m1 type 0
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {tearoff}
test menu-3.63 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "unpost" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778












1779
1780
1781
1782












1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 yposition
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 yposition index"}
test menu-3.66 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "yposition" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1












    .m1 yposition 1
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {1}












test menu-3.67 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, bad option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 foo
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1







|


|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 yposition
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 yposition index"}
test menu-3.66a {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "yposition" option, no tearoff} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 yposition 1
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {0}
test menu-3.66b {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "yposition" option, with tearoff} -constraints {
    notAqua
} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    # on Win or Linux, tearoff menus are supported
    # see menu-3.66c for aqua
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    .m1 yposition 1
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {1}
test menu-3.66c {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "yposition" option, with tearoff} -constraints {
    aqua
} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    # on OS X, tearoff menus are not supported
    # see menu-3.66b for win or linux
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    .m1 yposition 1
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {0}
test menu-3.67 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, bad option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 foo
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {0 {} 0 on 0 {}}
test menu-4.6 {TkInvokeMenu: radiobutton} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    catch {unset foo}
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton -label "1" -variable foo -value one
    .m1 add radiobutton -label "2" -variable foo -value two
    .m1 add radiobutton -label "3" -variable foo -value three
    list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg [catch {set foo} msg2] $msg2 [catch {unset foo} msg3] $msg3
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {0 {} 0 one 0 {}}
test menu-4.7 {TkInvokeMenu: radiobutton} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    catch {unset foo}
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton -label "1" -variable foo -value one
    .m1 add radiobutton -label "2" -variable foo -value two
    .m1 add radiobutton -label "3" -variable foo -value three
    list [catch {.m1 invoke 2} msg] $msg [catch {set foo} msg2] $msg2 [catch {unset foo} msg3] $msg3
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {0 {} 0 two 0 {}}







|











|







1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {0 {} 0 on 0 {}}
test menu-4.6 {TkInvokeMenu: radiobutton} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    catch {unset foo}
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    .m1 add radiobutton -label "1" -variable foo -value one
    .m1 add radiobutton -label "2" -variable foo -value two
    .m1 add radiobutton -label "3" -variable foo -value three
    list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg [catch {set foo} msg2] $msg2 [catch {unset foo} msg3] $msg3
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {0 {} 0 one 0 {}}
test menu-4.7 {TkInvokeMenu: radiobutton} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    catch {unset foo}
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    .m1 add radiobutton -label "1" -variable foo -value one
    .m1 add radiobutton -label "2" -variable foo -value two
    .m1 add radiobutton -label "3" -variable foo -value three
    list [catch {.m1 invoke 2} msg] $msg [catch {set foo} msg2] $msg2 [catch {unset foo} msg3] $msg3
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {0 {} 0 two 0 {}}
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
    list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg 
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {0 {}}
test menu-4.12 {TkInvokeMenu} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test" -command ".m1 delete 1"
    list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg [catch {.m1 type "test"} msg2] $msg2
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {0 {} 1 {bad menu entry index "test"}}

test menu-5.1 {DestroyMenuInstance} -setup {







|







1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
    list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg 
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {0 {}}
test menu-4.12 {TkInvokeMenu} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    .m1 add command -label "test" -command ".m1 delete 1"
    list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg [catch {.m1 type "test"} msg2] $msg2
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {0 {} 1 {bad menu entry index "test"}}

test menu-5.1 {DestroyMenuInstance} -setup {
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    list [.m1 delete 1] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-8.6 {DestroyMenuEntry} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "one"
    .m1 add command -label "two"
    list [.m1 delete 1] [.m1 entrycget 1 -label] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} two {}}
test menu-8.7 {DestroyMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {







|







2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    list [.m1 delete 1] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-8.6 {DestroyMenuEntry} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    .m1 add command -label "one"
    .m1 add command -label "two"
    list [.m1 delete 1] [.m1 entrycget 1 -label] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} two {}}
test menu-8.7 {DestroyMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
    deleteWindows
} -result {}


test menu-13.1 {TkGetMenuIndex} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "active"
    .m1 add command -label "test2"
    .m1 add command -label "test3"
    .m1 activate 2
    .m1 entrycget active -label
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows







|







2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
    deleteWindows
} -result {}


test menu-13.1 {TkGetMenuIndex} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    .m1 add command -label "active"
    .m1 add command -label "test2"
    .m1 add command -label "test3"
    .m1 activate 2
    .m1 entrycget active -label
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
#test menu-13.7 - Need to add @test here.
test menu-13.7 {TkGetMenuIndex} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "active"
    .m1 add command -label "test2"
    .m1 add command -label "test3"
    .m1 entrycget 1 -label
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {active}







|







2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
#test menu-13.7 - Need to add @test here.
test menu-13.7 {TkGetMenuIndex} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    .m1 add command -label "active"
    .m1 add command -label "test2"
    .m1 add command -label "test3"
    .m1 entrycget 1 -label
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {active}
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 insert -1 command -label "test"
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "-1"}
test menu-16.4 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 insert 0 command -label "test2"
    .m1 entrycget 1 -label
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {test2}
test menu-16.5 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {







|







2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 insert -1 command -label "test"
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "-1"}
test menu-16.4 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 insert 0 command -label "test2"
    .m1 entrycget 1 -label
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {test2}
test menu-16.5 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
    .m1 clone .foo
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-20.10 {CloneMenu - tearoff fields} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    list [.m1 clone .m2 normal] [.m2 cget -tearoff]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} 1}
test menu-20.11 {CloneMenu} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {







|







3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
    .m1 clone .foo
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-20.10 {CloneMenu - tearoff fields} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    list [.m1 clone .m2 normal] [.m2 cget -tearoff]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} 1}
test menu-20.11 {CloneMenu} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
    .m1 configure -tearoff 0
    .m1 index @5,5
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {0}
test menu-22.3 {GetIndexFromCoords: mapped window, y only} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -constraints {unix} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 configure -tearoff 0
    tk_popup .m1 0 0
    tkwait visibility .m1
    .m1 index @5
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {0}
test menu-22.4 {GetIndexFromCoords: mapped window x,y} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -constraints {unix} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 configure -tearoff 0
    tk_popup .m1 0 0
    tkwait visibility .m1
    update
    set x [expr {[winfo width .m1] - [.m1 cget -borderwidth] - 1}]
    .m1 index @$x,5
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {0}
test menu-22.5 {GetIndexFromCoords: mapped wide window} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -constraints {unix} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 configure -tearoff 0
    tk_popup .m1 0 0
    tkwait visibility .m1
    wm geometry .m1 200x100
    update







|











|













|







3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
    .m1 configure -tearoff 0
    .m1 index @5,5
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {0}
test menu-22.3 {GetIndexFromCoords: mapped window, y only} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -constraints {x11} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 configure -tearoff 0
    tk_popup .m1 0 0
    tkwait visibility .m1
    .m1 index @5
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {0}
test menu-22.4 {GetIndexFromCoords: mapped window x,y} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -constraints {x11} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 configure -tearoff 0
    tk_popup .m1 0 0
    tkwait visibility .m1
    update
    set x [expr {[winfo width .m1] - [.m1 cget -borderwidth] - 1}]
    .m1 index @$x,5
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {0}
test menu-22.5 {GetIndexFromCoords: mapped wide window} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -constraints {x11} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 configure -tearoff 0
    tk_popup .m1 0 0
    tkwait visibility .m1
    wm geometry .m1 200x100
    update

Changes to tests/menuDraw.test.

643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label test
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    $tearoff postcascade 0
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menuDraw-16.5 {TkPostSubMenu} -constraints unix -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label test -menu .m2
    menu .m2 -postcommand "glorp"
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    $tearoff postcascade test







|







643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label test
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    $tearoff postcascade 0
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menuDraw-16.5 {TkPostSubMenu} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label test -menu .m2
    menu .m2 -postcommand "glorp"
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    $tearoff postcascade test

Changes to tests/packgrid.test.

241
242
243
244
245
246
247






























248
249
250
    pack .g
    pack .p
    grid .g
}  -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    destroy .p
    destroy .g
} -result {cannot use geometry manager grid inside . which already has slaves managed by pack}































cleanupTests
return







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
    pack .g
    pack .p
    grid .g
}  -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    destroy .p
    destroy .g
} -result {cannot use geometry manager grid inside . which already has slaves managed by pack}

test packgrid-4.1 {slave stolen after master destruction - bug [aa7679685e]} -setup {
    frame .f
    button .b -text hello
} -body {
    pack .f
    grid .b -in .f
    destroy .f
    set res [winfo manager .b]
    # shall not crash
    pack .b
    set res
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {}

test packgrid-4.2 {slave stolen after master destruction - bug [aa7679685e]} -setup {
    frame .f
    button .b -text hello
} -body {
    pack .f
    pack .b -in .f
    destroy .f
    set res [winfo manager .b]
    # shall not crash
    grid .b
    set res
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {}

cleanupTests
return

Added tests/safePrimarySelection.test.









































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
# This file is a Tcl script to test entry widgets in Tk.  It is
# organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Tests that a Safe Base interpreter cannot write to the PRIMARY selection.
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# - Tests 3.*, 6.* test that the fix for ticket de156e9efe implemented in branch
#   bug-de156e9efe has been applied and still works.  They test that a Safe Base
#   slave interpreter cannot write to the PRIMARY selection.
# - The other tests verify that the master interpreter and an unsafe slave CAN
#   write to the PRIMARY selection, and therefore that the test scripts
#   themselves are valid.
# - A text, entry, ttk::entry, listbox, spinbox or ttk::spinbox widget can have
#   option -exportselection 1, meaning (in an unsafe interpreter) that a
#   selection made in one of these widgets is automatically written to the
#   PRIMARY selection.
# - A safe interpreter must not write to the PRIMARY selection.
# - The spinbox, ttk::spinbox are variants of entry, ttk::entry respectively.
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

namespace eval ::_test_tmp {}

# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Proc ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Command that creates an unsafe child interpreter and tries to load Tk.
# - This is necessary for loading Tk if the tests are done in the build
#   directory without installing Tk.  In that case the usual auto_path loading
#   mechanism cannot work because the tk binary is not where pkgIndex.tcl says
#   it is.
# - This command is not needed for Safe Base slaves because safe::loadTk does
#   something similar and works correctly.
# - Based on scripts in winSend.test.
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

namespace eval ::_test_tmp {
    variable TkLoadCmd
}

foreach pkg [info loaded] {
    if {[lindex $pkg 1] eq "Tk"} {
	set ::_test_tmp::TkLoadCmd [list load {*}$pkg]
	break
    }
}

proc ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp {name} {
    variable TkLoadCmd
    interp create $name
    $name eval [list set argv [list -name $name]]
    catch {{*}$TkLoadCmd $name}
}


set ::_test_tmp::script {
    package require Tk
    namespace eval ::_test_tmp {}

    proc ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection {} {
        if {[catch {::tk::GetSelection . PRIMARY} sel]} {
            set sel {}
        }
        return $sel
    }

    proc ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection {} {
        destroy .preset
        text .preset -exportselection 1
        .preset insert end OLD_VALUE
        # pack .preset
        .preset tag add sel 1.0 end-1c
        update
        return
    }

    # Clearing the PRIMARY selection is troublesome.
    # The window need not be mapped.
    # However, the window must continue to exist, or some X11 servers
    # will set the PRIMARY selection to something else.
    proc ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection {} {
        destroy .clear
        text .clear -exportselection 1
        .clear insert end TMP_VALUE
        # pack .clear
        .clear tag add sel 1.0 end-1c
        update
        .clear tag remove sel 1.0 end-1c
        update
        return
    }

    # If this interpreter can write to the PRIMARY
    # selection, the commands below will do so.

    proc ::_test_tmp::tryText {} {
        text .t -exportselection 1
        .t insert end PAYLOAD
        pack .t
        .t tag add sel 1.0 end-1c
        update
        return
    }

    proc ::_test_tmp::tryEntry {} {
        entry .t -exportselection 1
        .t insert end PAYLOAD
        pack .t
        .t selection range 0 end
        update
        return
    }

    proc ::_test_tmp::tryTtkEntry {} {
        ::ttk::entry .t -exportselection 1
        .t insert end PAYLOAD
        pack .t
        .t selection range 0 end
        update
        return
    }

    proc ::_test_tmp::tryListbox {} {
        listbox .t -exportselection 1
        .t insert end list1 PAYLOAD list3
        pack .t
        .t selection set 1
        update
        return
    }

    proc ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox {ver} {
        if {$ver == 1} {
            # spinbox as entry
            spinbox .t -exportselection 1 -values {1 2 3 4 5}
            .t delete 0 end
            .t insert end PAYLOAD
            pack .t
            .t selection range 0 end
            update
            return
            # selects PAYLOAD
        } elseif {$ver == 2} {
            # spinbox spun
            spinbox .t -exportselection 1 -values {1 2 3 4 5}
            .t invoke buttonup
            pack .t
            .t selection range 0 end
            update
            return
            # selects 2
        } else {
            # spinbox spun/selected/spun
            spinbox .t -exportselection 1 -values {1 2 3 4 5}
            .t invoke buttonup
            pack .t
            .t selection range 0 end
            update
            .t invoke buttonup
            update
            return
            # selects 3
        }
    }

    proc ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox {ver} {
        if {$ver == 1} {
            # ttk::spinbox as entry
            ::ttk::spinbox .t -exportselection 1 -values {1 2 3 4 5}
            .t delete 0 end
            .t insert end PAYLOAD
            pack .t
            .t selection range 0 end
            update
            return
        } elseif {$ver == 2} {
            # ttk::spinbox spun
            ::ttk::spinbox .t -exportselection 1 -values {1 2 3 4 5}
            ::ttk::spinbox::Spin .t +1
            ::ttk::spinbox::Spin .t +1
            pack .t
            # ttk::spinbox::Spin sets selection
            update
            return
            # selects 2
        } else {
            # ttk::spinbox spun/selected/spun
            ::ttk::spinbox .t -exportselection 1 -values {1 2 3 4 5}
            ::ttk::spinbox::Spin .t +1
            ::ttk::spinbox::Spin .t +1
            pack .t
            # ttk::spinbox::Spin sets selection
            update
            ::ttk::spinbox::Spin .t +1
            update
            return
            # selects 3
        }
    }
}

# Do this once for the master interpreter.
eval $::_test_tmp::script

test safePrimarySelection-1.1 {master interpreter, text, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryText
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-1.2 {master interpreter, entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryEntry
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-1.3 {master interpreter, ttk::entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryTtkEntry
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-1.4 {master interpreter, listbox, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryListbox
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-1.5 {master interpreter, spinbox as entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 1
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-1.6 {master interpreter, spinbox spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 2
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {2}

test safePrimarySelection-1.7 {master interpreter, spinbox spun/selected/spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 3
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {3}

test safePrimarySelection-1.8 {master interpreter, ttk::spinbox as entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 1
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-1.9 {master interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 2
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {2}

test safePrimarySelection-1.10 {master interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun/selected/spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 3
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {3}

test safePrimarySelection-2.1 {unsafe slave interpreter, text, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryText
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-2.2 {unsafe slave interpreter, entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryEntry
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-2.3 {unsafe slave interpreter, ttk::entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkEntry
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-2.4 {unsafe slave interpreter, listbox, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryListbox
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-2.5 {unsafe slave interpreter, spinbox as entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 1
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-2.6 {unsafe slave interpreter, spinbox spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 2
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {2}

test safePrimarySelection-2.7 {unsafe slave interpreter, spinbox spun/selected/spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 3
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {3}

test safePrimarySelection-2.8 {unsafe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox as entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 1
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-2.9 {unsafe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 2
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {2}

test safePrimarySelection-2.10 {unsafe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun/selected/spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 3
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {3}

test safePrimarySelection-3.1 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, text, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryText
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {----}

test safePrimarySelection-3.2 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryEntry
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {----}

test safePrimarySelection-3.3 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, ttk::entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkEntry
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {----}

test safePrimarySelection-3.4 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, listbox, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryListbox
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {----}

test safePrimarySelection-3.5 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, spinbox as entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 1
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {----}

test safePrimarySelection-3.6 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, spinbox spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 2
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {----}

test safePrimarySelection-3.7 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, spinbox spun/selected/spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 3
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {----}

test safePrimarySelection-3.8 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox as entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 1
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {----}

test safePrimarySelection-3.9 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 2
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {----}

test safePrimarySelection-3.10 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun/selected/spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 3
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {----}

test safePrimarySelection-4.1 {master interpreter, text, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryText
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-4.2 {master interpreter, entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryEntry
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-4.3 {master interpreter, ttk::entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryTtkEntry
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-4.4 {master interpreter, listbox, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryListbox
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-4.5 {master interpreter, spinbox as entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 1
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-4.6 {master interpreter, spinbox spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 2
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {2}

test safePrimarySelection-4.7 {master interpreter, spinbox spun/selected/spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 3
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {3}

test safePrimarySelection-4.8 {master interpreter, ttk::spinbox as entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 1
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-4.9 {master interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 2
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {2}

test safePrimarySelection-4.10 {master interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun/selected/spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 3
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {3}

test safePrimarySelection-5.1 {unsafe slave interpreter, text, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryText
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-5.2 {unsafe slave interpreter, entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryEntry
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-5.3 {unsafe slave interpreter, ttk::entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkEntry
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-5.4 {unsafe slave interpreter, listbox, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryListbox
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-5.5 {unsafe slave interpreter, spinbox as entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 1
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-5.6 {unsafe slave interpreter, spinbox spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 2
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {2}

test safePrimarySelection-5.7 {unsafe slave interpreter, spinbox spun/selected/spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 3
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {3}

test safePrimarySelection-5.8 {unsafe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox as entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 1
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-5.9 {unsafe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 2
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {2}

test safePrimarySelection-5.10 {unsafe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun/selected/spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 3
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {3}

test safePrimarySelection-6.1 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, text, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryText
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {OLD_VALUE----OLD_VALUE}

test safePrimarySelection-6.2 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryEntry
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {OLD_VALUE----OLD_VALUE}

test safePrimarySelection-6.3 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, ttk::entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkEntry
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {OLD_VALUE----OLD_VALUE}

test safePrimarySelection-6.4 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, listbox, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryListbox
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {OLD_VALUE----OLD_VALUE}

test safePrimarySelection-6.5 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, spinbox as entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 1
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {OLD_VALUE----OLD_VALUE}

test safePrimarySelection-6.6 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, spinbox spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 2
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {OLD_VALUE----OLD_VALUE}

test safePrimarySelection-6.7 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, spinbox spun/selected/spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 3
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {OLD_VALUE----OLD_VALUE}

test safePrimarySelection-6.8 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox as entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 1
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {OLD_VALUE----OLD_VALUE}

test safePrimarySelection-6.9 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 2
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {OLD_VALUE----OLD_VALUE}

test safePrimarySelection-6.10 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun/selected/spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 3
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {OLD_VALUE----OLD_VALUE}


namespace delete ::_test_tmp

# option clear
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

Changes to tests/scale.test.

1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505




















1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
    pack .s
    .s set 10
    update  ; # -command callback shall fire
    set res [list [.s get] $commandedVar]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .s
} -result {10 10}





















option clear

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>






1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
    pack .s
    .s set 10
    update  ; # -command callback shall fire
    set res [list [.s get] $commandedVar]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .s
} -result {10 10}

test scale-21.1 {Bug [55b95f578a] - Associating variable with bignum value with scale crashes it} -setup {
    catch {destroy .s}
} -body {
    pack [scale .s]
    set foo 5.79e99
    # non-regression test for bug [55b95f578a] - shall just not crash
    .s configure -variable foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .s
} -result {}
test scale-21.2 {Bug [55b95f578a] again - Bignum value for -from/-to with scale crashes it} -setup {
    catch {destroy .s}
} -body {
    pack [scale .s]
    # non-regression test for bug [55b95f578a] - shall just not crash
    .s configure -from -6.8e99 -to 8.8e99
} -cleanup {
    destroy .s
} -result {}

option clear

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

Changes to tests/spinbox.test.

522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
} -body {
    .e configure -insertbackground bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "bogus"}

test spinbox-1.45 {configuration option: "insertborderwidth"} -setup {
        spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
        -relief sunken
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -insertborderwidth 1.3
    .e cget -insertborderwidth
} -cleanup {







|







522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
} -body {
    .e configure -insertbackground bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "bogus"}

test spinbox-1.45 {configuration option: "insertborderwidth"} -setup {
        spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -insertwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
        -relief sunken
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -insertborderwidth 1.3
    .e cget -insertborderwidth
} -cleanup {
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 6}

test spinbox-13.10 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints unix -body {
# On unix, when selection is cleared, spinbox widget's internal 
# selection range is reset.
# Previous settings:
	spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}

test spinbox-13.11 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints win -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, spinbox widget remembers
# last selected range.  When selection ownership is restored to 
# spinbox, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
	spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    catch {selection get}
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}           

test spinbox-13.12 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints unix -body {
# Previous settings:
	spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1







|


















|




















|







2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 6}

test spinbox-13.10 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints x11 -body {
# On unix, when selection is cleared, spinbox widget's internal 
# selection range is reset.
# Previous settings:
	spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}

test spinbox-13.11 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints aquaOrWin32 -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, spinbox widget remembers
# last selected range.  When selection ownership is restored to 
# spinbox, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
	spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    catch {selection get}
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}           

test spinbox-13.12 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints x11 -body {
# Previous settings:
	spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1

Changes to tests/text.test.

6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404













6405
6406
6407
6408
6409



























































































6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
    .t insert end "This increments ::retval once for each peer, i.e. twice."
    .t edit modified 0  ; # shall increment twice as well, not just once
    update
    set ::retval
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t .tt
} -result {4}
test text-27.15 {<<Selection>> virtual event} -body {
    set ::retval no_selection
    pack [text .t -undo 1]
    bind .t <<Selection>> "set ::retval selection_changed"
    update idletasks
    .t insert end "nothing special\n"
    .t tag add sel 1.0 1.1













    update
    set ::retval
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {selection_changed}



























































































test text-27.16 {-maxundo configuration option} -body {
    text .t -undo 1  -autoseparators 1 -maxundo 2
    pack .t
    .t insert end "line 1\n"
    .t delete 1.4 1.6
    .t insert end "line 2\n"
    catch {.t edit undo}







|

|




>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>





>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
    .t insert end "This increments ::retval once for each peer, i.e. twice."
    .t edit modified 0  ; # shall increment twice as well, not just once
    update
    set ::retval
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t .tt
} -result {4}
test text-27.15 {<<Selection>> virtual event on sel tagging} -body {
    set ::retval no_selection
    pack [text .t]
    bind .t <<Selection>> "set ::retval selection_changed"
    update idletasks
    .t insert end "nothing special\n"
    .t tag add sel 1.0 1.1
    update
    set ::retval
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {selection_changed}
test text-27.15a {<<Selection>> virtual event on sel removal} -body {
    set ::retval no_selection
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert end "nothing special\n"
    .t tag add sel 1.0 1.1
    bind .t <<Selection>> "set ::retval selection_changed"
    update idletasks
    .t tag remove 1.0 end
    update
    set ::retval
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {selection_changed}
test text-27.15b {<<Selection>> virtual event on <<PasteSelection>> inside widget selection} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert end "There is a selection in this text widget,\n"
    .t insert end "and it will be impacted by the <<PasteSelection>> event received.\n"
    .t insert end "Therefore a <<Selection>> event must fire back."
    .t tag add sel 1.0 1.28
    bind .t <<Selection>> "set ::retval <<Selection>>_fired"
    update
    set ::retval no_<<Selection>>_event_fired
    event generate .t <<PasteSelection>> -x 15 -y 3
    update
    set ::retval
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {<<Selection>>_fired}
test text-27.15c {No <<Selection>> virtual event on <<PasteSelection>> outside widget selection} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert end "There is a selection in this text widget,\n"
    .t insert end "but it will not be impacted by the <<PasteSelection>> event received."
    .t tag add sel 1.0 1.28
    bind .t <<Selection>> "set ::retval <<Selection>>_fired"
    update
    set ::retval no_<<Selection>>_event_fired
    event generate .t <<PasteSelection>> -x 15 -y 80
    update
    set ::retval
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {no_<<Selection>>_event_fired}
test text-27.15d {<<Selection>> virtual event on <Delete> with cursor inside selection} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert end "There is a selection in this text widget,\n"
    .t insert end "and it will be impacted by the <Delete> event received.\n"
    .t insert end "Therefore a <<Selection>> event must fire back."
    .t tag add sel 1.0 1.28
    bind .t <<Selection>> "set ::retval <<Selection>>_fired"
    update
    set ::retval no_<<Selection>>_event_fired
    .t mark set insert 1.15
    focus .t
    event generate .t <Delete>
    update
    set ::retval
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {<<Selection>>_fired}
test text-27.15e {No <<Selection>> virtual event on <Delete> with cursor outside selection} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert end "There is a selection in this text widget,\n"
    .t insert end "but it will not be impacted by the <Delete> event received."
    .t tag add sel 1.0 1.28
    bind .t <<Selection>> "set ::retval <<Selection>>_fired"
    update
    set ::retval no_<<Selection>>_event_fired
    .t mark set insert 2.15
    focus .t
    event generate .t <Delete>
    update
    set ::retval
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {no_<<Selection>>_event_fired}
test text-27.15f {<<Selection>> virtual event on <<Cut>> with a widget selection} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert end "There is a selection in this text widget,\n"
    .t insert end "and it will be impacted by the <<Cut>> event received.\n"
    .t insert end "Therefore a <<Selection>> event must fire back."
    .t tag add sel 1.0 1.28
    bind .t <<Selection>> "set ::retval <<Selection>>_fired"
    update
    set ::retval no_<<Selection>>_event_fired
    event generate .t <<Cut>>
    update
    set ::retval
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {<<Selection>>_fired}
test text-27.15g {No <<Selection>> virtual event on <<Cut>> without widget selection} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert end "There is a selection in this text widget,\n"
    .t insert end "and it will be impacted by the <<Cut>> event received.\n"
    .t insert end "Therefore a <<Selection>> event must fire back."
    bind .t <<Selection>> "set ::retval <<Selection>>_fired"
    update
    set ::retval no_<<Selection>>_event_fired
    event generate .t <<Cut>>
    update
    set ::retval
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {no_<<Selection>>_event_fired}
test text-27.16 {-maxundo configuration option} -body {
    text .t -undo 1  -autoseparators 1 -maxundo 2
    pack .t
    .t insert end "line 1\n"
    .t delete 1.4 1.6
    .t insert end "line 2\n"
    catch {.t edit undo}
7302
7303
7304
7305
7306
7307
7308


7309
7310
7311
7312
7313
7314
7315
7316
7317
7318
7319



7320
7321


7322
7323
7324
7325
7326
7327
7328
7329
7330
7331
7332



7333
7334


7335
7336
7337
7338
7339
7340
7341
7342
7343
7344
7345


























7346
7347
7348
7349
7350
7351
7352
7353
7354
    set result "ok"
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {ok}


test text-36.1 "bug #1777362: event handling with hyphenated windows" -setup {


    proc bgerror {m} {set ::my_error $m}
    set ::my_error {}
    pack [set w [text .t-1]]
} -body {
    tkwait visibility $w
    event generate $w <1>
    event generate $w <1>
    update
    set ::my_error
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t-1



} -result {}
test text-36.2 "bug #1777362: event handling with hyphenated windows" -setup {


    proc bgerror {m} {set ::my_error $m}
    set ::my_error {}
    pack [set w [text .t+1]]
} -body {
    tkwait visibility $w
    event generate $w <1>
    event generate $w <1>
    update
    set ::my_error
} -cleanup {
    destroy $w



} -result {}
test text-36.3 "bug #1777362: event handling with hyphenated windows" -setup {


    proc bgerror {m} {set ::my_error $m}
    set ::my_error {}
    pack [set w [text .t*1]]
} -body {
    tkwait visibility $w
    event generate $w <1>
    event generate $w <1>
    update
    set ::my_error
} -cleanup {
    destroy $w


























} -result {}

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:







>
>
|










>
>
>


>
>
|










>
>
>


>
>
|










>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>









7406
7407
7408
7409
7410
7411
7412
7413
7414
7415
7416
7417
7418
7419
7420
7421
7422
7423
7424
7425
7426
7427
7428
7429
7430
7431
7432
7433
7434
7435
7436
7437
7438
7439
7440
7441
7442
7443
7444
7445
7446
7447
7448
7449
7450
7451
7452
7453
7454
7455
7456
7457
7458
7459
7460
7461
7462
7463
7464
7465
7466
7467
7468
7469
7470
7471
7472
7473
7474
7475
7476
7477
7478
7479
7480
7481
7482
7483
7484
7485
7486
7487
7488
7489
7490
7491
7492
7493
7494
7495
7496
    set result "ok"
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {ok}


test text-36.1 "bug #1777362: event handling with hyphenated windows" -setup {
    set save [interp bgerror {}]
    interp bgerror {} returnerror-36.1
    proc returnerror-36.1 {m opts} {set ::my_error $m}
    set ::my_error {}
    pack [set w [text .t-1]]
} -body {
    tkwait visibility $w
    event generate $w <1>
    event generate $w <1>
    update
    set ::my_error
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t-1
    rename returnerror-36.1 ""
    interp bgerror {} $save
    unset -nocomplain save ::my_error w
} -result {}
test text-36.2 "bug #1777362: event handling with hyphenated windows" -setup {
    set save [interp bgerror {}]
    interp bgerror {} returnerror-36.2
    proc returnerror-36.2 {m opts} {set ::my_error $m}
    set ::my_error {}
    pack [set w [text .t+1]]
} -body {
    tkwait visibility $w
    event generate $w <1>
    event generate $w <1>
    update
    set ::my_error
} -cleanup {
    destroy $w
    rename returnerror-36.2 ""
    interp bgerror {} $save
    unset -nocomplain save ::my_error w
} -result {}
test text-36.3 "bug #1777362: event handling with hyphenated windows" -setup {
    set save [interp bgerror {}]
    interp bgerror {} returnerror-36.3
    proc returnerror-36.3 {m opts} {set ::my_error $m}
    set ::my_error {}
    pack [set w [text .t*1]]
} -body {
    tkwait visibility $w
    event generate $w <1>
    event generate $w <1>
    update
    set ::my_error
} -cleanup {
    destroy $w
    rename returnerror-36.3 ""
    interp bgerror {} $save
    unset -nocomplain save ::my_error w
} -result {}


test text-37.1 "bug #dd9667635d: text anchor not set" -setup {
    set save [interp bgerror {}]
    interp bgerror {} returnerror-37.1
    proc returnerror-37.1 {m opts} {set ::my_error $m}
    destroy .t
    set ::my_error {}
    pack [text .t]
} -body {
    .t insert end "Hello world!"
    .t tag add sel 1.0 end
    # this line shall not trigger error:
    #     bad text index "tk::anchorN"
    event generate .t <<SelectPrevLine>>
    update
    set ::my_error
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    rename returnerror-37.1 ""
    interp bgerror {} $save
    unset -nocomplain save ::my_error
} -result {}

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:

Changes to tests/textDisp.test.

944
945
946
947
948
949
950






















951
952
953
954
955
956
957
    set scrollInfo unchanged
    .t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
    .t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\n
    .t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
    update
    set scrollInfo
} [list 0.0 [expr {4.0/11}]]























# The following group of tests is marked non-portable because
# they result in a lot of extra redisplay under Ultrix.  I don't
# know why this is so.

.t configure -bd 2 -relief raised -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
    set scrollInfo unchanged
    .t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
    .t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\n
    .t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
    update
    set scrollInfo
} [list 0.0 [expr {4.0/11}]]
test textDisp-6.10 {DisplayText, redisplay embedded windows after scroll.} {aqua} {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
    foreach i {2 3 4} {
	.t insert end "\nLine $i"
    }
    .t insert end "\n"
    .t window create end -create {
	button %W.button_one -text "Button 1"}
    .t insert end "\nLine 6\n"
    .t window create end -create {
	button %W.button_two -text "Button 2"}
    .t insert end "\nLine 8\n"
    .t window create end -create {
	button %W.button_three -text "Button 3"}
    update
    .t delete 2.0 3.0
    update
    list $tk_textEmbWinDisplay
} {{4.0 6.0}}


# The following group of tests is marked non-portable because
# they result in a lot of extra redisplay under Ultrix.  I don't
# know why this is so.

.t configure -bd 2 -relief raised -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end

Changes to tests/textTag.test.

1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748

1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
test textTag-18.1 {TkTextPickCurrent tag bindings} -setup {
    destroy .t
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    text .t -width 30 -height 4 -relief sunken -borderwidth 10 \
      -highlightthickness 10 -pady 2
    pack .t

    
    .t insert end " Tag here " TAG " no tag here"
    .t tag configure TAG -borderwidth 4 -relief raised
    .t tag bind TAG <Enter>  {lappend res "%x %y tag-Enter"}
    .t tag bind TAG <Leave>  {lappend res "%x %y tag-Leave"}
    bind .t <Enter> {lappend res Enter}
    bind .t <Leave> {lappend res Leave}







>







1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
test textTag-18.1 {TkTextPickCurrent tag bindings} -setup {
    destroy .t
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    text .t -width 30 -height 4 -relief sunken -borderwidth 10 \
      -highlightthickness 10 -pady 2
    pack .t
    update ; # map the window, otherwise -warp can't be done
    
    .t insert end " Tag here " TAG " no tag here"
    .t tag configure TAG -borderwidth 4 -relief raised
    .t tag bind TAG <Enter>  {lappend res "%x %y tag-Enter"}
    .t tag bind TAG <Leave>  {lappend res "%x %y tag-Leave"}
    bind .t <Enter> {lappend res Enter}
    bind .t <Leave> {lappend res Leave}

Changes to tests/ttk/checkbutton.test.

56
57
58
59
60
61
62









63
64
    pack .top.mb
    focus -force .top.mb
    update
    event generate .top.mb <1>
    event generate .top.mb <ButtonRelease-1>
    update  ; # shall not trigger error  invalid command name ".top.b"
} -result {}










tcltest::cleanupTests







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
    pack .top.mb
    focus -force .top.mb
    update
    event generate .top.mb <1>
    event generate .top.mb <ButtonRelease-1>
    update  ; # shall not trigger error  invalid command name ".top.b"
} -result {}

# Bug [fa8de77936]
test checkbutton-1.8 "Empty -variable" -body {
    # shall simply not crash
    ttk::checkbutton .cbev -variable {}
    .cbev invoke
} -cleanup {
    destroy .cbev
} -result {}

tcltest::cleanupTests

Changes to tests/ttk/entry.test.

81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
    set scrollInfo
} -result {0.0 0.5} -cleanup { destroy .e }
# NOTE: result can vary depending on font.

# Bounding box / scrolling tests.
test entry-3.0 "Series 3 setup" -body {
    ttk::style theme use default
    variable fixed fixed
    variable cw [font measure $fixed a]
    variable ch [font metrics $fixed -linespace]
    variable bd 2	;# border + padding
    variable ux [font measure $fixed \u4e4e]

    pack [ttk::entry .e -font $fixed -width 20]
    update







|







81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
    set scrollInfo
} -result {0.0 0.5} -cleanup { destroy .e }
# NOTE: result can vary depending on font.

# Bounding box / scrolling tests.
test entry-3.0 "Series 3 setup" -body {
    ttk::style theme use default
    variable fixed TkFixedFont
    variable cw [font measure $fixed a]
    variable ch [font metrics $fixed -linespace]
    variable bd 2	;# border + padding
    variable ux [font measure $fixed \u4e4e]

    pack [ttk::entry .e -font $fixed -width 20]
    update

Changes to tests/ttk/scrollbar.test.

61
62
63
64
65
66
67























68
69
test scale-1.0 "Self-destruction" -body {
    trace variable v w { destroy .s ;# }
    ttk::scale .s -variable v
    pack .s ; update
    .s set 1 ; update
} -returnCodes 1 -match glob -result "*"
























tcltest::cleanupTests








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
test scale-1.0 "Self-destruction" -body {
    trace variable v w { destroy .s ;# }
    ttk::scale .s -variable v
    pack .s ; update
    .s set 1 ; update
} -returnCodes 1 -match glob -result "*"

test scale-2.1 "-state option" -setup {
    ttk::scale .s
    set res ""
} -body {
    # defaults
    lappend res [.s instate disabled] [.s cget -state]
    # set -state: instate returns accordingly
    .s configure -state disabled
    lappend res [.s instate disabled] [.s cget -state]
    # back to normal
    .s configure -state normal
    lappend res [.s instate disabled] [.s cget -state]
    # use state command: -state does NOT reflect it
    .s state disabled
    lappend res [.s instate disabled] [.s cget -state]
    # further use state command
    .s state readonly
    lappend res [.s state] [.s cget -state]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .s
    unset -nocomplain res
} -result {0 normal 1 disabled 0 normal 1 normal {disabled readonly} normal}

tcltest::cleanupTests

Changes to tests/unixFont.test.

62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
set ax [winfo reqwidth .b.l]
set ay [winfo reqheight .b.l]
proc getsize {} {
    update
    return "[winfo reqwidth .b.l] [winfo reqheight .b.l]"
}

test unixfont-1.1 {TkpGetNativeFont procedure: not native} {unix noExceed} {
    list [catch {font measure {} xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {font "" doesn't exist}}
test unixfont-1.2 {TkpGetNativeFont procedure: native} unix {
    font measure fixed 0
} {6}

test unixfont-2.1 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: no family} unix {
    font actual {-size 10}
    set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-2.2 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Times relatives} \
	{unix noExceed hasTimesNew} {
    set x {}
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Times New Roman"}] 1]
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "New York"}] 1]
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Times"}] 1]
} {times times times}
test unixfont-2.3 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Courier relatives} \
	{unix noExceed hasCourierNew} {
    set x {}
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Courier New"}] 1]
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Monaco"}] 1]
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Courier"}] 1]
} {courier courier courier}
test unixfont-2.4 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Helvetica relatives} \
	{unix noExceed hasArial} {
    set x {}
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Arial"}] 1]
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Geneva"}] 1]
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Helvetica"}] 1]
} {helvetica helvetica helvetica}
test unixfont-2.5 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: fallback} unix {
    font actual {-xyz-xyz-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*}
    set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-2.6 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: fallback to fixed family} unix {
    lindex [font actual {-family fixed -size 10}] 1
} {fixed}
test unixfont-2.7 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: fixed family not available!} unix {
    # no test available
} {}
test unixfont-2.8 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: loop over returned font names} unix {
    lindex [font actual {-family fixed -size 31}] 1
} {fixed}
test unixfont-2.9 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: reject adobe courier if possible} {unix noExceed} {
    lindex [font actual {-family courier}] 1
} {courier}
test unixfont-2.10 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: scalable font found} unix {
    lindex [font actual {-family courier -size 37}] 3
} {37}
test unixfont-2.11 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: font cannot be loaded} unix {
    # On Linux, XListFonts() was returning names for fonts that do not
    # actually exist, causing the subsequent XLoadQueryFont() to fail
    # unexpectedly.  Now falls back to another font if that happens.

    font actual {-size 14}
    set x {}
} {}    

test unixfont-3.1 {TkpDeleteFont procedure} unix {
    font actual {-family xyz}
    set x {}
} {}

test unixfont-4.1 {TkpGetFontFamilies procedure} unix {
    font families
    set x {}
} {}

test unixfont-5.1 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: no chars to be measured} unix {
    .b.l config -text "000000" -wrap [expr $ax*3]
    .b.l config -wrap 0
} {}
test unixfont-5.2 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: no right margin} unix {
    .b.l config -text "000000"
} {}
test unixfont-5.3 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: loop over chars} unix {
    .b.l config -text "0"
    .b.l config -text "\377"
    .b.l config -text "0\3770\377"
    .b.l config -text "000000000000000"
} {}
.b.l config -wrap [expr $ax*10]
test unixfont-5.4 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: reached right edge} unix {
    .b.l config -text "0000000000000"
    getsize
} "[expr $ax*10] [expr $ay*2]"
test unixfont-5.5 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: ran out of chars} unix {
    .b.l config -text "000000"
    getsize
} "[expr $ax*6] $ay"
test unixfont-5.6 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: find last word} unix {
    .b.l config -text "000000 00000"
    getsize
} "[expr $ax*6] [expr $ay*2]"
test unixfont-5.7 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: already saw space in line} unix {
    .b.l config -text "000000     00000"
    getsize
} "[expr $ax*6] [expr $ay*2]"
test unixfont-5.8 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: internal spaces significant} unix {
    .b.l config -text "00  000     00000"
    getsize
} "[expr $ax*7] [expr $ay*2]"
test unixfont-5.9 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: TK_PARTIAL_OK} unix {
    .b.c dchars $t 0 end
    .b.c insert $t 0 "0000"
    .b.c index $t @[expr int($ax*2.5)],1
} {2}
test unixfont-5.10 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: TK_AT_LEAST_ONE} unix {
    .b.l config -text "000000000000"
    getsize
} "[expr $ax*10] [expr $ay*2]"
test unixfont-5.11 {Tk_MeasureChars: TK_AT_LEAST_ONE + not even one char fit!} unix {
    set a [.b.l cget -wrap]
    .b.l config -text "000000" -wrap 1
    set x [getsize]
    .b.l config -wrap $a
    set x
} "$ax [expr $ay*6]"
test unixfont-5.12 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: include eol spaces} unix {
    .b.l config -text "000   \n000"
    getsize
} "[expr $ax*6] [expr $ay*2]"

test unixfont-6.1 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: loop test} unix {
    .b.l config -text "a"
    update
} {}
test unixfont-6.2 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: loop test} unix {
    .b.l config -text "abcd"
    update
} {}
test unixfont-6.3 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: special char} unix {
    .b.l config -text "\001"
    update
} {}
test unixfont-6.4 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: normal then special} unix {
    .b.l config -text "ab\001"
    update
} {}
test unixfont-6.5 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: ends with special} unix {
    .b.l config -text "ab\001"
    update
} {}
test unixfont-6.6 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: more normal chars at end} unix {
    .b.l config -text "ab\001def"
    update
} {}

test unixfont-7.1 {DrawChars procedure: no effects} unix {
    .b.l config -text "abc"
    update
} {}
test unixfont-7.2 {DrawChars procedure: underlining} unix {
    set f [.b.l cget -font]
    .b.l config -text "abc" -font "courier 10 underline"
    update
    .b.l config -font $f
} {}
test unixfont-7.3 {DrawChars procedure: overstrike} unix {
    set f [.b.l cget -font]
    .b.l config -text "abc" -font "courier 10 overstrike"
    update
    .b.l config -font $f
} {}

test unixfont-8.1 {AllocFont procedure: use old font} unix {
    font create xyz
    button .c -font xyz
    font configure xyz -family times
    update
    destroy .c
    font delete xyz
} {}
test unixfont-8.2 {AllocFont procedure: parse information from XLFD} unix {
    expr {[lindex [font actual {-family times -size 0}] 3] == 0}
} {0}
test unixfont-8.3 {AllocFont procedure: can't parse info from name} unix {
    catch {unset fontArray}
    # check that font actual returns the correct attributes.
    # the values of those attributes are system dependent.
    array set fontArray [font actual a12biluc]
    set result [lsort [array names fontArray]]
    catch {unset fontArray}
    set result
} {-family -overstrike -size -slant -underline -weight}
test unixfont-8.4 {AllocFont procedure: classify characters} unix {
    set x 0
    incr x [font measure $courier "\u4000"]   ;# 6
    incr x [font measure $courier "\002"]   ;# 4
    incr x [font measure $courier "\012"]   ;# 2
    incr x [font measure $courier "\101"]   ;# 1
    set x
} [expr $cx*13]
test unixfont-8.5 {AllocFont procedure: setup widths of normal chars} unix {
    font metrics $courier -fixed
} {1}
test unixfont-8.6 {AllocFont procedure: setup widths of special chars} unix {
    set x 0
    incr x [font measure $courier "\001"]   ;# 4
    incr x [font measure $courier "\002"]   ;# 4
    incr x [font measure $courier "\012"]   ;# 2
    set x
} [expr $cx*10]
test unixfont-8.7 {AllocFont procedure: XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION} unix {
    catch {font actual -adobe-courier-bold-i-normal--0-0-0-0-m-0-iso8859-1}
    set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-8.8 {AllocFont procedure: no XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION} unix {
    catch {font actual --symbol-medium-r-normal--0-0-0-0-p-0-sun-fontspecific}
    set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-8.9 {AllocFont procedure: XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS} unix {
    catch {font actual -adobe-courier-bold-i-normal--0-0-0-0-m-0-iso8859-1}
    set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-8.10 {AllocFont procedure: no XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS} unix {
    catch {font actual --symbol-medium-r-normal--0-0-0-0-p-0-sun-fontspecific}
    set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-8.11 {AllocFont procedure: XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION was 0} unix {
    catch {font actual -adobe-courier-bold-i-normal--0-0-0-0-m-0-iso8859-1}
    set x {}
} {}

test unixfont-9.1 {GetControlCharSubst procedure: 2 chars subst} unix {
    .b.c dchars $t 0 end
    .b.c insert $t 0 "0\a0"
    set x {}
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*0],0]
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*1],0]
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*2],0]
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*3],0]
} {0 1 1 2}
test unixfont-9.2 {GetControlCharSubst procedure: 4 chars subst} unix {
    .b.c dchars $t 0 end
    .b.c insert $t 0 "0\0010"
    set x {}
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*0],0]
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*1],0]
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*2],0]
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*3],0]







|


|



|




|






|






|





|



|


|


|


|


|


|








|




|




|



|


|






|



|



|



|



|



|




|



|






|




|



|



|



|



|



|




|



|





|






|







|


|








|







|


|






|



|



|



|



|




|








|







62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
set ax [winfo reqwidth .b.l]
set ay [winfo reqheight .b.l]
proc getsize {} {
    update
    return "[winfo reqwidth .b.l] [winfo reqheight .b.l]"
}

test unixfont-1.1 {TkpGetNativeFont procedure: not native} {x11 noExceed} {
    list [catch {font measure {} xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {font "" doesn't exist}}
test unixfont-1.2 {TkpGetNativeFont procedure: native} x11 {
    font measure fixed 0
} {6}

test unixfont-2.1 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: no family} x11 {
    font actual {-size 10}
    set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-2.2 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Times relatives} \
	{x11 noExceed hasTimesNew} {
    set x {}
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Times New Roman"}] 1]
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "New York"}] 1]
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Times"}] 1]
} {times times times}
test unixfont-2.3 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Courier relatives} \
	{x11 noExceed hasCourierNew} {
    set x {}
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Courier New"}] 1]
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Monaco"}] 1]
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Courier"}] 1]
} {courier courier courier}
test unixfont-2.4 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Helvetica relatives} \
	{x11 noExceed hasArial} {
    set x {}
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Arial"}] 1]
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Geneva"}] 1]
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Helvetica"}] 1]
} {helvetica helvetica helvetica}
test unixfont-2.5 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: fallback} x11 {
    font actual {-xyz-xyz-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*}
    set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-2.6 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: fallback to fixed family} x11 {
    lindex [font actual {-family fixed -size 10}] 1
} {fixed}
test unixfont-2.7 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: fixed family not available!} x11 {
    # no test available
} {}
test unixfont-2.8 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: loop over returned font names} x11 {
    lindex [font actual {-family fixed -size 31}] 1
} {fixed}
test unixfont-2.9 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: reject adobe courier if possible} {x11 noExceed} {
    lindex [font actual {-family courier}] 1
} {courier}
test unixfont-2.10 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: scalable font found} x11 {
    lindex [font actual {-family courier -size 37}] 3
} {37}
test unixfont-2.11 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: font cannot be loaded} x11 {
    # On Linux, XListFonts() was returning names for fonts that do not
    # actually exist, causing the subsequent XLoadQueryFont() to fail
    # unexpectedly.  Now falls back to another font if that happens.

    font actual {-size 14}
    set x {}
} {}    

test unixfont-3.1 {TkpDeleteFont procedure} x11 {
    font actual {-family xyz}
    set x {}
} {}

test unixfont-4.1 {TkpGetFontFamilies procedure} x11 {
    font families
    set x {}
} {}

test unixfont-5.1 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: no chars to be measured} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "000000" -wrap [expr $ax*3]
    .b.l config -wrap 0
} {}
test unixfont-5.2 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: no right margin} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "000000"
} {}
test unixfont-5.3 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: loop over chars} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "0"
    .b.l config -text "\377"
    .b.l config -text "0\3770\377"
    .b.l config -text "000000000000000"
} {}
.b.l config -wrap [expr $ax*10]
test unixfont-5.4 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: reached right edge} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "0000000000000"
    getsize
} "[expr $ax*10] [expr $ay*2]"
test unixfont-5.5 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: ran out of chars} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "000000"
    getsize
} "[expr $ax*6] $ay"
test unixfont-5.6 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: find last word} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "000000 00000"
    getsize
} "[expr $ax*6] [expr $ay*2]"
test unixfont-5.7 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: already saw space in line} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "000000     00000"
    getsize
} "[expr $ax*6] [expr $ay*2]"
test unixfont-5.8 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: internal spaces significant} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "00  000     00000"
    getsize
} "[expr $ax*7] [expr $ay*2]"
test unixfont-5.9 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: TK_PARTIAL_OK} x11 {
    .b.c dchars $t 0 end
    .b.c insert $t 0 "0000"
    .b.c index $t @[expr int($ax*2.5)],1
} {2}
test unixfont-5.10 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: TK_AT_LEAST_ONE} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "000000000000"
    getsize
} "[expr $ax*10] [expr $ay*2]"
test unixfont-5.11 {Tk_MeasureChars: TK_AT_LEAST_ONE + not even one char fit!} x11 {
    set a [.b.l cget -wrap]
    .b.l config -text "000000" -wrap 1
    set x [getsize]
    .b.l config -wrap $a
    set x
} "$ax [expr $ay*6]"
test unixfont-5.12 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: include eol spaces} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "000   \n000"
    getsize
} "[expr $ax*6] [expr $ay*2]"

test unixfont-6.1 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: loop test} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "a"
    update
} {}
test unixfont-6.2 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: loop test} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "abcd"
    update
} {}
test unixfont-6.3 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: special char} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "\001"
    update
} {}
test unixfont-6.4 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: normal then special} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "ab\001"
    update
} {}
test unixfont-6.5 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: ends with special} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "ab\001"
    update
} {}
test unixfont-6.6 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: more normal chars at end} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "ab\001def"
    update
} {}

test unixfont-7.1 {DrawChars procedure: no effects} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "abc"
    update
} {}
test unixfont-7.2 {DrawChars procedure: underlining} x11 {
    set f [.b.l cget -font]
    .b.l config -text "abc" -font "courier 10 underline"
    update
    .b.l config -font $f
} {}
test unixfont-7.3 {DrawChars procedure: overstrike} x11 {
    set f [.b.l cget -font]
    .b.l config -text "abc" -font "courier 10 overstrike"
    update
    .b.l config -font $f
} {}

test unixfont-8.1 {AllocFont procedure: use old font} x11 {
    font create xyz
    button .c -font xyz
    font configure xyz -family times
    update
    destroy .c
    font delete xyz
} {}
test unixfont-8.2 {AllocFont procedure: parse information from XLFD} x11 {
    expr {[lindex [font actual {-family times -size 0}] 3] == 0}
} {0}
test unixfont-8.3 {AllocFont procedure: can't parse info from name} x11 {
    catch {unset fontArray}
    # check that font actual returns the correct attributes.
    # the values of those attributes are system dependent.
    array set fontArray [font actual a12biluc]
    set result [lsort [array names fontArray]]
    catch {unset fontArray}
    set result
} {-family -overstrike -size -slant -underline -weight}
test unixfont-8.4 {AllocFont procedure: classify characters} x11 {
    set x 0
    incr x [font measure $courier "\u4000"]   ;# 6
    incr x [font measure $courier "\002"]   ;# 4
    incr x [font measure $courier "\012"]   ;# 2
    incr x [font measure $courier "\101"]   ;# 1
    set x
} [expr $cx*13]
test unixfont-8.5 {AllocFont procedure: setup widths of normal chars} x11 {
    font metrics $courier -fixed
} {1}
test unixfont-8.6 {AllocFont procedure: setup widths of special chars} x11 {
    set x 0
    incr x [font measure $courier "\001"]   ;# 4
    incr x [font measure $courier "\002"]   ;# 4
    incr x [font measure $courier "\012"]   ;# 2
    set x
} [expr $cx*10]
test unixfont-8.7 {AllocFont procedure: XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION} x11 {
    catch {font actual -adobe-courier-bold-i-normal--0-0-0-0-m-0-iso8859-1}
    set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-8.8 {AllocFont procedure: no XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION} x11 {
    catch {font actual --symbol-medium-r-normal--0-0-0-0-p-0-sun-fontspecific}
    set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-8.9 {AllocFont procedure: XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS} x11 {
    catch {font actual -adobe-courier-bold-i-normal--0-0-0-0-m-0-iso8859-1}
    set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-8.10 {AllocFont procedure: no XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS} x11 {
    catch {font actual --symbol-medium-r-normal--0-0-0-0-p-0-sun-fontspecific}
    set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-8.11 {AllocFont procedure: XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION was 0} x11 {
    catch {font actual -adobe-courier-bold-i-normal--0-0-0-0-m-0-iso8859-1}
    set x {}
} {}

test unixfont-9.1 {GetControlCharSubst procedure: 2 chars subst} x11 {
    .b.c dchars $t 0 end
    .b.c insert $t 0 "0\a0"
    set x {}
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*0],0]
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*1],0]
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*2],0]
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*3],0]
} {0 1 1 2}
test unixfont-9.2 {GetControlCharSubst procedure: 4 chars subst} x11 {
    .b.c dchars $t 0 end
    .b.c insert $t 0 "0\0010"
    set x {}
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*0],0]
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*1],0]
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*2],0]
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*3],0]

Changes to unix/Makefile.in.

183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
# XStringToKeysym is plenty fast, so you needn't define REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP.
KEYSYM_FLAGS		=
#KEYSYM_FLAGS		= -DREDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP

# Tk does not used deprecated Tcl constructs so it should
# compile fine with -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED. To remove its own
# set of deprecated code uncomment the second line.
NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS	= -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED
#NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS	= -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED -DTK_NO_DEPRECATED

# Some versions of make, like SGI's, use the following variable to
# determine which shell to use for executing commands:
SHELL			= @SHELL@

# BUILD_TCLSH is the fully qualified path name of the tclsh shell
# in the Tcl build directory. Test that need to be run in the







|
|







183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
# XStringToKeysym is plenty fast, so you needn't define REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP.
KEYSYM_FLAGS		=
#KEYSYM_FLAGS		= -DREDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP

# Tk does not used deprecated Tcl constructs so it should
# compile fine with -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED. To remove its own
# set of deprecated code uncomment the second line.
NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS	=
#NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS	= -DTK_NO_DEPRECATED

# Some versions of make, like SGI's, use the following variable to
# determine which shell to use for executing commands:
SHELL			= @SHELL@

# BUILD_TCLSH is the fully qualified path name of the tclsh shell
# in the Tcl build directory. Test that need to be run in the
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
	tkUnixFocus.o  $(FONT_OBJS) tkUnixInit.o tkUnixKey.o tkUnixMenu.o \
	tkUnixMenubu.o tkUnixScale.o tkUnixScrlbr.o tkUnixSelect.o \
	tkUnixSend.o tkUnixWm.o tkUnixXId.o

AQUA_OBJS = tkMacOSXBitmap.o tkMacOSXButton.o tkMacOSXClipboard.o \
	tkMacOSXColor.o tkMacOSXConfig.o tkMacOSXCursor.o tkMacOSXDebug.o \
	tkMacOSXDialog.o tkMacOSXDraw.o tkMacOSXEmbed.o tkMacOSXEntry.o \
	tkMacOSXEvent.o tkMacOSXFont.o tkMacOSXHLEvents.o tkMacOSXInit.o \
	tkMacOSXKeyboard.o tkMacOSXKeyEvent.o tkMacOSXMenu.o \
	tkMacOSXMenubutton.o tkMacOSXMenus.o tkMacOSXMouseEvent.o \
	tkMacOSXNotify.o tkMacOSXRegion.o tkMacOSXScrlbr.o tkMacOSXSend.o \
	tkMacOSXSubwindows.o tkMacOSXWindowEvent.o \
	tkMacOSXWm.o tkMacOSXXStubs.o \
	tkFileFilter.o tkMacWinMenu.o tkPointer.o tkUnix3d.o tkUnixScale.o \
	xcolors.o xdraw.o xgc.o ximage.o xutil.o \
	ttkMacOSXTheme.o







|
|







390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
	tkUnixFocus.o  $(FONT_OBJS) tkUnixInit.o tkUnixKey.o tkUnixMenu.o \
	tkUnixMenubu.o tkUnixScale.o tkUnixScrlbr.o tkUnixSelect.o \
	tkUnixSend.o tkUnixWm.o tkUnixXId.o

AQUA_OBJS = tkMacOSXBitmap.o tkMacOSXButton.o tkMacOSXClipboard.o \
	tkMacOSXColor.o tkMacOSXConfig.o tkMacOSXCursor.o tkMacOSXDebug.o \
	tkMacOSXDialog.o tkMacOSXDraw.o tkMacOSXEmbed.o tkMacOSXEntry.o \
	tkMacOSXEvent.o tkMacOSXFont.o tkMacOSXHLEvents.o tkMacOSXImage.o \
	tkMacOSXInit.o tkMacOSXKeyboard.o tkMacOSXKeyEvent.o tkMacOSXMenu.o \
	tkMacOSXMenubutton.o tkMacOSXMenus.o tkMacOSXMouseEvent.o \
	tkMacOSXNotify.o tkMacOSXRegion.o tkMacOSXScrlbr.o tkMacOSXSend.o \
	tkMacOSXSubwindows.o tkMacOSXWindowEvent.o \
	tkMacOSXWm.o tkMacOSXXStubs.o \
	tkFileFilter.o tkMacWinMenu.o tkPointer.o tkUnix3d.o tkUnixScale.o \
	xcolors.o xdraw.o xgc.o ximage.o xutil.o \
	ttkMacOSXTheme.o
515
516
517
518
519
520
521

522
523
524
525
526
527
528
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXBitmap.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXButton.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXClipboard.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXColor.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXConfig.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXCursor.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDebug.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDialog.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDraw.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEmbed.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEntry.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEvent.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c \

	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXInit.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenu.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenubutton.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenus.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXNotify.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXRegion.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSend.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXTest.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c \







>







515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXBitmap.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXButton.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXClipboard.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXColor.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXConfig.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXCursor.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDebug.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDialog.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDraw.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEmbed.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEntry.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEvent.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXImage.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXInit.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenu.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenubutton.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenus.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXNotify.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXRegion.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSend.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXTest.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c \
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274



1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281

tkMacOSXFont.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c

tkMacOSXHLEvents.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c




tkMacOSXInit.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXInit.c tkConfig.sh
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) -DTK_LIBRARY=\"${TK_LIBRARY}\" \
	    $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXInit.c

tkMacOSXKeyboard.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c








>
>
>







1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285

tkMacOSXFont.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c

tkMacOSXHLEvents.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c

tkMacOSXImage.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXImage.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXImage.c

tkMacOSXInit.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXInit.c tkConfig.sh
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) -DTK_LIBRARY=\"${TK_LIBRARY}\" \
	    $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXInit.c

tkMacOSXKeyboard.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c

1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
	cp $(TOP_DIR)/win/Makefile.in $(DISTDIR)/win
	cp $(TOP_DIR)/win/configure.in \
		$(TOP_DIR)/win/configure \
		$(TOP_DIR)/win/tkConfig.sh.in \
		$(TOP_DIR)/win/aclocal.m4 $(TOP_DIR)/win/tcl.m4 \
		$(DISTDIR)/win
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/*.[ch] $(TOP_DIR)/win/*.bat $(DISTDIR)/win
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/makefile.* $(DISTDIR)/win
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/rules.vc $(DISTDIR)/win
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/README $(DISTDIR)/win
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/win
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/win/rc
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/wish.exe.manifest.in $(DISTDIR)/win/
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/rc/*.{rc,cur,ico,bmp} $(DISTDIR)/win/rc
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/macosx
	cp -p $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/GNUmakefile $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/README \







<
|







1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580

1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
	cp $(TOP_DIR)/win/Makefile.in $(DISTDIR)/win
	cp $(TOP_DIR)/win/configure.in \
		$(TOP_DIR)/win/configure \
		$(TOP_DIR)/win/tkConfig.sh.in \
		$(TOP_DIR)/win/aclocal.m4 $(TOP_DIR)/win/tcl.m4 \
		$(DISTDIR)/win
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/*.[ch] $(TOP_DIR)/win/*.bat $(DISTDIR)/win

	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/*.vc $(DISTDIR)/win
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/README $(DISTDIR)/win
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/win
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/win/rc
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/wish.exe.manifest.in $(DISTDIR)/win/
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/rc/*.{rc,cur,ico,bmp} $(DISTDIR)/win/rc
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/macosx
	cp -p $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/GNUmakefile $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/README \
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
	    fi; \
	done;)
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/doc
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TOP_DIR)/doc/*.[13n] \
		$(TCLDIR)/doc/man.macros $(DISTDIR)/doc
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/tests
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TEST_DIR)/*.{test,tcl} \
		$(TEST_DIR)/README $(TEST_DIR)/*.{gif,ppm,xbm} \
		$(TEST_DIR)/option.file* $(DISTDIR)/tests
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/tests/ttk
	cp -p $(TEST_DIR)/ttk/*.{test,tcl} $(DISTDIR)/tests/ttk

alldist: dist
	rm -f $(DISTROOT)/$(DISTNAME)-src.tar.gz $(DISTROOT)/$(ZIPNAME)
	cd $(DISTROOT); tar cf $(DISTNAME)-src.tar $(DISTNAME); \







|







1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
	    fi; \
	done;)
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/doc
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TOP_DIR)/doc/*.[13n] \
		$(TCLDIR)/doc/man.macros $(DISTDIR)/doc
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/tests
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TEST_DIR)/*.{test,tcl} \
		$(TEST_DIR)/README $(TEST_DIR)/*.{gif,png,ppm,xbm} \
		$(TEST_DIR)/option.file* $(DISTDIR)/tests
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/tests/ttk
	cp -p $(TEST_DIR)/ttk/*.{test,tcl} $(DISTDIR)/tests/ttk

alldist: dist
	rm -f $(DISTROOT)/$(DISTNAME)-src.tar.gz $(DISTROOT)/$(ZIPNAME)
	cd $(DISTROOT); tar cf $(DISTNAME)-src.tar $(DISTNAME); \

Changes to unix/configure.

1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348




TK_VERSION=8.6
TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TK_MINOR_VERSION=6
TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".7"
VERSION=${TK_VERSION}
LOCALES="cs da de el en en_gb eo es fr hu it nl pl pt ru sv"

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Find and load the tclConfig.sh file
#--------------------------------------------------------------------








|







1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348




TK_VERSION=8.6
TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TK_MINOR_VERSION=6
TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".8"
VERSION=${TK_VERSION}
LOCALES="cs da de el en en_gb eo es fr hu it nl pl pt ru sv"

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Find and load the tclConfig.sh file
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

Changes to unix/configure.in.

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
    /* override */ #undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
    #endif /* _TKCONFIG */])
])

TK_VERSION=8.6
TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TK_MINOR_VERSION=6
TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".7"
VERSION=${TK_VERSION}
LOCALES="cs da de el en en_gb eo es fr hu it nl pl pt ru sv"

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Find and load the tclConfig.sh file
#--------------------------------------------------------------------








|







21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
    /* override */ #undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
    #endif /* _TKCONFIG */])
])

TK_VERSION=8.6
TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TK_MINOR_VERSION=6
TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".8"
VERSION=${TK_VERSION}
LOCALES="cs da de el en en_gb eo es fr hu it nl pl pt ru sv"

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Find and load the tclConfig.sh file
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

Changes to unix/tk.spec.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
# This file is the basis for a binary Tk Linux RPM.

%{!?directory:%define directory /usr/local}

Name:          tk
Summary:       Tk graphical toolkit for the Tcl scripting language.
Version:       8.6.7
Release:       2
License:       BSD
Group:         Development/Languages
Source:        http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/tcl/tk%{version}-src.tar.gz
URL:           http://www.tcl.tk/
Buildroot:     /var/tmp/%{name}%{version}
Buildrequires: XFree86-devel tcl >= %version






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
# This file is the basis for a binary Tk Linux RPM.

%{!?directory:%define directory /usr/local}

Name:          tk
Summary:       Tk graphical toolkit for the Tcl scripting language.
Version:       8.6.8
Release:       2
License:       BSD
Group:         Development/Languages
Source:        http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/tcl/tk%{version}-src.tar.gz
URL:           http://www.tcl.tk/
Buildroot:     /var/tmp/%{name}%{version}
Buildrequires: XFree86-devel tcl >= %version

Changes to unix/tkUnixKey.c.

106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126


























127
128
129
130
131
132
133

const char *
TkpGetString(
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Window where event occurred */
    XEvent *eventPtr,		/* X keyboard event. */
    Tcl_DString *dsPtr)		/* Initialized, empty string to hold result. */
{
    int len;
    Tcl_DString buf;
    TkKeyEvent *kePtr = (TkKeyEvent *) eventPtr;

    /*
     * If we have the value cached already, use it now. [Bug 1373712]
     */

    if (kePtr->charValuePtr != NULL) {
	Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, kePtr->charValueLen);
	memcpy(Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), kePtr->charValuePtr,
		(unsigned) kePtr->charValueLen+1);
	return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
    }



























#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    if ((winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM)
	    && (winPtr->inputContext != NULL)
	    && (eventPtr->type == KeyPress)) {
	Status status;








|













>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159

const char *
TkpGetString(
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Window where event occurred */
    XEvent *eventPtr,		/* X keyboard event. */
    Tcl_DString *dsPtr)		/* Initialized, empty string to hold result. */
{
    int len, mincode, maxcode;
    Tcl_DString buf;
    TkKeyEvent *kePtr = (TkKeyEvent *) eventPtr;

    /*
     * If we have the value cached already, use it now. [Bug 1373712]
     */

    if (kePtr->charValuePtr != NULL) {
	Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, kePtr->charValueLen);
	memcpy(Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), kePtr->charValuePtr,
		(unsigned) kePtr->charValueLen+1);
	return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
    }

    /*
     * Only do this for KeyPress events, otherwise
     * further Xlib function behavior might be undefined.
     */

    if (eventPtr->type != KeyPress) {
	len = 0;
	Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, len);
	goto done;
    }

    /*
     * Filter keycodes out of range, otherwise
     * further Xlib function behavior might be undefined.
     */

    mincode = 0;
    maxcode = -1;
    XDisplayKeycodes(winPtr->dispPtr->display, &mincode, &maxcode);
    if ((eventPtr->xkey.keycode < mincode) ||
	(eventPtr->xkey.keycode > maxcode)) {
	len = 0;
	Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, len);
	goto done;
    }

#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    if ((winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM)
	    && (winPtr->inputContext != NULL)
	    && (eventPtr->type == KeyPress)) {
	Status status;

213
214
215
216
217
218
219

220
221
222
223
224
225
226

    /*
     * Cache the string in the event so that if/when we return to this
     * function, we will be able to produce it without asking X. This stops us
     * from having to reenter the XIM engine. [Bug 1373712]
     */


    kePtr->charValuePtr = ckalloc(len + 1);
    kePtr->charValueLen = len;
    memcpy(kePtr->charValuePtr, Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), (unsigned) len + 1);
    return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
}

/*







>







239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253

    /*
     * Cache the string in the event so that if/when we return to this
     * function, we will be able to produce it without asking X. This stops us
     * from having to reenter the XIM engine. [Bug 1373712]
     */

done:
    kePtr->charValuePtr = ckalloc(len + 1);
    kePtr->charValueLen = len;
    memcpy(kePtr->charValuePtr, Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), (unsigned) len + 1);
    return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
}

/*

Changes to unix/tkUnixRFont.c.

854
855
856
857
858
859
860




861
862
863
864
865
866
867
    XGCValues values;
    XftColor *xftcolor;
    int clen, nspec, xStart = x;
    XftGlyphFontSpec specs[NUM_SPEC];
    XGlyphInfo metrics;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
            Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));





    if (fontPtr->ftDraw == 0) {
#if DEBUG_FONTSEL
	printf("Switch to drawable 0x%x\n", drawable);
#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */
	fontPtr->ftDraw = XftDrawCreate(display, drawable,
		DefaultVisual(display, fontPtr->screen),







>
>
>
>







854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
    XGCValues values;
    XftColor *xftcolor;
    int clen, nspec, xStart = x;
    XftGlyphFontSpec specs[NUM_SPEC];
    XGlyphInfo metrics;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
            Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

   if (maxCoord <= y) {
      return; /* nothing to draw */
   }

    if (fontPtr->ftDraw == 0) {
#if DEBUG_FONTSEL
	printf("Switch to drawable 0x%x\n", drawable);
#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */
	fontPtr->ftDraw = XftDrawCreate(display, drawable,
		DefaultVisual(display, fontPtr->screen),
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898


899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906




907

908
909
910
911

912
913
914
915
916
917
918
    }
    XGetGCValues(display, gc, GCForeground, &values);
    xftcolor = LookUpColor(display, fontPtr, values.foreground);
    if (tsdPtr->clipRegion != None) {
	XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, tsdPtr->clipRegion);
    }
    nspec = 0;
    while (numBytes > 0 && x <= maxCoord && y <= maxCoord) {
	XftFont *ftFont;
	FcChar32 c;

	clen = FcUtf8ToUcs4((FcChar8 *) source, &c, numBytes);
	if (clen <= 0) {
	    /*
	     * This should not happen, but it can.
	     */

	    goto doUnderlineStrikeout;
	}
	source += clen;
	numBytes -= clen;

	ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, c, 0.0);
	if (ftFont) {


	    specs[nspec].font = ftFont;
	    specs[nspec].glyph = XftCharIndex(fontPtr->display, ftFont, c);
	    specs[nspec].x = x;
	    specs[nspec].y = y;
	    XftGlyphExtents(fontPtr->display, ftFont, &specs[nspec].glyph, 1,
		    &metrics);
	    x += metrics.xOff;
	    y += metrics.yOff;




	    nspec++;

	    if (nspec == NUM_SPEC) {
		XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor,
			specs, nspec);
		nspec = 0;

	    }
	}
    }
    if (nspec) {
	XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor, specs, nspec);
    }








|
















>
>
|

<
<


|
|
>
>
>
>
|
>
|
|
|
|
>







879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906


907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
    }
    XGetGCValues(display, gc, GCForeground, &values);
    xftcolor = LookUpColor(display, fontPtr, values.foreground);
    if (tsdPtr->clipRegion != None) {
	XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, tsdPtr->clipRegion);
    }
    nspec = 0;
    while (numBytes > 0) {
	XftFont *ftFont;
	FcChar32 c;

	clen = FcUtf8ToUcs4((FcChar8 *) source, &c, numBytes);
	if (clen <= 0) {
	    /*
	     * This should not happen, but it can.
	     */

	    goto doUnderlineStrikeout;
	}
	source += clen;
	numBytes -= clen;

	ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, c, 0.0);
	if (ftFont) {
            int cx = x;
            int cy = y;

	    specs[nspec].glyph = XftCharIndex(fontPtr->display, ftFont, c);


	    XftGlyphExtents(fontPtr->display, ftFont, &specs[nspec].glyph, 1,
		    &metrics);
            if ((x += metrics.xOff) >= maxCoord
                  || (y += metrics.yOff) >= maxCoord) {
               break;
            }
            if (metrics.xOff > 0 && cx >= 0 && cy >= 0) {
               specs[nspec].font = ftFont;
               specs[nspec].x = cx;
               specs[nspec].y = cy;
               if (++nspec == NUM_SPEC) {
                   XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor,
                           specs, nspec);
                   nspec = 0;
               }
	    }
	}
    }
    if (nspec) {
	XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor, specs, nspec);
    }

1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
	XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, tsdPtr->clipRegion);
    }

    nglyph = 0;
    currentFtFont = NULL;
    originX = originY = 0;		/* lint */

    while (numBytes > 0 && x <= maxCoord && x >= minCoord && y <= maxCoord
	    && y >= minCoord) {
	XftFont *ftFont;
	FcChar32 c;

	clen = FcUtf8ToUcs4((FcChar8 *) source, &c, numBytes);
	if (clen <= 0) {
	    /*
	     * This should not happen, but it can.







|
<







1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024

1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
	XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, tsdPtr->clipRegion);
    }

    nglyph = 0;
    currentFtFont = NULL;
    originX = originY = 0;		/* lint */

    while (numBytes > 0 && x >= minCoord && y >= minCoord) {

	XftFont *ftFont;
	FcChar32 c;

	clen = FcUtf8ToUcs4((FcChar8 *) source, &c, numBytes);
	if (clen <= 0) {
	    /*
	     * This should not happen, but it can.
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052








1053
1054


1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
	    }
	    originX = ROUND16(x);
	    originY = ROUND16(y);
	    if (nglyph) {
		XftGlyphExtents(fontPtr->display, currentFtFont, glyphs,
			nglyph, &metrics);
		nglyph = 0;








		x += metrics.xOff;
		y += metrics.yOff;


	    }
	    currentFtFont = ftFont;
	}
	glyphs[nglyph++] = XftCharIndex(fontPtr->display, ftFont, c);
    }
    if (nglyph) {
	XftDrawGlyphs(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor, currentFtFont,







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
>
>







1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070

1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
	    }
	    originX = ROUND16(x);
	    originY = ROUND16(y);
	    if (nglyph) {
		XftGlyphExtents(fontPtr->display, currentFtFont, glyphs,
			nglyph, &metrics);
		nglyph = 0;
                /*
                 * Breaking at this place is sub-optimal, but the whole algorithm
                 * has a design problem, the choice of NUM_SPEC is arbitrary, and so
                 * the inter-glyph spacing will look arbitrary. This algorithm
                 * has to draw the whole string at once (or whole blocks with same
                 * font), this requires a dynamic 'glyphs' array. In case of overflow
                 * the array has to be divided until the maximal string will fit. (GC)
                 */
                if ((x += metrics.xOff) >= maxCoord || (y += metrics.yOff) >= maxCoord) {

                   break;
                }
	    }
	    currentFtFont = ftFont;
	}
	glyphs[nglyph++] = XftCharIndex(fontPtr->display, ftFont, c);
    }
    if (nglyph) {
	XftDrawGlyphs(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor, currentFtFont,
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
    }
    XGetGCValues(display, gc, GCForeground, &values);
    xftcolor = LookUpColor(display, fontPtr, values.foreground);
    if (tsdPtr->clipRegion != None) {
	XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, tsdPtr->clipRegion);
    }
    nspec = 0;
    while (numBytes > 0 && x <= maxCoord && x >= minCoord
	    && y <= maxCoord && y >= minCoord) {
	XftFont *ftFont, *ft0Font;
	FcChar32 c;

	clen = FcUtf8ToUcs4((FcChar8 *) source, &c, numBytes);
	if (clen <= 0) {
	    /*
	     * This should not happen, but it can.







<
|







1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107

1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
    }
    XGetGCValues(display, gc, GCForeground, &values);
    xftcolor = LookUpColor(display, fontPtr, values.foreground);
    if (tsdPtr->clipRegion != None) {
	XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, tsdPtr->clipRegion);
    }
    nspec = 0;

    while (numBytes > 0 && x >= minCoord && y >= minCoord) {
	XftFont *ftFont, *ft0Font;
	FcChar32 c;

	clen = FcUtf8ToUcs4((FcChar8 *) source, &c, numBytes);
	if (clen <= 0) {
	    /*
	     * This should not happen, but it can.
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117

1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
	if (ftFont && ft0Font) {
	    specs[nspec].font = ftFont;
	    specs[nspec].glyph = XftCharIndex(fontPtr->display, ftFont, c);
	    specs[nspec].x = ROUND16(x);
	    specs[nspec].y = ROUND16(y);
	    XftGlyphExtents(fontPtr->display, ft0Font, &specs[nspec].glyph, 1,
		    &metrics);
	    x += metrics.xOff*cosA + metrics.yOff*sinA;
	    y += metrics.yOff*cosA - metrics.xOff*sinA;
	    nspec++;

	    if (nspec == NUM_SPEC) {
		XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor,
			specs, nspec);
		nspec = 0;
	    }
	}
    }
    if (nspec) {







|
|
|
>
|







1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
	if (ftFont && ft0Font) {
	    specs[nspec].font = ftFont;
	    specs[nspec].glyph = XftCharIndex(fontPtr->display, ftFont, c);
	    specs[nspec].x = ROUND16(x);
	    specs[nspec].y = ROUND16(y);
	    XftGlyphExtents(fontPtr->display, ft0Font, &specs[nspec].glyph, 1,
		    &metrics);
            if ((x += metrics.xOff*cosA + metrics.yOff*sinA) > maxCoord
                                 || (y += metrics.yOff*cosA - metrics.xOff*sinA) > maxCoord) {
               break;
            }
            if (++nspec == NUM_SPEC) {
		XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor,
			specs, nspec);
		nspec = 0;
	    }
	}
    }
    if (nspec) {

Changes to unix/tkUnixScale.c.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15




16
17
18
19
20
21
22
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkScale.h"





/*
 * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
 */

static void		DisplayHorizontalScale(TkScale *scalePtr,
			    Drawable drawable, XRectangle *drawnAreaPtr);
static void		DisplayHorizontalValue(TkScale *scalePtr,







>
>
>
>







9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkScale.h"

#if defined(_WIN32)
#define snprintf _snprintf
#endif

/*
 * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
 */

static void		DisplayHorizontalScale(TkScale *scalePtr,
			    Drawable drawable, XRectangle *drawnAreaPtr);
static void		DisplayHorizontalValue(TkScale *scalePtr,
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270


271
272
273
274
275
276
277
    register Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin;
    int y, width, length;
    char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
    Tk_FontMetrics fm;

    Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm);
    y = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value) + fm.ascent/2;
    sprintf(valueString, scalePtr->format, value);


    length = (int) strlen(valueString);
    width = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, length);

    /*
     * Adjust the y-coordinate if necessary to keep the text entirely inside
     * the window.
     */







|
>
>







267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
    register Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin;
    int y, width, length;
    char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
    Tk_FontMetrics fm;

    Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm);
    y = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value) + fm.ascent/2;
    if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format, value) < 0) {
        valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
    }
    length = (int) strlen(valueString);
    width = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, length);

    /*
     * Adjust the y-coordinate if necessary to keep the text entirely inside
     * the window.
     */
348
349
350
351
352
353
354

355


356
357
358
359
360
361
362
	     * Ensure that we will only draw enough of the tick values such
	     * that they don't overlap. We base this off the width that
	     * fromValue would take. Not exact, but better than no constraint.
	     */

	    ticks = fabs((scalePtr->toValue - scalePtr->fromValue)
		    / tickInterval);

	    sprintf(valueString, scalePtr->format, scalePtr->fromValue);


	    maxTicks = (double) Tk_Width(tkwin)
		    / (double) Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, -1);
	    if (ticks > maxTicks) {
		tickInterval *= (ticks / maxTicks);
	    }
	    for (tickValue = scalePtr->fromValue; ;
		 tickValue += tickInterval) {







>
|
>
>







354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
	     * Ensure that we will only draw enough of the tick values such
	     * that they don't overlap. We base this off the width that
	     * fromValue would take. Not exact, but better than no constraint.
	     */

	    ticks = fabs((scalePtr->toValue - scalePtr->fromValue)
		    / tickInterval);
            if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format,
                    scalePtr->fromValue) < 0) {
                valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
            }
	    maxTicks = (double) Tk_Width(tkwin)
		    / (double) Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, -1);
	    if (ticks > maxTicks) {
		tickInterval *= (ticks / maxTicks);
	    }
	    for (tickValue = scalePtr->fromValue; ;
		 tickValue += tickInterval) {
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487


488
489
490
491
492
493
494
    int x, y, length, width;
    char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
    Tk_FontMetrics fm;

    x = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value);
    Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm);
    y = top + fm.ascent;
    sprintf(valueString, scalePtr->format, value);


    length = (int) strlen(valueString);
    width = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, length);

    /*
     * Adjust the x-coordinate if necessary to keep the text entirely inside
     * the window.
     */







|
>
>







489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
    int x, y, length, width;
    char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
    Tk_FontMetrics fm;

    x = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value);
    Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm);
    y = top + fm.ascent;
    if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format, value) < 0) {
        valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
    }
    length = (int) strlen(valueString);
    width = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, length);

    /*
     * Adjust the x-coordinate if necessary to keep the text entirely inside
     * the window.
     */
547
548
549
550
551
552
553

554


555
556
557
558
559
560
561
    /*
     * Invoke the scale's command if needed.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve(scalePtr);
    if ((scalePtr->flags & INVOKE_COMMAND) && (scalePtr->command != NULL)) {
	Tcl_Preserve(interp);

	sprintf(string, scalePtr->format, scalePtr->value);


	Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, scalePtr->command, -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, string, -1);
	result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), -1, 0);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&buf);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {







>
|
>
>







558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
    /*
     * Invoke the scale's command if needed.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve(scalePtr);
    if ((scalePtr->flags & INVOKE_COMMAND) && (scalePtr->command != NULL)) {
	Tcl_Preserve(interp);
        if (snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format,
                scalePtr->value) < 0) {
            string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
        }
	Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, scalePtr->command, -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, string, -1);
	result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), -1, 0);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&buf);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {

Changes to win/Makefile.in.

203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
COPY		= cp

BUILD_TCLSH	= @BUILD_TCLSH@

# Tk does not used deprecated Tcl constructs so it should
# compile fine with -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED. To remove its own
# set of deprecated code uncomment the second line.
NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS	= -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED
#NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS	= -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED -DTK_NO_DEPRECATED

# TCL_EXE is the name of a tclsh executable that is available *BEFORE*
# running make for the first time. Certain build targets (make genstubs)
# need it to be available on the PATH. This executable should *NOT* be
# required just to do a normal build although it can be required to run
# make dist.
TCL_EXE			= @TCLSH_PROG@







|
|







203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
COPY		= cp

BUILD_TCLSH	= @BUILD_TCLSH@

# Tk does not used deprecated Tcl constructs so it should
# compile fine with -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED. To remove its own
# set of deprecated code uncomment the second line.
NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS	=
#NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS	= -DTK_NO_DEPRECATED

# TCL_EXE is the name of a tclsh executable that is available *BEFORE*
# running make for the first time. Certain build targets (make genstubs)
# need it to be available on the PATH. This executable should *NOT* be
# required just to do a normal build although it can be required to run
# make dist.
TCL_EXE			= @TCLSH_PROG@

Changes to win/configure.

1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
# versions of autoconf incorrectly set SHELL to /bin/bash instead of
# /bin/sh. The bash shell seems to suffer from some strange failures.
SHELL=/bin/sh

TK_VERSION=8.6
TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TK_MINOR_VERSION=6
TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".7"
VER=$TK_MAJOR_VERSION$TK_MINOR_VERSION

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Handle the --prefix=... option
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then







|







1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
# versions of autoconf incorrectly set SHELL to /bin/bash instead of
# /bin/sh. The bash shell seems to suffer from some strange failures.
SHELL=/bin/sh

TK_VERSION=8.6
TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TK_MINOR_VERSION=6
TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".8"
VER=$TK_MAJOR_VERSION$TK_MINOR_VERSION

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Handle the --prefix=... option
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then

Changes to win/configure.in.

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
# versions of autoconf incorrectly set SHELL to /bin/bash instead of
# /bin/sh. The bash shell seems to suffer from some strange failures.
SHELL=/bin/sh

TK_VERSION=8.6
TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TK_MINOR_VERSION=6
TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".7"
VER=$TK_MAJOR_VERSION$TK_MINOR_VERSION

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Handle the --prefix=... option
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then







|







10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
# versions of autoconf incorrectly set SHELL to /bin/bash instead of
# /bin/sh. The bash shell seems to suffer from some strange failures.
SHELL=/bin/sh

TK_VERSION=8.6
TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TK_MINOR_VERSION=6
TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".8"
VER=$TK_MAJOR_VERSION$TK_MINOR_VERSION

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Handle the --prefix=... option
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then

Changes to win/makefile.vc.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32



33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44

45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67



68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81


82

83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104

105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136

137
138
139

140
141

142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187


188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
#------------------------------------------------------------- -*- makefile -*-
# makefile.vc --
#
#	Microsoft Visual C++ makefile for use with nmake.exe v1.62+ (VC++ 5.0+)
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
#
# Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions.
# Copyright (c) 2001-2005 ActiveState Corporation.
# Copyright (c) 2001-2004 David Gravereaux.
# Copyright (c) 2003-2008 Pat Thoyts.

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------

# Check to see we are configured to build with MSVC (MSDEVDIR, MSVCDIR or
# VCINSTALLDIR) or with the MS Platform SDK (MSSDK or WindowsSDKDir)
!if !defined(MSDEVDIR) && !defined(MSVCDIR) && !defined(VCINSTALLDIR) && !defined(MSSDK) && !defined(WINDOWSSDKDIR)
MSG = ^
You need to run vcvars32.bat from Developer Studio or setenv.bat from the^
Platform SDK first to setup the environment.  Jump to this line to read^
the build instructions.
!error $(MSG)
!endif

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# HOW TO USE this makefile:
#
# 1)  It is now necessary to have MSVCDir, MSDevDir or MSSDK set in the
#     environment.  This is used as a check to see if vcvars32.bat had been
#     run prior to running nmake or during the installation of Microsoft
#     Visual C++, MSVCDir had been set globally and the PATH adjusted.



#     Either way is valid.
#
#     You'll need to run vcvars32.bat contained in the MsDev's vc(98)/bin
#     directory to setup the proper environment, if needed, for your
#     current setup.  This is a needed bootstrap requirement and allows the
#     swapping of different environments to be easier.
#
# 2)  To use the Platform SDK (not expressly needed), run setenv.bat after
#     vcvars32.bat according to the instructions for it.  This can also
#     turn on the 64-bit compiler, if your SDK has it.
#
# 3)  Targets are:

#	release  -- Builds the core, the shell and the dlls. (default)
#	dlls     -- Just builds the windows extensions.
#	shell    -- Just builds the shell and the core.
#	core     -- Only builds the core [tkXX.(dll|lib)].
#	all      -- Builds everything.
#	test     -- Builds and runs the test suite.
#	tktest   -- Just builds the binaries for the test suite.
#	install  -- Installs the built binaries and libraries to $(INSTALLDIR)
#		    as the root of the install tree.
#	cwish    -- Builds a console version of wish.
#	tidy/clean/hose -- varying levels of cleaning.
#	genstubs -- Rebuilds the Stubs table and support files (dev only).
#	depend   -- Generates an accurate set of source dependancies for this
#		    makefile.  Helpful to avoid problems when the sources are
#		    refreshed and you rebuild, but can "overbuild" when common
#		    headers like tkInt.h just get small changes.
#	htmlhelp -- Builds a Windows .chm help file for Tcl and Tk from the
#		    troff manual pages found in $(ROOT)\doc. You need to
#		    have installed the HTML Help Compiler package from Microsoft
#		    to produce the .chm file.
#	winhelp  -- Builds the windows .hlp file for Tcl from the troff man
#		    files found in $(ROOT)\doc.
#



# 4)  Macros usable on the commandline:
#	TCLDIR=<path>
#		Sets the location for where to find the Tcl headers and
#		libraries.  The install point is assumed when not specified.
#		Tk does need the source directory, though.  Tk comes very close
#		to not needing the sources, but does, in fact, require them.
#
#	INSTALLDIR=<path>
#		Sets where to install Tcl from the built binaries.
#		C:\Progra~1\Tcl is assumed when not specified.
#
#	OPTS=loimpact,msvcrt,nothreads,noxp,pdbs,profile,square,static,staticpkg,symbols,unchecked,none
#		Sets special options for the core.  The default is for none.
#		Any combination of the above may be used (comma separated).


#		'none' will over-ride everything to nothing.

#
#		loimpact = Adds a flag for how NT treats the heap to keep memory
#			   in use, low.  This is said to impact alloc performance.
#		msvcrt   = Affects the static option only to switch it from
#			   using libcmt(d) as the C runtime [by default] to
#			   msvcrt(d). This is useful for static embedding
#			   support.
#		nothreads= Turns off full multithreading support.
#		noxp     = If you do not have the uxtheme.h header then you
#                          cannot include support for XP themeing.
#		square   = Include the demo square widget.
#		static   = Builds a static library of the core instead of a
#			   dll.  The shell will be static (and large), as well.
#		staticpkg= Affects the static option only to switch wishXX.exe
#			   to have the dde and reg extension linked inside it.
#		pdbs     = Build detached symbols for release builds.
#		profile  = Adds profiling hooks.  Map file is assumed.
#		thrdalloc = Use the thread allocator (shared global free pool)
#			   This is the default on threaded builds.
#		tclalloc = Use the old non-thread allocator
#		symbols  = Debug build. Links to the debug C runtime, disables
#			   optimizations and creates pdb symbols files.

#		unchecked = Allows a symbols build to not use the debug
#			   enabled runtime (msvcrt.dll not msvcrtd.dll
#			   or libcmt.lib not libcmtd.lib).
#
#	STATS=compdbg,memdbg,none
#		Sets optional memory and bytecode compiler debugging code added
#		to the core.  The default is for none.  Any combination of the
#		above may be used (comma separated).  'none' will over-ride
#		everything to nothing.
#
#		compdbg  = Enables byte compilation logging.
#		memdbg   = Enables the debugging memory allocator.
#
#	CHECKS=64bit,fullwarn,nodep,none
#		Sets special macros for checking compatability.
#
#		64bit    = Enable 64bit portability warnings (if available)
#		fullwarn = Builds with full compiler and link warnings enabled.
#			    Very verbose.
#		nodep	 = Turns off compatability macros to ensure the core
#			    isn't being built with deprecated functions.
#
#	MACHINE=(ALPHA|AMD64|IA64|IX86)
#		Set the machine type used for the compiler, linker, and
#		resource compiler.  This hook is needed to tell the tools
#		when alternate platforms are requested.  IX86 is the default
#		when not specified. If the CPU environment variable has been
#		set (ie: recent Platform SDK) then MACHINE is set from CPU.
#
#	TMP_DIR=<path>
#	OUT_DIR=<path>
#		Hooks to allow the intermediate and output directories to be

#		changed.  $(OUT_DIR) is assumed to be
#		$(BINROOT)\(Release|Debug) based on if symbols are requested.
#		$(TMP_DIR) will de $(OUT_DIR)\<buildtype> by default.

#
#	TESTPAT=<file>

#		Reads the tests requested to be run from this file.
#
# 5)  Examples:
#
#	Basic syntax of calling nmake looks like this:
#	nmake [-nologo] -f makefile.vc [target|macrodef [target|macrodef] [...]]
#
#                        Standard (no frills)
#       c:\tk_src\win\>c:\progra~1\micros~1\vc98\bin\vcvars32.bat
#       Setting environment for using Microsoft Visual C++ tools.
#       c:\tk_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc release
#       c:\tk_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc install INSTALLDIR=c:\progra~1\tcl
#
#                         Building for Win64
#       c:\tk_src\win\>c:\progra~1\micros~1\vc98\bin\vcvars32.bat
#       Setting environment for using Microsoft Visual C++ tools.
#       c:\tk_src\win\>c:\progra~1\platfo~1\setenv.bat /pre64 /RETAIL
#       Targeting Windows pre64 RETAIL
#       c:\tk_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc MACHINE=IA64
#
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#==============================================================================
###############################################################################


#    //==================================================================\\
#   >>[               -> Do not modify below this line. <-               ]<<
#   >>[  Please, use the commandline macros to modify how Tcl is built.  ]<<
#   >>[  If you need more features, send us a patch for more macros.     ]<<
#    \\==================================================================//


###############################################################################
#==============================================================================
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------

!if !exist("makefile.vc")
MSG = ^
You must run this makefile only from the directory it is in.^
Please `cd` to its location first.
!error $(MSG)
!endif

PROJECT = tk
!include "rules.vc"



!if $(TCLINSTALL)
!message *** Warning: Tk requires the source distribution of Tcl to build from,
!message ***    at this time, sorry.  Please set the TCLDIR macro to point to the
!message ***    Tcl sources.
!endif

# Extra makefile options processing...
!if "$(OPTS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(OPTS)" "none"]
HAVE_UXTHEME_H    = 1
TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET = 0
!else
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "noxp"]
!message *** Exclude support for XP theme
HAVE_UXTHEME_H  = 0
!else
HAVE_UXTHEME_H  = 1
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f "$(OPTS)" "square"]
!message *** Include ttk square demo widget
TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET   = 1
!else
TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET   = 0
!endif
!endif

STUBPREFIX = $(PROJECT)stub
WISHNAMEPREFIX = wish

BINROOT		= $(MAKEDIR)     # originally .
ROOT		= $(MAKEDIR)\..  # originally ..

TK_LIBRARY	= $(ROOT)\library

TKIMPLIB	= "$(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"
TKLIBNAME	= $(PROJECT)$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).$(EXT)
TKLIB		= "$(OUT_DIR)\$(TKLIBNAME)"

TKSTUBLIBNAME	= $(STUBPREFIX)$(TK_VERSION).lib
TKSTUBLIB	= "$(OUT_DIR)\$(TKSTUBLIBNAME)"

WISH 		= "$(OUT_DIR)\$(WISHNAMEPREFIX)$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"
WISHC 		= "$(OUT_DIR)\$(WISHNAMEPREFIX)c$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"

TKTEST		= "$(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)test.exe"
CAT32		= "$(OUT_DIR)\cat32.exe"

LIB_INSTALL_DIR		= $(_INSTALLDIR)\lib
BIN_INSTALL_DIR		= $(_INSTALLDIR)\bin
DOC_INSTALL_DIR		= $(_INSTALLDIR)\doc
SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR	= $(_INSTALLDIR)\lib\$(PROJECT)$(TK_DOTVERSION)
INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR	= $(_INSTALLDIR)\include

WISHOBJS = \
	$(TMP_DIR)\winMain.obj \
!if $(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES)
	$(TCLDDELIB) \
	$(TCLREGLIB) \
!endif
	$(TMP_DIR)\wish.res













>


<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
<
<

<
<
<
<
>
>
>
|
<
<
<
<
|
<
|
<
<

<
>




















<
<

>
>
>
|
<
|
<
<
<

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
>
>
|
>

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

|
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
>
|
<
<
>
|
<
>
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
|
|
<
<
<
<
<

|
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|

>
>






|


















<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|




<
<
<
<
<
<







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16








17
18


19




20
21
22
23




24

25


26

27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47


48
49
50
51
52

53



54







55
56
57
58
59











60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71

72


















73
74





75



76
77


78
79

80
81









82








83



84
85





86
87



88








89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
















118
119
120
121
122






123
124
125
126
127
128
129
#------------------------------------------------------------- -*- makefile -*-
# makefile.vc --
#
#	Microsoft Visual C++ makefile for use with nmake.exe v1.62+ (VC++ 5.0+)
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
#
# Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions.
# Copyright (c) 2001-2005 ActiveState Corporation.
# Copyright (c) 2001-2004 David Gravereaux.
# Copyright (c) 2003-2008 Pat Thoyts.
# Copyright (c) 2017 Ashok P. Nadkarni
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------









# General usage:
#   nmake [-nologo] -f makefile.vc [TARGET|MACRODEF [TARGET|MACRODEF] [...]]


#




# For MACRODEF, see TIP 477 (https://core.tcl.tk/tips/doc/trunk/tip/477.md)
# or examine Sections 6-8 in rules.vc. This makefile has the following
# values for the OPTS macro in addition to the ones described there.
#	noxp     = If you do not have the uxtheme.h header then you




#                  cannot include support for XP themeing.

#	square   = Include the demo square widget.


#

# Possible values for TARGET are:
#	release  -- Builds the core, the shell and the dlls. (default)
#	dlls     -- Just builds the windows extensions.
#	shell    -- Just builds the shell and the core.
#	core     -- Only builds the core [tkXX.(dll|lib)].
#	all      -- Builds everything.
#	test     -- Builds and runs the test suite.
#	tktest   -- Just builds the binaries for the test suite.
#	install  -- Installs the built binaries and libraries to $(INSTALLDIR)
#		    as the root of the install tree.
#	cwish    -- Builds a console version of wish.
#	tidy/clean/hose -- varying levels of cleaning.
#	genstubs -- Rebuilds the Stubs table and support files (dev only).
#	depend   -- Generates an accurate set of source dependancies for this
#		    makefile.  Helpful to avoid problems when the sources are
#		    refreshed and you rebuild, but can "overbuild" when common
#		    headers like tkInt.h just get small changes.
#	htmlhelp -- Builds a Windows .chm help file for Tcl and Tk from the
#		    troff manual pages found in $(ROOT)\doc. You need to
#		    have installed the HTML Help Compiler package from Microsoft
#		    to produce the .chm file.


#
# The steps to setup a Visual C++ environment depend on which
# version of Visual Studio and/or the Windows SDK you are building
# against and are not described here. The simplest method is generally
# to start a command shell using one of the short cuts installed by

# Visual Studio/Windows SDK for the appropriate target architecture.



#







# NOTE: For older (Visual C++ 6 or the 2003 SDK), to use the Platform
# SDK (not expressly needed), run setenv.bat after vcvars32.bat
# according to the instructions for it.  This can also turn on the
# 64-bit compiler, if your SDK has it.
#











# Examples:
# Assumign Tcl sources lie in ../../tcl
#       c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc release
# If Tcl sources are not in ../../tcl, use the TCLDIR macro to specify dir
#       c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc release TCLDIR=c:\src\tcl
# Run the test suite
#       c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc test
# Install Tk in location specified by INSTALLDIR macro
#       c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc install INSTALLDIR=c:\progra~1\tcl
# Build release with PDF files 
#       c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc release OPTS=pdbs 
# Build debug version

#       c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc release OPTS=symbols


















#
###############################################################################









# The PROJECT macro is used by rules.vc for generating appropriate
# macros and rules.


PROJECT = tk


# Default target to build if no target is specified. If unspecified, the
# rules.vc file will set up "all" as the target.









DEFAULT_BUILD_TARGET = release












# We have a custom resource file
RCFILE = tk.rc






# The rules.vc file does much of the hard work in terms of defining



# the build configuration, macros, output directories etc.








!include "rules-ext.vc"

# TCLINSTALL is set to 1 by rules.vc to indicate we are building against
# an installed Tcl and 0 if building against Tcl source. Tk needs the latter.
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
!message *** Warning: Tk requires the source distribution of Tcl to build from,
!message ***    at this time, sorry.  Please set the TCLDIR macro to point to the
!message ***    Tcl sources.
!endif

# Extra makefile options processing for non-standard OPTS values ...
!if "$(OPTS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(OPTS)" "none"]
HAVE_UXTHEME_H    = 1
TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET = 0
!else
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "noxp"]
!message *** Exclude support for XP theme
HAVE_UXTHEME_H  = 0
!else
HAVE_UXTHEME_H  = 1
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f "$(OPTS)" "square"]
!message *** Include ttk square demo widget
TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET   = 1
!else
TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET   = 0
!endif
!endif

















WISHC 		= "$(OUT_DIR)\$(WISHNAMEPREFIX)c$(VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"

TKTEST		= "$(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)test.exe"
CAT32		= "$(OUT_DIR)\cat32.exe"







WISHOBJS = \
	$(TMP_DIR)\winMain.obj \
!if $(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES)
	$(TCLDDELIB) \
	$(TCLREGLIB) \
!endif
	$(TMP_DIR)\wish.res
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420


421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560

561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644

645
646

647
648
649
650
651
652

653

654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697

698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797

798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821

822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkWidget.obj \
        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkStubInit.obj

TKSTUBOBJS = \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkStubLib.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\ttkStubLib.obj


WINDIR          = $(ROOT)\win
GENERICDIR	= $(ROOT)\generic
XLIBDIR		= $(ROOT)\xlib
TTKDIR		= $(ROOT)\generic\ttk
BITMAPDIR	= $(ROOT)\bitmaps
DOCDIR		= $(ROOT)\doc
RCDIR		= $(WINDIR)\rc



TK_INCLUDES	= -I"$(WINDIR)" -I"$(GENERICDIR)" -I"$(BITMAPDIR)" -I"$(XLIBDIR)" \
			$(TCL_INCLUDES)

CONFIG_DEFS     =-DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_SYS_TYPES_H=1 -DHAVE_SYS_STAT_H=1 \
		 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 \
		 -DHAVE_STRINGS_H=1 -DHAVE_INTTYPES_H=1 -DHAVE_STDINT_H=1 \
		 -DSUPPORT_CONFIG_EMBEDDED \
!if $(HAVE_UXTHEME_H)
		 -DHAVE_UXTHEME_H=1 \
!endif
!if $(TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET)
		 -DTTK_SQUARE_WIDGET=1 \
!endif

TK_DEFINES	=-DBUILD_ttk $(OPTDEFINES)  $(CONFIG_DEFS) -Dinline=__inline

#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Compile flags
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

!if !$(DEBUG)
!if $(OPTIMIZING)
### This cranks the optimization level to maximize speed
###  We can't use -O2 because sometimes it causes problems.
cdebug	= $(OPTIMIZATIONS)
!else
cdebug	=
!endif
!if $(SYMBOLS)
cdebug	= $(cdebug) -Zi
!endif
!else if "$(MACHINE)" == "IA64" || "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64"
### Warnings are too many, can't support warnings into errors.
cdebug	= -Zi -Od $(DEBUGFLAGS)
!else
cdebug	= -Zi -WX $(DEBUGFLAGS)
!endif

### Declarations common to all compiler options
cwarn = $(WARNINGS) -D _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE -D _CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE
cflags = -nologo -c $(COMPILERFLAGS) $(cwarn) -Fp$(TMP_DIR)^\

!if $(MSVCRT)
!if $(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED)
crt = -MDd
!else
crt = -MD
!endif
!else
!if $(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED)
crt = -MTd
!else
crt = -MT
!endif
!endif

BASE_CFLAGS	= $(cdebug) $(cflags) $(crt) $(TK_INCLUDES)
TK_CFLAGS	= $(BASE_CFLAGS) $(TK_DEFINES) -DUSE_TCL_STUBS
CON_CFLAGS	= $(cdebug) $(cflags) $(crt) -DCONSOLE
WISH_CFLAGS	= $(BASE_CFLAGS) $(TK_DEFINES)
STUB_CFLAGS     = $(cflags) $(cdebug) $(TK_DEFINES)


#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Link flags
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

!if $(DEBUG)
ldebug	= -debug -debugtype:cv
!else
ldebug	= -release -opt:ref -opt:icf,3
!if $(SYMBOLS)
ldebug	= $(ldebug) -debug -debugtype:cv
!endif
!endif

### Declarations common to all linker options
lflags	= -nologo -machine:$(MACHINE) $(LINKERFLAGS) $(ldebug)

!if $(PROFILE)
lflags	= $(lflags) -profile
!endif

!if $(MSVCRT) && !($(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED)) && $(VCVERSION) >= 1900
lflags	= $(lflags) -nodefaultlib:libucrt.lib
!endif

!if $(ALIGN98_HACK) && !$(STATIC_BUILD)
### Align sections for PE size savings.
lflags	= $(lflags) -opt:nowin98
!else if !$(ALIGN98_HACK) && $(STATIC_BUILD)
### Align sections for speed in loading by choosing the virtual page size.
lflags	= $(lflags) -align:4096
!endif

!if $(LOIMPACT)
lflags	= $(lflags) -ws:aggressive
!endif

dlllflags = $(lflags) -dll
conlflags = $(lflags) -subsystem:console
guilflags = $(lflags) -subsystem:windows

tcllibs    = $(TCLSTUBLIB) $(TCLIMPLIB)

baselibs   = netapi32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib advapi32.lib userenv.lib ws2_32.lib
# Avoid 'unresolved external symbol __security_cookie' errors.
# c.f. http://support.microsoft.com/?id=894573
!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IA64" || "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64"
!if $(VCVERSION) > 1399 && $(VCVERSION) < 1500
baselibs   = $(baselibs) bufferoverflowU.lib
!endif
!endif
!if $(MSVCRT) && !($(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED)) && $(VCVERSION) >= 1900
baselibs   = $(baselibs) ucrt.lib
!endif

guilibs	  = $(baselibs) gdi32.lib


#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# TkTest flags
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

!if "$(TESTPAT)" != ""
TESTFLAGS = $(TESTFLAGS) -file $(TESTPAT)
!endif


#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Project specific targets
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

release:  setup $(TKSTUBLIB) $(WISH)
all:	  release $(CAT32)
core:	  setup $(TKSTUBLIB) $(TKLIB)
cwish:	  $(WISHC)
install:  install-binaries install-libraries install-docs
tktest:	  setup $(TKTEST) $(CAT32)



test: test-classic test-ttk

test-classic: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32)
	@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TK_LIBRARY=$(TK_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TCLLIBPATH=
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)
!else
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)
!endif
	$(DEBUGGER) $(TKTEST) "$(ROOT:\=/)/tests/all.tcl" $(TESTFLAGS) | $(CAT32)

test-ttk: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32)
	@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TK_LIBRARY=$(TK_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TCLLIBPATH=
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)
!else
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)
!endif
	$(DEBUGGER) $(TKTEST) "$(ROOT:\=/)/tests/ttk/all.tcl" $(TESTFLAGS) | $(CAT32)

runtest: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32)
	@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TK_LIBRARY=$(TK_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TCLLIBPATH=
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)
!else
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)
!endif
	$(DEBUGGER) $(TKTEST)

rundemo: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32)
	@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TK_LIBRARY=$(TK_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TCLLIBPATH=
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)
!else
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)
!endif
	$(TKTEST) $(ROOT:\=/)\library\demos\widget

shell: setup $(WISH)
	@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TK_LIBRARY=$(TK_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TCLLIBPATH=
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)
!else
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)
!endif
	$(DEBUGGER) $(WISH) <<
	console show
<<

dbgshell: setup $(WISH)
	@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TK_LIBRARY=$(TK_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TCLLIBPATH=
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)
!else
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)
!endif
	windbg $(WISH)

setup:
	@if not exist $(OUT_DIR)\nul mkdir $(OUT_DIR)
	@if not exist $(TMP_DIR)\nul mkdir $(TMP_DIR)

!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)
$(TKIMPLIB): $(TKLIB)
!endif

$(TKLIB): $(TKOBJS)
!if $(STATIC_BUILD)
	$(lib32) -nologo -out:$@ @<<
$**
<<

!else
	$(link32) $(dlllflags) -base:@$(COFFBASE),tk -out:$@ $(guilibs) \

		$(TCLSTUBLIB) @<<
$**
<<
	$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL)
	-@del $*.exp
!endif




$(TKSTUBLIB): $(TKSTUBOBJS)
	$(lib32) -nologo -nodefaultlib -out:$@ $**


$(WISH): $(WISHOBJS) $(TKSTUBLIB) $(TKIMPLIB)
	$(link32) $(guilflags) -stack:2300000 -out:$@ $(guilibs) $(tcllibs) $**
	$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)


$(WISHC): $(WISHOBJS) $(TKSTUBLIB) $(TKIMPLIB)
	$(link32) $(conlflags) -stack:2300000 -out:$@ $(guilibs) $(tcllibs) $**
	$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)


$(TKTEST): $(TKTESTOBJS) $(TKSTUBLIB) $(TKIMPLIB)
	$(link32) $(guilflags) -stack:2300000 -out:$@ $(guilibs) $(tcllibs) $**
	$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)


$(CAT32): $(_TCLDIR)\win\cat.c
	$(cc32) $(CON_CFLAGS) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ $?
	$(link32) $(conlflags) -out:$@ -stack:16384 $(TMP_DIR)\cat.obj $(baselibs)
	$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)

#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Regenerate the stubs files.  [Development use only]
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

genstubs:
!if !exist($(TCLSH))
	@echo Build tclsh first!
!else
	set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY)
	$(TCLSH) $(_TCLDIR)\tools\genStubs.tcl $(GENERICDIR) \
		$(GENERICDIR)\$(PROJECT).decls $(GENERICDIR)\$(PROJECT)Int.decls
!endif


#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Build the Windows HTML help file.
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

# NOTE: you can define HHC on the command-line to override this

!ifndef HHC
HHC=""%ProgramFiles%\HTML Help Workshop\hhc.exe""
!endif
HTMLDIR=$(ROOT)\html
HTMLBASE=TclTk$(VERSION)
HHPFILE=$(HTMLDIR)\$(HTMLBASE).hhp
CHMFILE=$(HTMLDIR)\$(HTMLBASE).chm

htmlhelp: chmsetup $(CHMFILE)

$(CHMFILE): $(DOCDIR)\*
	@$(TCLSH) $(TCLTOOLSDIR)\tcltk-man2html.tcl
	@echo Compiling HTML help project
	@$(HHC) <<$(HHPFILE) >NUL
[OPTIONS]
Compatibility=1.1 or later
Compiled file=$(HTMLBASE).chm
Display compile progress=no
Error log file=$(HTMLBASE).log
Language=0x409 English (United States)
Title=Tcl/Tk $(DOT_VERSION) Help
[FILES]
contents.htm
docs.css
Keywords
TclCmd
TclLib
TkCmd
TkLib
UserCmd
<<

chmsetup:
	@if not exist $(HTMLDIR)\nul mkdir $(HTMLDIR)

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Build the old-style Windows .hlp file
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------

HLPBASE		= $(PROJECT)$(TK_VERSION)
HELPFILE	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(HLPBASE).hlp
HELPCNT		= $(OUT_DIR)\$(HLPBASE).cnt
DOCTMP_DIR	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)_docs
HELPRTF		= $(DOCTMP_DIR)\$(PROJECT).rtf
MAN2HELP	= $(DOCTMP_DIR)\man2help.tcl
MAN2HELP2	= $(DOCTMP_DIR)\man2help2.tcl
INDEX		= $(DOCTMP_DIR)\index.tcl
BMP		= $(DOCTMP_DIR)\lamp.bmp
BMP_NOPATH	= lamp.bmp
MAN2TCL		= $(DOCTMP_DIR)\man2tcl.exe

winhelp: docsetup $(HELPFILE)

docsetup:
	@if not exist $(DOCTMP_DIR)\nul mkdir $(DOCTMP_DIR)

$(MAN2HELP) $(MAN2HELP2) $(INDEX): $(TCLTOOLSDIR)\$$(@F)
	$(CPY) $(TCLTOOLSDIR)\$(@F) $(@D)

$(BMP):
	$(CPY) $(WINDIR)\rc\$(@F) $(@D)

$(HELPFILE): $(HELPRTF) $(BMP)
	cd $(DOCTMP_DIR)
	start /wait hcrtf.exe -x <<$(PROJECT).hpj
[OPTIONS]
COMPRESS=12 Hall Zeck
LCID=0x409 0x0 0x0 ; English (United States)
TITLE=Tk Reference Manual
BMROOT=.
CNT=$(@B).cnt
HLP=$(@B).hlp

[FILES]
$(PROJECT).rtf

[WINDOWS]
main="Tcl/Tk Reference Manual",,27648,(r15263976),(r4227327)

[CONFIG]
BrowseButtons()
CreateButton(1, "Web", ExecFile("http://www.tcl.tk"))
CreateButton(2, "SF", ExecFile("http://sf.net/projects/tcl"))
CreateButton(3, "Wiki", ExecFile("http://wiki.tcl.tk"))
CreateButton(4, "FAQ", ExecFile("http://www.purl.org/NET/Tcl-FAQ/"))
<<
	cd $(MAKEDIR)
	@$(CPY) "$(DOCTMP_DIR)\$(@B).hlp" "$(OUT_DIR)"
	@$(CPY) "$(DOCTMP_DIR)\$(@B).cnt" "$(OUT_DIR)"

$(MAN2TCL): $(TCLTOOLSDIR)\$$(@B).c
	$(cc32) $(TK_CFLAGS) -Fo$(@D)\ $(TCLTOOLSDIR)\$(@B).c
	$(link32) $(conlflags) -out:$@ -stack:16384 $(@D)\man2tcl.obj
	$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)

$(HELPRTF): $(MAN2TCL) $(MAN2HELP) $(MAN2HELP2) $(INDEX)
	$(TCLSH) $(MAN2HELP) -bitmap $(BMP_NOPATH) $(PROJECT) $(TK_VERSION) $(DOCDIR:\=/)

install-docs:
!if exist($(HELPFILE))

	$(CPY) "$(HELPFILE)" "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	$(CPY) "$(HELPCNT)" "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	$(TCLSH) <<
puts "Installing $(PROJECT)'s helpfile contents into Tcl's ..."
set f [open "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR:\=/)/tcl$(TK_VERSION).cnt" r]
while {![eof $$f]} {
    if {[regexp {:Include $(PROJECT)([0-9]{2}).cnt} [gets $$f] dummy ver]} {
	if {$$ver == $(TK_VERSION)} {
	    puts "Already installed."
	    exit
	} else {
	    # do something here logical to remove (or replace) it.
	    puts "$$ver != $(TK_VERSION), unfinished code path, die, die!"
	    exit 1
	}
    }
}
close $$f
set f [open "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR:\=/)/tcl$(TK_VERSION).cnt" a]
puts $$f {:Include $(HLPBASE).cnt}
close $$f
<<
	start /wait winhlp32 -g $(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)\tcl$(TK_VERSION).hlp
!endif


#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Special case object file targets
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

$(TMP_DIR)\testMain.obj: $(WINDIR)\winMain.c
	$(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -DTK_TEST \
	    -DTCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES=$(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES) \
	    -Fo$@ $?

$(TMP_DIR)\tkTest.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkTest.c
	$(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -Fo$@ $?

$(TMP_DIR)\tkOldTest.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkOldTest.c
	$(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -Fo$@ $?

$(TMP_DIR)\tkWinTest.obj: $(WINDIR)\tkWinTest.c
	$(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -Fo$@ $?

$(TMP_DIR)\tkSquare.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkSquare.c
	$(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -Fo$@ $?

$(TMP_DIR)\winMain.obj: $(WINDIR)\winMain.c
	$(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) \
	    -DTCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES=$(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES) \
	    -Fo$@ $?

$(TMP_DIR)\tkMain2.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkMain.c
	$(cc32) -DBUILD_tk $(TK_CFLAGS) -DTK_ASCII_MAIN -Fo$@ $?

# The following objects are part of the stub library and should not
# be built as DLL objects but none of the symbols should be exported
# and no reference made to a C runtime.

$(TMP_DIR)\tkStubLib.obj : $(GENERICDIR)\tkStubLib.c
	$(cc32) $(STUB_CFLAGS) $(TK_INCLUDES) -Zl -DSTATIC_BUILD -Fo$@ $?


$(TMP_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest: $(WINDIR)\wish.exe.manifest.in
	@nmakehlp -s << $** >$@
@MACHINE@	  $(MACHINE:IX86=X86)
@TK_WIN_VERSION@  $(TK_DOTVERSION).0.0
<<

#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Generate the source dependencies.  Having dependency rules will
# improve incremental build accuracy without having to resort to a
# full rebuild just because some non-global header file like
# tclCompile.h was changed.  These rules aren't needed when building







|
|
<



<
<

>
>
|
<












<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<









<












>





|










|










|










|










|












|








<
<
<
<
|
<
<


<
|


>

|
>
|



|
|
>

>


|



|




|




|




|
|




















|
>
|
|


|








|






|














<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

|
>
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

>






|




|


|


|


|


|




|






|





|







288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296

297
298
299


300
301
302
303

304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315

























316

317













318





319
























































320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328

329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412




413


414
415

416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511































































512
513
514
515






















516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkWidget.obj \
        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkStubInit.obj

TKSTUBOBJS = \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkStubLib.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\ttkStubLib.obj

### The following paths CANNOT have spaces in them as they appear on
### the left side of implicit rules.

XLIBDIR		= $(ROOT)\xlib
TTKDIR		= $(ROOT)\generic\ttk
BITMAPDIR	= $(ROOT)\bitmaps



# Additional include and C macro definitions for the implicit rules
# defined in rules.vc
PRJ_INCLUDES	= -I"$(BITMAPDIR)" -I"$(XLIBDIR)"


CONFIG_DEFS     =-DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_SYS_TYPES_H=1 -DHAVE_SYS_STAT_H=1 \
		 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 \
		 -DHAVE_STRINGS_H=1 -DHAVE_INTTYPES_H=1 -DHAVE_STDINT_H=1 \
		 -DSUPPORT_CONFIG_EMBEDDED \
!if $(HAVE_UXTHEME_H)
		 -DHAVE_UXTHEME_H=1 \
!endif
!if $(TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET)
		 -DTTK_SQUARE_WIDGET=1 \
!endif


























PRJ_DEFINES	= -DBUILD_ttk $(CONFIG_DEFS) -Dinline=__inline -D _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE -D _CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE















# Additional Link libraries needed beyond those in rules.vc





PRJ_LIBS   = netapi32.lib gdi32.lib user32.lib userenv.lib


























































#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# TkTest flags
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

!if "$(TESTPAT)" != ""
TESTFLAGS = $(TESTFLAGS) -file $(TESTPAT)
!endif


#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Project specific targets
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

release:  setup $(TKSTUBLIB) $(WISH)
all:	  release $(CAT32)
core:	  setup $(TKSTUBLIB) $(TKLIB)
cwish:	  $(WISHC)
install:  install-binaries install-libraries install-docs
tktest:	  setup $(TKTEST) $(CAT32)

setup: default-setup

test: test-classic test-ttk

test-classic: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32)
	@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TK_LIBRARY=$(LIBDIR:\=/)
	@set TCLLIBPATH=
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)
!else
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)
!endif
	$(DEBUGGER) $(TKTEST) "$(ROOT:\=/)/tests/all.tcl" $(TESTFLAGS) | $(CAT32)

test-ttk: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32)
	@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TK_LIBRARY=$(LIBDIR:\=/)
	@set TCLLIBPATH=
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)
!else
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)
!endif
	$(DEBUGGER) $(TKTEST) "$(ROOT:\=/)/tests/ttk/all.tcl" $(TESTFLAGS) | $(CAT32)

runtest: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32)
	@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TK_LIBRARY=$(LIBDIR:\=/)
	@set TCLLIBPATH=
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)
!else
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)
!endif
	$(DEBUGGER) $(TKTEST)

rundemo: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32)
	@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TK_LIBRARY=$(LIBDIR:\=/)
	@set TCLLIBPATH=
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)
!else
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)
!endif
	$(TKTEST) $(ROOT:\=/)\library\demos\widget

shell: setup $(WISH)
	@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TK_LIBRARY=$(LIBDIR:\=/)
	@set TCLLIBPATH=
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)
!else
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)
!endif
	$(DEBUGGER) $(WISH) <<
	console show
<<

dbgshell: setup $(WISH)
	@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TK_LIBRARY=$(LIBDIR:\=/)
	@set TCLLIBPATH=
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)
!else
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)
!endif
	windbg $(WISH)





!if $(STATIC_BUILD)



$(TKLIB): $(TKOBJS)

	$(LIBCMD) @<<
$**
<<

!else

$(TKLIB): $(TKOBJS)
	$(DLLCMD) @<<
$**
<<
	$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL)
	@if exist $*.exp del $*.exp

$(TKIMPLIB): $(TKLIB)

!endif # $(STATIC_BUILD)

$(TKSTUBLIB): $(TKSTUBOBJS)
	$(LIBCMD) -nodefaultlib $**


$(WISH): $(WISHOBJS) $(TKSTUBLIB) $(TKIMPLIB)
	$(GUIEXECMD) -stack:2300000 $**
	$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)


$(WISHC): $(WISHOBJS) $(TKSTUBLIB) $(TKIMPLIB)
	$(CONEXECMD) -stack:2300000 $**
	$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)


$(TKTEST): $(TKTESTOBJS) $(TKSTUBLIB) $(TKIMPLIB)
	$(GUIEXECMD) -stack:2300000 $**
	$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)


$(CAT32): $(_TCLDIR)\win\cat.c
	$(cc32) $(cflags) $(crt) -D_CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE -DCONSOLE -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ $?
	$(CONEXECMD) -DCONSOLE -stack:16384 $(TMP_DIR)\cat.obj
	$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)

#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Regenerate the stubs files.  [Development use only]
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

genstubs:
!if !exist($(TCLSH))
	@echo Build tclsh first!
!else
	set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY)
	$(TCLSH) $(_TCLDIR)\tools\genStubs.tcl $(GENERICDIR) \
		$(GENERICDIR)\$(PROJECT).decls $(GENERICDIR)\$(PROJECT)Int.decls
!endif


#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Build the Windows HTML help file.
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

!if defined(PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE) && "$(PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE)" == "AMD64"
HHC="%ProgramFiles(x86)%\HTML Help Workshop\hhc.exe"
!else
HHC="%ProgramFiles%\HTML Help Workshop\hhc.exe"
!endif
HTMLDIR=$(ROOT)\html
HTMLBASE=TclTk$(TCL_VERSION)
HHPFILE=$(HTMLDIR)\$(HTMLBASE).hhp
CHMFILE=$(HTMLDIR)\$(HTMLBASE).chm

htmlhelp: chmsetup $(CHMFILE)

$(CHMFILE): $(DOCDIR)\*
	@$(TCLSH) $(TCLTOOLSDIR)\tcltk-man2html.tcl
	@echo Compiling HTML help project
	@"$(HHC)" <<$(HHPFILE) >NUL
[OPTIONS]
Compatibility=1.1 or later
Compiled file=$(HTMLBASE).chm
Display compile progress=no
Error log file=$(HTMLBASE).log
Language=0x409 English (United States)
Title=Tcl/Tk $(TCL_DOTVERSION) Help
[FILES]
contents.htm
docs.css
Keywords
TclCmd
TclLib
TkCmd
TkLib
UserCmd
<<

chmsetup:
	@if not exist $(HTMLDIR)\nul mkdir $(HTMLDIR)
































































install-docs:
!if exist("$(CHMFILE)")
	@echo Installing compiled HTML help
	@$(CPY) "$(CHMFILE)" "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)\"






















!endif
# "emacs font-lock highlighting fix

#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Special case object file targets
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

$(TMP_DIR)\testMain.obj: $(WINDIR)\winMain.c
	$(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) -DTK_TEST \
	    -DTCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES=$(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES) \
	    -Fo$@ $?

$(TMP_DIR)\tkTest.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkTest.c
	$(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) -Fo$@ $?

$(TMP_DIR)\tkOldTest.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkOldTest.c
	$(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) -Fo$@ $?

$(TMP_DIR)\tkWinTest.obj: $(WINDIR)\tkWinTest.c
	$(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) -Fo$@ $?

$(TMP_DIR)\tkSquare.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkSquare.c
	$(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) -Fo$@ $?

$(TMP_DIR)\winMain.obj: $(WINDIR)\winMain.c
	$(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) \
	    -DTCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES=$(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES) \
	    -Fo$@ $?

$(TMP_DIR)\tkMain2.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkMain.c
	$(cc32) $(pkgcflags) -DTK_ASCII_MAIN -Fo$@ $?

# The following objects are part of the stub library and should not
# be built as DLL objects but none of the symbols should be exported
# and no reference made to a C runtime.

$(TMP_DIR)\tkStubLib.obj : $(GENERICDIR)\tkStubLib.c
	$(cc32) $(stubscflags) -Fo$@ $?


$(TMP_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest: $(WINDIR)\wish.exe.manifest.in
	@nmakehlp -s << $** >$@
@MACHINE@	  $(MACHINE:IX86=X86)
@TK_WIN_VERSION@  $(DOTVERSION).0.0
<<

#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Generate the source dependencies.  Having dependency rules will
# improve incremental build accuracy without having to resort to a
# full rebuild just because some non-global header file like
# tclCompile.h was changed.  These rules aren't needed when building
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994

995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001



1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
!message

#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Implicit rules
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

{$(XLIBDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
	$(cc32) -DBUILD_tk $(TK_CFLAGS) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ @<<
$<
<<

{$(GENERICDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
	$(cc32) -DBUILD_tk $(TK_CFLAGS) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ @<<
$<
<<

{$(TTKDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
	$(cc32) -DBUILD_tk $(TK_CFLAGS) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ @<<
$<
<<

{$(WINDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
	$(cc32) -DBUILD_tk $(TK_CFLAGS) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ @<<
$<
<<

{$(ROOT)\unix}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
	$(cc32) -DBUILD_tk $(TK_CFLAGS) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ @<<
$<
<<

{$(RCDIR)}.rc{$(TMP_DIR)}.res:
	$(rc32) -fo $@ -r -i "$(GENERICDIR)" -i "$(TMP_DIR)" $(TCL_INCLUDES) \
	    -d DEBUG=$(DEBUG) -d UNCHECKED=$(UNCHECKED) \
	    -d TCL_THREADS=$(TCL_THREADS) \
	    -d STATIC_BUILD=$(STATIC_BUILD) \
	    $<

$(TMP_DIR)\tk.res: $(TMP_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest
$(TMP_DIR)\wish.res: $(TMP_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest

.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES:.c .rc


#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Installation.
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

install-binaries:
	@echo installing binaries
	@$(CPY) "$(WISH)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!if $(TKLIB) != $(TKIMPLIB)
	@$(CPY) "$(TKLIB)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!endif
	@$(CPY) "$(TKIMPLIB)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	@$(CPY) "$(TKSTUBLIB)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)
	@echo creating package index
	@type << > $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
if {[catch {package present Tcl 8.6.0}]} { return }
if {($$::tcl_platform(platform) eq "unix") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]
	|| ([info exists ::argv] && ("-display" in $$::argv)))} {
    package ifneeded Tk $(TK_PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file join $$dir .. .. bin libtk$(TK_DOTVERSION).dll] Tk]
} else {
    package ifneeded Tk $(TK_PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file join $$dir .. .. bin $(TKLIBNAME)] Tk]
}
<<
	@$(CPY) $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!endif

#"

install-libraries:
	@echo installing Tk headers
	@$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tk.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	@$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tkDecls.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	@$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tkPlatDecls.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	@$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tkIntXlibDecls.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	@$(CPY) "$(XLIBDIR)\X11\*.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\X11\"
	@echo installing script library
	@$(CPY) "$(ROOT)\library\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	@echo installing theme library
	@$(CPY) "$(ROOT)\library\ttk\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\ttk\"
	@echo installing demos
	@$(CPY) "$(ROOT)\library\demos\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\demos\"
	@$(CPY) "$(ROOT)\library\demos\images\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\demos\images\"
	@echo installing images
	@$(CPY) "$(ROOT)\library\images\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\images\"
	@echo installing language files
	@$(CPY) "$(ROOT)\library\msgs\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\msgs\"


#"

#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Clean up
#---------------------------------------------------------------------




tidy:
!if $(TKLIB) != $(TKIMPLIB)
	@echo Removing $(TKLIB) ...
	@if exist $(TKLIB) del $(TKLIB)
!endif
	@echo Removing $(TKIMPLIB) ...
	@if exist $(TKIMPLIB) del $(TKIMPLIB)
	@echo Removing $(WISH) ...
	@if exist $(WISH) del $(WISH)
	@echo Removing $(TKTEST) ...
	@if exist $(TKTEST) del $(TKTEST)
	@echo Removing $(TKSTUBLIB) ...
	@if exist $(TKSTUBLIB) del $(TKSTUBLIB)

clean:
	@echo Cleaning $(TMP_DIR)\* ...
	@if exist $(TMP_DIR)\nul $(RMDIR) $(TMP_DIR)
	@echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.obj ...
	@if exist $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.obj del $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.obj
	@echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.exe ...
	@if exist $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.exe del $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.exe
	@echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\_junk.pch ...
	@if exist $(WINDIR)\_junk.pch del $(WINDIR)\_junk.pch
	@echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\vercl.x ...
	@if exist $(WINDIR)\vercl.x del $(WINDIR)\vercl.x
	@echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\vercl.i ...
	@if exist $(WINDIR)\vercl.i del $(WINDIR)\vercl.i
	@echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\versions.vc ...
	@if exist $(WINDIR)\versions.vc del $(WINDIR)\versions.vc

realclean: hose

hose:
	@echo Hosing $(OUT_DIR)\* ...
	@if exist $(OUT_DIR)\nul $(RMDIR) $(OUT_DIR)







<
<
<
|
<
<




<
<
<
|
<
<




|



<
<
<
<
<
<
<














|










|

















|

|
|
<
|
|
|
|
|
>







>
>
>

|












<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
600
601
602
603
604
605
606



607


608
609
610
611



612


613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620







621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667

668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697





















!message

#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Implicit rules
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

{$(XLIBDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::



	$(CCPKGCMD) @<<


$<
<<

{$(TTKDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::



	$(CCPKGCMD) @<<


$<
<<

{$(ROOT)\unix}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
	$(CCPKGCMD) @<<
$<
<<








$(TMP_DIR)\tk.res: $(TMP_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest
$(TMP_DIR)\wish.res: $(TMP_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest

.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES:.c .rc


#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Installation.
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

install-binaries:
	@echo installing binaries
	@$(CPY) "$(WISH)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!if "$(TKLIB)" != "$(TKIMPLIB)"
	@$(CPY) "$(TKLIB)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!endif
	@$(CPY) "$(TKIMPLIB)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	@$(CPY) "$(TKSTUBLIB)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)
	@echo creating package index
	@type << > $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
if {[catch {package present Tcl 8.6.0}]} { return }
if {($$::tcl_platform(platform) eq "unix") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]
	|| ([info exists ::argv] && ("-display" in $$::argv)))} {
    package ifneeded Tk $(TK_PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file join $$dir .. .. bin libtk$(DOTVERSION).dll] Tk]
} else {
    package ifneeded Tk $(TK_PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file join $$dir .. .. bin $(TKLIBNAME)] Tk]
}
<<
	@$(CPY) $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!endif

#"

install-libraries:
	@echo installing Tk headers
	@$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tk.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	@$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tkDecls.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	@$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tkPlatDecls.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	@$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tkIntXlibDecls.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	@$(CPY) "$(XLIBDIR)\X11\*.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\X11\"
	@echo installing script library
	@$(CPY) "$(LIBDIR)\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	@echo installing theme library
	@$(CPY) "$(LIBDIR)\ttk\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\ttk\"
	@echo installing images

	@$(CPY) "$(LIBDIR)\images\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\images\"
	@echo installing language files
	@$(CPY) "$(LIBDIR)\msgs\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\msgs\"
	@echo installing demos
	@$(CPY) "$(DEMODIR)\*" "$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	@$(CPY) "$(DEMODIR)\images\*" "$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)\images\"

#"

#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Clean up
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

clean: default-clean
realclean: hose
hose: default-hose
tidy:
!if "$(TKLIB)" != "$(TKIMPLIB)"
	@echo Removing $(TKLIB) ...
	@if exist $(TKLIB) del $(TKLIB)
!endif
	@echo Removing $(TKIMPLIB) ...
	@if exist $(TKIMPLIB) del $(TKIMPLIB)
	@echo Removing $(WISH) ...
	@if exist $(WISH) del $(WISH)
	@echo Removing $(TKTEST) ...
	@if exist $(TKTEST) del $(TKTEST)
	@echo Removing $(TKSTUBLIB) ...
	@if exist $(TKSTUBLIB) del $(TKSTUBLIB)






















Changes to win/nmakehlp.c.

35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49

50
51
52
53
54
55
56

/* ISO hack for dumb VC++ */
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#define   snprintf	_snprintf
#endif



/* protos */

static int CheckForCompilerFeature(const char *option);
static int CheckForLinkerFeature(const char *option);
static int IsIn(const char *string, const char *substring);
static int SubstituteFile(const char *substs, const char *filename);
static int QualifyPath(const char *path);

static const char *GetVersionFromFile(const char *filename, const char *match, int numdots);
static DWORD WINAPI ReadFromPipe(LPVOID args);

/* globals */

#define CHUNK	25
#define STATICBUFFERSIZE    1000







<



|



>







35
36
37
38
39
40
41

42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56

/* ISO hack for dumb VC++ */
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#define   snprintf	_snprintf
#endif



/* protos */

static int CheckForCompilerFeature(const char *option);
static int CheckForLinkerFeature(const char **options, int count);
static int IsIn(const char *string, const char *substring);
static int SubstituteFile(const char *substs, const char *filename);
static int QualifyPath(const char *path);
static int LocateDependency(const char *keyfile);
static const char *GetVersionFromFile(const char *filename, const char *match, int numdots);
static DWORD WINAPI ReadFromPipe(LPVOID args);

/* globals */

#define CHUNK	25
#define STATICBUFFERSIZE    1000
70
71
72
73
74
75
76

77
78
79
80
81
82
83
main(
    int argc,
    char *argv[])
{
    char msg[300];
    DWORD dwWritten;
    int chars;


    /*
     * Make sure children (cl.exe and link.exe) are kept quiet.
     */

    SetErrorMode(SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS | SEM_NOOPENFILEERRORBOX);








>







70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
main(
    int argc,
    char *argv[])
{
    char msg[300];
    DWORD dwWritten;
    int chars;
    char *s;

    /*
     * Make sure children (cl.exe and link.exe) are kept quiet.
     */

    SetErrorMode(SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS | SEM_NOOPENFILEERRORBOX);

98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
			"exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
			&dwWritten, NULL);
		return 2;
	    }
	    return CheckForCompilerFeature(argv[2]);
	case 'l':
	    if (argc != 3) {
		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
	       		"usage: %s -l <linker option>\n"
			"Tests for whether link.exe supports an option\n"
			"exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
			&dwWritten, NULL);
		return 2;
	    }
	    return CheckForLinkerFeature(argv[2]);
	case 'f':
	    if (argc == 2) {
		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
			"usage: %s -f <string> <substring>\n"
			"Find a substring within another\n"
			"exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,







|

|






|







99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
			"exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
			&dwWritten, NULL);
		return 2;
	    }
	    return CheckForCompilerFeature(argv[2]);
	case 'l':
	    if (argc < 3) {
		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
	       		"usage: %s -l <linker option> ?<mandatory option> ...?\n"
			"Tests for whether link.exe supports an option\n"
			"exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
			&dwWritten, NULL);
		return 2;
	    }
	    return CheckForLinkerFeature(&argv[2], argc-2);
	case 'f':
	    if (argc == 2) {
		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
			"usage: %s -f <string> <substring>\n"
			"Find a substring within another\n"
			"exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156


157



158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168












169
170
171
172
173
174
175
		    "Extract a version from a file:\n"
		    "eg: pkgIndex.tcl \"package ifneeded http\"",
		    argv[0]);
		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
		    &dwWritten, NULL);
		return 0;
	    }
	    printf("%s\n", GetVersionFromFile(argv[2], argv[3], *(argv[1]+2) - '0'));


	    return 0;



	case 'Q':
	    if (argc != 3) {
		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
		    "usage: %s -Q path\n"
		    "Emit the fully qualified path\n"
		    "exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
		    &dwWritten, NULL);
		return 2;
	    }
	    return QualifyPath(argv[2]);












	}
    }
    chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
	    "usage: %s -c|-f|-l|-Q|-s|-V ...\n"
	    "This is a little helper app to equalize shell differences between WinNT and\n"
	    "Win9x and get nmake.exe to accomplish its job.\n",
	    argv[0]);







|
>
>
|
>
>
>











>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
		    "Extract a version from a file:\n"
		    "eg: pkgIndex.tcl \"package ifneeded http\"",
		    argv[0]);
		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
		    &dwWritten, NULL);
		return 0;
	    }
	    s = GetVersionFromFile(argv[2], argv[3], *(argv[1]+2) - '0');
	    if (s && *s) {
		printf("%s\n", s);
		return 0;
	    } else
		return 1; /* Version not found. Return non-0 exit code */

	case 'Q':
	    if (argc != 3) {
		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
		    "usage: %s -Q path\n"
		    "Emit the fully qualified path\n"
		    "exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
		    &dwWritten, NULL);
		return 2;
	    }
	    return QualifyPath(argv[2]);

	case 'L':
	    if (argc != 3) {
		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
		    "usage: %s -L keypath\n"
		    "Emit the fully qualified path of directory containing keypath\n"
		    "exitcodes: 0 == success, 1 == not found, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
		    &dwWritten, NULL);
		return 2;
	    }
	    return LocateDependency(argv[2]);
	}
    }
    chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
	    "usage: %s -c|-f|-l|-Q|-s|-V ...\n"
	    "This is a little helper app to equalize shell differences between WinNT and\n"
	    "Win9x and get nmake.exe to accomplish its job.\n",
	    argv[0]);
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316

317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324

325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
             || strstr(Err.buffer, "D9002") != NULL
             || strstr(Out.buffer, "D2021") != NULL
             || strstr(Err.buffer, "D2021") != NULL);
}

static int
CheckForLinkerFeature(
    const char *option)

{
    STARTUPINFO si;
    PROCESS_INFORMATION pi;
    SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES sa;
    DWORD threadID;
    char msg[300];
    BOOL ok;
    HANDLE hProcess, h, pipeThreads[2];

    char cmdline[100];

    hProcess = GetCurrentProcess();

    ZeroMemory(&pi, sizeof(PROCESS_INFORMATION));
    ZeroMemory(&si, sizeof(STARTUPINFO));
    si.cb = sizeof(STARTUPINFO);
    si.dwFlags   = STARTF_USESTDHANDLES;







|
>








>
|







327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
             || strstr(Err.buffer, "D9002") != NULL
             || strstr(Out.buffer, "D2021") != NULL
             || strstr(Err.buffer, "D2021") != NULL);
}

static int
CheckForLinkerFeature(
    const char **options,
    int count)
{
    STARTUPINFO si;
    PROCESS_INFORMATION pi;
    SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES sa;
    DWORD threadID;
    char msg[300];
    BOOL ok;
    HANDLE hProcess, h, pipeThreads[2];
    int i;
    char cmdline[255];

    hProcess = GetCurrentProcess();

    ZeroMemory(&pi, sizeof(PROCESS_INFORMATION));
    ZeroMemory(&si, sizeof(STARTUPINFO));
    si.cb = sizeof(STARTUPINFO);
    si.dwFlags   = STARTF_USESTDHANDLES;
364
365
366
367
368
369
370

371



372
373
374
375
376
377
378

    lstrcpy(cmdline, "link.exe -nologo ");

    /*
     * Append our option for testing.
     */


    lstrcat(cmdline, option);




    ok = CreateProcess(
	    NULL,	    /* Module name. */
	    cmdline,	    /* Command line. */
	    NULL,	    /* Process handle not inheritable. */
	    NULL,	    /* Thread handle not inheritable. */
	    TRUE,	    /* yes, inherit handles. */







>
|
>
>
>







384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402

    lstrcpy(cmdline, "link.exe -nologo ");

    /*
     * Append our option for testing.
     */

    for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
	lstrcat(cmdline, " \"");
	lstrcat(cmdline, options[i]);
	lstrcat(cmdline, "\"");
    }

    ok = CreateProcess(
	    NULL,	    /* Module name. */
	    cmdline,	    /* Command line. */
	    NULL,	    /* Process handle not inheritable. */
	    NULL,	    /* Thread handle not inheritable. */
	    TRUE,	    /* yes, inherit handles. */
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436


437
438
439
440
441
442
443
    /*
     * Look for the commandline warning code in the stderr stream.
     */

    return !(strstr(Out.buffer, "LNK1117") != NULL ||
	    strstr(Err.buffer, "LNK1117") != NULL ||
	    strstr(Out.buffer, "LNK4044") != NULL ||
	    strstr(Err.buffer, "LNK4044") != NULL);


}

static DWORD WINAPI
ReadFromPipe(
    LPVOID args)
{
    pipeinfo *pi = (pipeinfo *) args;







|
>
>







453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
    /*
     * Look for the commandline warning code in the stderr stream.
     */

    return !(strstr(Out.buffer, "LNK1117") != NULL ||
	    strstr(Err.buffer, "LNK1117") != NULL ||
	    strstr(Out.buffer, "LNK4044") != NULL ||
	    strstr(Err.buffer, "LNK4044") != NULL ||
	    strstr(Out.buffer, "LNK4224") != NULL ||
	    strstr(Err.buffer, "LNK4224") != NULL);
}

static DWORD WINAPI
ReadFromPipe(
    LPVOID args)
{
    pipeinfo *pi = (pipeinfo *) args;
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689



























































































690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
    while ((p = strchr(szPath, '/')) && *p)
	*p = '\\';
    PathCombine(szTmp, szCwd, szPath);
    PathCanonicalize(szCwd, szTmp);
    printf("%s\n", szCwd);
    return 0;
}

/*



























































































 * Local variables:
 *   mode: c
 *   c-basic-offset: 4
 *   fill-column: 78
 *   indent-tabs-mode: t
 *   tab-width: 8
 * End:
 */









>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>








707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
    while ((p = strchr(szPath, '/')) && *p)
	*p = '\\';
    PathCombine(szTmp, szCwd, szPath);
    PathCanonicalize(szCwd, szTmp);
    printf("%s\n", szCwd);
    return 0;
}

/*
 * Implements LocateDependency for a single directory. See that command
 * for an explanation.
 * Returns 0 if found after printing the directory.
 * Returns 1 if not found but no errors.
 * Returns 2 on any kind of error
 * Basically, these are used as exit codes for the process.
 */
static int LocateDependencyHelper(const char *dir, const char *keypath)
{
    HANDLE hSearch;
    char path[MAX_PATH+1];
    int dirlen, keylen, ret;
    WIN32_FIND_DATA finfo;

    if (dir == NULL || keypath == NULL)
	return 2; /* Have no real error reporting mechanism into nmake */
    dirlen = strlen(dir);
    if ((dirlen + 3) > sizeof(path))
	return 2;
    strncpy(path, dir, dirlen);
    strncpy(path+dirlen, "\\*", 3);	/* Including terminating \0 */
    keylen = strlen(keypath);

#if 0 /* This function is not available in Visual C++ 6 */
    /*
     * Use numerics 0 -> FindExInfoStandard,
     * 1 -> FindExSearchLimitToDirectories, 
     * as these are not defined in Visual C++ 6
     */
    hSearch = FindFirstFileEx(path, 0, &finfo, 1, NULL, 0);
#else
    hSearch = FindFirstFile(path, &finfo);
#endif
    if (hSearch == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
	return 1; /* Not found */

    /* Loop through all subdirs checking if the keypath is under there */
    ret = 1; /* Assume not found */
    do {
	int sublen;
	/*
	 * We need to check it is a directory despite the 
	 * FindExSearchLimitToDirectories in the above call. See SDK docs
	 */
	if ((finfo.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) == 0)
	    continue;
	sublen = strlen(finfo.cFileName);
	if ((dirlen+1+sublen+1+keylen+1) > sizeof(path))
	    continue;		/* Path does not fit, assume not matched */
	strncpy(path+dirlen+1, finfo.cFileName, sublen);
	path[dirlen+1+sublen] = '\\';
	strncpy(path+dirlen+1+sublen+1, keypath, keylen+1);
	if (PathFileExists(path)) {
	    /* Found a match, print to stdout */
	    path[dirlen+1+sublen] = '\0';
	    QualifyPath(path);
	    ret = 0;
	    break;
	}
    } while (FindNextFile(hSearch, &finfo));
    FindClose(hSearch);
    return ret;
}

/*
 * LocateDependency --
 *
 *	Locates a dependency for a package.
 *        keypath - a relative path within the package directory
 *          that is used to confirm it is the correct directory.
 *	The search path for the package directory is currently only
 *      the parent and grandparent of the current working directory.
 *      If found, the command prints 
 *         name_DIRPATH=<full path of located directory>
 *      and returns 0. If not found, does not print anything and returns 1.
 */
static int LocateDependency(const char *keypath)
{
    int i, ret;
    static char *paths[] = {"..", "..\\..", "..\\..\\.."};
    
    for (i = 0; i < (sizeof(paths)/sizeof(paths[0])); ++i) {
	ret = LocateDependencyHelper(paths[i], keypath);
	if (ret == 0)
	    return ret;
    }
    return ret;
}


/*
 * Local variables:
 *   mode: c
 *   c-basic-offset: 4
 *   fill-column: 78
 *   indent-tabs-mode: t
 *   tab-width: 8
 * End:
 */

Added win/rules-ext.vc.













































































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
# This file should only be included in makefiles for Tcl extensions,
# NOT in the makefile for Tcl itself.

!ifndef _RULES_EXT_VC

# We need to run from the directory the parent makefile is located in.
# nmake does not tell us what makefile was used to invoke it so parent
# makefile has to set the MAKEFILEVC macro or we just make a guess and
# warn if we think that is not the case.
!if "$(MAKEFILEVC)" == ""

!if exist("$(PROJECT).vc")
MAKEFILEVC = $(PROJECT).vc
!elseif exist("makefile.vc")
MAKEFILEVC = makefile.vc
!endif
!endif # "$(MAKEFILEVC)" == ""

!if !exist("$(MAKEFILEVC)")
MSG = ^
You must run nmake from the directory containing the project makefile.^
If you are doing that and getting this message, set the MAKEFILEVC^
macro to the name of the project makefile.
!message WARNING: $(MSG)
!endif

!if "$(PROJECT)" == "tcl"
!error The rules-ext.vc file is not intended for Tcl itself.
!endif

# We extract version numbers using the nmakehlp program. For now use
# the local copy of nmakehlp. Once we locate Tcl, we will use that
# one if it is newer.
!if [$(CC) -nologo "nmakehlp.c" -link -subsystem:console > nul]
!endif

# First locate the Tcl directory that we are working with.
!ifdef TCLDIR

_RULESDIR = $(TCLDIR:/=\)

!else

# If an installation path is specified, that is also the Tcl directory.
# Also Tk never builds against an installed Tcl, it needs Tcl sources
!if defined(INSTALLDIR) && "$(PROJECT)" != "tk"
_RULESDIR=$(INSTALLDIR:/=\)
!else
# Locate Tcl sources
!if [echo _RULESDIR = \> nmakehlp.out] \
   || [nmakehlp -L generic\tcl.h >> nmakehlp.out]
_RULESDIR = ..\..\tcl
!else
!include nmakehlp.out
!endif

!endif # defined(INSTALLDIR)....

!endif # ifndef TCLDIR

# Now look for the targets.vc file under the Tcl root. Note we check this
# file and not rules.vc because the latter also exists on older systems.
!if exist("$(_RULESDIR)\lib\nmake\targets.vc") # Building against installed Tcl
_RULESDIR = $(_RULESDIR)\lib\nmake
!elseif exist("$(_RULESDIR)\win\targets.vc")   # Building against Tcl sources
_RULESDIR = $(_RULESDIR)\win
!else
# If we have not located Tcl's targets file, most likely we are compiling
# against an older version of Tcl and so must use our own support files.
_RULESDIR = .
!endif

!if "$(_RULESDIR)" != "."
# Potentially using Tcl's support files. If this extension has its own
# nmake support files, need to compare the versions and pick newer.

!if exist("rules.vc") # The extension has its own copy

!if [echo TCL_RULES_MAJOR = \> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V "$(_RULESDIR)\rules.vc" RULES_VERSION_MAJOR >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo TCL_RULES_MINOR = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V "$(_RULESDIR)\rules.vc" RULES_VERSION_MINOR >> versions.vc]
!endif

!if [echo OUR_RULES_MAJOR = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V "rules.vc" RULES_VERSION_MAJOR >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo OUR_RULES_MINOR = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V "rules.vc" RULES_VERSION_MINOR >> versions.vc]
!endif
!include versions.vc
# We have a newer version of the support files, use them
!if ($(TCL_RULES_MAJOR) != $(OUR_RULES_MAJOR)) || ($(TCL_RULES_MINOR) < $(OUR_RULES_MINOR))
_RULESDIR = .
!endif

!endif # if exist("rules.vc")

!endif # if $(_RULESDIR) != "."

# Let rules.vc know what copy of nmakehlp.c to use.
NMAKEHLPC = $(_RULESDIR)\nmakehlp.c

# Get rid of our internal defines before calling rules.vc
!undef TCL_RULES_MAJOR
!undef TCL_RULES_MINOR
!undef OUR_RULES_MAJOR
!undef OUR_RULES_MINOR

!if exist("$(_RULESDIR)\rules.vc")
!message *** Using $(_RULESDIR)\rules.vc
!include "$(_RULESDIR)\rules.vc"
!else
!error *** Could not locate rules.vc in $(_RULESDIR)
!endif

!endif # _RULES_EXT_VC

Changes to win/rules.vc.

1
2
3
4
5





6
7
8
9
10
11

12
13
14
15
16





17

18


19



20








21
22

23
24

25



26



27






28
29





































































30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43

44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54



































55






































56













































































































































































































57



58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70

71
72
73
74




75


76
77
78




















79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101

102
103
104

105













106
107



108




109
110
111
112
113





114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121


122
123






124


125
126
127
128



129
130
131
132


133


134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180








181

182
183
184

185
186

187

188




189
190
191
192



193
194

195
196





197

198






199
200


201







202
203
204
205


206
207
208

209
210



















211
212






213
214

215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225



226









227
228
229
230
231



232

233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247

248
249
250
251
252
253

254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261

262
263
264
265
266
267

268
269
270
271
272
273

274
275
276
277
278
279

280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288

289
290
291
292
293
294


295
296
297
298

299
300
301
302

303
304
305
306
307
308





309
310






































































































311

































































312

313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324




325












326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# rules.vc --
#
#	Microsoft Visual C++ makefile include for decoding the commandline
#	macros.  This file does not need editing to build Tcl.





#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
#
# Copyright (c) 2001-2003 David Gravereaux.
# Copyright (c) 2003-2008 Patrick Thoyts

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------

!ifndef _RULES_VC
_RULES_VC = 1






cc32		= $(CC)   # built-in default.

link32		= link


lib32		= lib



rc32		= $(RC)   # built-in default.









!ifndef INSTALLDIR

### Assume the normal default.
_INSTALLDIR	= C:\Program Files\Tcl

!else



### Fix the path separators.



_INSTALLDIR	= $(INSTALLDIR:/=\)






!endif






































































#----------------------------------------------------------
# Set the proper copy method to avoid overwrite questions
# to the user when copying files and selecting the right
# "delete all" method.
#----------------------------------------------------------

!if "$(OS)" == "Windows_NT"
RMDIR	= rmdir /S /Q
ERRNULL  = 2>NUL
!if ![ver | find "4.0" > nul]
CPY	= echo y | xcopy /i >NUL
COPY	= copy >NUL
!else
CPY	= xcopy /i /y >NUL

COPY	= copy /y >NUL
!endif
!else # "$(OS)" != "Windows_NT"
CPY	= xcopy /i >_JUNK.OUT # On Win98 NUL does not work here.
COPY	= copy >_JUNK.OUT # On Win98 NUL does not work here.
RMDIR	= deltree /Y
NULL    = \NUL # Used in testing directory existence
ERRNULL = >NUL # Win9x shell cannot redirect stderr
!endif
MKDIR   = mkdir




































#------------------------------------------------------------------------------






































# Determine the host and target architectures and compiler version.













































































































































































































#------------------------------------------------------------------------------




_HASH=^#
_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=
_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=
VCVER=0
!if ![echo VCVERSION=_MSC_VER > vercl.x] \
    && ![echo $(_HASH)if defined(_M_IX86) >> vercl.x] \
    && ![echo ARCH=IX86 >> vercl.x] \
    && ![echo $(_HASH)elif defined(_M_AMD64) >> vercl.x] \
    && ![echo ARCH=AMD64 >> vercl.x] \
    && ![echo $(_HASH)endif >> vercl.x] \
    && ![cl -nologo -TC -P vercl.x $(ERRNULL)]
!include vercl.i

!if ![echo VCVER= ^\> vercl.vc] \
    && ![set /a $(VCVERSION) / 100 - 6 >> vercl.vc]
!include vercl.vc
!endif




!endif


!if ![del $(ERRNUL) /q/f vercl.x vercl.i vercl.vc]
!endif





















!if ![reg query HKLM\Hardware\Description\System\CentralProcessor\0 /v Identifier | findstr /i x86]
NATIVE_ARCH=IX86
!else
NATIVE_ARCH=AMD64
!endif

# Since MSVC8 we must deal with manifest resources.
!if $(VCVERSION) >= 1400
_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=if exist [email protected] mt -nologo -manifest [email protected] -outputresource:$@;1
_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=if exist [email protected] mt -nologo -manifest [email protected] -outputresource:$@;2
!endif

!ifndef MACHINE
MACHINE=$(ARCH)
!endif

!ifndef CFG_ENCODING
CFG_ENCODING	= \"cp1252\"
!endif

!message ===============================================================================

#----------------------------------------------------------

# build the helper app we need to overcome nmake's limiting
# environment.
#----------------------------------------------------------















!if !exist(nmakehlp.exe)
!if [$(cc32) -nologo nmakehlp.c -link -subsystem:console > nul]



!endif




!endif

#----------------------------------------------------------
# Test for compiler features
#----------------------------------------------------------






### test for optimizations
!if [nmakehlp -c -Ot]
!message *** Compiler has 'Optimizations'
OPTIMIZING	= 1
!else
!message *** Compiler does not have 'Optimizations'
OPTIMIZING	= 0


!endif







OPTIMIZATIONS   =



!if [nmakehlp -c -Ot]
OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -Ot
!endif




!if [nmakehlp -c -Oi]
OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -Oi
!endif





!if [nmakehlp -c -Op]
OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -Op
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -c -fp:strict]
OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -fp:strict
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -c -Gs]
OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -Gs
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -c -GS]
OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -GS
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -c -GL]
OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -GL
!endif

DEBUGFLAGS     =

!if [nmakehlp -c -RTC1]
DEBUGFLAGS     = $(DEBUGFLAGS) -RTC1
!elseif [nmakehlp -c -GZ]
DEBUGFLAGS     = $(DEBUGFLAGS) -GZ
!endif

COMPILERFLAGS  =-W3 /DUNICODE /D_UNICODE /D_ATL_XP_TARGETING

# In v13 -GL and -YX are incompatible.
!if [nmakehlp -c -YX]
!if ![nmakehlp -c -GL]
OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -YX
!endif
!endif

!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IX86"
### test for pentium errata
!if [nmakehlp -c -QI0f]
!message *** Compiler has 'Pentium 0x0f fix'
COMPILERFLAGS  = $(COMPILERFLAGS) -QI0f
!else
!message *** Compiler does not have 'Pentium 0x0f fix'
!endif
!endif









!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IA64"

### test for Itanium errata
!if [nmakehlp -c -QIA64_Bx]
!message *** Compiler has 'B-stepping errata workarounds'

COMPILERFLAGS   = $(COMPILERFLAGS) -QIA64_Bx
!else

!message *** Compiler does not have 'B-stepping errata workarounds'

!endif




!endif

!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IX86"
### test for -align:4096, when align:512 will do.



!if [nmakehlp -l -opt:nowin98]
!message *** Linker has 'Win98 alignment problem'

ALIGN98_HACK	= 1
!else





!message *** Linker does not have 'Win98 alignment problem'

ALIGN98_HACK	= 0






!endif
!else


ALIGN98_HACK	= 0







!endif

LINKERFLAGS     =



!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg]
LINKERFLAGS     =-ltcg
!endif


#----------------------------------------------------------



















# Decode the options requested.
#----------------------------------------------------------







!if "$(OPTS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(OPTS)" "none"]

STATIC_BUILD	= 0
TCL_THREADS	= 1
DEBUG		= 0
SYMBOLS		= 0
PROFILE		= 0
PGO		= 0
MSVCRT		= 1
LOIMPACT	= 0
TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 0
USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 1
UNCHECKED	= 0



!else









!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "static"]
!message *** Doing static
STATIC_BUILD	= 1
!else
STATIC_BUILD	= 0



!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "nomsvcrt"]
!message *** Doing nomsvcrt
MSVCRT		= 0
!else
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "msvcrt"]
!message *** Doing msvcrt
MSVCRT		= 1
!else
!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)
MSVCRT		= 1
!else
MSVCRT		= 0
!endif
!endif
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "staticpkg"] && $(STATIC_BUILD)
!message *** Doing staticpkg
TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 1
!else
TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "nothreads"]
!message *** Compile explicitly for non-threaded tcl
TCL_THREADS	= 0
USE_THREAD_ALLOC= 0
!else
TCL_THREADS	= 1
USE_THREAD_ALLOC= 1
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "symbols"]
!message *** Doing symbols
DEBUG		= 1
!else
DEBUG		= 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pdbs"]
!message *** Doing pdbs
SYMBOLS		= 1
!else
SYMBOLS		= 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "profile"]
!message *** Doing profile
PROFILE		= 1
!else
PROFILE		= 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pgi"]
!message *** Doing profile guided optimization instrumentation
PGO		= 1
!elseif [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pgo"]
!message *** Doing profile guided optimization
PGO		= 2
!else
PGO		= 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "loimpact"]
!message *** Doing loimpact
LOIMPACT	= 1
!else
LOIMPACT	= 0
!endif


!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "thrdalloc"]
!message *** Doing thrdalloc
USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 1
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "tclalloc"]
!message *** Doing tclalloc
USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "unchecked"]
!message *** Doing unchecked
UNCHECKED = 1
!else
UNCHECKED = 0
!endif





!endif







































































































#----------------------------------------------------------

































































# Figure-out how to name our intermediate and output directories.

# We wouldn't want different builds to use the same .obj files
# by accident.
#----------------------------------------------------------

#----------------------------------------
# Naming convention:
#   t = full thread support.
#   s = static library (as opposed to an
#	import library)
#   g = linked to the debug enabled C
#	run-time.
#   x = special static build when it




#	links to the dynamic C run-time.












#----------------------------------------
SUFX	    = tsgx

!if $(DEBUG)
BUILDDIRTOP = Debug
!else
BUILDDIRTOP = Release
!endif
|


|
|
>
>
>
>
>






>





>
>
>
>
>
|
>
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|
>
|
<
>

>
>
>
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>






<

<
<
<
<
<

>

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>











|

>




>
>
>
>

>
>
|


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>












<
<
<
<




<
|
<
>
|
|
<
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>

|
<
<
<
>
>
>
>
>

<
<
<
<
|
|
|
>
>


>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
<
<
<
>
>
>
|
<
|
<
>
>

>
>

<
<
|
<
<


<
<
<
|
|
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<






|





>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
|
|
<
>
|

>
|
>

>
>
>
>


<
<
>
>
>
|
<
>
|

>
>
>
>
>
|
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>

|
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




>
>
|
|

>

<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
>
>
>
>
>
>

<
>







<



>
>
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



|
|
>
>
>

>














|
>






>








>






>






>






>









>

|
<
<
<

>
>




>

<


>






>
>
>
>
>


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
|
<
<
|
<
|

|
<
|
<
|
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49

50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142

143





144
145
146








147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492




493
494
495
496

497

498
499
500

501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527



528
529
530
531
532
533




534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550



551
552
553
554

555

556
557
558
559
560
561


562


563
564



565
566


567



















568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591

592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604


605
606
607
608

609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648

649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668

669
670
671
672
673
674
675

676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683

684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774



775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783

784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970


971

972
973
974

975

976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
#------------------------------------------------------------- -*- makefile -*-
# rules.vc --
#
# Part of the nmake based build system for Tcl and its extensions.
# This file does all the hard work in terms of parsing build options,
# compiler switches, defining common targets and macros. The Tcl makefile
# directly includes this. Extensions include it via "rules-ext.vc".
#
# See TIP 477 (https://core.tcl.tk/tips/doc/trunk/tip/477.md) for
# detailed documentation.
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
#
# Copyright (c) 2001-2003 David Gravereaux.
# Copyright (c) 2003-2008 Patrick Thoyts
# Copyright (c) 2017      Ashok P. Nadkarni
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------

!ifndef _RULES_VC
_RULES_VC = 1

# The following macros define the version of the rules.vc nmake build system
# For modifications that are not backward-compatible, you *must* change
# the major version.
RULES_VERSION_MAJOR = 1
RULES_VERSION_MINOR = 1

# The PROJECT macro must be defined by parent makefile.
!if "$(PROJECT)" == ""
!error *** Error: Macro PROJECT not defined! Please define it before including rules.vc
!endif

!if "$(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME)" == ""
PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME = $(PROJECT)
!endif

# Also special case Tcl and Tk to save some typing later
DOING_TCL = 0
DOING_TK  = 0
!if "$(PROJECT)" == "tcl"
DOING_TCL = 1
!elseif "$(PROJECT)" == "tk"
DOING_TK = 1
!endif

!ifndef NEED_TK
# Backwards compatibility
!ifdef PROJECT_REQUIRES_TK

NEED_TK = $(PROJECT_REQUIRES_TK)
!else
NEED_TK = 0
!endif
!endif

!ifndef NEED_TCL_SOURCE
NEED_TCL_SOURCE = 0
!endif

!ifdef NEED_TK_SOURCE
!if $(NEED_TK_SOURCE)
NEED_TK = 1
!endif
!else
NEED_TK_SOURCE = 0
!endif

################################################################
# Nmake is a pretty weak environment in syntax and capabilities
# so this file is necessarily verbose. It's broken down into
# the following parts.
#
# 0. Sanity check that compiler environment is set up and initialize
#    any built-in settings from the parent makefile
# 1. First define the external tools used for compiling, copying etc.
#    as this is independent of everything else.
# 2. Figure out our build structure in terms of the directory, whether
#    we are building Tcl or an extension, etc.
# 3. Determine the compiler and linker versions
# 4. Build the nmakehlp helper application
# 5. Determine the supported compiler options and features
# 6. Parse the OPTS macro value for user-specified build configuration
# 7. Parse the STATS macro value for statistics instrumentation
# 8. Parse the CHECKS macro for additional compilation checks
# 9. Extract Tcl, and possibly Tk, version numbers from the headers
# 10. Based on this selected configuration, construct the output
#     directory and file paths
# 11. Construct the paths where the package is to be installed
# 12. Set up the actual options passed to compiler and linker based
#     on the information gathered above.
# 13. Define some standard build targets and implicit rules. These may
#     be optionally disabled by the parent makefile.
# 14. (For extensions only.) Compare the configuration of the target
#     Tcl and the extensions and warn against discrepancies.
#
# One final note about the macro names used. They are as they are
# for historical reasons. We would like legacy extensions to
# continue to work with this make include file so be wary of
# changing them for consistency or clarity.

# 0. Sanity check compiler environment

# Check to see we are configured to build with MSVC (MSDEVDIR, MSVCDIR or
# VCINSTALLDIR) or with the MS Platform SDK (MSSDK or WindowsSDKDir)

!if !defined(MSDEVDIR) && !defined(MSVCDIR) && !defined(VCINSTALLDIR) && !defined(MSSDK) && !defined(WINDOWSSDKDIR)
MSG = ^
Visual C++ compiler environment not initialized.
!error $(MSG)
!endif

# We need to run from the directory the parent makefile is located in.
# nmake does not tell us what makefile was used to invoke it so parent
# makefile has to set the MAKEFILEVC macro or we just make a guess and
# warn if we think that is not the case.
!if "$(MAKEFILEVC)" == ""

!if exist("$(PROJECT).vc")
MAKEFILEVC = $(PROJECT).vc
!elseif exist("makefile.vc")
MAKEFILEVC = makefile.vc
!endif
!endif # "$(MAKEFILEVC)" == ""

!if !exist("$(MAKEFILEVC)")
MSG = ^
You must run nmake from the directory containing the project makefile.^
If you are doing that and getting this message, set the MAKEFILEVC^
macro to the name of the project makefile.
!message WARNING: $(MSG)
!endif


################################################################
# 1. Define external programs being used

#----------------------------------------------------------
# Set the proper copy method to avoid overwrite questions
# to the user when copying files and selecting the right
# "delete all" method.
#----------------------------------------------------------


RMDIR	= rmdir /S /Q





CPY	= xcopy /i /y >NUL
CPYDIR  = xcopy /e /i /y >NUL
COPY	= copy /y >NUL








MKDIR   = mkdir

######################################################################
# 2. Figure out our build environment in terms of what we're building.
#
# (a) Tcl itself
# (b) Tk
# (c) a Tcl extension using libraries/includes from an *installed* Tcl
# (d) a Tcl extension using libraries/includes from Tcl source directory
#
# This last is needed because some extensions still need
# some Tcl interfaces that are not publicly exposed.
#
# The fragment will set the following macros:
# ROOT - root of this module sources
# COMPATDIR - source directory that holds compatibility sources
# DOCDIR - source directory containing documentation files
# GENERICDIR - platform-independent source directory
# WINDIR - Windows-specific source directory
# TESTDIR - directory containing test files
# TOOLSDIR - directory containing build tools
# _TCLDIR - root of the Tcl installation OR the Tcl sources. Not set
#    when building Tcl itself.
# _INSTALLDIR - native form of the installation path. For Tcl
#    this will be the root of the Tcl installation. For extensions
#    this will be the lib directory under the root.
# TCLINSTALL  - set to 1 if _TCLDIR refers to
#    headers and libraries from an installed Tcl, and 0 if built against
#    Tcl sources. Not set when building Tcl itself. Yes, not very well
#    named.
# _TCL_H - native path to the tcl.h file
#
# If Tk is involved, also sets the following
# _TKDIR - native form Tk installation OR Tk source. Not set if building
#    Tk itself.
# TKINSTALL - set 1 if _TKDIR refers to installed Tk and 0 if Tk sources
# _TK_H - native path to the tk.h file

# Root directory for sources and assumed subdirectories
ROOT = $(MAKEDIR)\..
# The following paths CANNOT have spaces in them as they appear on the
# left side of implicit rules.
!ifndef COMPATDIR
COMPATDIR	= $(ROOT)\compat
!endif
!ifndef DOCDIR
DOCDIR		= $(ROOT)\doc
!endif
!ifndef GENERICDIR
GENERICDIR	= $(ROOT)\generic
!endif
!ifndef TOOLSDIR
TOOLSDIR	= $(ROOT)\tools
!endif
!ifndef TESTDIR
TESTDIR	= $(ROOT)\tests
!endif
!ifndef LIBDIR
!if exist("$(ROOT)\library")
LIBDIR          = $(ROOT)\library
!else
LIBDIR          = $(ROOT)\lib
!endif
!endif
!ifndef DEMODIR
!if exist("$(LIBDIR)\demos")
DEMODIR		= $(LIBDIR)\demos
!else
DEMODIR		= $(ROOT)\demos
!endif
!endif # ifndef DEMODIR
# Do NOT enclose WINDIR in a !ifndef because Windows always defines
# WINDIR env var to point to c:\windows!
# TBD - This is a potentially dangerous conflict, rename WINDIR to
# something else
WINDIR		= $(ROOT)\win

!ifndef RCDIR
!if exist("$(WINDIR)\rc")
RCDIR           = $(WINDIR)\rc
!else
RCDIR           = $(WINDIR)
!endif
!endif
RCDIR = $(RCDIR:/=\)

# The target directory where the built packages and binaries will be installed.
# INSTALLDIR is the (optional) path specified by the user.
# _INSTALLDIR is INSTALLDIR using the backslash separator syntax
!ifdef INSTALLDIR
### Fix the path separators.
_INSTALLDIR	= $(INSTALLDIR:/=\)
!else
### Assume the normal default.
_INSTALLDIR	= $(HOMEDRIVE)\Tcl
!endif

!if $(DOING_TCL)

# BEGIN Case 2(a) - Building Tcl itself

# Only need to define _TCL_H
_TCL_H = ..\generic\tcl.h

# END Case 2(a) - Building Tcl itself

!elseif $(DOING_TK)

# BEGIN Case 2(b) - Building Tk

TCLINSTALL = 0 # Tk always builds against Tcl source, not an installed Tcl
!if "$(TCLDIR)" == ""
!if [echo TCLDIR = \> nmakehlp.out] \
   || [nmakehlp -L generic\tcl.h >> nmakehlp.out]
!error *** Could not locate Tcl source directory.
!endif
!include nmakehlp.out
!endif # TCLDIR == ""

_TCLDIR	= $(TCLDIR:/=\)
_TCL_H  = $(_TCLDIR)\generic\tcl.h
!if !exist("$(_TCL_H)")
!error Could not locate tcl.h. Please set the TCLDIR macro to point to the Tcl *source* directory.
!endif

_TK_H = ..\generic\tk.h

# END Case 2(b) - Building Tk

!else

# BEGIN Case 2(c) or (d) - Building an extension other than Tk

# If command line has specified Tcl location through TCLDIR, use it
# else default to the INSTALLDIR setting
!if "$(TCLDIR)" != ""

_TCLDIR	= $(TCLDIR:/=\)
!if exist("$(_TCLDIR)\include\tcl.h") # Case 2(c) with TCLDIR defined
TCLINSTALL	= 1
_TCL_H          = $(_TCLDIR)\include\tcl.h
!elseif exist("$(_TCLDIR)\generic\tcl.h") # Case 2(d) with TCLDIR defined
TCLINSTALL	= 0
_TCL_H          = $(_TCLDIR)\generic\tcl.h
!endif

!else  #  # Case 2(c) for extensions with TCLDIR undefined

# Need to locate Tcl depending on whether it needs Tcl source or not.
# If we don't, check the INSTALLDIR for an installed Tcl first

!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\include\tcl.h") && !$(NEED_TCL_SOURCE)

TCLINSTALL	= 1
TCLDIR          = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
# NOTE: we will be resetting _INSTALLDIR to _INSTALLDIR/lib for extensions
# later so the \.. accounts for the /lib
_TCLDIR		= $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
_TCL_H          = $(_TCLDIR)\include\tcl.h

!else # exist(...) && ! $(NEED_TCL_SOURCE)

!if [echo _TCLDIR = \> nmakehlp.out] \
   || [nmakehlp -L generic\tcl.h >> nmakehlp.out]
!error *** Could not locate Tcl source directory.
!endif
!include nmakehlp.out
TCLINSTALL      = 0
TCLDIR         = $(_TCLDIR)
_TCL_H          = $(_TCLDIR)\generic\tcl.h

!endif # exist(...) && ! $(NEED_TCL_SOURCE)

!endif # TCLDIR

!ifndef _TCL_H
MSG =^
Failed to find tcl.h. The TCLDIR macro is set incorrectly or is not set and default path does not contain tcl.h.
!error $(MSG)
!endif

# Now do the same to locate Tk headers and libs if project requires Tk
!if $(NEED_TK)

!if "$(TKDIR)" != ""

_TKDIR = $(TKDIR:/=\)
!if exist("$(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h")
TKINSTALL      = 1
_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h
!elseif exist("$(_TKDIR)\generic\tk.h")
TKINSTALL      = 0
_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\generic\tk.h
!endif

!else # TKDIR not defined

# Need to locate Tcl depending on whether it needs Tcl source or not.
# If we don't, check the INSTALLDIR for an installed Tcl first

!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\include\tk.h") && !$(NEED_TK_SOURCE)

TKINSTALL      = 1
# NOTE: we will be resetting _INSTALLDIR to _INSTALLDIR/lib for extensions
# later so the \.. accounts for the /lib
_TKDIR         = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h
TKDIR          = $(_TKDIR)

!else # exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\include\tk.h") && !$(NEED_TK_SOURCE)

!if [echo _TKDIR = \> nmakehlp.out] \
   || [nmakehlp -L generic\tk.h >> nmakehlp.out]
!error *** Could not locate Tk source directory.
!endif
!include nmakehlp.out
TKINSTALL      = 0
TKDIR          = $(_TKDIR)
_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\generic\tk.h

!endif # exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\include\tk.h") && !$(NEED_TK_SOURCE)

!endif # TKDIR

!ifndef _TK_H
MSG =^
Failed to find tk.h. The TKDIR macro is set incorrectly or is not set and default path does not contain tk.h.
!error $(MSG)
!endif

!endif # NEED_TK

!if $(NEED_TCL_SOURCE) && $(TCLINSTALL)
MSG = ^
*** Warning: This extension requires the source distribution of Tcl.^
*** Please set the TCLDIR macro to point to the Tcl sources.
!error $(MSG)
!endif

!if $(NEED_TK_SOURCE)
!if $(TKINSTALL)
MSG = ^
*** Warning: This extension requires the source distribution of Tk.^
*** Please set the TKDIR macro to point to the Tk sources.
!error $(MSG)
!endif
!endif


# If INSTALLDIR set to tcl installation root dir then reset to the
# lib dir for installing extensions 
!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\include\tcl.h")
_INSTALLDIR=$(_INSTALLDIR)\lib
!endif

# END Case 2(c) or (d) - Building an extension
!endif # if $(DOING_TCL)

################################################################
# 3. Determine compiler version and architecture
# In this section, we figure out the compiler version and the
# architecture for which we are building. This sets the
# following macros:
# VCVERSION - the internal compiler version as 1200, 1400, 1910 etc.
#     This is also printed by the compiler in dotted form 19.10 etc.
# VCVER - the "marketing version", for example Visual C++ 6 for internal
#     compiler version 1200. This is kept only for legacy reasons as it
#     does not make sense for recent Microsoft compilers. Only used for
#     output directory names.
# ARCH - set to IX86 or AMD64 depending on 32- or 64-bit target
# NATIVE_ARCH - set to IX86 or AMD64 for the host machine
# MACHINE - same as $(ARCH) - legacy
# _VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_{DLL,EXE} - commands for embedding a manifest if needed
# CFG_ENCODING - set to an character encoding.
#   TBD - this is passed to compiler as TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING but can't
#   see where it is used

cc32		= $(CC)   # built-in default.
link32		= link
lib32		= lib
rc32		= $(RC)   # built-in default.

#----------------------------------------------------------------
# Figure out the compiler architecture and version by writing
# the C macros to a file, preprocessing them with the C
# preprocessor and reading back the created file

_HASH=^#
_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=
_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=
VCVER=0
!if ![echo VCVERSION=_MSC_VER > vercl.x] \
    && ![echo $(_HASH)if defined(_M_IX86) >> vercl.x] \
    && ![echo ARCH=IX86 >> vercl.x] \
    && ![echo $(_HASH)elif defined(_M_AMD64) >> vercl.x] \
    && ![echo ARCH=AMD64 >> vercl.x] \
    && ![echo $(_HASH)endif >> vercl.x] \
    && ![$(cc32) -nologo -TC -P vercl.x 2>NUL]
!include vercl.i
!if $(VCVERSION) < 1900
!if ![echo VCVER= ^\> vercl.vc] \
    && ![set /a $(VCVERSION) / 100 - 6 >> vercl.vc]
!include vercl.vc
!endif
!else
# The simple calculation above does not apply to new Visual Studio releases
# Keep the compiler version in its native form.
VCVER = $(VCVERSION)
!endif
!endif

!if ![del 2>NUL /q/f vercl.x vercl.i vercl.vc]
!endif

#----------------------------------------------------------------
# The MACHINE macro is used by legacy makefiles so set it as well
!ifdef MACHINE
!if "$(MACHINE)" == "x86"
!undef MACHINE
MACHINE = IX86
!elseif "$(MACHINE)" == "x64"
!undef MACHINE
MACHINE = AMD64
!endif
!if "$(MACHINE)" != "$(ARCH)"
!error Specified MACHINE macro $(MACHINE) does not match detected target architecture $(ARCH).
!endif
!else
MACHINE=$(ARCH)
!endif

#------------------------------------------------------------
# Figure out the *host* architecture by reading the registry

!if ![reg query HKLM\Hardware\Description\System\CentralProcessor\0 /v Identifier | findstr /i x86]
NATIVE_ARCH=IX86
!else
NATIVE_ARCH=AMD64
!endif

# Since MSVC8 we must deal with manifest resources.
!if $(VCVERSION) >= 1400
_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=if exist [email protected] mt -nologo -manifest [email protected] -outputresource:$@;1
_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=if exist [email protected] mt -nologo -manifest [email protected] -outputresource:$@;2
!endif





!ifndef CFG_ENCODING
CFG_ENCODING	= \"cp1252\"
!endif


################################################################

# 4. Build the nmakehlp program
# This is a helper app we need to overcome nmake's limiting
# environment. We will call out to it to get various bits of

# information about supported compiler options etc.
#
# Tcl itself will always use the nmakehlp.c program which is
# in its own source. This is the "master" copy and kept updated.
#
# Extensions built against an installed Tcl will use the installed
# copy of Tcl's nmakehlp.c if there is one and their own version
# otherwise. In the latter case, they would also be using their own
# rules.vc. Note that older versions of Tcl do not install nmakehlp.c
# or rules.vc.
#
# Extensions built against Tcl sources will use the one from the Tcl source.
#
# When building an extension using a sufficiently new version of Tcl,
# rules-ext.vc will define NMAKEHLPC appropriately to point to the
# copy of nmakehlp.c to be used.

!ifndef NMAKEHLPC
# Default to the one in the current directory (the extension's own nmakehlp.c)
NMAKEHLPC = nmakehlp.c

!if !$(DOING_TCL)
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
!if exist("$(_TCLDIR)\lib\nmake\nmakehlp.c")
NMAKEHLPC = $(_TCLDIR)\lib\nmake\nmakehlp.c
!endif
!else # ! $(TCLINSTALL)



!if exist("$(_TCLDIR)\win\nmakehlp.c")
NMAKEHLPC = $(_TCLDIR)\win\nmakehlp.c
!endif
!endif # $(TCLINSTALL)
!endif # !$(DOING_TCL)





!endif # NMAKEHLPC

# We always build nmakehlp even if it exists since we do not know
# what source it was built from.
!if [$(cc32) -nologo "$(NMAKEHLPC)" -link -subsystem:console > nul]
!endif

################################################################
# 5. Test for compiler features
# Visual C++ compiler options have changed over the years. Check
# which options are supported by the compiler in use.
#
# The following macros are set:
# OPTIMIZATIONS - the compiler flags to be used for optimized builds
# DEBUGFLAGS - the compiler flags to be used for debug builds
# LINKERFLAGS - Flags passed to the linker 
#



# Note that these are the compiler settings *available*, not those
# that will be *used*. The latter depends on the OPTS macro settings
# which we have not yet parsed.
#

# Also note that some of the flags in OPTIMIZATIONS are not really

# related to optimization. They are placed there only for legacy reasons
# as some extensions expect them to be included in that macro.

# -Op improves float consistency. Note only needed for older compilers
# Newer compilers do not need or support this option.
!if [nmakehlp -c -Op]


FPOPTS  = -Op


!endif




# Strict floating point semantics - present in newer compilers in lieu of -Op
!if [nmakehlp -c -fp:strict]


FPOPTS  = $(FPOPTS) -fp:strict



















!endif

!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IX86"
### test for pentium errata
!if [nmakehlp -c -QI0f]
!message *** Compiler has 'Pentium 0x0f fix'
FPOPTS  = $(FPOPTS) -QI0f
!else
!message *** Compiler does not have 'Pentium 0x0f fix'
!endif
!endif

### test for optimizations
# /O2 optimization includes /Og /Oi /Ot /Oy /Ob2 /Gs /GF /Gy as per
# documentation. Note we do NOT want /Gs as that inserts a _chkstk
# stack probe at *every* function entry, not just those with more than
# a page of stack allocation resulting in a performance hit.  However,
# /O2 documentation is misleading as its stack probes are simply the
# default page size locals allocation probes and not what is implied
# by an explicit /Gs option.

OPTIMIZATIONS = $(FPOPTS)

!if [nmakehlp -c -O2]

OPTIMIZING = 1
OPTIMIZATIONS   = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -O2
!else
# Legacy, really. All modern compilers support this
!message *** Compiler does not have 'Optimizations'
OPTIMIZING = 0
!endif

# Checks for buffer overflows in local arrays
!if [nmakehlp -c -GS]
OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -GS
!endif



# Link time optimization. Note that this option (potentially) makes
# generated libraries only usable by the specific VC++ version that
# created it. Requires /LTCG linker option
!if [nmakehlp -c -GL]

OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -GL
CC_GL_OPT_ENABLED = 1
!else
# In newer compilers -GL and -YX are incompatible.
!if [nmakehlp -c -YX]
OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -YX
!endif
!endif # [nmakehlp -c -GL]

DEBUGFLAGS     = $(FPOPTS)

# Run time error checks. Not available or valid in a release, non-debug build
# RTC is for modern compilers, -GZ is legacy
!if [nmakehlp -c -RTC1]
DEBUGFLAGS     = $(DEBUGFLAGS) -RTC1
!elseif [nmakehlp -c -GZ]
DEBUGFLAGS     = $(DEBUGFLAGS) -GZ
!endif

#----------------------------------------------------------------
# Linker flags

# LINKER_TESTFLAGS are for internal use when we call nmakehlp to test
# if the linker supports a specific option. Without these flags link will
# return "LNK1561: entry point must be defined" error compiling from VS-IDE:
# They are not passed through to the actual application / extension
# link rules.
!ifndef LINKER_TESTFLAGS
LINKER_TESTFLAGS = /DLL /NOENTRY /OUT:nmakehlp.out
!endif

LINKERFLAGS     =

# If compiler has enabled link time optimization, linker must too with -ltcg
!ifdef CC_GL_OPT_ENABLED
!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg $(LINKER_TESTFLAGS)]
LINKERFLAGS     = $(LINKERFLAGS) -ltcg
!endif
!endif


########################################################################
# 6. Parse the OPTS macro to work out the requested build configuration.
# Based on this, we will construct the actual switches to be passed to the
# compiler and linker using the macros defined in the previous section.
# The following macros are defined by this section based on OPTS
# STATIC_BUILD - 0 -> Tcl is to be built as a shared library
#                1 -> build as a static library and shell
# TCL_THREADS - legacy but always 1 on Windows since winsock requires it.
# DEBUG - 1 -> debug build, 0 -> release builds
# SYMBOLS - 1 -> generate PDB's, 0 -> no PDB's
# PROFILE - 1 -> generate profiling info, 0 -> no profiling
# PGO     - 1 -> profile based optimization, 0 -> no
# MSVCRT  - 1 -> link to dynamic C runtime even when building static Tcl build
#           0 -> link to static C runtime for static Tcl build.
#           Does not impact shared Tcl builds (STATIC_BUILD == 0)
# TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES - 1 -> statically link the registry and dde extensions
#           in the Tcl shell. 0 -> keep them as shared libraries
#           Does not impact shared Tcl builds.
# USE_THREAD_ALLOC - 1 -> Use a shared global free pool for allocation.
#           0 -> Use the non-thread allocator.

# UNCHECKED - 1 -> when doing a debug build with symbols, use the release
#           C runtime, 0 -> use the debug C runtime.
# USE_STUBS - 1 -> compile to use stubs interfaces, 0 -> direct linking
# CONFIG_CHECK - 1 -> check current build configuration against Tcl
#           configuration (ignored for Tcl itself)
# Further, LINKERFLAGS are modified based on above.


# Default values for all the above
STATIC_BUILD	= 0
TCL_THREADS	= 1
DEBUG		= 0
SYMBOLS		= 0
PROFILE		= 0
PGO		= 0
MSVCRT		= 1

TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 0
USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 1
UNCHECKED	= 0
CONFIG_CHECK    = 1
!if $(DOING_TCL)
USE_STUBS       = 0
!else
USE_STUBS       = 1
!endif

# If OPTS is not empty AND does not contain "none" which turns off all OPTS
# set the above macros based on OPTS content
!if "$(OPTS)" != "" && ![nmakehlp -f "$(OPTS)" "none"]

# OPTS are specified, parse them

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "static"]
!message *** Doing static
STATIC_BUILD	= 1
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "nostubs"]
!message *** Not using stubs
USE_STUBS	= 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "nomsvcrt"]
!message *** Doing nomsvcrt
MSVCRT		= 0
!else
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "msvcrt"]
!message *** Doing msvcrt
MSVCRT		= 1
!else
!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)
MSVCRT		= 1
!else
MSVCRT		= 0
!endif
!endif
!endif # [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "nomsvcrt"]

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "staticpkg"] && $(STATIC_BUILD)
!message *** Doing staticpkg
TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 1
!else
TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "nothreads"]
!message *** Compile explicitly for non-threaded tcl
TCL_THREADS	= 0
USE_THREAD_ALLOC= 0
!else
TCL_THREADS	= 1
USE_THREAD_ALLOC= 1
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "symbols"]
!message *** Doing symbols
DEBUG		= 1
!else
DEBUG		= 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pdbs"]
!message *** Doing pdbs
SYMBOLS		= 1
!else
SYMBOLS		= 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "profile"]
!message *** Doing profile
PROFILE		= 1
!else
PROFILE		= 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pgi"]
!message *** Doing profile guided optimization instrumentation
PGO		= 1
!elseif [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pgo"]
!message *** Doing profile guided optimization
PGO		= 2
!else
PGO		= 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "loimpact"]
!message *** Warning: ignoring option "loimpact" - deprecated on modern Windows.



!endif

# TBD - should get rid of this option
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "thrdalloc"]
!message *** Doing thrdalloc
USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 1
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "tclalloc"]

USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "unchecked"]
!message *** Doing unchecked
UNCHECKED = 1
!else
UNCHECKED = 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "noconfigcheck"]
CONFIG_CHECK = 1
!else
CONFIG_CHECK = 0
!endif

!endif # "$(OPTS)" != ""  && ... parsing of OPTS

# Set linker flags based on above

!if $(PGO) > 1
!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg:pgoptimize $(LINKER_TESTFLAGS)]
LINKERFLAGS	= $(LINKERFLAGS:-ltcg=) -ltcg:pgoptimize
!else
MSG=^
This compiler does not support profile guided optimization.
!error $(MSG)
!endif
!elseif $(PGO) > 0
!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg:pginstrument $(LINKER_TESTFLAGS)]
LINKERFLAGS	= $(LINKERFLAGS:-ltcg=) -ltcg:pginstrument
!else
MSG=^
This compiler does not support profile guided optimization.
!error $(MSG)
!endif
!endif

################################################################
# 7. Parse the STATS macro to configure code instrumentation
# The following macros are set by this section:
# TCL_MEM_DEBUG - 1 -> enables memory allocation instrumentation
#                 0 -> disables
# TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG - 1 -> enables byte compiler logging
#                     0 -> disables

# Default both are off
TCL_MEM_DEBUG	    = 0
TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG   = 0

!if "$(STATS)" != "" && ![nmakehlp -f "$(STATS)" "none"]

!if [nmakehlp -f $(STATS) "memdbg"]
!message *** Doing memdbg
TCL_MEM_DEBUG	    = 1
!else
TCL_MEM_DEBUG	    = 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(STATS) "compdbg"]
!message *** Doing compdbg
TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG   = 1
!else
TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG   = 0
!endif

!endif

####################################################################
# 8. Parse the CHECKS macro to configure additional compiler checks
# The following macros are set by this section:
# WARNINGS - compiler switches that control the warnings level
# TCL_NO_DEPRECATED - 1 -> disable support for deprecated functions
#                     0 -> enable deprecated functions

# Defaults - Permit deprecated functions and warning level 3
TCL_NO_DEPRECATED	    = 0
WARNINGS		    = -W3

!if "$(CHECKS)" != "" && ![nmakehlp -f "$(CHECKS)" "none"]

!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "nodep"]
!message *** Doing nodep check
TCL_NO_DEPRECATED	    = 1
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "fullwarn"]
!message *** Doing full warnings check
WARNINGS		    = -W4
!if [nmakehlp -l -warn:3 $(LINKER_TESTFLAGS)]
LINKERFLAGS		    = $(LINKERFLAGS) -warn:3
!endif
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "64bit"] && [nmakehlp -c -Wp64]
!message *** Doing 64bit portability warnings
WARNINGS		    = $(WARNINGS) -Wp64
!endif

!endif

################################################################
# 9. Extract various version numbers
# For Tcl and Tk, version numbers are extracted from tcl.h and tk.h
# respectively. For extensions, versions are extracted from the
# configure.in or configure.ac from the TEA configuration if it
# exists, and unset otherwise.
# Sets the following macros:
# TCL_MAJOR_VERSION
# TCL_MINOR_VERSION
# TCL_PATCH_LEVEL
# TCL_VERSION
# TK_MAJOR_VERSION
# TK_MINOR_VERSION
# TK_PATCH_LEVEL
# TK_VERSION
# DOTVERSION - set as (for example) 2.5
# VERSION - set as (for example 25)
#--------------------------------------------------------------

!if [echo REM = This file is generated from rules.vc > versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo TCL_MAJOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_MAJOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo TCL_MINOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_MINOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo TCL_PATCH_LEVEL = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_PATCH_LEVEL >> versions.vc]
!endif

!if defined(_TK_H)
!if [echo TK_MAJOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_MAJOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo TK_MINOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_MINOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo TK_PATCH_LEVEL = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_PATCH_LEVEL >> versions.vc]
!endif
!endif # _TK_H

!include versions.vc

TCL_VERSION	= $(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION)$(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)
TCL_DOTVERSION	= $(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)
!if defined(_TK_H)
TK_VERSION	= $(TK_MAJOR_VERSION)$(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
TK_DOTVERSION	= $(TK_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
!endif

# Set DOTVERSION and VERSION
!if $(DOING_TCL)

DOTVERSION = $(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)
VERSION = $(TCL_VERSION)

!elseif $(DOING_TK)

DOTVERSION = $(TK_DOTVERSION)
VERSION = $(TK_VERSION)

!else # Doing a non-Tk extension

# If parent makefile has not defined DOTVERSION, try to get it from TEA
# first from a configure.in file, and then from configure.ac
!ifndef DOTVERSION
!if [echo DOTVERSION = \> versions.vc] \
   || [nmakehlp -V $(ROOT)\configure.in ^[$(PROJECT)^] >> versions.vc]
!if [echo DOTVERSION = \> versions.vc] \
   || [nmakehlp -V $(ROOT)\configure.ac ^[$(PROJECT)^] >> versions.vc]
!error *** Could not figure out extension version. Please define DOTVERSION in parent makefile before including rules.vc.
!endif
!endif
!include versions.vc
!endif # DOTVERSION
VERSION         = $(DOTVERSION:.=)

!endif # $(DOING_TCL) ... etc.

################################################################
# 10. Construct output directory and file paths
# Figure-out how to name our intermediate and output directories.
# In order to avoid inadvertent mixing of object files built using
# different compilers, build configurations etc.,


#

# Naming convention (suffixes):
#   t = full thread support.
#   s = static library (as opposed to an import library)

#   g = linked to the debug enabled C run-time.

#   x = special static build when it links to the dynamic C run-time.
#
# The following macros are set in this section:
# SUFX - the suffix to use for binaries based on above naming convention
# BUILDDIRTOP - the toplevel default output directory
#      is of the form {Release,Debug}[_AMD64][_COMPILERVERSION]
# TMP_DIR - directory where object files are created
# OUT_DIR - directory where output executables are created
# Both TMP_DIR and OUT_DIR are defaulted only if not defined by the
# parent makefile (or command line). The default values are
# based on BUILDDIRTOP.
# STUBPREFIX - name of the stubs library for this project
# PRJIMPLIB - output path of the generated project import library
# PRJLIBNAME - name of generated project library
# PRJLIB     - output path of generated project library
# PRJSTUBLIBNAME - name of the generated project stubs library
# PRJSTUBLIB - output path of the generated project stubs library
# RESFILE - output resource file (only if not static build)

SUFX	    = tsgx

!if $(DEBUG)
BUILDDIRTOP = Debug
!else
BUILDDIRTOP = Release
!endif
372
373
374
375
376
377
378










379


380


381





382































383

384

385
386

387
388
389






390

391





392
393
394

395

396





397
398

399
400
401







402
403
404
405






406
407
408
409
410
411

412
413






414
415









416
417
418
419
420
421
422

423
424
425

426




427


428







429
430











431
432



433
434

435
436
437
438

439

440
441
442
443
444
445

446





447
448
449
450



451
452
















453
454
455
456
457
458
459
!endif
!else
!ifndef OUT_DIR
OUT_DIR	    = $(TMP_DIR)
!endif
!endif














#----------------------------------------------------------


# Decode the statistics requested.





#----------------------------------------------------------

































!if "$(STATS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(STATS)" "none"]

TCL_MEM_DEBUG	    = 0
TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG   = 0

!else
!if [nmakehlp -f $(STATS) "memdbg"]
!message *** Doing memdbg






TCL_MEM_DEBUG	    = 1

!else





TCL_MEM_DEBUG	    = 0
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f $(STATS) "compdbg"]

!message *** Doing compdbg

TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG   = 1





!else
TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG   = 0

!endif
!endif









#----------------------------------------------------------
# Decode the checks requested.
#----------------------------------------------------------







!if "$(CHECKS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(CHECKS)" "none"]
TCL_NO_DEPRECATED	    = 0
WARNINGS		    = -W3
!else
!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "nodep"]

!message *** Doing nodep check
TCL_NO_DEPRECATED	    = 1






!else
TCL_NO_DEPRECATED	    = 0









!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "fullwarn"]
!message *** Doing full warnings check
WARNINGS		    = -W4
!if [nmakehlp -l -warn:3]
LINKERFLAGS		    = $(LINKERFLAGS) -warn:3
!endif

!else
WARNINGS		    = -W3
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "64bit"] && [nmakehlp -c -Wp64]




!message *** Doing 64bit portability warnings


WARNINGS		    = $(WARNINGS) -Wp64







!endif
!endif












!if $(PGO) > 1



!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg:pgoptimize]
LINKERFLAGS	= $(LINKERFLAGS:-ltcg=) -ltcg:pgoptimize

!else
MSG=^
This compiler does not support profile guided optimization.
!error $(MSG)

!endif

!elseif $(PGO) > 0
!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg:pginstrument]
LINKERFLAGS	= $(LINKERFLAGS:-ltcg=) -ltcg:pginstrument
!else
MSG=^
This compiler does not support profile guided optimization.

!error $(MSG)





!endif
!endif

#----------------------------------------------------------



# Set our defines now armed with our options.
#----------------------------------------------------------

















OPTDEFINES	= -DTCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING=$(CFG_ENCODING) -DSTDC_HEADERS

!if $(TCL_MEM_DEBUG)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_MEM_DEBUG
!endif
!if $(TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG)







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
|
>
|
<
>
|
|
<
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
>
|
>
|
>
>
>
>
>

<
>



>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<
<
<
>
>
>
>
>
>

<
<
<
|
|
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<
<
|
<
<
|
>
|
<
|
>
|
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|
>
>
>
|
<
>
|
<
<
<
>

>
|
|
<
|
|
<
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
|


<
>
>
>
|
<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105

1106
1107
1108

1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135

1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147



1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154



1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177


1178


1179
1180
1181

1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218

1219
1220



1221
1222
1223
1224
1225

1226
1227

1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237

1238
1239
1240
1241

1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
!endif
!else
!ifndef OUT_DIR
OUT_DIR	    = $(TMP_DIR)
!endif
!endif

# Relative paths -> absolute
!if [echo OUT_DIR = \> nmakehlp.out] \
   || [nmakehlp -Q "$(OUT_DIR)" >> nmakehlp.out]
!error *** Could not fully qualify path OUT_DIR=$(OUT_DIR)
!endif
!if [echo TMP_DIR = \>> nmakehlp.out] \
   || [nmakehlp -Q "$(TMP_DIR)" >> nmakehlp.out]
!error *** Could not fully qualify path TMP_DIR=$(TMP_DIR)
!endif
!include nmakehlp.out

# The name of the stubs library for the project being built
STUBPREFIX      = $(PROJECT)stub

# Set up paths to various Tcl executables and libraries needed by extensions
!if $(DOING_TCL)

TCLSHNAME       = $(PROJECT)sh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe
TCLSH		= $(OUT_DIR)\$(TCLSHNAME)
TCLIMPLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).lib
TCLLIBNAME	= $(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).$(EXT)
TCLLIB		= $(OUT_DIR)\$(TCLLIBNAME)

TCLSTUBLIBNAME	= $(STUBPREFIX)$(VERSION).lib
TCLSTUBLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(TCLSTUBLIBNAME)
TCL_INCLUDES    = -I"$(WINDIR)" -I"$(GENERICDIR)"

!else # ! $(DOING_TCL)

!if $(TCLINSTALL) # Building against an installed Tcl

# When building extensions, we need to locate tclsh. Depending on version
# of Tcl we are building against, this may or may not have a "t" suffix.
# Try various possibilities in turn.
TCLSH		= $(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe
!if !exist("$(TCLSH)") && $(TCL_THREADS)
TCLSH           = $(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX).exe
!endif
!if !exist("$(TCLSH)")
TCLSH           = $(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).exe
!endif

TCLSTUBLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib
TCLIMPLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib
# When building extensions, may be linking against Tcl that does not add
# "t" suffix (e.g. 8.5 or 8.7). If lib not found check for that possibility.
!if !exist("$(TCLIMPLIB)")
TCLIMPLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).lib
!endif
TCL_LIBRARY	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib
TCLREGLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tclreg13$(SUFX:t=).lib
TCLDDELIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcldde14$(SUFX:t=).lib
TCLTOOLSDIR	= \must\have\tcl\sources\to\build\this\target
TCL_INCLUDES    = -I"$(_TCLDIR)\include"

!else # Building against Tcl sources

TCLSH		= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe
!if !exist($(TCLSH)) && $(TCL_THREADS)

TCLSH		= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX).exe
!endif
!if !exist($(TCLSH))

TCLSH		= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).exe
!endif
TCLSTUBLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib
TCLIMPLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib
# When building extensions, may be linking against Tcl that does not add
# "t" suffix (e.g. 8.5 or 8.7). If lib not found check for that possibility.
!if !exist("$(TCLIMPLIB)")
TCLIMPLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).lib
!endif
TCL_LIBRARY	= $(_TCLDIR)\library
TCLREGLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclreg13$(SUFX:t=).lib
TCLDDELIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcldde14$(SUFX:t=).lib
TCLTOOLSDIR	= $(_TCLDIR)\tools
TCL_INCLUDES	= -I"$(_TCLDIR)\generic" -I"$(_TCLDIR)\win"

!endif # TCLINSTALL

tcllibs = "$(TCLSTUBLIB)" "$(TCLIMPLIB)"

!endif # $(DOING_TCL)

# We need a tclsh that will run on the host machine as part of the build.
# IX86 runs on all architectures.
!ifndef TCLSH_NATIVE
!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IX86" || "$(MACHINE)" == "$(NATIVE_ARCH)"
TCLSH_NATIVE	= $(TCLSH)
!else

!error You must explicitly set TCLSH_NATIVE for cross-compilation
!endif
!endif

# Do the same for Tk and Tk extensions that require the Tk libraries
!if $(DOING_TK) || $(NEED_TK)
WISHNAMEPREFIX = wish
WISHNAME = $(WISHNAMEPREFIX)$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe
TKLIBNAME	= $(PROJECT)$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).$(EXT)
TKSTUBLIBNAME	= tkstub$(TK_VERSION).lib
TKIMPLIBNAME	= tk$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib




!if $(DOING_TK)
WISH 		= $(OUT_DIR)\$(WISHNAME)
TKSTUBLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(TKSTUBLIBNAME)
TKIMPLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(TKIMPLIBNAME)
TKLIB		= $(OUT_DIR)\$(TKLIBNAME)
TK_INCLUDES    = -I"$(WINDIR)" -I"$(GENERICDIR)"




!else # effectively NEED_TK

!if $(TKINSTALL) # Building against installed Tk
WISH		= $(_TKDIR)\bin\$(WISHNAME)
TKSTUBLIB	= $(_TKDIR)\lib\$(TKSTUBLIBNAME)
TKIMPLIB	= $(_TKDIR)\lib\$(TKIMPLIBNAME)
# When building extensions, may be linking against Tk that does not add
# "t" suffix (e.g. 8.5 or 8.7). If lib not found check for that possibility.
!if !exist("$(TKIMPLIB)")
TKIMPLIBNAME	= tk$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).lib
TKIMPLIB	= $(_TKDIR)\lib\$(TKIMPLIBNAME)
!endif
TK_INCLUDES     = -I"$(_TKDIR)\include"
!else # Building against Tk sources
WISH		= $(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\$(WISHNAME)
TKSTUBLIB	= $(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\$(TKSTUBLIBNAME)
TKIMPLIB	= $(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\$(TKIMPLIBNAME)
# When building extensions, may be linking against Tk that does not add
# "t" suffix (e.g. 8.5 or 8.7). If lib not found check for that possibility.
!if !exist("$(TKIMPLIB)")
TKIMPLIBNAME	= tk$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).lib
TKIMPLIB	= $(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\$(TKIMPLIBNAME)
!endif


TK_INCLUDES     = -I"$(_TKDIR)\generic" -I"$(_TKDIR)\win" -I"$(_TKDIR)\xlib"


!endif # TKINSTALL
tklibs = "$(TKSTUBLIB)" "$(TKIMPLIB)"


!endif # $(DOING_TK)
!endif # $(DOING_TK) || $(NEED_TK)

# Various output paths
PRJIMPLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).lib
PRJLIBNAME	= $(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).$(EXT)
PRJLIB		= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PRJLIBNAME)

PRJSTUBLIBNAME	= $(STUBPREFIX)$(VERSION).lib
PRJSTUBLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PRJSTUBLIBNAME)

# If extension parent makefile has not defined a resource definition file,
# we will generate one from standard template.
!if !$(DOING_TCL) && !$(DOING_TK) && !$(STATIC_BUILD)
!ifdef RCFILE
RESFILE = $(TMP_DIR)\$(RCFILE:.rc=.res)
!else
RESFILE = $(TMP_DIR)\$(PROJECT).res
!endif
!endif

###################################################################
# 11. Construct the paths for the installation directories
# The following macros get defined in this section:
# LIB_INSTALL_DIR - where libraries should be installed
# BIN_INSTALL_DIR - where the executables should be installed
# DOC_INSTALL_DIR - where documentation should be installed
# SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR - where scripts should be installed
# INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR - where C include files should be installed
# DEMO_INSTALL_DIR - where demos should be installed
# PRJ_INSTALL_DIR - where package will be installed (not set for tcl and tk)

!if $(DOING_TCL) || $(DOING_TK)
LIB_INSTALL_DIR		= $(_INSTALLDIR)\lib
BIN_INSTALL_DIR		= $(_INSTALLDIR)\bin
DOC_INSTALL_DIR		= $(_INSTALLDIR)\doc
!if $(DOING_TCL)

SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR	= $(_INSTALLDIR)\lib\$(PROJECT)$(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)
!else # DOING_TK



SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR	= $(_INSTALLDIR)\lib\$(PROJECT)$(TK_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
!endif
DEMO_INSTALL_DIR	= $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\demos
INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR	= $(_INSTALLDIR)\include


!else # extension other than Tk


PRJ_INSTALL_DIR         = $(_INSTALLDIR)\$(PROJECT)$(DOTVERSION)
LIB_INSTALL_DIR		= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
BIN_INSTALL_DIR		= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
DOC_INSTALL_DIR		= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR	= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
DEMO_INSTALL_DIR	= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)\demos
INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR	= $(_TCLDIR)\include

!endif


###################################################################
# 12. Set up actual options to be passed to the compiler and linker
# Now we have all the information we need, set up the actual flags and
# options that we will pass to the compiler and linker. The main

# makefile should use these in combination with whatever other flags
# and switches are specific to it.
# The following macros are defined, names are for historical compatibility:
# OPTDEFINES - /Dxxx C macro flags based on user-specified OPTS
# COMPILERFLAGS - /Dxxx C macro flags independent of any configuration opttions
# crt - Compiler switch that selects the appropriate C runtime
# cdebug - Compiler switches related to debug AND optimizations
# cwarn - Compiler switches that set warning levels
# cflags - complete compiler switches (subsumes cdebug and cwarn)
# ldebug - Linker switches controlling debug information and optimization
# lflags - complete linker switches (subsumes ldebug) except subsystem type
# dlllflags - complete linker switches to build DLLs (subsumes lflags)
# conlflags - complete linker switches for console program (subsumes lflags)
# guilflags - complete linker switches for GUI program (subsumes lflags)
# baselibs - minimum Windows libraries required. Parent makefile can
#    define PRJ_LIBS before including rules.rc if additional libs are needed

OPTDEFINES	= -DTCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING=$(CFG_ENCODING) -DSTDC_HEADERS

!if $(TCL_MEM_DEBUG)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_MEM_DEBUG
!endif
!if $(TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG)
468
469
470
471
472
473
474











475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493

494

495
496



497
498
499



500
501
502
503

504










505

506
507


508


509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516







517



518

519

520
521

522
523







524



525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541



542
543



544
545

546





547




548


























549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558

559


560
561



562
563
564
565


566
567
568
569
570
571
572

573



574
575


576
577





578

579

580



581


582
583



584
585

586



587


588
589
590
591

592
593


594
595

596



597
598

599
600
601

602
603

604
605

606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614



615
616




617




618
619




620
621
622
623



624
625

626







627
628







629
630
631
632
633


634

635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643






644
645
646
647
648

649




650
651
652



653

654

655




656
657
658
659












660
661









662
663

664
665
666
667
668
669


670
671
672
673


674




675




676




677
678




679


680

681
682


683


684
685
686
687





688
689
690

691
692
693
694

695

696

697
698
699


700


701
702


703


704

705
706



707
708
709
710
711






712
713

714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
!if $(STATIC_BUILD)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DSTATIC_BUILD
!endif
!if $(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED
!endif












!if !$(DEBUG)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DNDEBUG
!if $(OPTIMIZING)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED
!endif
!endif
!if $(PROFILE)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_PROFILED
!endif
!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IA64" || "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64"
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_DO64BIT
!endif
!if $(VCVERSION) < 1300
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DNO_STRTOI64
!endif

#----------------------------------------------------------
# Locate the Tcl headers to build against
#----------------------------------------------------------



!if "$(PROJECT)" == "tcl"




_TCL_H          = ..\generic\tcl.h

!else




# If INSTALLDIR set to tcl root dir then reset to the lib dir.
!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\include\tcl.h")
_INSTALLDIR=$(_INSTALLDIR)\lib

!endif












!if !defined(TCLDIR)
!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\..\include\tcl.h")


TCLINSTALL	= 1


_TCLDIR		= $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
_TCL_H          = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..\include\tcl.h
TCLDIR          = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
!else
MSG=^
Failed to find tcl.h.  Set the TCLDIR macro.
!error $(MSG)
!endif







!else



_TCLDIR	= $(TCLDIR:/=\)

!if exist("$(_TCLDIR)\include\tcl.h")

TCLINSTALL	= 1
_TCL_H          = $(_TCLDIR)\include\tcl.h

!elseif exist("$(_TCLDIR)\generic\tcl.h")
TCLINSTALL	= 0







_TCL_H          = $(_TCLDIR)\generic\tcl.h



!else
MSG =^
Failed to find tcl.h.  The TCLDIR macro does not appear correct.
!error $(MSG)
!endif
!endif
!endif

#--------------------------------------------------------------
# Extract various version numbers from tcl headers
# The generated file is then included in the makefile.
#--------------------------------------------------------------

!if [echo REM = This file is generated from rules.vc > versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo TCL_MAJOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_MAJOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]



!endif
!if [echo TCL_MINOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \



   && [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_MINOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
!endif

!if [echo TCL_PATCH_LEVEL = \>> versions.vc] \





   && [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_PATCH_LEVEL >> versions.vc]




!endif



























# If building the tcl core then we need additional package versions
!if "$(PROJECT)" == "tcl"
!if [echo PKG_HTTP_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\http\pkgIndex.tcl http >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo PKG_TCLTEST_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\tcltest\pkgIndex.tcl tcltest >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo PKG_MSGCAT_VER = \>> versions.vc] \

   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\msgcat\pkgIndex.tcl msgcat >> versions.vc]


!endif
!if [echo PKG_PLATFORM_VER = \>> versions.vc] \



   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\platform\pkgIndex.tcl "platform " >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo PKG_SHELL_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\platform\pkgIndex.tcl "platform::shell" >> versions.vc]


!endif
!if [echo PKG_DDE_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\dde\pkgIndex.tcl "dde " >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo PKG_REG_VER =\>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\reg\pkgIndex.tcl registry >> versions.vc]
!endif

!endif




!include versions.vc



#--------------------------------------------------------------





# Setup tcl version dependent stuff headers

#--------------------------------------------------------------





!if "$(PROJECT)" != "tcl"



TCL_VERSION	= $(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION)$(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)




!if $(TCLINSTALL)

TCLSH		= "$(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"



!if !exist($(TCLSH))


TCLSH           = "$(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:x=).exe"
!endif
TCLSTUBLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib"
TCLIMPLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"

!if !exist($(TCLIMPLIB))
TCLIMPLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:x=).lib"


!endif
TCL_LIBRARY	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib

TCLREGLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tclreg13$(SUFX:t=).lib"



TCLDDELIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcldde14$(SUFX:t=).lib"
COFFBASE	= \must\have\tcl\sources\to\build\this\target

TCLTOOLSDIR	= \must\have\tcl\sources\to\build\this\target
TCL_INCLUDES    = -I"$(_TCLDIR)\include"
!else

TCLSH		= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"
!if !exist($(TCLSH))

TCLSH		= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:x=).exe"
!endif

TCLSTUBLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib"
TCLIMPLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"
!if !exist($(TCLIMPLIB))
TCLIMPLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:x=).lib"
!endif
TCL_LIBRARY	= $(_TCLDIR)\library
TCLREGLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclreg13$(SUFX:t=).lib"
TCLDDELIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcldde14$(SUFX:t=).lib"
COFFBASE	= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\coffbase.txt"



TCLTOOLSDIR	= $(_TCLDIR)\tools
TCL_INCLUDES	= -I"$(_TCLDIR)\generic" -I"$(_TCLDIR)\win"




!endif





!endif





#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Locate the Tk headers to build against
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------




!if "$(PROJECT)" == "tk"

_TK_H          = ..\generic\tk.h







_INSTALLDIR    = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
!endif








!ifdef PROJECT_REQUIRES_TK
!if !defined(TKDIR)
!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\..\include\tk.h")
TKINSTALL      = 1


_TKDIR         = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..

_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h
TKDIR          = $(_TKDIR)
!elseif exist("$(_TCLDIR)\include\tk.h")
TKINSTALL      = 1
_TKDIR         = $(_TCLDIR)
_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h
TKDIR          = $(_TKDIR)
!endif
!else






_TKDIR = $(TKDIR:/=\)
!if exist("$(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h")
TKINSTALL      = 1
_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h
!elseif exist("$(_TKDIR)\generic\tk.h")

TKINSTALL      = 0




_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\generic\tk.h
!else
MSG =^



Failed to find tk.h. The TKDIR macro does not appear correct.

!error $(MSG)

!endif




!endif
!endif

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------












# Extract Tk version numbers
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------










!if defined(PROJECT_REQUIRES_TK) || "$(PROJECT)" == "tk"


!if [echo TK_MAJOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_MAJOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo TK_MINOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_MINOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]


!endif
!if [echo TK_PATCH_LEVEL = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_PATCH_LEVEL >> versions.vc]
!endif







!include versions.vc









TK_DOTVERSION	= $(TK_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
TK_VERSION	= $(TK_MAJOR_VERSION)$(TK_MINOR_VERSION)







!if "$(PROJECT)" != "tk"

!if $(TKINSTALL)
WISH		= "$(_TKDIR)\bin\wish$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"


!if !exist($(WISH))


WISH		= "$(_TKDIR)\bin\wish$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX:x=).exe"
!endif
TKSTUBLIB	= "$(_TKDIR)\lib\tkstub$(TK_VERSION).lib"
TKIMPLIB	= "$(_TKDIR)\lib\tk$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"





!if !exist($(TKIMPLIB))
TKIMPLIB	= "$(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tk$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:x=).lib"
!endif

TK_INCLUDES     = -I"$(_TKDIR)\include"
!else
WISH		= "$(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\wish$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"
!if !exist($(WISH))

WISH		= "$(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\wish$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:x=).exe"

!endif

TKSTUBLIB	= "$(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tkstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib"
TKIMPLIB	= "$(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tk$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"
!if !exist($(TKIMPLIB))


TKIMPLIB	= "$(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tk$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:x=).lib"


!endif
TK_INCLUDES     = -I"$(_TKDIR)\generic" -I"$(_TKDIR)\win" -I"$(_TKDIR)\xlib"


!endif


!endif


!endif




#----------------------------------------------------------
# Display stats being used.
#----------------------------------------------------------







!message *** Intermediate directory will be '$(TMP_DIR)'
!message *** Output directory will be '$(OUT_DIR)'

!message *** Suffix for binaries will be '$(SUFX)'
!message *** Optional defines are '$(OPTDEFINES)'
!message *** Compiler version $(VCVER). Target machine is $(MACHINE)
!message *** Host architecture is $(NATIVE_ARCH)
!message *** Compiler options '$(COMPILERFLAGS) $(OPTIMIZATIONS) $(DEBUGFLAGS) $(WARNINGS)'
!message *** Link options '$(LINKERFLAGS)'

!endif







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>









|






<
|
<
>

>
|
|
>
>
>
|
|

>
>
>

<
|
<
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
|
|
>
>
|
>
>
|
<
|

|
<
|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
>
|
>
|
>
|
|
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>

|
<
<

|
|
|
<
<
<
<
|
<

|
<
>
>
>

|
>
>
>
|
|
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
<
<
<

|
<
<
|
>
|
>
>

|
>
>
>
|
|
|
|
>
>

<
<

|
|
|
>
|
>
>
>

|
>
>

<
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
|
>

>
>
>
|
>
>

<
>
>
>

|
>
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
<
|
|
>
|
|
>
>

|
>
|
>
>
>
|
<
>
|
|
<
>
|
|
>
|
|
>
|
<
|
<
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>

<
>
>
>
>

<
|
<
>
>
>

<
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|
|
|
|
>
>
|
>
|
|
|
|
<
<
|

|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
>
>
>
>
|

|
>
>
>
|
>
|
>
|
>
>
>
>
|
<
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<
>

<
<
|
|
<
>
>

|
<
|
>
>

>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>

>
>
>
>
|
<
>
>
>
>

>
>
|
>
|
|
>
>
|
>
>
|

|
<
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
<
>
|
<
|
|
>
|
>

>
|
<
|
>
>
|
>
>

<
>
>

>
>

>

|
>
>
>





>
>
>
>
>
>


>

<
|
<
<
<

|
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306

1307

1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322

1323

1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345

1346
1347
1348

1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383


1384
1385
1386
1387




1388

1389
1390

1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440




1441
1442


1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459


1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473

1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490

1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504

1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519

1520
1521
1522

1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530

1531

1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551

1552
1553
1554
1555
1556

1557

1558
1559
1560
1561

1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571

1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591


1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627

1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642

1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652

1653
1654


1655
1656

1657
1658
1659
1660

1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679

1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698

1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705

1706
1707

1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715

1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722

1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749

1750



1751
1752
!if $(STATIC_BUILD)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DSTATIC_BUILD
!endif
!if $(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED
!endif

!if $(USE_STUBS)
# Note we do not define USE_TCL_STUBS even when building tk since some
# test targets in tk do not use stubs
!if ! $(DOING_TCL)
USE_STUBS_DEFS  = -DUSE_TCL_STUBS -DUSE_TCLOO_STUBS
!if $(NEED_TK)
USE_STUBS_DEFS  = $(USE_STUBS_DEFS) -DUSE_TK_STUBS
!endif
!endif
!endif # USE_STUBS

!if !$(DEBUG)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DNDEBUG
!if $(OPTIMIZING)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED
!endif
!endif
!if $(PROFILE)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_PROFILED
!endif
!if "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64"
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_DO64BIT
!endif
!if $(VCVERSION) < 1300
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DNO_STRTOI64
!endif


# _ATL_XP_TARGETING - Newer SDK's need this to build for XP

COMPILERFLAGS  = /D_ATL_XP_TARGETING

# Following is primarily for the benefit of extensions. Tcl 8.5 builds
# Tcl without /DUNICODE, while 8.6 builds with it defined. When building
# an extension, it is advisable (but not mandated) to use the same Windows
# API as the Tcl build. This is accordingly defaulted below. A particular
# extension can override this by pre-definining USE_WIDECHAR_API.
!ifndef USE_WIDECHAR_API
!if $(TCL_VERSION) > 85
USE_WIDECHAR_API = 1
!else
USE_WIDECHAR_API = 0
!endif
!endif


!if $(USE_WIDECHAR_API)

COMPILERFLAGS = $(COMPILERFLAGS) /DUNICODE /D_UNICODE 
!endif

# Like the TEA system only set this non empty for non-Tk extensions
# Note: some extensions use PACKAGE_NAME and others use PACKAGE_TCLNAME
# so we pass both
!if !$(DOING_TCL) && !$(DOING_TK)
PKGNAMEFLAGS = -DPACKAGE_NAME="\"$(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME)\"" \
               -DPACKAGE_TCLNAME="\"$(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME)\"" \
               -DPACKAGE_VERSION="\"$(DOTVERSION)\"" \
               -DMODULE_SCOPE=extern 
!endif

# crt picks the C run time based on selected OPTS
!if $(MSVCRT)
!if $(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED)
crt = -MDd
!else
crt = -MD
!endif
!else
!if $(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED)

crt = -MTd
!else
crt = -MT

!endif
!endif

# cdebug includes compiler options for debugging as well as optimization.
!if $(DEBUG)

# In debugging mode, optimizations need to be disabled
cdebug = -Zi -Od $(DEBUGFLAGS)

!else

cdebug = $(OPTIMIZATIONS)
!if $(SYMBOLS)
cdebug = $(cdebug) -Zi
!endif

!endif # $(DEBUG)

# cwarn includes default warning levels.
cwarn = $(WARNINGS)

!if "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64"
# Disable pointer<->int warnings related to cast between different sizes
# There are a gadzillion of these due to use of ClientData and
# clutter up compiler
# output increasing chance of a real warning getting lost. So disable them.
# Eventually some day, Tcl will be 64-bit clean.
cwarn = $(cwarn) -wd4311 -wd4312
!endif

### Common compiler options that are architecture specific
!if "$(MACHINE)" == "ARM"
carch = -D_ARM_WINAPI_PARTITION_DESKTOP_SDK_AVAILABLE
!else
carch =


!endif

!if $(DEBUG)
# Turn warnings into errors




cwarn = $(cwarn) -WX

!endif


INCLUDES = $(TCL_INCLUDES) $(TK_INCLUDES) $(PRJ_INCLUDES)
!if !$(DOING_TCL) && !$(DOING_TK)
INCLUDES = $(INCLUDES) -I"$(GENERICDIR)" -I"$(WINDIR)" -I"$(COMPATDIR)"
!endif

# These flags are defined roughly in the order of the pre-reform
# rules.vc/makefile.vc to help visually compare that the pre- and
# post-reform build logs

# cflags contains generic flags used for building practically all object files
cflags = -nologo -c $(COMPILERFLAGS) $(carch) $(cwarn) -Fp$(TMP_DIR)^\ $(cdebug)

# appcflags contains $(cflags) and flags for building the application
# object files (e.g. tclsh, or wish) pkgcflags contains $(cflags) plus
# flags used for building shared object files The two differ in the
# BUILD_$(PROJECT) macro which should be defined only for the shared
# library *implementation* and not for its caller interface

appcflags = $(cflags) $(crt) $(INCLUDES) $(TCL_DEFINES) $(PRJ_DEFINES) $(OPTDEFINES) $(USE_STUBS_DEFS)
appcflags_nostubs = $(cflags) $(crt) $(INCLUDES) $(TCL_DEFINES) $(PRJ_DEFINES) $(OPTDEFINES)
pkgcflags = $(appcflags) $(PKGNAMEFLAGS) -DBUILD_$(PROJECT)
pkgcflags_nostubs = $(appcflags_nostubs) $(PKGNAMEFLAGS) -DBUILD_$(PROJECT)

# stubscflags contains $(cflags) plus flags used for building a stubs
# library for the package.  Note: -DSTATIC_BUILD is defined in
# $(OPTDEFINES) only if the OPTS configuration indicates a static
# library. However the stubs library is ALWAYS static hence included
# here irrespective of the OPTS setting.
#
# TBD - tclvfs has a comment that stubs libs should not be compiled with -GL
# without stating why. Tcl itself compiled stubs libs with this flag.
# so we do not remove it from cflags. -GL may prevent extensions
# compiled with one VC version to fail to link against stubs library
# compiled with another VC version. Check for this and fix accordingly.
stubscflags = $(cflags) $(PKGNAMEFLAGS) $(PRJ_DEFINES) $(OPTDEFINES) -Zl -DSTATIC_BUILD $(INCLUDES)

# Link flags 

!if $(DEBUG)
ldebug	= -debug -debugtype:cv
!else
ldebug	= -release -opt:ref -opt:icf,3
!if $(SYMBOLS)
ldebug	= $(ldebug) -debug -debugtype:cv
!endif
!endif

# Note: Profiling is currently only possible with the Visual Studio Enterprise
!if $(PROFILE)
ldebug= $(ldebug) -profile




!endif



### Declarations common to all linker versions 
lflags	= -nologo -machine:$(MACHINE) $(LINKERFLAGS) $(ldebug)

!if $(MSVCRT) && !($(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED)) && $(VCVERSION) >= 1900
lflags	= $(lflags) -nodefaultlib:libucrt.lib
!endif

# Old linkers (Visual C++ 6 in particular) will link for fast loading
# on Win98. Since we do not support Win98 any more, we specify nowin98
# as recommended for NT and later. However, this is only required by
# IX86 on older compilers and only needed if we are not doing a static build.

!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IX86" && !$(STATIC_BUILD)
!if [nmakehlp -l -opt:nowin98 $(LINKER_TESTFLAGS)]
# Align sections for PE size savings.
lflags	= $(lflags) -opt:nowin98
!endif


!endif

dlllflags = $(lflags) -dll
conlflags = $(lflags) -subsystem:console
guilflags = $(lflags) -subsystem:windows

# Libraries that are required for every image.
# Extensions should define any additional libraries with $(PRJ_LIBS)
winlibs   = kernel32.lib advapi32.lib

!if $(NEED_TK)
winlibs = $(winlibs) gdi32.lib user32.lib uxtheme.lib
!endif


# Avoid 'unresolved external symbol __security_cookie' errors.
# c.f. http://support.microsoft.com/?id=894573
!if "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64"
!if $(VCVERSION) > 1399 && $(VCVERSION) < 1500
winlibs   = $(winlibs) bufferoverflowU.lib
!endif
!endif

baselibs = $(winlibs) $(PRJ_LIBS)

!if $(MSVCRT) && !($(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED)) && $(VCVERSION) >= 1900
baselibs   = $(baselibs) ucrt.lib
!endif

################################################################
# 13. Define standard commands, common make targets and implicit rules


CCPKGCMD = $(cc32) $(pkgcflags) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)^\
CCAPPCMD = $(cc32) $(appcflags) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)^\
CCSTUBSCMD = $(cc32) $(stubscflags) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)^\

LIBCMD = $(lib32) -nologo $(LINKERFLAGS) -out:$@
DLLCMD = $(link32) $(dlllflags) -out:$@ $(baselibs) $(tcllibs) $(tklibs)

CONEXECMD = $(link32) $(conlflags) -out:$@ $(baselibs) $(tcllibs) $(tklibs)
GUIEXECMD = $(link32) $(guilflags) -out:$@ $(baselibs) $(tcllibs) $(tklibs)
RESCMD  = $(rc32) -fo $@ -r -i "$(GENERICDIR)" -i "$(TMP_DIR)" \
	    $(TCL_INCLUDES) \
	    -DDEBUG=$(DEBUG) -d UNCHECKED=$(UNCHECKED) \
	    -DCOMMAVERSION=$(DOTVERSION:.=,),0 \
	    -DDOTVERSION=\"$(DOTVERSION)\" \

	    -DVERSION=\"$(VERSION)\" \
	    -DSUFX=\"$(SUFX)\" \
            -DPROJECT=\"$(PROJECT)\" \
            -DPRJLIBNAME=\"$(PRJLIBNAME)\" 

!ifndef DEFAULT_BUILD_TARGET
DEFAULT_BUILD_TARGET = $(PROJECT)
!endif

default-target: $(DEFAULT_BUILD_TARGET)

default-pkgindex:
	@echo package ifneeded $(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME) $(DOTVERSION) \
	    [list load [file join $$dir $(PRJLIBNAME)]] > $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl


default-pkgindex-tea:
	@if exist $(ROOT)\pkgIndex.tcl.in nmakehlp -s << $(ROOT)\pkgIndex.tcl.in > $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
@PACKAGE_VERSION@    $(DOTVERSION)

@PACKAGE_NAME@       $(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME)
@PACKAGE_TCLNAME@    $(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME)
@PKG_LIB_FILE@       $(PRJLIBNAME)
<<


default-install: default-install-binaries default-install-libraries


default-install-binaries: $(PRJLIB)

	@echo Installing binaries to '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'
	@if not exist "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"
	@$(CPY) $(PRJLIB) "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" >NUL

default-install-libraries: $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
	@echo Installing libraries to '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'
	@if exist $(LIBDIR) $(CPY) $(LIBDIR)\*.tcl "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"
	@echo Installing package index in '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'
	@$(CPY) $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)

default-install-stubs:
	@echo Installing stubs library to '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'
	@if not exist "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"
	@$(CPY) $(PRJSTUBLIB) "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" >NUL

default-install-docs-html:
	@echo Installing documentation files to '$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)'
	@if not exist "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)"
	@if exist $(DOCDIR) for %f in ("$(DOCDIR)\*.html" "$(DOCDIR)\*.css" "$(DOCDIR)\*.png") do @$(COPY) %f "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)"


default-install-docs-n:
	@echo Installing documentation files to '$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)'
	@if not exist "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)"
	@if exist $(DOCDIR) for %f in ("$(DOCDIR)\*.n") do @$(COPY) %f "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)"


default-install-demos:

	@echo Installing demos to '$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)'
	@if not exist "$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)"
	@if exist $(DEMODIR) $(CPYDIR) "$(DEMODIR)" "$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)"


default-clean:
	@echo Cleaning $(TMP_DIR)\* ...
	@if exist $(TMP_DIR)\nul $(RMDIR) $(TMP_DIR)
	@echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.obj, nmakehlp.exe ...
	@if exist $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.obj del $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.obj
	@if exist $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.exe del $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.exe
	@if exist $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.out del $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.out
	@echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\nmhlp-out.txt ...
	@if exist $(WINDIR)\nmhlp-out.txt del $(WINDIR)\nmhlp-out.txt
	@echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\_junk.pch ...

	@if exist $(WINDIR)\_junk.pch del $(WINDIR)\_junk.pch
	@echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\vercl.x, vercl.i ...
	@if exist $(WINDIR)\vercl.x del $(WINDIR)\vercl.x
	@if exist $(WINDIR)\vercl.i del $(WINDIR)\vercl.i
	@echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\versions.vc, version.vc ...
	@if exist $(WINDIR)\versions.vc del $(WINDIR)\versions.vc
	@if exist $(WINDIR)\version.vc del $(WINDIR)\version.vc

default-hose: default-clean
	@echo Hosing $(OUT_DIR)\* ...
	@if exist $(OUT_DIR)\nul $(RMDIR) $(OUT_DIR)

# Only for backward compatibility
default-distclean: default-hose

default-setup:
	@if not exist $(OUT_DIR)\nul mkdir $(OUT_DIR)
	@if not exist $(TMP_DIR)\nul mkdir $(TMP_DIR)

!if "$(TESTPAT)" != ""


TESTFLAGS = $(TESTFLAGS) -file $(TESTPAT)
!endif

default-test: default-setup $(PROJECT)
	@set TCLLIBPATH=$(OUT_DIR:\=/)
	@if exist $(LIBDIR) for %f in ("$(LIBDIR)\*.tcl") do @$(COPY) %f "$(OUT_DIR)"
	cd "$(TESTDIR)" && $(DEBUGGER) $(TCLSH) all.tcl $(TESTFLAGS)

default-shell: default-setup $(PROJECT)
	@set TCLLIBPATH=$(OUT_DIR:\=/)
	@if exist $(LIBDIR) for %f in ("$(LIBDIR)\*.tcl") do @$(COPY) %f "$(OUT_DIR)"
	$(DEBUGGER) $(TCLSH)

# Generation of Windows version resource 
!ifdef RCFILE

# Note: don't use $** in below rule because there may be other dependencies
# and only the "master" rc must be passed to the resource compiler
$(TMP_DIR)\$(PROJECT).res: $(RCDIR)\$(PROJECT).rc
	$(RESCMD) $(RCDIR)\$(PROJECT).rc

!else

# If parent makefile has not defined a resource definition file,
# we will generate one from standard template.
$(TMP_DIR)\$(PROJECT).res: $(TMP_DIR)\$(PROJECT).rc

$(TMP_DIR)\$(PROJECT).rc:
	@$(COPY) << $(TMP_DIR)\$(PROJECT).rc
#include <winver.h>

VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO
 FILEVERSION	COMMAVERSION
 PRODUCTVERSION	COMMAVERSION
 FILEFLAGSMASK	0x3fL
#ifdef DEBUG

 FILEFLAGS	VS_FF_DEBUG
#else
 FILEFLAGS	0x0L
#endif
 FILEOS		VOS_NT_WINDOWS32
 FILETYPE	VFT_DLL
 FILESUBTYPE	0x0L
BEGIN
    BLOCK "StringFileInfo"
    BEGIN
        BLOCK "040904b0"
        BEGIN
            VALUE "FileDescription",  "Tcl extension " PROJECT
            VALUE "OriginalFilename", PRJLIBNAME
            VALUE "FileVersion",      DOTVERSION

            VALUE "ProductName",      "Package " PROJECT " for Tcl"
            VALUE "ProductVersion",   DOTVERSION 
        END
    END
    BLOCK "VarFileInfo"
    BEGIN
        VALUE "Translation", 0x409, 1200
    END
END


<<



!endif # ifdef RCFILE


!ifndef DISABLE_IMPLICIT_RULES
DISABLE_IMPLICIT_RULES = 0
!endif


!if !$(DISABLE_IMPLICIT_RULES)
# Implicit rule definitions - only for building library objects. For stubs and
# main application, the master makefile should define explicit rules.

{$(ROOT)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
	$(CCPKGCMD) @<<
$<
<<

{$(WINDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
	$(CCPKGCMD) @<<
$<
<<

{$(GENERICDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
	$(CCPKGCMD) @<<
$<
<<


{$(COMPATDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
	$(CCPKGCMD) @<<
$<
<<

{$(RCDIR)}.rc{$(TMP_DIR)}.res:
	$(RESCMD) $<

{$(WINDIR)}.rc{$(TMP_DIR)}.res:
	$(RESCMD) $<

{$(TMP_DIR)}.rc{$(TMP_DIR)}.res:
	$(RESCMD) $<

.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES:.c .rc

!endif


################################################################
# 14. Sanity check selected options against Tcl build options
# When building an extension, certain configuration options should
# match the ones used when Tcl was built. Here we check and
# warn on a mismatch.
!if ! $(DOING_TCL)


!if $(TCLINSTALL) # Building against an installed Tcl
!if exist("$(_TCLDIR)\lib\nmake\tcl.nmake")

TCLNMAKECONFIG = "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\nmake\tcl.nmake"
!endif
!else # ! $(TCLINSTALL) - building against Tcl source
!if exist("$(OUT_DIR)\tcl.nmake")
TCLNMAKECONFIG = "$(OUT_DIR)\tcl.nmake"
!endif
!endif # TCLINSTALL


!if $(CONFIG_CHECK)
!ifdef TCLNMAKECONFIG
!include $(TCLNMAKECONFIG)

!if defined(CORE_MACHINE) && "$(CORE_MACHINE)" != "$(MACHINE)"
!error ERROR: Build target ($(MACHINE)) does not match the Tcl library architecture ($(CORE_MACHINE)).
!endif

!if defined(CORE_USE_THREAD_ALLOC) && $(CORE_USE_THREAD_ALLOC) != $(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
!message WARNING: Value of USE_THREAD_ALLOC ($(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)) does not match its Tcl core value ($(CORE_USE_THREAD_ALLOC)).
!endif
!if defined(CORE_DEBUG) && $(CORE_DEBUG) != $(DEBUG)
!message WARNING: Value of DEBUG ($(DEBUG)) does not match its Tcl library configuration ($(DEBUG)).
!endif
!endif

!endif # TCLNMAKECONFIG

!endif # ! $(DOING_TCL)


#----------------------------------------------------------
# Display stats being used.
#----------------------------------------------------------

!if !$(DOING_TCL)
!message *** Building against Tcl at '$(_TCLDIR)'
!endif
!if !$(DOING_TK) && $(NEED_TK)
!message *** Building against Tk at '$(_TKDIR)'
!endif
!message *** Intermediate directory will be '$(TMP_DIR)'
!message *** Output directory will be '$(OUT_DIR)'
!message *** Installation, if selected, will be in '$(_INSTALLDIR)'
!message *** Suffix for binaries will be '$(SUFX)'

!message *** Compiler version $(VCVER). Target $(MACHINE), host $(NATIVE_ARCH).




!endif # ifdef _RULES_VC

Added win/targets.vc.





































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
#------------------------------------------------------------- -*- makefile -*-
# targets.vc --
#
# Part of the nmake based build system for Tcl and its extensions.
# This file defines some standard targets for the convenience of extensions
# and can be optionally included by the extension makefile.
# See TIP 477 (https://core.tcl.tk/tips/doc/trunk/tip/477.md) for docs.

$(PROJECT): setup pkgindex $(PRJLIB)

!ifdef PRJ_STUBOBJS
$(PROJECT): $(PRJSTUBLIB)
$(PRJSTUBLIB): $(PRJ_STUBOBJS)
	$(LIBCMD) $**

$(PRJ_STUBOBJS):
	$(CCSTUBSCMD) %s
!endif # PRJ_STUBOBJS

!ifdef PRJ_MANIFEST
$(PROJECT): $(PRJLIB).manifest
$(PRJLIB).manifest: $(PRJ_MANIFEST)
	@nmakehlp -s << $** >$@
@MACHINE@	  $(MACHINE:IX86=X86)
<<
!endif

!if "$(PROJECT)" != "tcl" && "$(PROJECT)" != "tk"
$(PRJLIB): $(PRJ_OBJS) $(RESFILE)
!if $(STATIC_BUILD)
       $(LIBCMD) $**
!else
       $(DLLCMD) $**
       $(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL)
!endif
       -@del $*.exp
!endif

!if "$(PRJ_HEADERS)" != "" && "$(PRJ_OBJS)" != ""
$(PRJ_OBJS): $(PRJ_HEADERS)
!endif

# If parent makefile has defined stub objects, add their installation
# to the default install
!if "$(PRJ_STUBOBJS)" != ""
default-install: default-install-stubs
!endif

# Unlike the other default targets, these cannot be in rules.vc because
# the executed command depends on existence of macro PRJ_HEADERS_PUBLIC
# that the parent makefile will not define until after including rules-ext.vc
!if "$(PRJ_HEADERS_PUBLIC)" != ""
default-install: default-install-headers
default-install-headers:
	@echo Installing headers to '$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)'
	@for %f in ($(PRJ_HEADERS_PUBLIC)) do @$(COPY) %f "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)"
!endif

!if "$(DISABLE_STANDARD_TARGETS)" == ""
DISABLE_STANDARD_TARGETS = 0
!endif

!if "$(DISABLE_TARGET_setup)" == ""
DISABLE_TARGET_setup = 0
!endif
!if "$(DISABLE_TARGET_install)" == ""
DISABLE_TARGET_install = 0
!endif
!if "$(DISABLE_TARGET_clean)" == ""
DISABLE_TARGET_clean = 0
!endif
!if "$(DISABLE_TARGET_test)" == ""
DISABLE_TARGET_test = 0
!endif
!if "$(DISABLE_TARGET_shell)" == ""
DISABLE_TARGET_shell = 0
!endif

!if !$(DISABLE_STANDARD_TARGETS)
!if !$(DISABLE_TARGET_setup)
setup: default-setup
!endif
!if !$(DISABLE_TARGET_install)
install: default-install
!endif
!if !$(DISABLE_TARGET_clean)
clean: default-clean
realclean: hose
hose: default-hose
distclean: realclean default-distclean
!endif
!if !$(DISABLE_TARGET_test)
test: default-test
!endif
!if !$(DISABLE_TARGET_shell)
shell: default-shell
!endif
!endif # DISABLE_STANDARD_TARGETS

Changes to win/tkWinDialog.c.

640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
static void LoadShellProcs()
{
    static HMODULE shell32_handle = NULL;

    if (shell32_handle != NULL)
        return; /* We have already been through here. */

    /*
     * XXX - Note we never call FreeLibrary. There is no point because
     * shell32.dll is loaded at startup anyways and stays for the duration
     * of the process so why bother with keeping track of when to unload
     */
    shell32_handle = LoadLibrary(TEXT("shell32.dll"));
    if (shell32_handle == NULL) /* Should never happen but check anyways. */
        return;

    ShellProcs.SHCreateItemFromParsingName =
        (SHCreateItemFromParsingNameProc*) GetProcAddress(shell32_handle,
                                                         "SHCreateItemFromParsingName");
}







<
<
<
<
<
|







640
641
642
643
644
645
646





647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
static void LoadShellProcs()
{
    static HMODULE shell32_handle = NULL;

    if (shell32_handle != NULL)
        return; /* We have already been through here. */






    shell32_handle = GetModuleHandle(TEXT("shell32.dll"));
    if (shell32_handle == NULL) /* Should never happen but check anyways. */
        return;

    ShellProcs.SHCreateItemFromParsingName =
        (SHCreateItemFromParsingNameProc*) GetProcAddress(shell32_handle,
                                                         "SHCreateItemFromParsingName");
}

Changes to win/tkWinMenu.c.

2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
		    WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_MENU, (int) (scanCode << 16)
		    | (1 << 29) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31));
	    break;
	case XK_Alt_R:
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_RMENU, 0);
	    CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
		    WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_MENU, (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 24)
		    | (0x111 << 29) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31));
	    break;
	case XK_F10:
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_F10, 0);
	    CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
		    WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_F10,
		    (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31));
	    break;







|







2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
		    WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_MENU, (int) (scanCode << 16)
		    | (1 << 29) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31));
	    break;
	case XK_Alt_R:
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_RMENU, 0);
	    CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
		    WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_MENU, (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 24)
		    | (1 << 29) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31));
	    break;
	case XK_F10:
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_F10, 0);
	    CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
		    WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_F10,
		    (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31));
	    break;

Changes to xlib/X11/Xlib.h.

199
200
201
202
203
204
205



206
207
208
209
210
211
212
	VisualID visualid;	/* visual id of this visual */
#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
	int c_class;		/* C++ class of screen (monochrome, etc.) */
#else
	int class;		/* class of screen (monochrome, etc.) */
#endif
	unsigned long red_mask, green_mask, blue_mask;	/* mask values */



	int bits_per_rgb;	/* log base 2 of distinct color values */
	int map_entries;	/* color map entries */
} Visual;

/*
 * Depth structure; contains information for each possible depth.
 */







>
>
>







199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
	VisualID visualid;	/* visual id of this visual */
#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
	int c_class;		/* C++ class of screen (monochrome, etc.) */
#else
	int class;		/* class of screen (monochrome, etc.) */
#endif
	unsigned long red_mask, green_mask, blue_mask;	/* mask values */
#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
        unsigned long alpha_mask;
#endif
	int bits_per_rgb;	/* log base 2 of distinct color values */
	int map_entries;	/* color map entries */
} Visual;

/*
 * Depth structure; contains information for each possible depth.
 */
328
329
330
331
332
333
334

335
336
337
338
339
340
341
    int bits_per_pixel;		/* bits per pixel (ZPixmap) */
    unsigned long red_mask;	/* bits in z arrangment */
    unsigned long green_mask;
    unsigned long blue_mask;
    XPointer obdata;		/* hook for the object routines to hang on */
#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
    int pixelpower;		/* n such that pixels are 2^n x 2^n blocks*/

#endif
    struct funcs {		/* image manipulation routines */
	struct _XImage *(*create_image)();
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
	int (*destroy_image)        (struct _XImage *);
	unsigned long (*get_pixel)  (struct _XImage *, int, int);
	int (*put_pixel)            (struct _XImage *, int, int, unsigned long);







>







331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
    int bits_per_pixel;		/* bits per pixel (ZPixmap) */
    unsigned long red_mask;	/* bits in z arrangment */
    unsigned long green_mask;
    unsigned long blue_mask;
    XPointer obdata;		/* hook for the object routines to hang on */
#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
    int pixelpower;		/* n such that pixels are 2^n x 2^n blocks*/
    unsigned long alpha_mask;
#endif
    struct funcs {		/* image manipulation routines */
	struct _XImage *(*create_image)();
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
	int (*destroy_image)        (struct _XImage *);
	unsigned long (*get_pixel)  (struct _XImage *, int, int);
	int (*put_pixel)            (struct _XImage *, int, int, unsigned long);